HomeMy WebLinkAbout932 E Front St Technical - Building
TECHNICAL
...
\~~~s ~s~ ,
. \\ \0-'1'('0 -' u "
~ ~ ",:;0,07
\1 f\aJ~ \0-'
OoJ!)Q;S
~\o \
tyo\f\ + s+-
C\'? -z- f
, .::ttOl-3~
~ Q)[f\'\I+
.
SILENT
KNIGf-IT
fG
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
SUBMITT ALS
FOR THE
.
STORE #11215
S.E. CORNER OF RACE
& HWY 101
PORT ANGELES, W A 98362
{
Equipment & Submittal Furnished By:
~
F.E. MORAN, INC.
Alarm and Monitoring Services
17006 Mack Ave.
Grosse Pointe Park, MI 48230
PH. 586.228.5788
.
./
.
:::%
~--
"
7OaLg~
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM'SUBMITIAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CATALOG DATA SHEETS
MFG.
---
Silent Knight
Silent Knight
Powersonic
Firelite
Firelite
Wheelock
System Sensor
System Sensor
Silent Knight
Wheelock
.
.
PART NO.
SK-5208
SK-5235
PS-12180
BG-12
100
AS-24MCW-FR
DHI00ACDLP
RTS451
SK-5208
NAC
PART DESCRIPTION
Fire Alarm Control Communicator
Fire Alarm Annunciator
Sealed Lead Acid Battery 12volt 18 amp
Manual Pull Station
Photoelectric Smoke Detector
Fire Alarm Horn Strobe Wall
4 - Wire Duct Detector
Duct Detector Test Switch
Battery Calculation
Voltage Drop Calculation
~
\
, 0
.~
Model 5208
Fire Alarm Control Panel with
Digital Communicator
The Fire Alarm Control Designed to Grow with
Your Systems Needs, Without The Growing
Pains.
.
The SK-5208 is a microprocessor based control panel with built-in UL
listed communicator designed for applications requiring smoke detection,
manual pull stations, and sprinkler supervision. It features an easy to read
LCD display with programmable English readout and user friendly tactile
keys. The basic unit offers 10 zones of initiation and is expandable up to
30 zones for larger applications. The SK-5208 has a complete line of supervised accesso~ies that provide
remote annunciation, auxiliary control zone expansion. Ideal for new and retrofit applications, the SK-5208
delivers the performance to handle your installation.
Features . Built-in synchronization for
. 10 zones, 8 Class B (Style B) and 2 appliances from AMSECO@,
Class A (Style D) or Class B (Style Gentex<8>, Faraday, System Sensor@:>,
B) zones, expandable to 30 zones and Wheelock@
. Supervised zone expanders and I/O . Programmable date settings for
modules can be mounted remotely Daylight Saving Time
from the main control panel . Clock source setting options for 50
,,,- .; . Event History Buffer (150 events) Hz, 60 Hz, or internal (uses the
\
Co- - , with date/time stamp panel's internal clock) .
. >:"
'-,eo . . All zones are compatible with 2- or
5 pecifications
4-wire detectors Operating Voltage: 24 VDC
. 8 selectable/programmable output
patterns for notification appliance Primary AC: 120 Vrms @ 60Hz, 2A
circuits Total DC Load: 6Amp
. Built-in Digital Alarm Communicator Current Draw:
Transmitter (DACT) Standby: r 140 mA
. 4 Notification Appliance Circuits Alarm: 460 mA
. 4 programmable general purpose Flush Mounting Dimensions:
relays Height: 24.75" (62.9 cm)
. Programmable smoke verification, Width: 14.5" (36.8 cm)
pre-alarm delay, cross zoning and Depth: 3-7/16" (8.73 cm)
enhanced verification mode features with 5/8" protruding SK-5208
that can help minimize false alarms Overall Dimensions:
. Programmable from the built-in Height: 26-3/8" (67 cm) SKSS Downloading Software
.
control panel touchpad, remote Width: 17-3/16" (43.66 cm)
. Plex-2 Door Option
annunciator, or Windows@ SKSS Total Depth: 4" (10.16 cm)
downloading software Operating Temp: 320 to 1200 F Listings and Approvals
. Direct connect port for on-site (00 to 490 C) . UL Listed
up/downloading with Windows@ Humidity: 10 - 93% noncondensing . CSFM Listed
SKSS downloading software Optional Accessories . MEA approval 429-92-E Vol. XIII
. Built-in walk test feature
. Single or dual interlock water SK-5235 LCD Remote Annunciator
releasing capability SK-5217 10 Zone Expander
. Plex door option combines a dead (2 max. per system)
(' front cabinet door with a clear SK-5280 Status Display Module (8
window, limiting access to the panel max. per system) ~ SILENT .
>..:... while providing single button 7181 Fire Zone Converter
operation of the reset and silence 5220 Direct Connect Module KNIGHT
functions 5824 Serial/Parallel Printer Interface @
. Programmable AC trouble relay Module by Honeywell
FIRE ALARM CONTROL P
.
.J
.')
'-
''''. ~.
.~
(
Model 5208
Fire Alarm Control Panel with Digital Communicator
.:::%
::/'~
...--;,..---
;~
Engineering Specification
The system shall contain a fire alarm control panel to supervise and operate heat and smoke detection devices,
manual fire alarm devices, alarm notification devices and visual annunciators. The system shall also be capable
of monitoring for sprinkler supervisory and water flow conditions. The system must have a built in UL listed fire
communicator that can be enabled/disabled as needed on a per job basis. In addition, the syst~m will sound
alarms locally for purpose of evacuation.
Telephone Line 1
Telephone Line 2
Direct Connect
For On-Site. Programming
c.
2 Class A (Style D)
or Class B (Style B)
Initiation Circuits
5235 Remote
Annunciators
Programmable
Form C Relays
8 Class B (Style B)
Initiation Circuits
Notification
Appliance Circuits
SBUS Devices
5280,5217, & 5824
~ SILENT
KNIGHT
"
by Honeywell
This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to
keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all
specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are
subject to change without notice. For more information, contact Silent Knight
7550 Meridian Circle Suite 100, Maple Grove, Mn 55369-4927.
Phone: (800) 328-0103, Fax: (763) 493-6475.
MADE IN AMERICA
c..
FORM# 350318 Rev S, 11/05
Copyright @ 2005 Silent Knight
('
(....1
l.
'-
PDWER). ~IIN/I/U
/llllllllllllll1III!!/iJAu.ft1J 'DNIC'
Rechargeable Sealed Le1d-Acid Battery
... .".".
. .' t ' . ~~.
.................................
.....................
.....~::::::::::::::::::::::::::.:.....
..............
PS~12180
12 Volt-- t8.0 Amp. Hrs.
Features:
. Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM) technology for
superior performance.
. Valve regulated, spill proof construction
allows safe operation in any position.
. Power/volume ratio yielding unrivaled
energy density.
. Rugged plastic case and cover
. Approved for transport by air. D.C.T., I.A.T.A.,
F.A.A. and C.A.B. certified.
. U.L. recognized under file numberMH 20845.
.
.
.
.
PS-12180
TECHNICAL DATA:
"
"
e
. .lJfeC.h(lrl!cter~tic~ ill StantJ.~JlY l!s~.
Life Characteristics in Cyclic Use
ei
el
CHARGING
Cycle Applications: Limit initial current to 5.4A. Charge until battery
voltage (under charge) reaches 14.40 to 14.70 volts at 680F (20oC).
Hold at 14.40 to 14.70 volts until current drops to approximately 180mA.
Battery is fully charged under these conditions, and charger should
either be disconnected or switched to "float" voltage.
"Float" or "Stand-By" Service: Hold battery across constant volt-
age source of 13.50 to 13.80 volts continuously. When held at this
voltage, the battery will seek its own current level and maintain itself in
a fully charged condition.
NOTE: Due to the self-discharge characteristics of this type of battery,
it is imperative that they be charged after 6-9 months of storage, other-
wise permanent loss of Capacity might occur as a result of sulfation.
PIIWERe:i;4JJJ1-1111
.- ~II~ SIIN,r
SALES & MARKETING
3106 Spring Street
Redwood City, CA 94063 USA
Tel: 650-364-5001 Fax: 650-366-3662
Discharge Characteristics
. .... .
./
Discharge Time vs. Dischar~e Current
Physical Dimensions: in. (mm)
: ,..................................................................................14 T Terminals-
il Il;; PS-12180NB P~12180F
lOL1~"o~ID i @ ~
~ 4.97 (126) ----1 . .
I . 7.13 (181) .1
1.~:~::::~:~:~:~~~~:~~~~~.:.:.:.~J
! ..~~.... ,...::~2::::..:...:..:. .........
:!. .~._t<~x.~::~:~;~;~'!!'lF
~.... .../'...:..........~'..y.:.:.......:. .~~.
..................................................,..................................
J1SJ.......1-
~....w...'w.......w.-..l 1
;: !
~j I ~
'. I -
~: I 3;
~~ ~l.
j :
, .
, .
-f..................................-:-
Tolerances are +/- 0.04 in. (+/-1mm) and +/- 0.08 In. (+/- 2mm) for height dimensions.
All data subject to change wllhout notice.
L#.PD
:m.%~4
~~M,
~..():i~
1809001-2000
FM39170
CUSTOMER SERVICE
7550 Panasonic Way
San Diego, CA 92154 USA
Tel: 619.661.2030 Fax: 619-661-3648
customer-service@power-sonic.com
11104 1M
national-sales@power-sonic.com
www.power-sonic.com
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR
"
(
SK-5235
~Remote Annunciator
-.-_/
Ii
"
./
-~:
.
Program -~nd Operate the SK-5208 FACP
from a Distance with the SK-5235 Remote
Annunciator.
/
The SK-5235 remote annunciator provides remote annunciation for the
SK-5208 Fire AlarlJl Control Panel. The SK-5235 performs all system
operations. It also provides trouble and alarm information and can be used for programming. The $K-5208 can
support up to six 5235 Remote Annunciators.
Operation
When the system is normal and
receiving AC power, the power
LED is on and all other LEOs are
off. Other LEOs turn on as the
conditions occur.
(.
\. ...
Users identify themselves to the
control panel by entering a code
on the annunciator. When a user
presses a button, the annunciator
piezo beeps and the LCD prompts
the user to enter a code or other
relevant information.
Features
. 2-line 16-character LCD display
. Indicates Trouble, Alarm,
Supervisory, and System Status
conditions with LEOs and LCD
display
. Each SK-5235 is individually
supervised by the SK-5208
FACP
. Up to 6 per SK-5208 FACP
. Operation and appearance
comparable to the control
panel's on-board annunciator
. Can be wired up to 1500 ft from
FACP
. OPR operator's key ships with
SK-5235, this key can be used
to perform user operations, but
will not open the control panel
door
[
~,
.
SK-5235 Remote Annunciator
Specifications
Operating Voltage: 24 VDC
Current Draw:
Standby:
Alarm:
Dimensions:
Width:
Ordering Information
SK5235
Remote Annunciator
f
30mA
50 mA
Compatible Products
SK5208
Fire Alarm Control Panel
Height:
7-3/16"
(18.26 em)
5"
(12.7 em )
1-1/8"
(2.86 em)
320 to 1200 F
(00 to 490 C)
Depth:
Operating Temp:
Maximum Wiring
Distance: 1500ft
Approvals
. MEA 429-92-E
. CSFM 7165-0559:137
. UL Listed
~. SILENT
KNIGHT
"
.
by Honeyw-ell
REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR
"
.
.SK-5235
./
Remote Annunciator ~_
- -:----
~
.
Eng i neeri ng Specifications
The contractor shall furnish and install where indicated on the plans, the Model SK-5235 Remote Annunciator.
Module shall be of a LCD type with a 2X16 display. Module shall be capable of remote programming as well as
providing alarm, trouble information along with resetting of alarms and silencing of trouble and alarm conditions.
Module 10 shall be programmed with a 4- position DIP. The control shall be capable of supporting up to 6
supervised SK-5235. Module shall be designed to mount on a dual gang electrical box with 18 gauge to 14
gauge wire. ./
.
om
,.,,:,-~-
....----
____.___=:::-='';It....:':.m=:: ;...
f~
~.:<C .........1
,:ili i~.j.
! li~
'_' .i~'
.............:........I..........CI.......{...........
.::::" \,..~t~;^ ",. .........
'h.t.. . I
.,'" I
',. ..~
i'.' I
!
I
bof IIOO(l}'Wcll
This document is not intended to be used for installation purposes. We try to
keep our product information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all
specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are
subject to change without notice. For more information, contact Silent Knight
7550 Meridian Circle Suite 100, Maple Grove, Mn 55369-4927.
Phone: (800) 328-0103, Fax: (763) 493-6475.
MADE IN AMERICA
FORM# 350321 Rev B 1/07
Copyright @ 2007 Silent Knight
ri'!!. SILI::NT
~.I<NIGHT
.
(
@ Fire-UTe' ALarms
www.firelite.cO/ll
July ~4, 2004
DF..520a4 F.a50
_ BG... 12 Series
MonuatFire Alarm Pull Stations
---~--
.~
&:!;3tjO:l: ConvenliO::El! Initiatir:g Device!;
.
GENERAL
Thi: Fire-Lite Alam1s BG.12 Series is a cost-effectivf:, tea-
ture-pac;ked. '1o'1-txlded series of manual fjre a:orm p:JH
stations. It was designed to meet multiple app!icatlons
w!tl": the i:1stallf:r ,md end.user in mind. The 8G.'12 SerIes
features a varie,y of models :nGluding single- and dual-
action versions.
The BG-1;;~ Serie~,; provides Fife-Ute Fjre Alarm Control
Panels (FACPs), as well as ether manufacturers' contro!s,
with a manual alarm initiating input signal. Its inl1lwat:ve
design, dur..~ble construction, and mlll,;ple mounting op-
til1ns make the BO-12 Series simple to instaH, maintain,
and operate.
FEATURES
. Aestheticaliy pleasing. highly v!sible designicolr:r.
. Attractive oJntoured shape with light te>:tured fir.ish.
. Meets ADA 5 lb. maximum pull-force.
. Meets UL 38, Standard for Mam;ally Actuated Signaling
80x!~s.
(
\.'
. l::asilyoperated (single.. or dual-action), yet designed to
pfevent false alarms when bumped. shaken, Of japed.
. PUSH IN/PULl. DOWN har:dle latGhes in t~le down fJO-
sitior1 to cleany indicate the statien has been operated.
The word "ACTIVATED" appears on the top of the nanf;le
In bright yellow. fl;rther indicating operation of the sta-
tion.
. Operation handle features white arrows showing basic
operation direction, ror n'Jn-Engiish-speaki:1g perSOr1s.
. Brailie text included i!l fInger-hold area of operation
~landit1 and acmss top of handle.
. Mllltioie hex- an(! ~:,w-Iock models availc",ble.
. U:S. 'patent-pendin~:,:! hex-lock needs oniy a quarter-t'Jrn
to lock/unlock.
. St3tion C!3n be ope:1ed for inspection a:1d mainten3nce
without init:atin~~ an alarm.
. ProductlD la~)e! viewable by simply opening the cover;
label is made of Q durable long-life mater:al.
. The werds "NORMAL" and "t.CT!VATED" are molded
Into the piastiG adjacent to the alarm switGh (:oGated in-
side).
" Four-po3sition term;r1al strip molded into backplate.
" Terminal strip includes Phillips combination- head cap..
,:ve 8/32 screVJS for easy connect:op to Ir:iliattng Device
Cir:::uit ODe).
. Terminal scrrMS baGked-ollt at faGtory and srlipped ready
to ac:::ept tield wiring (up to312 t'\WG!3.25 mm').
I@\-
C \!!J-US
LISTED
<Y
APPROVED
Ca:ifo:nia
State Fire
Marshal
'71 50..00'15: 184
.~;>e~
flr;.;;~'\\
\",~"t'"'.'-~~/ '
. "',-- !
M"%~
'1...____
MEA
67-02-E
.
.,.
.'.
~
"
. Terminal numbers are molded inkl the backplate, elimi-
natirlg the need for labels
. SWitch contacts are !lormal;y open.
. Can be surface (with SB-IiO or SB.':OI or semi..tlush
mounted. Semi-tlush mount to a standard single-gang,
rJouhlt",.t~;m~~. or 4" (10.16 em) Sf~uar" elHGtrical box.
. Backpiate is large enOl!grl to overlap a single-gang
tJar;kbox cutout by up t.o 1/2" (12.7 mm}.
. Optional trim ring (BG-TH).
. Spanish version (FUEGO) 8vaiiable (80-12LSP).
. Des:gned In replar.:e the Fife-Ute !.6gacy BO-1O Series.
. Models pack.?ged in a,tractive. l~:ear plastiC {PVC),
dams~le!l-styIG, Point-of-purchasG pa:::kages. Packag-
in,:,:! !ncludes a cutaway dustipaint cover ;n shape of put:
station.
Flr~'L1te@ Allums is a Honsyweil company.
This document is ilat iilie;;rled ta b;J l:sed f,:.r Insiallatian plJrpv:>e5. W" try Iv ke;J;J
O;)f preduGI :nlor;nal:o!l up-Ie-date and o!:Gcra:e. We G,m';ol COV2r all s~eclt;c
app:icmic1ns or anti::ipaie a:1 r.)qu:r')I1~C1r,ts. NI ,;.peclf:cilticns ;:,1'.) s'Jb!c<,~1 1,:-
chong" witho::1 nCltice
For l11ef2 inrerma:ial1, contoct Fire-Lile Alarrns, O!'!e Fj'e-Lite PlacCl. No't:;tanJ,
Ccr,nect:cu: 06472. P::one: (BOG) 627..3473. To:l-I=res FAX: (877) 6')9-4105.
(,
ISO 9001
~~ ::I~tbc xic 1t 211 ~-I ~:I
ff1l111Nfm?llli a 1!lI1lC8rmnlll~
QUlH1H SYSHMS
.
f~~l~I~~~~~~tJ~~~~
.....................
............................................
.;.;.:.~:.:.:.:.:.:o:.:.:.~.:.;.;..:.:.:-:.
Or-57-00': . ,;?!:4!04 - P?';;l)'1 cf 2
"-
CONSTRUCTION
.
. Cover, backplate and operation handle are 031; melded
of durable polyr;art)(;nale mat<:1rial.
o Cover features white letterir;g and trim.
. Red color rnatchw; System Sensor's popular
SpectrAlert'r... horn/strobe :,t:ries.
OPERATION
T!1e 8G..12 manual puB stations provide a textured finger..
hold areB that includes Braille t<:1.1<(, In ;;rjrJilion to PUSH
IN and PULL DOWN text, the~e are arrows indicating l"IOW
to operate tl1e stat!on, prev!ded for non-Eng;ish-speaking
persons.
Pushing in anli then p:J:ling down on the handle ;;ctivates
the normally-opt,!"! alarm switch. Once iatched in the down
position, the word . AC rlV A TED" appears at the top in
bright yt11:ow, wit~l a portion of the handle protruding at
the bottom as a visible flag. Resettir;g the statk);l is simple:
inst:11 the key O~ hex (model dependent), tV'list one quar-
ter-turn, tht1n open the station's front cover, causing the
spring-loaded op8;'ation h,mdl8 to retun; to its original
position. The alarm switch can th;m !"J"'~ re5...~t to its nO~111al
(non-alarm) position manualiy (by hand) or by dosing t11e
st<'ltiop's front cover, which automatically resets the switch.
SPECIFICATIONS
Physical Specifications:
.
DDlIDDlIIlll llll.f):) llll-lO D ll-lO II llD
llllllllD 55 IIIIIlO 5.60 I IIIIIlll 55 IIIIIlD 6.0 IIIIIlO 4.25 lIIIIIl
(l3.9711l ) (l4.2311l ) (13.97 1Il ) (15.24 1Il ) (I 0.7911l )
D lOW: 4.121 IIDIJl] 4.22211IIIlll 4.121 IIIlIJ{J 4.69l1I1Illl 4.25 lIIIIJ[]
(I 0.4711l ) (I 0.7211l) (10.47 1Il ) (ll.9ll1l) (I O.7911l )
Dmw: 139 lIIIIJ[] 1.4391111ID 1375l11IDD 2.0 IIJDJ1] 1.75l1DlIl
(353 1Il ) (3.6611l ) (3.49 1Il ) (5.oalll ) (4.44511l )
5021~1)4:~ .~hI
Electrical Specifications:
Switch contact ratings: gold-plated; rating 0.25 ,t.. @ 30 .
VACorVDC.
ENGINEER.S' & ARCHITECTS5
SPECifiCATIONS
.
Manual Fi~e Alarm Stations shall be non..:::ode, with a key..
er hex-operated reset bGk in mder Ihat they :nay be tested,
and so designed that after actual Emergency Op'3ration,
t.he}' eannot be restored to normal exr;ept by I;se of a key or
hex. An operated s,a,ion shall automatical!y conditien it..
sa If so as to rJe visually lieteetad as activated. Manual
statiops shall be constructed of red colored LEXr\N':ID (or
polyearbonate t:Cjuivalfmt) with dear:)' visible QP;:rati!19 111-
structionspmvided on the cover. The word FIRE shall ap-
pear on the front of the stations ,n white lattars, 1,00 inches
(25,4 mm) or larger.' Stat:O(;s sholl 1;8 suitable for sur-
face mounting on matching backbox SB-'1 0; or semi-flush
mounting on a standard s:r;gle-gang, doubI8-gang, or ,1"
(10:16 :::m) square ele:::trical box, and shail be installed
wilhin the limits defined by th<:1 A;neoicaps with Oisabil:.
?ag;; ? of 2 - ;)f'.f,2004 . 07114104
ties AGt (ADA) or per nBtlonal/local requirements. Manua:
Stat,ons s!1aa be Undel"ll'riters Laboratories listed.
*NOTf.'; The word., "FI!,~t=JF(JEGf.)' on me BG-12i.SP shall iJp-
p.')ar or: thfl fror:t of tl-:e station in iiliilg !elt.')r.s. 3pproximat.')/y ~{/
4" high. ,~/"
PRODUCT LINE INFOR.MATlON
Model
BG-12S
BG-12SL
BG-12
BG-12L
BG-12L5P
BG-12LOa
BG-12LO
8G..'12LA
8G-12LPS
8G-12I.PSP
SB-l/O
58.113
WP-10
waB
11003
11007
Description
Single-action pull station with pig,ail connec-
tions, hex lock.
Same as BG-12S w:t1~ key lock.
Dual-act:on oull sil';ition wit.h SPST NiO
switch, screw teri;"'linal connections, hex lock.
Same as BG-12 with key lode.
Same as 8G."2L wah EnOli5h/Spanish
(FiRE/FUEGO} :abelir;g,
SBme as BG-12L with "outdoor use" list:ng.
Includes outdoor Hsted backbox, and seal-
ing gasket.
Same as 8G..12L with "outdoor use" list;ng.
Does not indud<:1 backboy..
Same as BG- '12l 'lI!th auxiliary contacts.
Same as BG..12L with presignal feature.
Same as BG-12LPS with English/Spanish
(FfRE/FUEGO) !abeling,
Indoor/outdoor oackbox.
Indoor use backbox.
Outdoor use t)ackbox.
O:Jtdoor u~;e backbo)(.
Key I:JGk.
Hex lock.
~~if;}_j
- ~ I 7~~~
i { '\-r-
:-------------; !
! ! 1.000.
i i(25;40}
: : I
! ! ---L-
~Tr---
p
,
,
,
,
JI
--_..J
0.750'
(19.0S)
5.500.
(139.70)
(mm)
(
@) Fire-liTe' Alar~s
~::.
~. F-495
August 3, 1998 1 00 Series TM
Low-Profile Direct-Wire
Conventional Smoke Detectors
Section: Conventional Initiating Devices
.
GENERAL
System Sensor 100 Series low-profile detectors use state-
of-the-art sensing chambers to meet all applicable UL per-
formance criteria. The backs of the smoke detectors are
sealed against back pressure, air flow, and dirt. A fine
mesh screen also protects the chamber against)he entry
of insects. These detectors are intended-for open area
protection and for use with UL-Iisted control panels.
Photoelectric/Thermal- The unique design of the
optical sensing chamber in 100 Series photoelectric smoke
detectors can sense smoke particles from a wide range of
combustion sources. These detectors minimize nuisance
alarms by using a custom integrated circuit for signal pro-
cessing.
FEATURES
('
\ .
~.. . .
. Smart-Check™ self-diagnostic maintenance feature to
satisfy NFPA 72 sensitivity testing requirements.
· Larger plug-in terminal block with captured SEMS screws
decreases wiring and installation time.
. Removable insect screen protects sensor from insects
and airborne dust.
· Includes auxiliary Form-C relay ("R" suffix).
· Built-in test switch.
. Visual alarm, power, and maintenance indicator.
· Refined insect screen for a tight seal; simplified,
removable for cleaning.
· Thermal models available.
. Ceiling white color.
· 12/24 VDC operation.
· Built-in sounder and temporal tone.
. Three-year warranty.
System Sensor 100 Series low-profile, direct-wire detec-
tors pack superb performance and reliability into a small
package. Their sleek, 1.7" (43 mm) profile is the lowest in
the industry, and the advanced circuitry provides superior
false-alarm immunity, while reducing maintenance.
Other key features include:
· Low current draw.
· Stable performance in high air velocities.
· Built-in tamper-resistant base design.
@
LISTED
S911
California
State Fire
Marshal
7272-1209: 159
(2100D, 2100TD)
~
. .....:.::~:::::::::::::0::~~::::::::::::::::~::::-=:::::>>::::::=:::::':" '.-. .
.....::::::.:::..;.;.;>:::::::::::;:;:;:;:;:;:;.;:::;.;.;.;:;:::;-::'.-." "':':'::::::-;'..
..,:::::::::.:::::::;;:;:;:;:;:;:;=;:;:;:;=;=::;:;:;=;:;:;=;::=;=;=;=;=;=;:;:::;::=;:;::=;:;::;.....:..::::::.:",
:11:'lill.!:!:j:l:j::::'::jI:rrr::::?:::/:":':?::::;=:::::::::t::::::::::::f:::::::::':':~::~~>~i-i'.:i:::::t
1JilliillfJiilBllliilif
2212/24T
. ..;-:.::::::::::?????~?~:~:?~:~:?~:~:~::::?::::::::::::::?::::::':';'"
....:.:.:.... ;.;.;.;.:-:.;.;.;.;.;.:.:.:.:.:.:.;.:.;.:.:.:.:.:-:.;.;.;..... ... ....
..::~?~:~:~:~:~:::::::::::::::::~:~:~:~:~:~:~:i:~:~:~:~:~:~:~:~:~:~:~:;:~:;:~:;:;:;:~:;::::::::::::.:.: : : :.....
~::.i~:::::~:\:::::::\::::::::::~::::::;::::::::::r::::::::::::::::':::::::::':.:.::::::::=::.:-::::::::::::':::::::::~t:.-:;::
~ 1...................................................,..- .....................
,. '\II}I::::::~]jii.r:::lJlljtlf<..>.<:(
100 Series \\~:::\:\\\H~:~:::.::mwWfl[:t~:::~..m:)/
with Sounder ....:-::;;~:~:~:~:~:~:~:r~{:>::;:::::::::::. . . . . . . . . . >~:~:}~{/...
.:0::.;.:-:.;.:-:-:.........................,.... :::.:::-:.;.:."
~(jf\ ???r+r?: . . . . . \~~i?'
SPECIFICATIONS ...::<::':,{{>>>:::,:::....
· Operating voltage: 12 or 24 VDC (nominal).
. Contact rating: 1 Form-C, 1.0 A @ 30 VDC.
· Standby current: 50 IJA maximum average.
. Alarm current: 2-wire models: 100 mA maximum
limited by panel. 4-w/re models: 12 VDC = 35 mA
maximum; 24 VDC = 45 mA maximum (2112/24AITR:
60 mA maximum and 70 mA maximum respectively).
. Temperature range: 320F to 1200F (OOC to 500C).r For
2100TD, 2112/24TR models: 320F to 1000F (OOC to
390C).
. Dimensions: 5.5" (140 mm) diameter. Height 1.7" (43
mm) including adapter bracket.
. Shipping weight (approximate): 5.3 oz. (150 g).
· Humidity range: 10% - 93% RH, noncondensing.
. Smoke detector spacing: On smooth ceilings (as
defined in NFPA 72), spacing of 30 feet (900 sq.ft.) may
be used as a guideline. Other spacing may be used
depending on ceiling height, high air movements, and
other conditions or response requirements. Refer to
NFPA 72 and local authority having jurisdiction.
. Air velocity: 0 to 3,000 ft./min. (914.4 m/min.) maximum.
.
100 Series™ and Smart-Check™ are trademarks 01 System Sensor, a division of Pillway Corporation.
This document Is not Intended to be used lor Installation purposes. We try to keep our product
information up-to-date and accurate. We cannot cover all specific applications or anticipate all
requirements. All specifICations are subject to change without notice. For more information,
contact Fire-Lite Alarms, One Are-Lite Place, Norlhford, Connecticut 06472. Phone: (800) 827-
3473, Toll Free FAX: (877) 699-4105, FAX Back:(666) 366-3299
WEB: www.lirellte.com
ISO 9001
CERTIFIED
ENGINnIII'& a MANDfmllI1'I
.
DF-51726 - Page 1 012
'-
.
.
.
21000 - Low-profile photoelectric smoke detector, two-wire, 12/24 VDC.
/'
2100TO - Low-profile photoelectric with 1350F (570C) t~mal, two-wire, 12/24 VDC.
2100TR -. Low-profile photoelectric with 1350F (570C) J~al, two-wire, 12/24 VDC, auxiliary Form-C relay.
2100AT - Low-profile photoelectric with sounder and 1350F (570C) thermal, two-wire, 12/24 VDC.
2112124R - Low-profile photoelec-
tric smoke detector, four-wire, 12/24
VDC, auxiliary Form-C relay.
2112124TR - Low-profile photo-
electric with 1350F (570C) thermal,
four-wire, 12/24 VDC, auxiliary
Form-C relay.
2112124A TR - Low-profile photo-
electric with sounder and 1350F
(570C) thermal, four-wire, 12/24
VDC, auxiliary Form-C relay.
2112124AITR - Low-profile photo-
electric with sounder and isolated
1350F (570C) thermal, four-wire,
12/24 VDC, auxiliary Form-C relay.
A77-716B - EOL power supervi-
sion relay module for 12/24 VDC
smoke detectors.
PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION
M00400R - Sensitivity
test tool for 100 Series
smoke detectors.
RR1 - Polarity-reversal re-
lay module for 2-wire or 4-
wire sounder models, acti-
vated by panel alarm out-
put.
RA400Z - Remote annun-
ciator, 7 mA, 3.1 - 32 VDC.
Power to
Detectors
UL Usted
CONTROL
PANEL
WIRING
DIAGRAMS
(TOP TO BOTTOM)
Figure 1:
21000, 2100TO.
Figure 2:
2112124R, 2112124TR.
Figure 3: 2112124ATR,
2112124AITR.
Initiating
Loop
Power to
Detectors
UL Usted
CONTROL
PANEL
Initiating
Loop
Page 2 of 2 - DF-51726
'-
Figur~'1
+
RMOOZ
Remote Annunciator
Initiating
Loop
---
UL Usted
Compatible
CONTROL
PANEL
+
RMOOZ
Remote Annunciator
........... .......... ..............Q!'.r-'gf.l.~~..~~~~..4..'vY.~~!f.l.G..... ........ .... ....... ...... ..... .....!
+
Figure 2
+
EOL POWER
SUPERVISION
RELAY
(shawn energized)
All-71GB 12/24 V
.J-.EOL.REsisToRnj
~ as specified by :
[""""'''"i'' i
I : :
. no. ______________u_.uun_.__.h.___________._____.._____ .______ __ ________. ___ ___ _.__ _ _ _ n._____.__".__________ _.u_________,
OPTIONAL CLASS A WIRING
.._ n...... _. _ _ __ __ uno u'_____n_ ____on____._ ______.. u___ un________ _ __ __.u. u_ __ _ _ _ __... _ _ u_ n __. _ _ __n _ .n_ _. n.
+
~ Figure 3
EOL POWER
4~'YY~ SUPERVISION
RELAY
(shown energized)
A77-71GB 12/24 V
mEoL-REsisToR.-j
as specified by :
__P.8_~~J_~lln_uf~~~~rer 1
. .._........_..._.._._... _.._...... .......__.___..._...__. .._... .... _' __.. _..... _. .... ..___._ ""__'____n._. ._.. ...._....__ .____
OPTIONAL CLASS A WIRING
.__.....___..___...._.__.___..____u_____.__...._._..n_n____.___._.._______n__n__nnn ._.._.....____....n__._nU.....n_...
, (#$
COOPER Wheelock
,
./
(
\
.
Series AS Audible StroDe-:: Appliances and Series AH Auddibles
:::%
.::::.----/
..--;..-.-/
=---:
{{{{{{{::;:/}@i'tf@):::::
{I)t\/);\.;;;::: ..............:::::::~:~:.:>:::.:.
. .......
<,.flI
SERIES AS
( ..
Description
The Wheelock patented 2-wire Series AS Audible Strobe
Appliances and Series AH Audibles offer more features with
low current draw.
Strobe options for wall mount models include 1575ed or the
Wheelock patented MCW multi-candela wall strobes with field
selectable candela settings of 15/30n5/11 Oed, or the high
intensity MCWH strobe with field selectable 135/185ed.
Ceiling mount models incorporate Wheelock's patented MCC
multi-candela ceiling strobe with field selectable intensities of
15/30n5/95ed or the high intensity MCCH strobe with field
selectable 115/177 cd.
The audible provides a selectable choice of either a
continuous horn or temporal pattern (Code 3) when
constant voltage from a Fire Alarm Panel (FACP) is
applied. Each tone has 3 dBA settings to choose from.
When used with the Wheelock Series SM or DSM Sync Module
or Wheelock PS-24-8MC Power Supplies with Patented
Sync Protocol, synchronization of the continuous horn tone
provides the temporal (code 3) tone (mandated by NFPA 72)
simultaneously for all audible appliances. This ensures a
distinct temporal (code 3) pattern when 2 or more audibles
are within hearing distance. If not synchronized the temporal
sound could overlap and not be distinctive. At the same time
the strobes will be synchronized. This provides the ability to
comply with ADA guidelines concerning photosensitive epilepsy
and the NFPA standards when installing 2 or more visual
appliances within the field of view all of this plus the ability to
silence the audible is achieved by using only 2 wire.
I
\
@MmI1
~ L :==.~
MEA
<S>
APPROVm
E5946 151-92-E 7125-0785:131
55391
SERIES AH
Features
Approvals include: UL Standard 1971, UL Standard 464
New York City (MEA), California State Fire Marshal (CSFM),
Factory Mutual (FM), and Chicago (BFP). See approvals by
model in Specifications and Ordering Information
ADAlNFPAlUFC/ANSI Compliant
Wall mount models are available with Field Selectable
Candela Settings of 15/30n5/110cd or 135/185ed (Multi-
Candela models) or 1575ed (single candela model)
Ceiling mount models are available with field selectable
candela settings of 15/30n5/95ed or 115/177cd (multi-candela
ceiling models)
Selectable Continuous Horn or Temporal (Code 3).
3 Selectable dBA settings (99, 95 and 90 dBA) in both tones
Patented 2-Wire Audible Strobe Appliance.
Patented Universal Mounting Plate
Weatherproof models are available for outdoor use
Strobes produce 1 flash per second over the regulated
voltage range
12 and 24 VDC models with wide UL "Regulated Voltage
Range" using filtered DC or unfiltered FWR input voltage
The strobes can be synchronized using Wheelock's sync
modules or power supplies with built in sync protocol
Fast installation with IN/OUT screw terminals using
#12 to #18 AWG wires
.
For Weatherproof Series AS, See Datasheet S9004
.
NOTE: All CAUTIONS and WARNINGS are Identified by the symbol A. All warnings' are printed In bold capital letters.
A. WARNING: PLEASE READ THESE SPECIFICA1l0NS AND ASSOCIATED INSTALLAll0N INSTRUCll0NS CAREFULLY BEFORE USING, SPECIFYING OR
" APPLYING THIS PRODUCT. VISIT WWW.COOPERWHEELOCK.COM OR CONTACT COOPER WHEELOCK FOR THE CURRENT INSTALLAll0N INSTRUCll0NS.
FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH ANY OF THESE INSTRUCll0NS, CAUll0NS OR WARNINGS COULD RESULT IN IMPROPER APPUCAll0N,INSTALLAll0N ANDIOR ~
OPERAll0N OF THESE PRODUCTS IN AN EMERGENCY SITUAll0N, WHICH COULD RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE, AND SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU
ANDIOR OTHERS.
---
.General Notes: . ~__
. Strobes are designed to flash at 1 flash per second minimum over their "R~lated Voltage Range". Note that NFPA-72 specifies a flash rat~ of 1
to 2 flashes per second and ADA Guidelines specify a flash rate of 1 to ~f1ashes per second.
All candela ratings represent minimum effective Strobe intensity based on UL Standard 1971.
Series NS Strobe products are listed under UL Standard 1971 for indoor use with a temperature range of 320F to 1200F (DOC to 490C) and
maximum humidity of 93% (:I: 2%).
Series NH horns are listed under UL Standard 464 for audible signal appliances (Indoor use only).
"Regulated Voltage Range" Is the newest terminology used by UL to Identify the voltage range. Prior to this change UL used the
terminology "Listed Voltage Range".
"
Table 1: Ratings Per UL 1971
Model Input Regulated Strobe
Number Voltage Voltage Range Candela (cd)
VDC VDC/FWR
AS-24MCW 24 16.0 - 33.0 15/30f75/110
AS-24MCCH 24 16.0 - 33.0 115/177
AS-241575W 24 16.0 - 33.0 15 (75 on Axis)
AS-121575W 12 8.0-17.5 15 (75 on Axis)
AS-24MCC 24 16.0 - 33.0 15/30f75/95
AS-24MCWH 24 16.0 - 33.0 135/185
ASWP-2475W 24 16.0 - 33.0 75 @ -31OF
Table 2: dBA Ratings for 12 VDC and 24 VDC Series
AS/AH 12 and 24 VDC Audible
/ Reverberant Anechoic
Description Volume dBA dBA
Per UL 464
@ 10 ft. @ 10 ft.
High 91 99
Continuous Medium 88 . 95
Horn
Low 83 90
High 87 99
Code 3 Hom Medium 84 95
Low 79 90
.
Table 3: Average RMS Current
Audible Wall Mount Audible Strobe Models Ceiling Mount Audible Strobe Models
24 VDC Models AH-24 AS-241575W AS-24MCW AS-24MCWH AS-24MCC AS-24MCCH
1575cd 15cd 30cd 75cd 110cd 135cd 185cd 15cd 30cd 75cd 95cd 115cd 177cd
High (99) 24 vdc 0.062 0.100 0.080 0.102 0.150 0.194 0.250 0.320 0.088 0.114 0.165 0.205 0.250 0.320
dBA UL max* 0.080 0.121 0.088 0.125 0.200 0.267 0.355 0.480 0.095 0.138 0.221 0.285 0.355 0.480
Med (95) 24 vdc 0.033 0.080 0.060 0.084 0.132 0.173 0.230 0.305 0.066 0.092 0.145 0.186 0.230 0.305
dBA UL max' 0.043 0.107 0.074 0.110 0.190 0.253 0.340 0.465 0.080 0.122 0.201 0.269 0.340 0.465
Low (90) 24 vdc 0.017 0.072 0.052 0.076 0.121 0.158 0.220 0.295 0.056 0.082 0.132 0.173 0.220 0.295
dBA UL max* 0.021 0.100 0.068 0.105 0.182 0.245 0.335 0.460 0.074 0.113 0.198 .0.263 0.335 0.460
Wall Mount
Audible Audible
12 VDC Models Strobe Table 4: Average Current. (AMPS) For Series ASWP'
High dBA Medium dBA Low dBA
AH-12 AS-121575W Voltage Setting Setting Setting
(99) dBA (95) dBA (90) dBA
High (99) 12 vdc 0.163 0.260 0.105
24.0 VDC 0.128 0.098
dBA UL max' 0.192 0.320 UL Max. 0.168 0.155 0.150
Med (95) 12 vdc 0.076 0.195
dBA UL max' 0.108 0.275 * RMS current ratings are per UL average RMS method. UL max current
rating is the maximum RMS current within the listed voltage range (16-33v
Low (90) 12 vdc 0.039 0.175 for 24v units). For strobes the UL max current is usually at the minimum
dBA UL max' 0.058 0.265 listed voltage (16v for 24v units). For audibles the max current is usually
at the maximum listed voltage (33v for 24v units). For unfiltered FWR
.
ratings, see installation instructions.
Wiring Diagrams.
SERIES AS'APPLlANCES NON-SYNCHRONIZED
FROM
PRECEDING +
AP~ANCE
~:fAcp
SERIES AS APPLIANCES SYNCHRONIZED WITH SM MODULE SIN-
GLE CLASS "B" NAC CIRCUIT WITH AUDIBLESILENCE FEATURE
TO NEXT
~ APPLIANCE
OR EOLR
SM
.
+
F
A
C
P
Strobe
NAC
Circuit
SERIES-AS & RSS APPLIANCES SYNCHRONIZED WITH
PS-12124-8CP and P5-12124-8MP
F
A
C
P
OlITPlTrS
1-1
1-CLASS
"B"
OR
2-CLASS
"A"
Audible
NAC
Circuit
EOLR
SERIES AS APPLIANCES SYNCHRONIZED WITH MULTIPLE DSM
MODULES
Series P5-12/21-8CP
or Ps-12/21-8MP
F
A
C
p
SERIES AS APPLIANCES SYNCHRONIZED WITH DSM MODULE
CLASS"A" NAC CIRCUIT WITH NO AUDIBLE SILENCE FEATURE
Ll'..~.. :......f., ~........v..Io.'
DSM Interconnecting wiring shown. Maximum of
twenty (20)
(
\..'
, For detail using SM or DSM Sync Module refer to Data Sheet
S3000 or Installation Instructions P83123 for SM and P83177
for DSM. For wiring informationon the power supplies refer to
Installation Instructions P84662 for PS-24-8MC.
.
'l".~'^'.
.r,;~.;;..: .o;t.'),:~.:.
Specifications and Ordering Information
Order Strobe Non- Sync w/SM, 24 12 Wall Ceiling Agency Approvals
Model Number Code Candela Sync DSM or VDC VDC Mount "'ount Mounting Optlons***
PS-24-8MC UL MEA CSFM FM BFP
AS-24MCW-FR 9024 15/30/75/110 X X X - X - A,B,D, E,F,G,H,J,N, O,R,X X X X X X
1As-24Mcw-FW 9025 15130/75/110 X X X - X - A,B,D,E,F,G,H,J,N,O,R,X X X X X X
IAs-24MCWH-FR 3468 135/185 X X X - X - A, B,D, E,F,G,H,J,N,O,R,X X X X X *
IAs-24MCWH-FW 3469 135/185 X X X - X - A,B,D,E,F,G,H,J,N,O,R,X X X X X .
iAS-241575W-FR 7405 15 (75 on Axis) X X X - X - A,B,D,E,F,G,H,J,N,O,R,X X X X X X
iAS-121575W-FR 7410 15 (75 on Axis) X X - X X - A,B,D, E,F,G, H,J,N, O,R,X X X X X X
II.S-24MCC-FR 3161 15/30/75/95 X X X - - X A,B,D,E,F,G,H,J,N,O,R,X X X X X *
II.S-24MCC-FW 3162 15/30/75/95 X X X - - X A, B, D,E,F,G,H,J, N, 0, R,X X X X X *
II.S-24MCCH-FW 3467 115/177 X X X - - X A,B,D,E,F,G,H,J, N,O,R,X X X X X .
II.SWP-2475W-FR** 9012 75 @-31DF X X X - X - I (see Data Sheet S9004) X X X X X
II.H-24-R 7892 - X X X - X X A,B,D,E,F, G,H,J, N,O, R,X X X X X X
AH-24-W 7893 - X X X - X X A,B,D, E,F,G, H,J,N, O,R,X X X X X X
AH-12-R 7891 - X X - X X X A,B,D,E,F,G,H,J, N, O,R,X X X X X X
AH-12-W 7894 - X X - X X X A, B,D,E,F,G, H,J, N, O,R,X X X X X X
AH-24WP-R** 7416 - X X X - X X K X X X X
AH-12WP-R** 7415 - X X - X X X K X X X X
""For Weatherproof Series AS/AH specifications see data sheet S9004. "PENDING
"""Refer to Data Sheet S7000 for Mounting Options. .
Note: Models are available in either Red or White. Contact Customer Service for Order Code and Delivery.
NOTE: Due to continuous development of our products, specifications and offerings are subject to change without notice In
accordance with Wheelock Inc. standard terms and conditions.
.
Architects and Engineers Specifications
The notification appliances shall be Wheelock Series AS Audible Strobe appliances and Series AH Audible appliances or approved
equals. The Series AS Audible be listed for UL Standard 1971 (Emergency Devices for the Hearing-Impaired) for Indoor Fire Protection
Service. The Series AH Audible shall be UL Listed under Standard 464 (Fire Protective Signaling). Both shall meet the requirements
oLECC P;ut 15 Class B. All inputs shall be compatible with standard reverse polarity supervision of circuit wiring by a Fire Alarm
Co~1 Panel (FACP).
Tl}i8'odible portion of the appliance shall have a minimum of three (3) field selectable settings for dBA levels and shall have a choice
otcOhtinuous or temporal (Code 3) audible outputs.
The strobe portion of the appliance shall produce a flash rate of one (1) flash per second over the Regulated Voltage Range and
shall incorporate a Xenon flashtube enclosed in a rugged Lexan@ lens. The Series AS shall be of low current design. Where Multi-
eandela appliances are specified, the strobe intensity shall have field selectable settings and shall be rated per UL Standard 1971 at
15/30n51110 or 135/185 candela for wall mount and 15/30n5/95 or 115/177 candela for ceiling mount. The selector switch for selecting
the candela shall be tamper resistant. The 1575 candela strobe shall be specified when 15 candela UL Standard 1971 Listing with 75
candela on-axis is required (e.g. ADA compliance).
When synchronization is required, the appliance shall be compatible with Wheelock's SM, DSM Sync Modules or Wheelock PS-24-8MC
1?0wer'Supplies with built-in Patented Sync Protocol. The strobes shall not drift out of synchronization at any time during operation.
If the sync module or Power Supply fails to operate, (Le., contacts remain closed), the strobe shall revert to a non-synchronized flash-
rate. The appliance shall also be designed so that the audible signal may be silenced while maintaining strobe activation when used
with VVheelock synchronization.
The Series AS Audible Strobe and Series AH Audible shall incorporate a Patented Universal Mounting Plate that shall ~IIow mounting
to a single-gang, double-gang, 4-inch square, 100mm European type backboxes, or the SHBB Surface Backbox. If required, an NATP
(Notification Appliance Trimplate) shall be provided.
All notification appliances shall be backward compatible.
:::%
. :::--'/
--;..---
'=--:.
./
.'
- - - ~ - . '1
NIiIll'.A .
niWl""
273 Branchport Avenue
. Long Branch, NJ 07740
Phone: (800) 631-2148
Fax: (732) 222-2588
. www.cooperwheelock.com
WE ENCOURAGE AND SUPPORT NICET CERTIFICATION
3 YEAR WARRANTY
Made in USA
58100 A5/AH 06/06
(
4,:/..---..,
d?"<:", '\
"-.'<<.-'0 ....:
~.-':wo;. <<..:.v.....
. ....-:;.....-:-":0
~\. ........~:{::r
.......~.....;::.
."/Hh
/.::i:: ':,;,. //H/h"'Y:"".J{j<'''','h:< <<~
""% 'M' %. ;<<m//~if;')
._~~ H--~J ", b}./..,;tfWit
~'m
,- .; '="1\1..d~C":::::p']?':'
~t:.f.~.<<}J';' .Y."'===>>"'1 0.1'- -:~:
mo:#,".-...:.;<<.t! X'n-Y '.,><?~ ~.
--=---:
4-Wire 'ptu)toelectric,
low-Flow Duct
Smoke-Detector
System Sensor's Innovair DW OOACDUP reduces
the spread of smoke through HVA.C oir duct sysrerns,
fncludinq iOt/li-ffo''''!' apf-i{jcotions. .As (J f-)hOloe!ectric
cieteccO(r it~; ultrQ-responsive to the !iJ~ge :;rnoke
partic!es commonly found in duer systems.
(
The DH 1 OiJ.4CDCI.P :_i~~e~, k;w .fk~v\' ~c'(hn~~:(jgy :.:.) Sl::'nSE srn~)k;: in :.he
!D'Ne,: M speed';, frrxn 100 te 'l,Ck)0 ler:-: pe: rnjr:l:te. Vyhen SrrKJKe j,
(je~ect'.:d. a:1 i:1~erc:;.n:1ected units INii: initiate their :dais. Howeve',
to qu;(.kly kJc;jt~ the f:fl2 ~;(''')i..l~(e. fJrll'y' the d~'~e(:.or sE~lsirl~~ 'j(f1ckr:
wil: a:;;r,,",. ':\^!O D~Dr f'o:.rn",'C ~e:~y .:oma.:ts, c.:,r,necc-:,d ~o ~ux::i,Fy'
r:q:Jip~1v:rrr. c?n (;IiSfJ be ~_c~;l:lgured to prevent the 5p~;:?d iJf s,~~(jkc
~hrou9" a p~~tici.na~ am.
'[he DH100,/lCDCLP!s s;,.,ple t.) ir.5~al! and mai"ta:n. PC1Ivered by
24 V.'~C/DC or ': 20/240 V)\C, it (;;(1 be !"~Cl')j;>, :nount!"~t: ~(,) rGtJ(I'.-J i3nd
rect;;r,gu:ar d:JCt5, f[Com cne ~o tW-:,I'i'" feet in width, 'N;t~, oU~5ide
rno,I:1:.:n9 til~)',. :-: als:) rife:', on ildjl)s:.;;;~;:e te:e;c(~pic ~;;;rnr;!ing ru~;,~
U',a~ ca:1 c..: used f.~)i duct width:; up to 18 i:1c:'".:s. Thi:: ~ube loc~s intc
place .- r,:\) :jc,kii~:Gn::1 tools a~(:' ~-:ec(~s~~a(y.
I ts rr~r;du:or (.\.")nstn:c:.:G:\ cilkrvvs for e;;s'y' d~C\~;\n':.j c.r~d field
l"t,,:p::jCernf:nt of th(: pOlllt:r ;j!-lt~ St::1,tX boa~....!s. A:sa ~:rr.pl;l)t;nq
mdintel~~r~~_e is 2. t;;;nspnreqt. cO'/F:r that. prGvidF:s (_cqvel~;r;:'lt v:si)a:
i:1s~~'ectj':'I'. !f~he -:O'i,'r;" rern.:,ved,;] patent...,d c..~,ver.ni"'r'e~ trcub:e
signol gi\/es Cl 7-::li;1i)~r: de:;,y b~f\."):e~he pf;I:'lel fX re:no:.e c1i:~_e~;':i()t'Y is
'.1::. '': ..
r.ctl~~f'G (J! tr:.)~IO:(~.
I\t a r(~r'nc.te lc..c;'j!ic-n; t!ll;~ rern':J!f: ~E'::~ ::tcr~.:G(1 \.."!ptior. f::1,Ure, ~hat
d d~te\..t(;.r:5 ft::li:tior~iilg prope;:y Qr:d the rernote si.:~:J~~der/LEC.
irld;ct~t('r :)p~':G!I s;gnals ;f a c~e~e(tor :;; in i:l:t~nY:. Hovve\'~-:r: 'r!lt~ c"-J',er
(~r.;.e~; :lot !v.:ec tG be re~Tlc.ved if ;j detecrar needs -:::0 be rese-r at the
de~;~ctor. Si;';iply f)';sh the t~u;lt-:r~ :.::s.::t butto:":.
\
'-,
WARNING: D'JG ~,nK)~:" dr:,r~GD~', i:W~ NOT ,J s',j'Jstic,J:(: for ':J;"Jt,:)
areo sr;;oke dete;:tr)fS. ~or;;; subs,:nAe f:.1: e,~::y iNar~ii)9 dete.:tion
a"c; NOT ;; reph::e''-'t::l~ fer Cl cuild:n-;J'" ~e-;J'J;c:r fort' det,,::t:o,-, systt::ll.
R!"~ft~~ tG NFPA 7~~ i:t(:l~ 9DA f\.x jjdc!i~:on::l irl\....HI11oti,:J(:.
.
l 7* W~~t.~,?:::-Wi iY':':'::::::::.~:::\:f::' :.,
~r1 "" {1'* ":::-'" NW..~ #. J ;... ", ,",'.
;..~ jf.... .-". ~ 'Uf ... .... .".
;. $'$ ...'".. ' ","-:-.",... .;0;; ..:......;.;....;.: ,..'
.~ ....1'0. ;0;;:0:-'- "'... ...... ,. ., ..
Featur~:s:
------..------------------------------------------------------------------------_.---------------
. Ph(JtOt::ectric, :cw-t:O'll ~rcl-~n,-l:O~~~.l
.. .4(1 <~if '/(::od-ry ~;;tjn9 f:orr~ ': (1) fe~t f.ier ~n;n~f~f~ ~":J 4,CH}:! ff:f~t per
:ilinijt,.:: (.5 :i1eters per seco:)!~d ro 20.32 i:leters pt::r sec.:")~-~d)
.
.. Patr:(ltf:d i(l!!':rfOn(I~.:i..~tab:l:ty kx rn'.J~H-f~-;(1 S~I~!tc!c'\.'/n
. :'/11,1 O::-OT FGrrn.( rei;;)' ((JI":t,1C:S
, /.,: 'J~.U[)( or 12<)//.40 'i.AC
. \/er5atil," :i1cunting cptio:."s
. (\,ts;t!e rnmmting d-,s
.. A patfntf:li ~~"l1f:51'::'Dp:( ')a~~pl;I:9 t:..;b(~
.. ~v':cdiJ:ar .~()nstnK_ti\.":;.1
.!\ r..a:.en:.::t! c':J'Jer. ta:Ttpe~ t~our;:t: ~:gn::1
. A tr;j:lsp;"":ren~ cover
. .4 re'note te',t st,:ti,):l
. :~.f,:;)ote s.~);jr;(jer.'LED indicator i.1p:.'Gns
...'\ bl..l:lt- i(t :.2~c"\~ bu:tG!1
~g~~~y,,~~~!I~g~nm"mm_____"m"m"".n__'m"mn_'n__nm"_nmm.
@
USTED
.
.
.
.
'-
Innovaill' Dud Smoke Detedor Spedficatio8ls;
g>;::::~<<m::::~;>;-;,::wm:-m:::.-:::r:::':::-.;::~.:;',:;:::~-;:;;;,-::w_~ ""'ID.".,::;:_<:,:;;::;.<:,:::::'?.:;:;~m-mw.:::::~:;:::::::'W'-::ve:::W':::::m;;::;:;:<w.;:"::-r:-==m::->>-::::-....-.'?':::;:::::w.:::::::.%.::~~:m::~
.m~tJ;~w~1k;&~:~~~~~m~~t&g:i~~:;ill~~:J:~~j;.:~_. ~.ib~~mw};1:t~~f~ ::::::::::::~~;~d~;:}~~~jJ~:i:m:;fuI~*;M~ili~ir:iji~~ili:t"?k~:;
~;~:;~I~~;~~~~~~~:~:~:~;.J~~.~~~I ~~::;::'~: ~;;~.~~"~~::: ~~~~r~7:.~~~,:~:~~~:~~~';~r ;(~:~ ~~:';~~:~~;:~~ ~~~~!~;,~:~~~;~i~i~:i;(;; r~:~.;:~;:~~~7:~;.~:~~~...
"- i..irllt ~holl De c2pijh:e O!" conrre::IrI'J 1):1 t!) te~ l.~ CJ ':11; ~or:d:!n9 :.ysreriis ,,,,her; IfI~'p.r(.,-.,nr.c(ted wi~:1 !"xh,=~ .....:et<:ctGrs.'1 ~~e detert!)f" ~~~!.:I :::.e (of JoDI;: ,.It piD'lll1if1q:!
tir;~:ble 5il)i~~: ii; the i::v(~nt !hot V~e front (()\lf~1' is Ic!T!0vcd.lt shc11; be r..:ipdh:e (if :~,)(;"1: tt'5:.ing 'liel !:!~LJ;~et;( 5\t\';t!)~ e; ferrH:~tc ~c$t;ll~~ u~;nq d~c ~.9,4S -\ 1\~1lIt1.
5;grtC)Ii~~g p.G....~:~:~()~:,1 G!" t~~f~ Rr~51 KEY B~~~:~(-:'t;: .Tt~~t ~;t;jti(;!~. .The' u~~;t ::h:1:; t;f~ m~et by :0(:1: n:'$~t b.,~tt0rt af rcr0otf~ tf:,st ~:t3tiG(1. rh~~ '..-1uct ~:m'.-:.k~: (!t:'tf~\..'r,.-:': h():..;sing
- :011"11 :n(o,p~r~:e an ~:rt;9ht smoke ch~1111i:;.::: ;11 ,:cr;';JEa',~'" with l:L 2(:)3A, $tclr:'~il'.j f.:'1 5:::oke lX:tl:'GC,; (or [luc, AppHc~::(.m. 'he hC\lsb;J :oh~:1 be (ilpdb:e
~f ::;01Jr.t;:1g ~G eithei re,:t~':~9'-':~~ 01' rOIJ:xi d.....(E \\.;thc;.!~ ~.~;:.;)[er b'-c1(k..~~~. I\';: ir.t..~g(-:l! f.!t::'r sY5~em ~hzJI be ::;c:ude.j to ~('Ij~(~ dU$t arllj (..::~:dlJe :::ffeas c.-.
Gc-te-:rci ~Fd ~IOllS;:lg. t~,erd}:... r(.du.:ing 1,,".:-,ir.t..::;;,J~xe ~jd ~-:-[";C;:lg, s..':unp:ir.g rllt.e~ _~~.~:I.:-:tT.er be re:e:;cQpi:--:g ~r be e;,J~:Iy i:--:~t.3Bt-:ci b~1 p;,Jssir.g thiO~~9h the
. GlI>:t hCcisi:-:g after t~t ho)~;~:.-.g is m.)l.:n~,:d to ~he GlI':!. :he ::r.j: ;1-.all ~'I'o'i:d.: ~ >p~ci~,1 ;(.:x.ra,;on of:-:o less :~.}:-: '.~' (6.4 :~rr.) ~:-:d/.x ~ ph:/sic.Ji b~.r::t:'I>":'Ii:x':-:
rh~ high 3"d bw \/c:t3ge terTT.inal~: hE' endcsure s~.~:! ;ne.::r ;J:: op~li(?bl~ ~;EC: 3nc: NFF;6. ~tar..j?;i)$ :-egardi,.g ~:.:-(t;i(?l ji..inoic.. ho:,x.:$. -:-errr.in-3! (.:.:lnr;Oic..$
sholtbe of rh~ s~rip orld (:.=!j;~p rnethad $~~it2bl~ tCi ~]- -: H AVv(j wiri;~q.
-'-~1~~~1:~~1~~~~~Jj~r~t[t~~~mt~tttfffl~il{i~;~Ug@liliit{~~1~;~~j~f~tn~~tit~l~~Jifj~ili~;;ili~~~;mli~~rtJ~mttflfi~it~ili~r~~~ili~ili]i#MjJr_
..~~~:~~_.__________________________._~~~~~~i~~:"::.~l. (.en..~;3~~::J 1.:} c~~:~~~~h: ~?~.. {i~~~::~~~:J?!~__________________________________________
"_~!~:~:~'!::$:~:':'~5:~:~.______.._..____________________~~_~~::~_~~:.~_~9~~_________________________________.______._---------______________.._.__.___________________________------------------.--.---
".~:e:.~::~~.:._~_-:.:.:.:.:j~:.:~~.~~~::.:~::.~._~~:_________.____~?:.~~~_~~~!_~?:_~:._~~:SL_~____________________________________________~4__________________________________---.~-:..----------~------------
n?~-~~:::~::..:~_~~~E~::~:~:~~:.~~:.!:~J:=:u.______u_u_u-_.3.~~_~.:~!_~~?~~J~-_~9:~~~_~.?~?~SL._u.u_______uu____~.___4__.____u___u_______~_Uh_UU_h._____uuu~.u__u__u____uuuu_____
--j
~1
--I
(:~.::~;;:{~~:'~ ~:'J:.:.d~:~~:.. H:l:;':.,:-::
1~>6!O ~.)3:fu (e:~1t:ve :~un):dity n,}r~"(.vrlde!~~i~:.~
.$,:r ~:.~~\:t\..!-:~;;~.::.:: 100:: to 4000 r:/rn:;;. (D S ~(J 2{: :!2 n-'/5ec;
tmff{~~~rf.(;%f1:W{,:r~ff1"[<<:ff1;r(::f;rf:%t;_W::'#.w4~Nf1".w.~~ff::f..,wy~M"#.&:::&'..&)Y&<ifff..fM$4Wt'$%#ffi"AWJ1
Y-.>>;o:.>>>>~v.;~.<<o~~:,:.>>:>>1J~~">>>>Y..:._HM.../b>>~h*Q/..QZYjM~W..m: .- :,"Z&z::.~@~$%~ffy%~~f$z 9"~.$~
"_:~~~~.~::_.:~~2_~~~~.~:_:.:.!!!:~~.:.:___..a.._._________?!?:?:.~~~f?~~_..__.___________.______3~_Y!~~~_~~~~~_~~~....______________~?:2.\~'~~c;..::.g.~:?_~:~_____________._4?3~~~~~~~~~S~~~~~~~.::~~_...___w_
._:_.=.j~:::::~.i:.::~:::~-=.~:.:.:____________.___._~_____?:.?~~E:~_~~~c:::___.___________u______?X9_t::.~~~~::______________.______~~~:\_________n_____________________~~~~:___4_U_____________________u_
!;~):.;.;: -.o':;~~.K,,~_ 3.C:VC'C ~':'~:n. 2.0'/;\.C (('\;(1. 1C:'v/\C (.-.:n. 20VJ\C !~~:rl.
"________________~________________.___.___~____________________.______________________~___~_.__________________~_.______________________.~~~44___.____________________________________________________
;;...:-::~~ '~;((j::; {~,.....;~h :~r$.~~.;::
.03 tel 03 se(..
.Q3 ~G OJ Sfx':.
.iB tC) ~!3 ~ec.
.03 to 0.3 Sf~C.
"_~:::.~:~_~:!:~'::~!:y_~:~~~:~-_;~:::-:~::-:L._________~~~:~~:_~~~~_____._______________~~~.:::::_~.=.?:~:._a__________.________~!?_~~..~:_~~-:-:..._._________________~~.~~.::-~~.~-~:---------.--~.------
._~~~.~::_.:.l?_~~.:.:.:.:~_______________________.___.~.:!_~~~:_~~~c:~:_____.__.___.___._____~~_:.~::.:::'~~:___~___________________~~~:~:~~~~.~_______________._______?_~_s::~.:_~=.:~~~:._____________________
"_~~;~~::::~~::1::~~~~:_:::~~::__________._________~~~_~?_~~.:__________________________~_~~_:!:::~________________________~_~:._J.:~_~~.::________._______________?_~~_!.~-~~~::.----------------------
:::?r~:::~f.;:~y.f;.)~t
See d(;'t2(~G( :~b~1
Se"~ .jet~ct(.: ;dbel
Se(;' d~::t~..:tor iabe:
5r:e detector 1;j['2;
(~~~ rs~~~ ~~';'x: ~~: ;;:=--=":cH~:; ~ ~.~::s:":q ;-';-:,~ A;..c~:$:;<_":.;~~.:_:
:'-:~~^. :::,~:":d~,'i' ;;.~t:-;:'{~,.,:"
3!~ rn..a, I~MS
~s i-;~A ~:~/:S
1:. mA H:vl~.j(
1SmA
:;,~.:.x.;-:~;):.::~ ):I.(.....:.)~~ 70 ~/; 125 m!\ RMS 35 rr.;\ Rtv~S)- /.5 m/\ K~ASIl
~:~WMf;Wi~W.::==_&@"%w*rq1f#$_t4..<<:=.f{.f);',;@"(.t:r.@m=w.W1M""g&_#w..::~.~4~%W.:#""1t"#{<<'(,{WM""@;'WmmW@f;"::&"":iIffiWj
~9~::'.--'/...t.;1.~~:.>>;rz:H.....:<<Q~:.~y.m::::::.__;.W..:W"M::..:y..:.:::::_"@~..@="A.:.~;:;..~f-::::myj.&_'....:::.WhW'~$..~~j.&:~>;Z:;:;lli@n>>:.yn~:....::::~y.:%:;:;>>5:".(W"~it~
_!~:~.:~~:.:.~.=.!::~~:~~?::~:~~;:.~!:::::5~~_~:~~__n_n~:~:~~~.:~~_y!~~;~~~~~_l~~~:~.:~~.!~~:.'?:~_n_nn._..unn_nnnn.n_n_n____.unnnnu_n_____________.__u___n_n_~n___n_nn._._.u.
.:'1:\' .....) .:.~):.::~:\,..y < ::~<t.:_:;~~ ~.~:~~)Yn
: 0/\ Ci::~ 30 VDe; I 0.60 (C?') 250 \,lAC
Net.:: r\:;:,:-m ?'uxiHary cantacr~ must $'h:tch 1 OOrn!'\ rni~;mllnl ;,Jr 5\{:(~ 1\larn1 atrd::;:.;'! r:-:,:-:t.}(~S $h::.:: nct be Ci)~.n~cte.j rc ini~:;;r:j.g '::;(lIirs of contio: lX,ne:s. Us.:.:
rhe alarm i:-:iriLitic.. cDntact f.x U",is ri):-xJs~.
"=-i":'~;:>:':' n):~t(.):t:~ i::r:s'i; :'.0.6, (C;' 30 \;1X (r":$:~ri\'(-); 2.0.~ @ ~ 2:: \//\( (it-:$:::.tivE-)
(:.~'.:,k:'"~
'f~(.t:;h:~~
nla
.~:~(=-{1
::t~n~:b~;
~ 2.S 1-;".;" :vt:rl..
30 ~I\ rv~~X.
APA.:iSi
P/\4O::
0;';',/\
11/~
~ S ii'.A :V~3X.
R4~OOl 0 ~A n/;.1 -:(! rrlA t\'~ax, .
---~---------~---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------~
~~.:S.:l:; 1/~~ rS4:; 1 K::'l'
n/ij
~' :; ~A ~v~;jx.
1/.~A<(
SSM51
9 rn.O, Mc;x
30 ~A !v~ox.
:i ~A !v~?x.
)-Natf:: vVh~~ ? lJn;t io:. pc\'\'er~,:~ d~ ~"h;:- 120 \,~o,C ir.:-",ut, dflY (om~_.,;n;:d..jn ri rJ(!'.~s5o:-i.::-s Ill?;'; b~ i)sed such t~~?:_ r~e lJiv.:.=-n ?cce$$f)~i kj:tiJ$ ...1f?': 60 ;;i.O,"X less in t~ie
~~i:mrJb;i sl.:i:ite.' 11 (J mA (":i :ess in t~e C;lelrrf! strJte.
^(oJ' 'l~<I~-OO;'
n. " ... ... .,. ,.. ... ,.. .. ... ... ... ... ~
I ,1.V',.\il.ABi...E ?VWE~ IrIF~J73 ~/
I 2 Hi ABC ,=-4':.
I I"" {0, ~.\ (:') (~) - .
I ,yy'r>'.....;'O.V
I I..u~..: lJ~ ..I J
I :....""..,...,...
I ~~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I A'.t.r4),l AlJ::ltJAHY :;')N'"'"A'::':8 (oHlJ\\"t-J It.. 1.'.4r..M AIJ~li)~" t>):'If'-A.::l:-.; ~':-iI)\\'''J Ir~ P\I(1'Vf.~ ;I~E r=~,,"!::ri\"::~"'( n~~v NOW
I S;:~~'kf1~6f2X~;~~~Ff'q~.~ ~~~J~~~~~~T~~!-~~~~~~~ ,."r.c:Vll:(S A .r(lJ-~'.. C. ::.)N"'.,"';i F(jfi
I ' ~~~~~~~~~Jf,~",,:;,",
,00C!! 'oLE .X!I{"A(;. r......'ilNG I $1:;>fRV.SQJ;'r ;R~B~.F. CONTACTS ./ I S~IPcf1V1S~M'I' moup..x fXiS;~~TS ...r:.,....o;,..
2.(o~. \t' 2C ';~ loc.il<oli'.~ 1,(' :~,,' I.~' .-- "
2.t:'\ 9' ~2~'VI.C.a~"";"6 I ~;:..... I lY ,<,'.. I .
: [:~;;~;~~;<:~t?;~-;;~;~;~~! ---,-1.... :~Z';~~~;;:.;:;:;1;;~~~~ r---""'-'1
I 0[1.1(",*:' 0>1'1\"';'; r.: ,,:'...<<n,.~ '~lJn~ )~I[~:t. n. OC-f:t. : nc"":~:. 001 'r.'r:":.: ~/".;t'(;(l J-'!-"'"I.Jf<(- ..~'[C :Ilfi. "-(-r. .
""''''--''''''~;1---:....,::~:~~:~~~::.-:~~.:~:~~::~~:::-t:..:::::.....-:_._'.T:_.:_...~.~~.~~~:::~~~:~:~::.:~~~.~'.'..j.'::.',':::::.'J
/ : "\.'Y: S(:'Y
Ai...N-\....., /: t"t.}j{t.t ,~ .:;Qf~MCil:SP.v"~: t,,~.f1U 'i (;(Y.(J^cr!:s~~CWi'_
Il~C'O,,~~l:'),"'I: :~J~~~~s \ ~~~!1Ir-;;~.-~~j(IH'r : ~~.~~J.~.~~ S g;;~.~~~"~~~"!;
JI" \ : :t. :~f~.i.AA;v..... Clcml: : "," U:I AV;;V..'"' I 1....-
.~\L..__._._,____~~ 1 .__,,_____~L
i ~_____________, ~_____________
Wiring Guide
')y.;:t(-1)' ~<:d;-.~J '~~:?"p":'~~~ ~Jo:- ":';"~~;-.:' d;.;~:t :=;rr.)):-:.-:- d.:.'t~("t)x:;.
(
~l))~~.f~~:st"'Ml~ A(:.:H"
h "'[~ ~.( II....,:; 5O-r:.~~
1~ VN; sc.;;~ ~f2. vq
~~I 0,,>:: ~-(U)) i{.:
OOhli'.;~CT ~)IN;:r. i>C11!..CF.:
Tv ,'J:~P'v~P';.t"if: T!;.P.~...I1't.t"L2
v. F.J.O:li ['c'-";C1~'l.
/
,)......,...lu.au: ;>O"'iE.~ ti'IF!.Jl3
e 1~ .4. 6 G
~GrS)(0
1.'''''-: ~j'6 I
u_.2~:t';.uJ
~.L>JlY .l..t'Y.IL1NT( ":CNi.A.L"!S
H~~1 fA'" ~'llr'1XtIIN. ETC.
~.!i!&l.flt~Kit;.
Ii:;." ;~I~ vrx;. AESIST~'\"F
1(''''.''' 2::~V4.C
'1('(.....,l., ~l"'\:'M'JM as'.,::.:
N0T IIIiTF.rIC,~n ff)r.
Co.\;Nr:.~T~:O Cc."jTq()l
"'I.'J~':J.s
^Ll.O~ ~~"IIJ"':iV ~;Of~"^G':G
F.)B rM~ ~...'"!IJr[.n,'1-J. H~..
1(' H .. ~ 1~ 8
,S) () () (2) () ()
~ ~ 'J NCg r~(l. t r.c.
L.._.,.~<>....l L_<,~)>-...J__
1t> H .. -: 1':-' ~
,,"' ,-. ,,-. rA n r."
'....>, () ~"':J 'x:.; I<:.J I.::.~,l
h:~: :;i :H~ r~Hl.~:' r.C-.
l I ! ! I": :
.--~q....o>~~..: .---<',.)-...---~
f-v!1I/r.~:NG 0;: ;l.;J:<!i..i_C.P.'f
m-:VllX["'. HEi.E:-" ~(j
Y.lJ.~IFAC:r.I~C::-i"&
!NST.Cil.),li0i'lltoiRlntJcri0NS
')ri C"v.J~~GT Hl,tJ~.Wt.,Cl-:":.'f:(l
/
Ui.. :.!ST~C H'"j~F.:
(Voll iiI)!.. ~I..'~r:-:...
;:;~.3T r.-c:~.~Cf.lIH 7Hf tooP
[IHi'l'J_A_GL:it.:"i..f'
U.3: Ol:-r=c:OP. !N onE Ui0P
['Hl'j<jl,G.;GlP
:':V:-::(\1 <e;..,s:-{.:.~~, ~.:.:.. :~: ~ : l.x;f.~::fx.:~ 9 -~.:. ::: ::-,."..~;;:.',:
(' ".
---------_.--.----.---- r---------..-.----
DIi1ol0,\GCGY _ : Ar~Al.lj1
Alam~ ~~nZ: G.:;} ---..------------..f~) ^l;-:;rr;1 _
: (R61 L"C,
,-, :
'\I..X. Pcw.;\"" + .~~)..- ::!
3~q:. N. G. . 6':-'!.
$\);1. GC~1. ...~... : J:) ~("^,cr _.
: .~ {G,-:-n-:'ll.-=O!
_u~_~~..~~~~~_~_u~ -----L~.~:.=___.
r~OiE: 'Ii;rj~ oio~r'irr; 3.'1G'ti'il is ~r DH"I))'\COI:'U~~ 4-'0'10;;(" 1......--:.
S~Ij~9 dgt~c.~ ~Z:9J!". 6~'JiJ;.~ without a C\:'ilto"':>l par,~l.
'.IOTE: .1.. !.~'-!~Ie !.:':)I~ditic., is ir,dia.!aC: MIlM 1!"r9 ~~~! !_J":.D
i~ "O~ ::~'Jn~;:(.tl-:<.I
::...:;~:~-~~ d:;)~~'.::n-~ ~:.~~ :):-f': <!..€;.~::: c< Lf' '!~-= _';:.::{4:~1;
",C::'_I)~!ir(,,'.'.fI;
r--::~~;~!:-'"""""" --;"~;;---j
: Sl:"':'~\:;:;~~:~;~ ~ - ~ ~,~fYdS~\!. :
i ".., :;:: :::::::~:.:~.: ':~~~3~~"'" j
, !"i:::J!":&- -+-- -".:> "E-!)" :
: :-.::t,'l.'cn{.,,' 0'\. _____U_1-_ -~- --~ ~,.:(- ,")o.vr.H(-l :
L-=~::~}'--"-8 """"lCn,_) i
i-I)-)J; "';S-(^,~...;l
,ll;t.l~n
-.;..~:~ :.~~:~ d:..;S:';':.>}} ~.:.)" :: :.:. ::':-~ : ~.x.;;:~:~{-~~). ~.. ::.:.
::(:"~.'~::1:ff=-S~:r: ~::Y;
'----r;f;oo,J-clZ:tP-----: r-- R-;~~.;i~ii;~~.;ii;i-).---l
....larn:::-.::;f";~:1 @-t----kj) (P.r.~:f:~!^,:J10l I
' ,
- - - - - - - -: - - - - - -: - - - - - - - ^
:}4Cr>o.~~~ (~. i A::;nr"-:T~'lo.'F.(1
, _ : I : <>nil''''.'''''' I I
i Suv. ro!o v_ _ ~u{~_~h-.J : ".nW~ l"AnI'J. I
. : : I
. !'.i-Ii\. '"',)fA 'n./3)...:...___u________u...:...(..:-. i~(f'1<1 ,"cO)
~ '~;:~,,:.,-- ~~~I=.=.=-~--~.:~I~~J~~:. - _.! I
~ow< \2.T'--ffi; I
! ; ~.v
___~ctJ @j :~~ !
"NO! E: For RTS451 KE'{ only wlthout iI Control
Pim~1.
RT~A): dC.:5 nN ho'''':: -) t(:~~iIl3: 6.
NOTE: V~:r;ng d:~;:r;;~ S~':)'li:1 ;$ fCi- :):i ~ OC:,\CDC LP
4-\li:rE- ch;!".l Si~"0ke rJ~~_r=("_~.(jr :;ys:.enl
eqjJipped wjthc~vt c1 CG!'"!t1.:)1 pane:
NOrF: A t!"r,.")\.;b;f (or!dit~0n i;: ;ndj(;:tco:-i ,,'.'hc:!"! th~~
Gr.::e(1 ~ED ;s :x.:t :Hvrfli~~:!~c.j.
'-
IX,:,\'NH:Y r-'D,VJ-:.1.~X'~lf:C:-:
It) r\o-"'r:.~Or:.RII\T~ "':'"fRk'~'l..\~ g
Qt: E:AC!~ ~r:.n::c':()f;. ~E:C:
[.~..):::u...~r,:';pJ::"' ..C'X
.'\:romcl~^l rowr=r-t {.~IP;:l y
1J.l;:OP.~","OIOf~_
.
> :
-- .
>!
.......> :
-- '
._J> i
I '
COI... h~~:"S':O~
:-;..'-:c.:.-:o:-,) Ef
~AI-lH ;..\~.!iJF."'!:T vRf.:O'I
~N:{:<\~: d:..~S:(':.}":' {~:,.. ::-;:~~-:.:-::.:: :-:.:,::-::.:-:.),~:.:.;:
---_._--~._-_._-----_._*-~.------------_.__.-.-----.
.
:m.-------mm....0--5'1 I,'} :
: ^lAP.M s.:{,~^lIA ". -----.X:'}.l /, i
, ., I I.... ,
, -.- .~'/'
l.~~~~.:-~~~'::~m_~]m--i~JL'J' i
:;.J(;T ~:C~G:(lt-1
::.11N'A';[lf>_r~
PA41); \Ctl-~ n:)NN..~
AUP)I~}O_(- 4lF"~~
j'~:,=:'~::~'~::::'d:l:::::~i:::::~'~'\'-I
: I I ,~:
: AI)) ......;WFii ._) t=::\-l--L,s,L~:r:~o:
Ln'h_~__:__~___n~1!J 1''[-> i
~iJC:T ~~H::Gr"F1
~;.11(':IAI:(Jf>.r-
~~~~iJ~~~I'NAl}
Ml;'JlII":C~^T~01
~mportant intercormed Notes
\,Vh:=n usinc ~-h~ i;~t~:(a;~nect fedture. ,=,l: ;nten..anri~\.'feij lI;;jts ,"nust be: pGwered v~r~t~; lh02 S(line; inafpeiident )upp;y.
PO:Ji;ry rr:l;;i. be rnolnt'=';iied rhnJughG:!t the j~tcrcG~ne(t \,viri;i9. '::eiinect ternli!"lol :/. G~ IJr~it .: r!"; t:=r!n;nol i/. (j!",: u!":it /. allr; so O~ :;j(n;lc1r1y.0..1;i(1I2ct
t!':rnii!""!,=,! f on vn;t I tG tc'rrnii;J: 1 !".In ~.!n;r ~'. :l;,;d ..~;,) (..n.
Up to:I :0 Ui':t:i .-!iay tIe ;nt('r:::o:,n~-:<:t.:-c,
(
"
.1C':;. 11;.14-(1();
.
.
.
.
A<:<:eS50ries
:;ysrem :;emcr p..=,v:c"s 5YSt"i-,-, f:e:d::i!iry with a va~:e,y of ilcce~soi';es, ;rdu(Hng tW(' ~em-~J~'-' re~r star:cns, ar:c sever;;1 difff~er:t m,-,ar:5 cf......
'I":hle iJ'll~ iHyH'lp o;"o;tc.:" iVICJ' 'I""iyjr;r' A'.' 'v"i"'1 .,. r Cit 'ct -j..tc.c T'. '1' cJ. K' 'nnke 'jp'c.('')" -'(('e""'rie, 'HP U: 'io;tpd .--
.._.. ~ ~"__.._'." ........\..._'..;1 /.. \........JJ.. ._t:"._....\.'.J'u'.. .'.::' \...1__....'.'_'.....).... . C _ ..'_._. ~~......
;==------:.
..
. . . . . . . . . . .
.. .........
.((({{::f.{{r{r,:
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~: {??~~?~~tt~~~~~ ~ ~~ ~ ~ ~~:
;fl
. ..~......:.:.:.:.:::::::::::::::::::.
............
~~J..~'::: :
:=-~..:.:.C).;:i
~hni 1...!c~~ SOJrld~r
~.UL :.3S~i3:
S~v'1'i0 wirh ~;S?4l0W o~d-0i',
f~l:;::.:;~
Re;;lote Tes!: Sto!"!v~
(UL ;;2~2?)
~A..E{:;:
~?~.,:~ ~ ~:.~y
;;.c~iotc !Est ~t.il~il1;1
,,;1:, Key (~L :;252])
Hem0\e Annum..i2tvr
~U~ S?5?)}
Pit:-l.O A!"!nl~n(;:lt(;r
(UL ~;40] i 1}
$~fobe W:.:! .::'/24:;U ~.JS,Vv 5fY!0s.e
:'':~lS tJpl.ion ,)','c:;:;::.:;:t-:}
..............
..............
..............
. . . . . . . . . .. ....
...............
..............
...............
......................,. ..
................
. . . . . . . . . . .
.. .......
:~:: .
.... ............
. . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . .
....,.. .........
....... ...........
.... -...... -..... ...
................. ..
.. ...................
....................
........................................
....................
....................
....................
:.:.::.:..~ .:::.:~~i:::\~:::.:}::::::::.::.:t:..i::..::
il~IIIIIIIIJ~ii
I){:))~t):(tt':(::t)):::r:):
::~:~:::;;::::::::~~:~::;::~~:~:I~{::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::;::
~.r,l.lt;.::;jCJn;::.:;I~g t"(':f":'~:;'Y
{l:i_ .:~6g,.\)
-:;nc\-v(\ \-\,;1:: PS24L:JW C1dd-l)n
:.~~(llX' iPS ;2/:':~S;"E:'J5w :~n;)h(-' I':or,;
0u~i(;q dv~il~b:e)
. .......
..... .......
...............-,...,. .
.:.:-:I:X?<.: ):~'..... ~
:':-.'=".0: :W..):<-..c.: ),9'.
;.:-:-:.; :~:<(<o( "':0"-'" ..
:r~:~:; < ~ '::~:;.:.:'::
:':-:-:~'~:J:-:'>)."<~ A A'"
::::::~~',.;:i::".~::w!'",'y'~' ...:::...........
.:-:-:.~:":'\:-!.:o(,::,,:..''''. . ~...._....
:ttm.;5~1::.;:!!::!:i.~:!t~::::i:::i:}
.......... ...... ..:.:.:<::<:)~:;*~:~:~:~:~~:~:~:}}
::::::<>:22i.Z:::j#,!tl~)
'1'"
.. .:
..........
:-:-.;
:-:-.;
:-:.:.;
~:~:~..}~; ~
::$~~~:.::1
:-,~v~t;-Signa~;~g
.A.((?'iS1xy
\lJL ?f:3A!
Ordering information f
r{.f~~~f.tp.?:~wmr.f.t:~~;W?fr(.~*~=';Wff:&:<<~='0;':~mw.?J:f$.M~~~JJ.f::W~fJ>>.'$ff.#.rfJ.w.W{:W$>>.'J.Wr@&~@{fi.(:%mWJ7.'f.~~:f:mrf.i.ta~
.'~ ...........-:................................."..............x....... . ...........-:>>..>,i....l.~:::::.. ,...;..:. ._._............ . W.(.'$(.....J"'" x:............ ..'$(.. ..... ....... .............. ............. ............... x............. .. .... .......... ... .......... .................J'. .... ..:-"".:.;0....-"....... ...... . . .. .... .,.... ::-t
,0:.-... .-.-............. ~... ..... ........ ...-...... .. o. ...~........ ..~...........N........~......^..r"'............^V'.........."'.............."'..........................N..............................I'.-n..........N.............. ...."'..............,""""'.. .........."'''''''......,...................................'N
DH1C(!A(f>:=U~ '~'wife rJh{Jr0.f;C'(.~i:~. dllCl d~~cctor "Nirh kN,'-f1;j\N tr'chrl0:0t})'
A51 ~______________~~~~l.le~~_~~~:: ~l",O~c~~i'~~~~ct~,::9i ~~~.~_________~_____________.____________n____________.____________________________
_:~~~~~~!______________________~~~f::!~::~:~~~~:~_~::!~:~.E':~:~~_~,~~~!~_____________....____________________._-------------------..-.--------------------------.,----.-------------------------------.
~:'...:.x{.:;;~lk:;:
..~~:_~_~______________________!=~~!~:_::~~~r::!~.~.!~~,~~~:':::~~~~~~~~_~~~-~~_~~~~~-~~_~~~_.._.
._~-!:________________________!!~~~~;_~~~~~E:~~~~_~~~:.~~~::~_~:~~~:~~_~~~-_~~~!2:.~~-_~:.~_~:~~____.
.~r-s _~_~_1~to; ~;jl1)pan9 tube: du.:-.~..\'kith:_; 4~8' n .l'-l.4 (1~L___.
_!:~S~~~.:!~:?i~_u_uu___uuu~~~~:'~~:;~;!Y..!:::.~_~~~~~:~uuu.uu_u______________._______u
Rl,4C0Z F:en)(;.}~ ~;'~(~un'::.:l~(:~. d!~1ml ;"E.D
f36-a~:-_~~_~~p::1ce:~ler:!" 0;: ~jtc~I') ::rwG per p;X..~s~l_________
:~r -; ,)
f...~eto; ~.:1l1lf.iHng ~lJbe dlJ~.~. widths H '-12' (2,4-:;:i ~:-~)
~e.'~~ rno~~net
:vl(;2-(I4-Cx)
..:.42:3.~~________~2d f,':E':!~~!!:~!:~: s,'rnr::.!~:2_~:'::.:______________.
500,.39-01 Pile,,:, r.:i)I~(!'rr,!'m 5c,'!'l'n
_~:~~1-0(3-~~_~~r_:?(e;!2::;~ ti;;~:::~lp:n~~ :;~E':::ng t~j~~_~____
_~'!::-_~:~-~~~mh_u_________~-':~:::':~:~:~:~':_~_~~.:::::!~~:?:~_~!:2~__ ______hhU_U___
_?-'=~'~:~.~u___u____________u~~:_!~,~:~~?:~~~~::i_~~::::~~:~L_________________________________
~OAC{~.vV
"'l,in:.}\I,.~;"~ ~(iur..::er
::(fS4S ~ ,,~y
:iTS4 S ~
Rt"'rno~c: test stc:ti..x; vt";t~~ k~-~>, :ed:.
!~S24~.OVv
J't!!in;.Ale:t tlcd-on )tlabt~
~;s 12//.4:;:.LN~;V./
'vVo:l-rnoi;r.t ~S,M()KE" lens
11l'rne\e lest ,tot:or,
_:~~!:~~~:______nn____nn___~~0.:~?~~~::~.~~~~'::~:~:_~:~~_~~::?:~~~~_~~_nn______n__n___._~~~~?:/~?~~~~~~~~'~n_n______~~~~:~~:~:!::::~~::~::?!~~S~~~~~~~::~_.._____u____n_____n____un.
(#}~::~>
\~ ...~!;...~
."..,:~:;:
/;'{"~<':;... (.".~.......,....~.............. .......
..::::; ~;:- ~.:::.: Z ;-;;':-;itl>:
.......:....;:: ....P-.~ /"Nv........'o.
x'.. x.....~{.. ;:<<.." H~~"""-:.;':'
~;Li~~'J.: '?*:,~.:t/.~.;?~;
382:' Chic f\v~~;~lJe. ')'i:. Chor:c's, :I.601?4
Phl)~~~: 80:;.5Et~SOR2 . Fa:<: 630- 3 i7 -6495
>O~I)Y,~......";T\~.......:;rJf,
~:'~';r:1 ";:I:-c&acc.-:" ~lj:tro 1 ~I~.;('"q~ V.~:(:1X( .:.:.'.:.--. \~:;i: ~)';:Cf':(.Ct'1~,:,.::r.~~;I
(,....0"'. ",..J'-}.Y~! i11r.,.~ro.......'. ..-..:lu.1i'<':J ;....., ~\':;sr ,......~/, l'( ~:-,;~ 'J,~ E:"t't.'t.
":l~';'}??-~<'I . /,((,. ,.l~/(o
~::}(;~(:(?2 'Tht: RA.400Z fCn10lC ~HHHJnLi;.;.tnr js J\::s~gn~:d fo! borh
convc!aio::al ~'f!d Jf!telliger,t a;:'f'hcatiem. Th~ rd LED pn-,vid::5 IHS4;;1 U~ S2522
visual md!caticn cf an alarm conditwn.
l''i"i"S.:;S:t ~;ml X:TS4~:U~~Y The RTS451 :md RTS4S [KEY art'
;lut.:omatic nre detector accc5so!ies desig.,~d to t.;st remotely loot-
c.1 tlu.r dere.to.,. for 4"H":; .:';r::,'ro." rhe RTS45 i KEY ft-a rv".~
a mult, .colored LED th:<t :<Jr<;rnat~s b~t\\'e~n sr<;ady gre~n arrd
rc,1 F('T 2.""ire drt.;ctcrs, the LED ;1l;)Jnin?re5 r<:d f.:.r ~.I.]rm.
SSX'; :;~:. T11:: SSK451 ;;rulti ,slgndir:g ~'.':c{;sso:)' is des'gn::d for l2se
v,-jrh Syst<J11 Sc;;~cr 4-p,virl: ::onvep.rional dlH:r '..rnckt~ Ijer~\..tc.r~.
Ir co!Y:h!nt'!~ a htlt'!-! f<:;;tun~ 'x:th the keY<h.:r;;ran~J tt'~~t :lnd r!::s~l
functio!\<;. G:'ccr" amber arrd :'cd LEDs ;:.rG'i,d~ vi5uai i::dic,lt!,)n
"I pC'll':r, troub:,: and ab,m condirions, re>pc.rivcly.
~'{-.'K>~l~~ ,>:~~i v;:;:?-(:~>'::; The FA4QQ :::odels are 9{1dH.". pulsed
SOl:ndefS (c.r ~p['h(a[:on!; \vht!e ~ srnaile1 r!fltd)(a[iol~ device !s
r~q:.::r::d. Th:: PS2.fLO ;lnd rS24LOW ...d.i-ofj S:r-:I~'~~ .:an be
;ltt~.o:hcd fer \':~u,:l alar::: signaling
Models Available
AP!v:5l.
FlflAOOZ
RTS451
IHS451KE'r'
SSK45:l
PA40QR
i>A 400W
PS24LO
PS24LOW
fl S1.2/ 24 SLEI'lSW
P;'.:zc Annt:nClatcr
Remote Annunciator
Remote Test Station
l:':el11ot.e 1'':'sl Station with f',:,y
Mdt!-S!gnal::lg Access,)cy
Mir:i-Alert Scun;JEl" (red)
l'vlini.!l,lert Sounder (w~litel
Mini.Alert Alid.or. 5tmb,: (red)
Mini-Alelt I\dli-or: Strobe (white)
'N;;II-Mol:nt "SMOKE' l.ens
f'roduct OvervIew
s)'~~(:::::: s>>::~~{~~ ;:,:)~~~-::-s- ::;.y~~~::~~~ f:e;d;~;~~t... '~.}::.h c:: '...(~:~:::<y ~)~.
:-J:;(;-::::::":~~}~~;::':::: ~:::.;~r.;d;!':~; f=;:::~::: ~~~}~:)~.~ ~.(~~-;- :.:(::/"'~.c~::: ;;::~ :.){::...t:-(';':~
.;:~:1f~~~~~t f"i::::=:~S {(f '"I:~.H.j:-:=: :::~d =--:~~<<~t.~);. Si)"s~:=:~n :::({(.:~.~~';;~ljt:;;.~,.
~j~..-:,,: ~;.f::::.~..H~ ::-;o:-=~~:::';~.~; :;~;.;;~. ~~('{-:'~<,::t:,,:(::;. ~:~ :,,:~~~~t :"-?(:":-:~~;.-:~ ,~~~t(:(:t,:"~:,,
~{:C(~~~~~~~s ~:e. :;'JL ;;~t.;:~..
(
;::.~:<f~;~fi-::" The 1.1";\451 pmvidt's;A rd ;Jj;\f;;; l.ED, ,vit:' <In :mdiblc
annUfKtOitiDn vf an alar~~~ :.;~gnal, and a g.r(:~n pGVl("l' LEi). It i~")
intended for USe in Syst.~~ Sensor 4-w:rc co.,vcnt:onal du.;:t smoke
dctn;wr ;Jpplic;A:iDm withem a s)'stnn umtrol pane:, to ,'ompJy
wid: NFl)A 90A.
f$~";L:} :::nd P52;;?-t:,::~!:! 'rhe P514L() and P524LC)\X/ strc.t...c~~ can
b.~ a~t;::chd to th.; PA400 .;:.,.. S5K45J far yisUJI ,]Ia~m SigJ',lling.
The PS12/.?.4SLEN:::W "S~H)KE" !errs is ?vc;ilable t~J mc~r spt'ci;Al
t:od~ rr:quirc::~e(~t:l i:l ,-=ert~~!(~ ju!::~di;;[:on5.
i,
@
LISTED
A!'Il.-1!ii IJ I. S~ OU
Rt,4fJl1Z IJI. S2::72
.
F17S451.KEY ~:L S2522
!l~iiJ
-
SSII,1!>1 'Nl~~l P!'>24l.OW ~~Yo>!lv :<~:I
F>SH/24lENSW ":;Mal(E" lens
.-~
...............
..............
...............
...............
..............
.. ...........
.
'.
..
.
APA451. Speclflc<IIthms
RTS451. Speclflcathms
/'
Alarm '-ED: 2.B-..32VDC. 10rnJ' max.
Total Current: 10E,n;J~ max.
";e::.?gt::
Hegu!ated 24VOC
(~r:-.::; ;.~~.::-:~:. ....:{":~:.~::?~:0'
----:;::;-
16--33VDC
S51<451 Speelflcatlons
24VDC
::O~.i......-.;;=::-' :?~:q:J::'s.:-~:::::":t~;
h:.::::. .:':;'';~'::..::.~h
10'i.4 @ 32VDC
:...'::::-:..~rfF;;~~ i:\L~?':-=-: :~~_~pen:.
:;:{::::;~'::' ~;'.!...:':Gr:
30m.'\
.(:;~':::p...~:":::t:.:: ('~ f~a::;~-.:": -
-lIYC t~l ::i8~C (Her: to :i.OOO1')
lCiVI\ {~ 32VDC
;:,,(.~~~~ :~~.'~j~K:n:;;_~ "; :r~.f.c
40 seconds max.
;:.~ ...~; ~ ~~ i",; ;~~ :.: (: 1H; ~~!; ~ ~~.
T(~~'::(:(:r :-:t :J:"(:: ::~ c.:: ~:.:::~'
95% nOfl-Gol1de~~ing/
".:v:: f: E:~::;~:.:
1.4 t~l 18AWG
-)_O"C: to 600(; OA"F to 14GcF)
V:"):~';Jg:,=;
~:(':~.~:'~f ::':-:::Cl.::: f:n1-:~;;:. ~
Standby: 8m.4
Trou[-..Ie: 16m.4
,\I?'l"rn withmtt &tr'-,tJr:;: '~ClIllA
Alarm ,>vitl; strebe: 65mJl.
~::,.~'~J:~:;ef
87GB" f.lt a~n feet
':'t:~'n:)::'; ;J:.t:f:; ::: ;";f;~~~~
--100C to 60"C (140F to:. 1400F)
r<:::::::t:'/..~ f~:.;::~:(;:~,J
:?;:lo'~;v~:; :'::~;r;.;jd:~.y
95% :10n-com1el1:~iflg
95% nOIl-ccnrJ,~r,sing
....~.: :((:: G-:':~~:.~::~
:): :':Oi:::;'": :~;.--.~ ~~'.
4.5"H x 2.75"W x 1..5"0
PA'~OO Specifications
\/G:-:" =:..~! ':"
1:':;V?4V!)C
':-;~~;; ;f/;,~;.;t;.::.;~ f~;'j:':g(:
--10"C to 6QoC (14"F to :1400F)
1,1 to 18AWG
:::: n~<:-~:: :..;~:,,)r:::;
4.6"H x 2,75"W Yo 1.8'D
PS24LO Spt~clflcatlom;
V';ir:'; ~::;~:l;::;!'-;
14 to 22AWG
:): :":~~~":lS:C(l::.
4.8"H x 1:.7"W x 1..5"[;
RTS45:1.Kf.'( Specification<;
~:(:.,:.~'(::r ~.::':I::U:: t':rn~":":.~:.
v,.-.a:~1;:,',::
2.r1VDC
':'.:~;::::.;.;f ;.;~:J~e ::r);"ls:::
V,i::'(; ((<(:.:,.::::"
J..2 to 18AWG
::'::>1':'::;:'::'::'::'
,4.6" x' 2.8" x'1.4"
IRA411QZ Speciflcathm!';
\/l....:~:.~~:~.~ r?;::fl~~':
Power tED (Green): l'1-3!:.VDC, 12mA max.
Alarm LED (Red): 2.&-32VDC, 7.5m.'\ max.
Tota! Ci.lrrent: 103mA max:mi.lm
Q"C to 490(; (32"~' to 120T)
I\:~::r:':': :::;:~_;~.i:';:-:~;:~' r::;~;::
......;;~'f:: (:f::);::~
:l2 to 18AWG
:::.: ~n~::: ':;~!'>~:::~
3.8' :.. 1.6" :.. 1.6'
Conveni.ional ~;ystern: 3.1 to ::::':;~V[)G
lr.teliigent System: 18 to 32VDC
~'..~::~;d{(~~~:":": l..i;:::::: Ct:r:'(;:n:-
10m.1\
~;: ::l~::-:~~: =.: ::~:)
..'Lo" X 2.8" x :1..3"
40 seco,"1s maximum
.retnr!~~;'~,; ere :-:':~~ng~:'
-lOOG i.O 600c: (1Aor- to 1AO"F}
::: ::':r.:r.: '.;':~ ~-::.::; ;;f;;':"'{
9!.:.% non.,:o:.ndensing
\.........~r~.: ::;3~;~_~~
14 "to 18,Wv'G
( _.......mm_mm__.m._____m____mm__________m____m_
[): :-:-:-:-:~(~::;G:s:~~
4.W'H Yo 2.75"W x un:.
"1Ir..-. ......-... ,"or
.....::..1 .:"....:: <':.!..
:~...' ~,~./~~". ,:::: '~;f::; :":.: ~~..~.'~'~ ;;):', c :):-:-:.
::er .~;~::~ v~:=-y ~at.~.:~.t ~}'Gd;,v. ~
:~r:':?".. ~ ;h: {:.t ~ ;...r ~~;~ ::~:::.::::: :~.:~ .....~ f.:~: ~ h.:? S':--' :~t ~~~~.~ ~~e?j ~ ;(:<
System Sensor S3les and Service
S.)'~b)m $Cd150t)r Hv~Hh~uart('m~
3[:25 Ohi~ l\vcp.Lie
S~. Ct'';'1rles, E. OOJ.?\.~
P:I: gCO/SEN~aRL
I'x: 6:JGi'!?"i-64;,.5
,^,,,^"^'. ~Y--=Jte'11s~r.sc': ,('orr'
Sy~~em S,)n~(Ir hi Chinit
Ph: E6.29.8BJ,'.\!J.18
S)'lItom 5Po~lIo: ~m1:<oj:<
~11: gC~.81:1..v7f;?
tX: 805.312_077 ":.
fx: 8S.29.3E~32.f:'!,10
S)-lIt6m SPollllO: [ufl:ye
Ph: /.4.;'403.89]_92,)
Fx: 4~..jA()<1.8;;J.g2J.
SY<item Sen!OCl' In Sln;1RlIllf6
Ph: e~I.G2?3.?:?30
~:z; {j.~~.~::;~7:5.7Gl0
~ ~":C,04 S'n.;1.r-;fl, S~.IS')( .~:I": l:ort'J~'H'~}' ('~!iC-:"''':':; 'J~(' (;~ht '.G f:;K':lt~C p~(,:II;c: ~~'~~,:,fi':r'~:or':..; '^'II.I~')l'~ r,:I1.i('~
S)'~t~fIl SC.I:~et - f.n ~illlt
Ph: af:.'?2.:J.S1.9G()3
S)!rtom 5111l1l": - hl~la
Ph: 91.J.24,::'37.1770 ~.27GO
tX: Sl. J24.::'37 .31J.8
s}'lIt6m Sllllll"f :- R1l5111~
Ph: ?O.95.~37. 7982
fx: 70.95.937.7Sg~!
fox: ~f:_22. ?3t:.o!)8G
S;,stem Sensor - .lllllltralia
Ph: 6;'3.54.231.14.:;>
Fr.: ;H3.';':.21;1.172
,.'.Of>.03 7? ;JOO" ~ij;l)4 II.(/. l.~t~:t
fG ". .' ! 1!~~.~..~~;::=~;;L,a'~I~]iii\
';E:;;;;'> '. .-rMN%M!@' ;f;; i:~: ':;;~::t&,j;;i:;:':::;:':;;;:;~~;::;\f:;;!i:l;~",: ..; ~,.,';i';:;:l.. ·
ii~1;;;;:;~;::',:',,]III'{~;III1I~~~i;~111~~lillltIJII
. : r:ci~f#':/: .'. ....:: ::Clf@it:NaillJ .rr::::::rB~::::::::::9.o/~. B?\ift\ ::': :)~~i{~!;"WY:~' :.:f\.' ::q1j. .~~:.::::.~~~ID~~t:f::~~t\::::: Y:~::<%::ff:%Di&t
". ::'-.:.' .' ::: ..:': "'::: :'" ..:..... ....: '.' '.' :.' ..... ".""':'::':':':": .:.: ':Stantjb'i.:c ils,.fatm:,:':::.::.:':::.::::.::&::liin~' '.::: .:.:-:::.: ..:::::1000: fF::':::::Q~Wav:'::::'::~Hm$:.: ':: : :::.:""""t.:;::.: ::.:. .:::::;.;.;.;;;.:::':f:::::
:. SK.;.52M': SK-5208 Main Control . :::1- 0.140: 0.160 :" .:(frff?:: ::::::;-:::.:-:}\:::.::.:tlJ.:.;:::::r:::::r: ::.:::..:::}::::::!::t:::tmm::f?: :::::::I::::t.::::r::,::::{: :.:::::::tt.\::::;:::;:~:. :.
. ~:;:. ~~-;;~: :~~~~~s :/~::' g'~~~ ~.~~~. :::::.::=;~:" . .:;)?t::.: "':' :.: .: .:.. ..:.: ::'\:.:'::;')::;.::=:::':-: .:fIt::::::::::::::..::::: :.::c':::!::::::::::::::: '':.' ::.;.:/: ::: :.:::::::,:'::::''::' :':::.
,~=..' ~~~E ~~= ~i ~.~ ""HE"'=~':':.\';!;;]~1;;;:i;;:,';(iliiilI1i;l:r,';;j:::~:i.i1j~'if[l
SK~2{). SK-5220 DlrCon Mod .......:0.000 0.000 ...... ....:. f:::::::::: .:}:;::?..... ..::r::::::\::::::::::::::::..:;:::::::{{:::::rr:::::: .:..... ..... J::p .' .. .:....
'.;.SK::'7.161.:: SK-7181 Zn Cnvtr 0:::;:;::: 0.000 0.000 ,::"c ,:..:. :.:.:.:.: ::or:f>;::::::\::.:'::': :::::::::::::::::::::::::)::::::::f:(:\\:tt.:;:.=: /:::::... -'::::':': ::' :";'.:: :,,::::=:::t}>:t:::::;
.::::::::'::~;:~:':::: ~~:;;~:~Ch ~.~~~ ~.~~: :::::.::::::::::::~::::::::::::':::.':.'..::'.;'.:' :;:; ;::::::::.:::::::::::;::::::.1:::::;:::::::::::::'::,:.:::::::::::::::::.:.:il:l:i.:.:....::::..:::.;;.:;::.::~::;;::;'.::: .:::;;::::::::::~:::...:...:::~.:.::.::::::::::::.:
0= .... :::' ::':"" c:. ~: .1~,'. .xi'(IIW;::~':;l;;iii::t;,\:~;\;;:C~!:;~..;;;':i\lli;t
: ::::: iOO~S~::::::: D~ct ?etectors :::::(.i~:i:: 6:095 :t.:..::~:::...:;;::::::.:;:::.:::: .;::: :.::::::::::::::::;:~;.::.:::~:::::~:!:~::::::::::::~::;:::::::::;:::. :~;:::~:;::::::;.:::~:~::.:~::.:~:.:;::::f::: :.':.:: .::::::;:::::::':";'::'::.:::'::::::::;::';.;~;::.:::1:.
.I~ . Clrcutt 6 0000 0060 ..::.:=:;:;:::::: ":'1:11::111111.:'1:.:::'.:" .... . ......... .::/:::I.. .:::::y .. :;:;:: . .... ...... .../1::::
';:::::m;~2 :;.:.: 1.~:;t~~~A.~~SK;=;17~ 0.000 0.000 :m:\.:::?:::...: .:,= :.... \:'. '.::' :::::::::j::f:,:::::::::::::r:,:::::'::".:::?': ~,,,"':\:::::mr::: ::.:.: .::::::..... ':::::::.;:-.:: .:.....:.:::::.::.:::/- ~:::\:\,:::.:(. .
,::i~:; :~s.~ ~~~i~~ ~.: ~.:;:4';E::'t,;';';;::,;!;:;~1ililjulj'i;;;';..';fi;;i::;;;il!!il:
,- .......
. .-,
. 10<>26... Inactlve~AOd SK-5217..;!j 0000 0000 ...... . ". . .......... ... "... '.' ..'...... ...".:{{ .......... ":':':' . ..... ..... . '.
. ":':'1Dc;21: ;'.: 1~~~(rSK~'5217Wj 0'000 0 '000 "':::::.::::i:% '::.' :...:..':':": '>::<:: ..::;:;::::: ::::::. './::} ':';': .:.:: :.::.:::::{.:; :.::::::::..:...}:::.\=--: .:. .:::/::;.: ':"::::'.. ::: "'::{::'':.
. ...::; :i:, ~~~i~}~ ~.~: ~:11~c:-.. "..:;J,;:,~i;;~:},;,';;j~jg1r(:;!:;'i; :::\]'1;', ''i,'
l::>:i~:::.: IRaCiiVE;~>jAad 'SK-5217~ 0.000 0.000 [i:(;{\f.;: :..:::' ::;::..... ",: :::: ..:::.:.:. :;.:':.:.::..:.'<::::...:::.:::::i:\[:).::/::=: ..:.;:;: :.; :..:.:::.. :::::. .. ..':': .... ..
::{NAC.~1} Notification Aool Ckt 1 0.000.. 0.267 #14 Solid>rr;2~52.::'.::{: 104 ..{jt52\.;::' "::.::23:=86 0.58%
:: N=AC.,;.2} Notification Aool Ckt 2 0.000 0.000 #14 Solid ::':=:::::2~5-2 .::}: .:';::.J:WQ.... >:24:00.. 0.00%
"::'NArn:r: Notification Aool Ckt 3 0.0000:000 #14 Solid ::':::=::::iS2"::':::;:' :::::'&OCr::?24:00 0.00%
,'::..NAC:4::::.. Notification Aool Ckt 4 0.000 0.000 #14 Solid .':.:::{2~~2' ,,:: :}):tOO.... .::}Z4]OO:::.:: 0.00%'
\::::::::AuX:=:::::: Aux Power Out O.DOO 0.000 #12 Solid ::'::::::;:tS9?':::::: . :::::J:tOQ. .::::::Z4:00{::. 0.00%
1'.:.:.:.:,:;, '::..;.::::::: . 'T6lilf:siaOclffif.:CUrrenf::IAmosi 0.227 0.852 i:QtaI Alarm:CUJT.em AmpS'.J.::::::::;;;:;: :':':':::;:::::::;:;:;:;:;,:,::,,:'
: : .. ......... :':::::::Stanctb.v:TI~:irH.j~Ui$. ::::}:2~t:{: '. (XZso. A1ami'.iiffig'lil'Mj~m~i.t6o.>:::::;:::::::::=;{~S..Mtn$V.
.::: ':. :::.: .:: ... '.::t&ai:Sf~rttjfN;AlrR uii'ed ::::5:~:.MB':' .. ;213:' T:;iti>rAl~iffi:AH Rktii~:::::::::::::::::::::'::::.::::::::': ::.;.:.:: .::'-::': .
... ... : ... .:. tQf~tCQffitiiffiid'AH. if .... uU'~ :::tr\::. ~:$ :'::::::::::::.: Command Shortcuts
I::::: ,,:, ::. ':': . MulU~tlleOeratiiiii::f~Ctbr .;{;::::::'. '.:1~t%2lli -I
V::::::::':Minlmom:es@rii:'j%6H()tlfS"Redoked ::;:::::::::.:' ft1:9l22 l Configure Circuits J r Print Page J
.
~
~//
-'--~
~
NAC Tool Design Report
I
Design Name:
File Name
7/19/2007
Design 1 _
Voltage-~iop.wlk
See disclaimer below *
Page
1 of 2
Design Thresholds:
Voltage:
/
Current:
Power:
15 % of Panel! Booster Voltage
90 % of Circuit Size
85% of Amplifier Wattage
PANEL: SK5208
Panel! Booster Panel Circuit Name Length AWG Wiring Circuit Circuit Amolifier
Voltage (feet) Class ~ Size (Watts)
SK5208 24VDC Circuit 1 104.00 14 Class B AudibleNisual 3.00A
Model Number Order Code Candela dBA@ Distance Actual Voltage Droo Applied Settings Mounting Ootions
10Ft (feet) Current Voltage
AS-24MCW-FR r1l 129024 l10cd 90-99 104.00 0.267 A 0.177 V 20.223 V Hi A,B,D,F,G,J
. Circuit Totals: 104.00 0.267 A 0.177 V
Voltage Drop: 0.74%
Panel! Booster Panel Circuit Name Length AWG Wiring Circuit Circuit Amolifier
Voltage (feet) Class ~ Size (Watts)
SK5208 24VDC Circuit 2 0.00 14 Class B AudibleNisual 3.00A
Model Number Order Code Candela dBA@ Distance Actual Voltage Drop Aoolied Settings Mounting Ootions
10Ft (feet) Current Voltage
0.00 0.000 A 0.000 V 0.000 V
Circuit Totals: 0.00 0.000 A 0.000 V
Voltage Drop: 0.00%
Panel! Booster Panel Circuit Name Length AWG Wiring Circuit Circuit Amolifier
Voltage (feet) Class ~ Size (Watts)
SK5208 24VDC Circuit 3 0.00 14 Class B AudibleNisual 3.00A
Model Number Order Code Candela dBA@ Distance Actual Voltage Drop Aoolied Settings Mounting Ootions
10Ft (feet) Current Voltage
0.00 0.000 A 0.000 V 0.000 V
. Circuit Totals: 0.00 0.000 A 0.000 V
Voltage Drop: 0.00%
.:%
"_~AC Tool Design Report
,
.
Design Name:
File Name
7/19/2007
Design 1
J:\Coreys Documents\Walgreen's Stores\Port Angeles, W A 11215\Voltage Drop.wlk
See disclaimer below · -
Page
2 of 2
Design Thresholds:
Voltage:
Current:
Power:
15 % of Panel / Booster Voltage
90 % of Circuit Size
85% of Amplifier Wattage
SK5208
Panel Circuit Name
Voltage
24 VDC Circuit 4
Length A WG
(feet)
0.00 14
Wiring
Class
Class B
Circuit Circuit Amplifier
~ Size (Watts)
AudibleNisual 3.00 A
Panel/Booster
Model Number
Order Code
Candela
dBA @ Distance
10Ft (feet)
Actual Voltage Drop Applied Settings Mounting Ootions
Current Voltage
0.00
0.000 A
0.000 V 0.000 V
Circuit Totals:
Voltage Drop:
0.00 0.000 A
0.000 V
0.00 %
.
* This document provides information on an as-is basis to assist users and their technical advisors in selecting elements for notification
circuits and/or facility communication systems. Wheelock Inc. does not hold itself out as providing design or engineering services. .
Users of this program are solely responsible for their own selection and use of products based on values supplied by users, and
Wheelock Inc. shall have no liability therefor. ALL WARRANTIES INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
TEe
eJif"S
~o{ ~~ ~.
~ a\/ ~ '5,
i--X . ~ 01>'" '
,\6 C\7 v -~-a1
~~\
C ~O ,\ \\9\0'1> ('
~/
30<0 ~.
,
..
,-
'II'
D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC.
J. Mark D 'Amaro Guy A. Conversano
Elizabeth A. Jensen Roger L. Heeringa Mark D. Aden
Harry Jones II Troy E. Bean Tom C. Xia, Ph.D.
Richard L. Hemmen Grant C. Buckingham
Wade Younie John Tessem Damon Smith
DeI.ENGINEERS
Walgreens - Port Angeles
Structural Calculations
Prepared For:
Nystrom Olson Collins
'EXPIRES 02-25-08 I
January 10,2007
DCI Job #06-41-334
l
601 WEST RIVERSIDE, SUITE 600' SPOKANE, WA 99201 . PHONE: (509) 455.4448' FAX: (509) 455.7492
BELLEVUE SPOKANE EVERETT PORTLAND SAN DIEGO
"
;
Walgreens - Port Angeles
12/18/2006
Building Outline
b=
w=
h=
Parapet =
105 ft
130 ft
20.33 ft
3.33 ft
Design Loads
Dead
Metal Deck
Arch Roofing
Insulation
Trusses
Misc. (Gutters/F asci a)
HVAC
Total
Wall Weights
Snow
Wind
v=
Exposure
Iw=
lambda =
Ps30 =
Ps =
a=
v=
Seismic
le=
Ss=
S1 =
Site Class
SDS=
SD1 =
R=
Cs =
SDC=
W=
V=
V=
Deflection Criteria
Total
Live
Soil Bearing Pressure
p=
Frost Depth
d=
100 mph
o
1
1.55
15.9 psf
10.5 psf
24.6 psf
16.3 psf
8:1 ft
45.78 kips
Proj. No. 06-41-334
Designer: MDT
2.2 psf
2 psf
1.8
4 psf
1 psf
4 psf
15 psf
78 psf
25 psf
Zone A
Zone C
Zone A
Zone C
1
1.240 g
0.510 g
E
0.744 g
0.816 g
5 Special Reinforced Masonry Shear Walls
0.1488
o
699.5 kips
104.08 kips
74.34 kips
U240
U360
2000 psf
18 inches
Strength
Service
I
.
!Ii DCI. ENGINEERS Project No. Sheet No.
-- 0' A MAT OC 0 N V E R SAN 0 INC. b(,,-l{1-33&t
Project \J\j l{ l ~(C('ll) Date
- Poc-\ /J C\ 0. -< \0( j 11'1>:;;-6 b
Subject Orf (~ L <> e<J <:" 1<00\ By
Ct"J. AD,
'(-:: lb. (. f<' ~
~b =: \. ~ \'
~'^ ': ho" J.", :: 10 ~ '
\., J. -:: ~, ~' \-'J. ~ l.1 ~
L~ I. ~3 ' \" , \. ~ ) ,
P d. :: \. ~~' ( l (.,. b f< ~ \ ': j o''-\f~~ rJ. ~ ~o''ifJ~
Lv::' \ 1, L I" 1....1= lI'
'] 0 ;\.L A-~ 0....(
,.S,. .. 7. ~1 ' (. ~ !?~118iJ\ R1& :: $', '1 {{n'" L1.'l?
10i~iJ ere. fl;,. ~f
~-: {. ~l ' l ~IS" fllll\ 'tZ'H :: S,'l. Il.n: ~/1
1 0 (~.\ ~ LQ (b,)
So: b. "I.... ( ')./1, ( \ I ~ ) R~~ .. S',Q RH"' Y. b
'1" IJ ~ J OG {!, . '(
~ ::: I. 0 ~' l~~\/ ni:, ) l'lH "- $', I '(ll~ -: y.~
c,J~"'Uj
'(J 0 -=. \ s (' oS.(.. ( 3 6 ' X ?, '\. ~ ~' I -::: \ 8 . ~ \<.
f'L:: J.\'p!4 U/"'(1"\.n'\ -= ~t.3 k
h-::- ';)0, ~:,"
u~ t-\':,) b'XbX/f't
I..,H
~ re .:, J~' ,,\ l" ~ 1'. (.) ..
FI ~
A:,
So.\ \c..
';) ~~ ~
...
1<:;,\ {ltL
DCI Engineers
601 W. Riverside Ave., Suite 600
Spokane, WA 99201
Phone: (509) 455-4448
Fax: (509) 455-4448
Rev: 580008
User: KW-0604219, Ver 5.8.0, 1-0ec-2003
(c)1983-2003 ENERCALC Engineering Software
Title:
Dsgnr:
Description:
Scope :
Steel Column
Job#
Date: 8:04AM, 10 JAN 07
Description
Typ Column
Page 1
framing. ecw:Calculalions
General Information
Code Ref: AISC 9th ASD, 1997 UBC, 2003 IBC, 2003 NFPA 5000
Steel Section
Restrained
Restrained
Column Height 20.330 ft
End Fixity Pin-Pin
Live & Short Term Loads Combined
I Loads
Axial Load...
Dead Load
Live Load
Short Term Load
HSS6X6X1/4
Fy
Duration Factor
Elastic Modulus
X-X Unbraced
y - Y Unbraced
46.00 ksi
1.330
29,000.00 ksi
20.330 ft
20.330 ft
Ecc. for x-x Axis Moments
Ecc. for Y-Y Axis Moments
x-x Sidesway :
Y-Y Sidesway :
Kxx
Kyy
0,000 in
0.000 in
1.000
1.000
~
I
18.80 k
31.30 k
k
Summary II
Section: HSS6X6X1/4, Height = 20.33ft, Axial Loads:
Unbraced Lengths: x-x = 20.33ft, Y-Y = 20.33ft
Combined Stress Ratios Dead
AISC Formula H1 - 1 0.2659
AISC Formula H1 - 2 0.1300
AISC Formula H1 - 3
Column Design OK
DL = 18.80, LL = 31.30, ST = O.OOk, Ecc. = O.OOOin
Live
0.4426
0.2164
DL + LL
0.7085
0.3464
DL + ST + (LL if Chosen)
0.5327
0.2605
xx Axis: Fa calc'd Der Ea. E2.1. K*L1r < Cc
YY Axis: Fa calc'd J:!er Ea,J:2.1. K*L1r < Cc
I Stresses
Allowable & Actual Stresses
Fa : Allowable
fa : Actual
Fb:xx : Allow [F3.1]
fb : xx Actual
Fb:yy : Allow [F3.1]
fb : yy Actual
IAnalysis Values
F'ex : DL +LL
F'ey : DL +LL
F'ex : DL +LL +ST
F'ey : DL +LL +ST
Max x-x Axis Deflection
l
Dead
13.50 ksi
3.59 ksi
27.60 ksi
0.00 ksi
27,60 ksi
0.00 ksi
13,695 psi
13,695 psi
18,214 psi
18,214 psi
0.000 in at
Cm:x DL+LL 0.60
Cm:y DL+LL 0.60
Cm:x DL+LL+ST 0.60
Cm:y DL+LL+ST 0.60
0.000 ft Max Y-Y Axis Deflection
Cb:x DL+LL
Cb:y DL +LL
Cb:x DL +LL +ST
Cb:y DL +LL +ST
0.000 in at
I
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
0.000 ft
DCI Engineers
601 W. Riverside Ave., Suite 600
Spokane, WA 99201
Phone: (509) 455-4448
Fax: (509) 455-4448
Rev: 580008
User: KW-0604219, Ver 5,8.0, 1-Dec-2003
(c)1983-2003 ENERCALC Engineering Software
Title:
Dsgnr:
Description:
Scope :
Steel Column
Job#
Date: 8:04AM, 10 JAN 07
Description
Page 2
framing. e<::oN: Calculations
Typ Column
I Section Properties
Depth
Web Thick
Width
Flange Thick
Area
Rt
HSS6X6X1/4
6.000 in
0.233 in
6.000 in
0.233 in
5.24 in2
0.000 in
Weight
Ixx
Iyy
Sxx
Syy
Rxx
Ryy
Section Type = HSS-Square
17.80 #/ft
28.600 in4
28.600 in4
9.540 in3
9.540 in3
2.340 in
2.340 in
~
Values for LRFD Design....
J 45.600 in4
Cw 15.40 in6
ZX 11.200 in3
Zy 11.200 in3
0.000
DCI Engineers
601 W. Riverside Ave., Suite 600
Spokane, WA 99201
Phone: (509) 455-4448
Fax: (509) 455-4448
Rev: 580001
User. KW-0604219, Ver 5.8.0, 1-Dec-2003
(c)1983-2003 ENERCALC Engineering Software
Title:
Dsgnr:
Description:
Job#
Date: 8:04AM, 10 JAN 07
Scope:
Steel Column Base Plate
framing. eON: Calculations
Description
General Information
Code Ref: AISC 9th Ed ASD, 1997 UBC, 2003 IBC, 2003 NFPA 5000
Loads
Axial Load
X-X Axis Moment
50.10k
0.00 k-ft
Steel Section
Section Length
Section Width
Flange Thickness
Web Thickness
Allowable Stresses
Concrete fc
Base Plate Fy
Load Duration Factor
Anchor Bolt Data
Dis!. from Plate Edge
Bolt Count per Side
Tension Capacity
Bolt Area
HSS6x6x1/4
6.000 in
6.000 in
0.233 in
6.000 in
Plate Dimensions
Plate Length
Plate Width
Plate Thickness
12.000 in
12.000 in
0.000 in
3,000.0 psi
36.00 ksi
1.330
Support Pier Size
Pier Length
Pier Width
36.000 in
36.000 in
2.000 in
2
5.500 k
0.442 in2
I Summary
I
Baseplate OK
Concrete Bearing Stress Bearing Stress OK
Actual Bearing Stress 347.9 psi
Allow per ACI318-95, A3.1
= 0.3 . f'c . Sqrt(A2/A 1) . LDF
Allow per AISC J9
Full Bearing: No Bolt Tension
Plate Bending Stress
Actual fb
Max Allow Plate Fb
Tension Bolt Force
Actual Tension
Allowable
2,394.0 psi
2,793.0 psi
Thickness OK
34,629.1 psi
35,910.0 psi
Bolt Tension OK
0.000 k
5.500 k
EDCI'ENGINEERS
-- D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC.
Project No.
(:)b~ \on ~ n I.{
Project
Lv " \ ^, rc t " J ()",. !
Subject ~
'Q "vC.f "'t:'~....tl\",
_ _._____ .___ _~~ r l ~.
..-- --....... .""""....~._-...-'"'-~__ __-.;v._'.
Ar. ,\.'
o W.s! \ L ~ ~ "
t :nl/l~.l)
\...If '1
O\,..J~ j 1../
_..-...~,...--.- _.-.__..~_...,~"'..----........_"
oJ \~~
\~ ) \ ~ ./
\A ~t. ~ '-{Ie. ~:>\'J J
/~
w t=-.:i
~. \-I!o\~./
"V\~ \
- wf1./
(\= ~,l /,
OWjT 1.. L..~]&'
( J.'8o/t'1fl
\.V \~ ( L,..-= l'i '
--~.
QL.':. l~t~L("t.~'\ .- "Vr-It
.
Ll. ':. ~~P\! ( 't . \' I - \l~p 11
~
~ ~t. U ~)tl" t\l) "\ 0, "I ~ k
fl.~ . O.1t\ I,
..
~ I:. <. L.: ~ '
,<.., ': 0, ~ ~ \, GD 4f f ·
1\.1. ~ () ~ ~ Ii.
~ ~ t W ~ )./0
~A ~ C,'ll.( \,
RI< 'f. 0 . '"' c; "
"'$~ 2-
-"
la= 11'
OL ":. \ ~ p~ ( (. &of. ~ ' \ -:. t., '\ p lL
L...: 110('11 t.1.(,t'\::- ~~~pl~
Ro:. ~,~l I"
Q",;;. \ ..'~ S' \,
I.A ~ ( \J s s r... ~ K 11't
Sheet No.
Date
h..u.,-,~
By
MC't
rl ': 1.' "i \c.
DCI Engineers
601 W. Riverside Ave., Suite 600
Spokane, WA 99201
Phone: (509) 455-4448
Fax: (509) 455-4448
Rev: 580006
User. KW-0604219, Ver 5.8.0, 1-0eo-2003
(0)1983-2003 ENERCALC Engineering Software
Title:
Dsgnr:
Description:
Scope :
Steel Beam Design
Job#
Date: 8:02AM, 10 JAN 07
Description WF1
Page 1
framing.ecw:Tower Framing
General Information
Steel Section: W8X10
Center Span
Left Cant.
Right Cant
Lu : Unbraced Length
Distributed Loads
14.00 ft
0.00 ft
0.00 ft
0.00 ft
Code Ref: AISC 9th ASD, 1997 UBC, 2003 IBC, 2003 NFPA 5000
Pinned-Pinned
Bm Wt. Added to Loads
LL & ST Act Together
Fy
Load Duration Factor
Elastic Modulus
50.00ksi
1.00
29,000.0 ksi
#3
#6
Note! Short Term Loads Are WIND Loads.
#7
#4
#5
Summary
Moment
fb : Bending Stress
fb / Fb
Shear
tv : Shear Stress
tv / Fv
I
~rce & Stress Summary
#2
DL
..QoJ.L
1.91
k/ft
k/ft
k/ft
ft
ft
Beam OK I
Static Load Case Governs Stress
Allowable.
19,525 k-ft
30.000 ksi
Max. Deftection
Length/DL Deft
Length/(DL +LL Deft)
Using: W8Xl0 section, Span = 14.00ft, Fy = 50,Oksi
End Fixity = Pinned-Pinned, Lu = O.OOft, LDF = 1.000
Actual
4.681 k-ft
7.192 ksi
0.240 : 1
1.337 k
0.997 ksi
0.050 : 1
DL
LL
ST
Start Location
End Location
# 1
0.068
0,113
26.826 k
20.000 ksi
-0.185 in
2,224.2 : 1
908.7: 1
.
<<- These columns are Dead + Live Load placed as noted ->>
LL LL +ST LL LL +ST
@. Center @. Center @. Cants @. Cants
4.68 k-ft
k-ft
k-ft
k-ft
k
k
0.000 in
0.000 in
0.000 in
0.000 in
Maximum
Max. M + 4,68 k-ft
Max. M -
Max. M @ Left
Max. M@ Right
Shear @ Left
Shear @ Right
Center Deft.
Left Cant Deft
Right Cant Deft
...Query Deft @
Reaction @ Left 1.34 0.55
Reaction @ Rt 1.34 0,55
Fa calc'd per Eq, E2-1, K*Ur < Cc
I Beam Passes Table B5,1 but Non-Compact. Fb Per Eq, F1-4
1.34 k 0.55
1.34 k 0.55
-0.185 in -0.076
0.000 in 0.000
0.000 in 0.000
0.000 ft 0.000
1.34
1.34
-0.185 -0.185 0.000
0.000 0,000 0.000
0.000 0.000 0.000
0.000 0.000 0.000
1.34 1.34
1.34 1.34
k
k
DCI Engineers
601 W. Riverside Ave., Suite 600
Spokane, WA 99201
Phone: (509) 455-4448
Fax: (509) 455-4448
Rev: 580006
User: KW~04219, Ver 5.8.0, 1-Dec-2003
(c)1983-2003 ENERCALC Engineering Software
Title:
Dsgnr:
Description:
Job #
Date: 8:02AM, 10 JAN 07
Scope:
Description WF1
Steel Beam Design
Page 2
framing.ecw:Tower Framing
I Section Properties
Depth
Web Thick
Width
Flange Thick
Area
Rt
Values for LRFD Design....
J
Cw
W8X10
7.890 in
0.170 in
3.940 in
0.205 in
2.96 in2
0.990 in
0.040 in4
30.90 in6
.
Weight 10.05 #/ft
Ixx 30.800 in4
Iyy 2.090 in4
Sxx 7.810 in3
Syy 1.060 in3
R-xx 3.220 in
R-yy 0.841 in
b. 8.870 in3
Zy 1.660 in3
K 0.505 in
DCI Engineers
601 W. Riverside Ave., Suite 600
Spokane, WA 99201
Phone: (509) 455-4448
Fax: (509) 455-4448
Rev: 580006
User. KW-0004219. Ver 5.8.0. 1-0eo-2003
(0)1983-2003 ENERCALC Engineering Software
Description WF2
General Information
Steel Section: W8X10
Using: W8X10 section, Span = 9.00ft, Fy = 50.0ksi
End Fixity = Pinned-Pinned, Lu = 4.50ft, LDF = 1.000
Actual
2.959 k-ft
4.547 ksi
0.160 : 1
0.680 k
0.507 ksi
0.025 : 1
Center Span
Left Cant.
Right Cant
Lu : Unbraced Length
Point Loads
Dead Load
Live Load
Short Term
Location
Summary
Moment
fb : Bending Stress
fb / Fb
Shear
tv : Shear Stress
tv / Fv
I Force & Stress Summary
# 1
0.480
0.790
4.500
Maximum
Max. M + 2.96 k-ft
Max. M -
Max. M @ Left
Max. M @ Right
Shear @ Left
Shear @ Right
Center Detl.
Left Cant Detl
Right Cant Detl
...Query Detl @
Values for LRFD Design....
J
Cw
Title:
Dsgnr:
Description:
Job#
Date: 8:02AM, 10 JAN 07
Scope:
Steel Beam Design
Page 1
framing.ecw:Tower Framing
Code Ref: AISC 9th ASD, 1997 UBC, 2003 IBC, 2003 NFPA 5000
9.00 ft
0.00 ft
0.00 ft
4.50 ft
Pinned-Pinned
Bm Wt. Added to Loads
LL & ST Act Together
Fy
Load Duration Factor
Elastic Modulus
50.00ksi
1.00
29,000.0 ksi
Note! Short Term Loads Are WIND Loads.
#2
#3
#4
#5
#6
#7
k
k
k
ft
Beam OK
Static Load Case Governs Stress
Allowable
18.530 k-ft
28.472 ksi
Max. Deflection
LengthlDL Defl
Length/(DL +LL Defl)
-0.039 in
6,850.7 : 1
2,770.9 : 1
26.826 k
20.000 ksi
I
DL
...Q.Q!L
1.18
<<-- These columns are Dead + Live Load placed as noted ->>
LL LL+ST LL LL+ST
@ Center @ Center @ Cants @ Cants
2.96 k-ft
k-ft
k-ft
k-ft
k
k
0.68 k 0.29 0.68
0.68 k 0.29 0.68
-0.039 in -0.016 -0.039 -0.039 0.000
0.000 in 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
0.000 in 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
0.000 ft 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
0.040 in4
30.90 in6
0.000 in
0.000 in
0.000 in
0.000 in
0.29
0.29
0.68
0.68
0.68
0.68
k
k
Reaction @ Left 0.68
Reaction @ Rt 0.68
Fa calc'd per EQ. E2-2, K*Ur> Cc
I Beam, Maior Axis, (102,000 * Cb I Fy)^.5 <= UrT <= (510,000 * Cb I FY)^.5 , Fb per EQ. F1-6
I Section Properties W8X10
Depth 7.890 in
Web Thick 0.170 in
Width 3.940 in
Flange Thick 0.205 in
Area 2.96 in2
Rt 0.990 in
,
Weight
Ixx
Iyy
Sxx
Syy
R-xx
R-yy
Z:x
Zy
K
10.05 #/ft
30.800 in4
2.090 in4
7.810 in3
1.060 in3
3.220 in
0.841 in
8.870 in3
1.660 in3
0.505 in
DCI Engineers
601 W. Riverside Ave., Suite 600
Spokane, WA 99201
Phone: (509) 455-4448
Fax: (509) 455-4448
Rev: 580006
Use~ KW..Q6042l9, Ver 5.8.0, l-Dee-2003
(ell983-2003 ENERCALC Engineering Software
Title:
Dsgnr:
Description:
Job#
Date: 8:03AM, 10 JAN 07
Scope :
Description
HSS2
Steel Beam Design
Page 1
framing.ecw:Tower Framing
General Information
Steel Section: HSS5X5X1/4
Center Span
Left Cant.
Right Cant
Lu : Unbraced Length
Distributed Loads
Code Ref: AISC 9th ASD, 1997 UBC, 2003 IBC, 2003 NFPA 5000
12.00 ft
0.00 ft
0.00 ft
0.00 ft
Pinned-Pinned
Bm Wt. Added to Loads
LL & ST Act Together
Fy
Load Duration Factor
Elastic Modulus
46.00ksi
1.00
29,000.0 ksi
Note! Short Term Loads Are WIND Loads.
DL
LL
ST
Start Location
End Location
#1
0.068
0.225
#2
#5
#6
#3
#4
#7
klft
klft
klft
ft
ft
I Summary
I
Beam OK
Static Load Case Governs Stress
Using: HSS5X5X1/4 section, Span = 12,00ft, Fy = 46.0ksi
End Fixity = Pinned-Pinned, Lu = O.OOft, LDF = 1.000
Actual
5,537 k-ft
10.365 ksi
0.341 : 1
1.846 k
0.792 ksi
0.043 : 1
Moment
fb : Bending Stress
fb I Fb
Shear
tv : Shear Stress
tv I Fv
Allowable
16.217 k-ft
30.360 ksi
Max. Detlection
Length/DL Detl
Length/(DL +LL Detl)
-0.309 in
1,733.7 : 1
465.6 : 1
42.872 k
18.400 ksi
I Force & Stress Summary
~
<<-- These columns are Dead + Live Load placed as noted ->>
DL LL LL +ST LL LL +ST
Maximum ~ @. Center @. Center @. Cants @. Cants
Max. M + 5.54 k-ft 1.49 5.54 k-ft
Max. M - k-ft
Max. M @ Left k-ft
Max. M @ Right k-ft
Shear @ Left 1.85 k 0.50 1.85 k
Shear @ Right 1.85 k 0.50 1.85 k
Center Detl. -0.309 in -0.083 -0.309 -0.309 0.000 0.000 in
Left Cant Detl 0.000 in 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in
Right Cant Detl 0.000 in 0.000 0.000 0.000 0,000 0.000 in
."Query Detl @ 0.000 ft 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 in
Reaction @ Left 1.85 0.50 1.85 1.85 k
Reaction @ Rt 1.85 0.50 1.85 1.85 k
Fa calc'd per Eo, E2-1, K*Ur < Cc
I Section Properties HSS5X5X1/4 ,
Depth 5.000 in Weight 14.61 #/ft
Web Thick 0.233 in Ixx 16.000 in4
Width 5,000 in Iyy 16.000 in4
Flange Thick 0.233 in Sxx 6.410 in3
Area 4.30 in2 Syy 6.410 in3
Rt 0.000 in R-xx 1.930 in
Values for LRFD Design"" R-yy 1.930 in
J 25.800 in4 ZX 7.610 in3
Cw 10.50 in6 Zy 7.610 in3
EDCI'ENGINEERS
- D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC.
Project
Subject
Wi\( t
AC' CL.
Ft'\ M'~
1-t5S ~
--'
L,.-; ~~'
WQ r ~ t~,l
WI.- ':: it.l \(J 1.(.
PA : O. 'i l k 3 L= 14 '
Pc... ." \.~s k
lA ~(
!-l s ~
10.1\",,,,'1'1
LI
L.-=- ~/~'
Project No.
b~. .,~(..,
~
~..~
1'<1...= Y. ~ L{ l
Y( i. -: 1..1 . n \(
DL=- "~t'J~( ~o'l -\- ''Spj~ (\('1 -:. 'J..b()(',.l.
Lc.. -:.. ~ SI'J t l\}.' 1-:.. '3o"r \.t-
V\~<.
(j};L
4l(,-\lC'/~
L.vF ~
L~ 2.1:. '
\vI):: I ~ ~(lll
L.vc..'" :t'\l fli..
f~ I. ~).\,l. 0.',\ l~tj(,k ~ ~.}.~"
'-W. \.,J l L{ ~ ~l
(L. ~ 6.1.1. k.
Rll;: bl L\ ~ \<
kif ~
,
1.,.:14
'p = I."~ Ie. + ~"~ot 11~' = ,,'S"', 1.-14
po:::. ". LO.. Q
L ~ ( 1./ '
~~L
W Il"'\{
~ ~
Ilt l:
t.. '=' \, ~ lie..
J v + L r,.L !
e; L-~ Ill'
G>
L.~,'
'L tl k
'\.",\ k
--::;
\A.H.
Sheet No.
Date
1).-) I. c.> ,
By r. f.) t'
'Ju \{j(\\.l(I~
T;t\~'t".",
~~
DCI Engineers
601 W. Riverside Ave., Suite 600
Spokane, WA 99201
Phone: (509) 455-4448
Fax: (509) 455-4448
Rev: 580006
User KW-D604219, Ver 5.8.0, 1-Dec-2003
(c)1983-2003 ENERCALC Engineering Software
Title:
Dsgnr:
Description:
Scope :
Steel Beam Design
Job#
Date: 8:03AM, 10 JAN 07
Description
HSS3
Page 1
framing.ecw:Tower Framing
General Information
Steel Section: HSS10X6X1/4
Center Span
Left Cant.
Right Cant
Lu : Unbraced Length
Distributed Loads
Code Ref: AISC 9th ASD, 1997 UBC, 2003 IBC, 2003 NFPA 5000
23.00 ft
0,00 ft
0,00 ft
9.00 ft
Pinned-Pinned
Bm Wt. Added to Loads
LL & ST Act Together
Fy
Load Duration Factor
Elastic Modulus
46.00ksi
1,00
29,000,0 ksi
#2
#6
Note! Short Term Loads Are WIND Loads,
#7
#3
#4
#5
Point Loads
k1ft
k1ft
k1ft
ft
ft
#7
#2
#3
#6
Note! Short Term Loads Are WIND Loads.
k
k
k
ft
#4
#5
Beam OK
Static Load Case Governs Stress
Allowable
44.620 k-ft
27.600 ksi
Max, Deflection
LengthlDL Defl
Length/(DL +LL Defl)
Using: HSS1 OX6X1/4 section, Span = 23.00ft, Fy = 46.0ksi
End Fixity = Pinned-Pinned, Lu = 9,00ft, LDF = 1.000
Actual
29,637 k-ft
18.332 ksi
0.664 : 1
4,718 k
1.012 ksi
0.055 : 1
DL
LL
ST
Start Location
End Location
# 1
0,068
0.225
#1
Dead Load 0.410
Live Load 1,350
Short Term
Location 14.000
I Summary I
Moment
fb : Bending Stress
fb / Fb
Shear
tv : Shear Stress
tv / Fv
85.744 k
18.400 ksi
-0.967 in
1,036,9 : 1
285.4 : 1
I Force & Stress Summary
J
Max. M +
Max. M -
Max. M @ Left
Max. M @ Right
Shear @ Left
Shear @ Right
Center Defl,
Left Cant Defl
Right Cant Defl
".Query Defl @
Maximum
29.64 k-ft
4.34 k
4.72 k
-0.967 in
0.000 in
0.000 in
0.000 ft
Reaction @ Left 4.34
Reaction @ Rt 4.72
Fa calc'd per Eq, E2-1, K'Ur < Cc
<<-- These columns are Dead + Live Load placed as noted ->>
LL LL +ST LL LL +ST
@ Center @ Center @ Cants @ Cants
~.~ ~
k-ft
k-ft
k-ft
k
k
0.000 in
0.000 in
0,000 in
0.000 in
DL
..Qn!L
8.08
1.22 4.34
1.31 4.72
-0.266 -0.967 -0.967 0.000
0.000 0.000 0,000 0.000
0.000 0.000 0,000 0.000
0,000 0.000 0,000 0.000
1.22 4.34 4.34
1,31 4,72 4.72
k
k
DCI Engineers
601 W. Riverside Ave., Suite 600
Spokane, WA 99201
Phone: (509) 455-4448
Fax: (509)455-4448
Rev: 580006
User. KW-<l604219, Ver 5.8.0, 1-0eo-2003
(0)1983-2003 ENERCALC Engineering Software
Title:
Dsgnr:
Description:
Job#
Date: 8:03AM, 10 JAN 07
Scope :
Steel Beam Design
Page 2
framing.ecw:Tower Framing
Description
HSS3
I Section Properties HSS10X6X1/4
Depth 10.000 in Weight 24.12 #/ft
Web Thick 0.233 in Ixx 96,900 in4
Width 6.000 in Iyy 44.100 in4
Flange Thick 0.233 in Sxx 19.400 in3
Area 7.10in2 Syy 14.700 in3
Rt 3.000 in R-xx 3.690 in
Values for LRFD Design.... R-yy 2.490 in
J 96.700 in4 ZX 23.600 in3
Cw 26,20 in6 Zy 16.600 in3
I
DCI Engineers
601 W. Riverside Ave., Suite 600
Spokane, WA 99201
Phone: (509) 455-4448
Fax: (509)455-4448
Rev: 580006
User. KW-Q604219, Ver 5.8.0, 1-Deo-2003
(0)1983-2003 ENERCALC Engineering Software
Title:
Dsgnr:
Description:
Job#
Date: 8:02AM, 10 JAN 07
Scope :
Description WF3
Steel Beam Design
Page 1
framing.ecw:Tower Framing
General Information
Steel Section : W14X22
Code Ref: AISC 9th ASD, 1997 UBC, 2003 IBC, 2003 NFPA 5000
Fy
Load Duration Factor
Elastic Modulus
50.00ksi
1.00
29,000.0 ksi
Center Span
Left Cant.
Right Cant
Lu : Unbraced Length
Distributed Loads
26.00 ft
0.00 ft
0.00 ft
0.00 ft
Pinned-Pinned
Bm Wt. Added to Loads
LL & ST Act Together
Note! Short Term Loads Are WIND Loads.
#2
#7
#1
DL 0.139
LL 0.231
ST
Start Location
End Location
Point Loads
#1
Dead Load 4.220
Live Load
Short Term
Location 14.000
I Summary I
#2
#3
#4
#5
#6
k1ft
k1ft
k1ft
ft
ft
Note! Short Term Loads Are WIND Loads.
#3
#4
#5
#6
#7
k
k
k
ft
Beam OK
Static Load Case Governs Stress
Using: W14X22 section, Span = 26.00ft, Fy = 50.0ksi
End Fixity = Pinned-Pinned, Lu = O.OOft, LDF = 1.000
Actual
60.099 k-ft
24.869 ksi
0.754 : 1
7.369 k
2.332 ksi
0.117:1
Moment
fb : Bending Stress
fb / Fb
Shear
tv : Shear Stress
tv / Fv
Allowable
79.750 k-ft
33.000 ksi
Max. Deflection
Length/DL Defl
Length/(DL +LL Defl)
-1.157 in
418.3 : 1
269.6 : 1
63.204 k
20.000 ksi
I Force & Stress Summary
I
DL
..Qn!L
40.70
Maximum
Max. M + 60.10 k-ft
Max. M -
Max. M @ Left
Max. M @ Right
Shear @ Left
Shear @ Right
Center Defl.
Left Cant Defl
Right Cant Defl
...Query Defl @
Reaction @ Left 7.04 4.04
Reaction @ Rt 7.37 4.37
Fa calc'd per Eo. E2-1, K*Ur < Cc
I Beam Passes Table B5.1, Fb per Eo. F1-1, Fb = 0.66 Fy
7.04 k 4.04
7.37 k 4.37
-1.157in -0.746
0.000 in 0.000
0.000 in 0.000
0.000 ft 0.000
<<- These columns are Dead + Live Load placed as noted ->>
LL LL +ST LL LL +ST
@. Center @. Center @. Cants @. Cants
60.10 k-ft
k-ft
k-ft
k-ft
k
k
0.000 in
0.000 in
0.000 in
0.000 in
7.04
7.37
-1.157 -1.157 0.000
0.000 0.000 0.000
0.000 0.000 0.000
0.000 0.000 0.000
7.04 7.04
7.37 7.37
k
k
DCI Engineers
601 W. Riverside Ave., Suite 600
Spokane, WA 99201
Phone: (509) 455-4448
Fax: (509)455-4448
Rev: 580006
User: KW-0604219, Ver 5,8.0, 1-Dec-2003
(c)1983-2003 ENERCALC Engineering Software
Title:
Dsgnr:
Description:
Job#
Date: 8:02AM, 10 JAN 07
Scope :
Steel Beam Design
Page 2
framing,ecw:Tower Framing
Description WF3
I Section Properties W14X22
Depth 13.740 in Weight 22.04 #/ft
Web Thick 0.230 in Ixx 199.000 in4
Width 5.000 in Iyy 7.000 in4
Flange Thick 0.335 in Sxx 29.000 in3
Area 6.49 in2 Syy 2.800 in3
Rt 1.250 in R-xx 5.540 in
Values for LRFD Design.... R-yy 1.040 in
J 0.210 in4 ZX 33.200 in3
Cw 314.00 in6 Zy 4.390 in3
K 0.735 in
~
DCI Engineers
601 W. Riverside Ave., Suite 600
Spokane, WA 99201
Phone: (509) 455-4448
Fax: (509) 455-4448
Rev: 580006
User: KW.Q604219. Ver 5.8.0. 1-Dec-2003
(c)1983-2003 ENERCALC Engineering Software
Title:
Dsgnr:
Description:
Job#
Date: 8:02AM, 10 JAN 07
Scope :
Description WF5
Steel Beam Design
Page 1
framing.ecw:Tower Framing
General Information
Steel Section: W12X14
Center Span
Left Cant.
Right Cant
Lu : Unbraced Length
Point Loads
14.00 ft
0.00 ft
0.00 ft
7.00 ft
Code Ref: AISC 9th ASD, 1997 UBC, 2003 IBC, 2003 NFPA 5000
Fy 50.00ksi
Load Duration Factor 1.00
Elastic Modulus 29,000.0 ksi
Pinned-Pinned
Bm Wt. Added to Loads
LL & ST Act Together
Note! Short Term Loads Are WIND Loads.
# 1 #2
Dead Load 5.440 6.720
Live Load
Short Term
Location 7.000 14.000
I Summary I
#3
#4
#5
#6
#7
k
k
k
ft
Beam OK
Static Load Case Governs Stress
Using: W12X14 section, Span = 14.00ft, Fy = 50.0ksi
End Fixity = Pinned-Pinned, Lu = 7.00ft, LDF = 1.000
Actual
19.386 k-ft
15.613 ksi
0.759 : 1
2.819 k
1.183 ksi
0.059 : 1
Moment
fb : Bending Stress
fb / Fb
Shear
tv : Shear Stress
tv / Fv
Allowable
25.527 k-ft
20.558 ksi
Max. Deflection
Length/DL Defl
Length/(DL +LL Defl)
-0.214 in
785.4 : 1
785.4 : 1
47.640 k
20.000 ksi
I Force & Stress Summary
I
Maximum
Max. M + 19.39 k-ft
Max. M -
Max. M @ Left
Max. M @ Right
Shear @ Left
Shear @ Right
Center Defl.
Left Cant Defl
Right Cant Defl
...Query Defl @
Values for LRFD Design....
J
Cw
DL
~
19.39
2.82 k 2.82
2.82 k 2.82
-0.214 in -0.214
0.000 in 0.000
0.000 in 0.000
0.000 ft 0.000
0.070 in4
80.60 in6
<<- These columns are Dead + Live Load placed as noted ->>
LL LL +ST LL LL +ST
@. Center @. Center @. Cants @. Cants
k-ft
k-ft
k-ft
k-ft
k
k
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
-0.214
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000 in
0.000 in
0.000 in
0.000 in
Reaction @ Left 2.82
Reaction @ Rt 9.54
Fa calc'd per Eo. E2-2, K*Ur> Cc
I Beam, Maior Axis, (102,000 * Cb I FY)^.5 <= UrT <= (510,000. Cb I Fy)^.5 , Fb per Eo. F1-6
I Section Properties W12X14
Depth 11.910 in
Web Thick 0.200 in
Width 3.970 in
Flange Thick 0.225 in
Area 4.16 in2
Rt 0.950 in
2.82
9.54
2.82
9.54
k
k
I
Weight
Ixx
14.13 #/ft
88.600 in4
2.360 in4
14.900 in3
1.190 in3
4.620 in
0.753 in
Iyy
Sxx
Syy
R-xx
R-yy
zx
Zy
K
17.400 in3
1.900 in3
0.525 in
EDeI-ENGINEERS
-- D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC.
Project
wJ
Por ~
Subject
........
'OWl f
t:'r""" l~
v.;~. l-f_ '- ~ ~ b '
I.,JO~ "S'f\~
""L. -:.. l ~ ~ r\~
e: ~.~., k ~ Y..'1,.dl ~ \'~.l.l
'\-
1\, L'tl
o
I If '
""~c.
I..J 2 \ 'JC'1 i..-I
l . ,1:'. .t..Ju Li
I~~~ /1111{0
(l... -:: I '" . \l. t
fi...:. I '5'. S" ~ I&.
Ar.
\u
~ l
H.
(!){~'
:.
O.~I...,
Project No.
b b - l-I\ - ~ L-(
r
p~
t"/'I6u
Sheet No.
Date
12.-11-o ~
By
,0,
o
\ I If
..
DCI Engineers
601 W. Riverside Ave., Suite 600
Spokane, WA 99201
Phone: (509) 455-4448
Fax: (509) 455-4448
Rev: 580006
User: KW-0604219. Ver 5.8.0, 1-0eo-2003
(0)1983-2003 ENERCALC Engineering Software
Title:
Dsgnr:
Description:
Job #
Date: 8:02AM, 10 JAN 07
Scope :
Description WF4
Steel Beam Design
Page 1
framing.ecw:Tower Framing
General Information
Steel Section: W21X44
Center Span
Left Cant.
Right Cant
Lu : Unbraced Length
Distributed Loads
36.00 ft
0.00 ft
0.00 ft
0.00 ft
Code Ref: AISC 9th ASD, 1997 UBC, 2003 IBC, 2003 NFPA 5000
Fy 50.00ksi
Load Duration Factor 1.00
Elastic Modulus 29,000.0 ksi
Pinned-Pinned
Bm Wt. Added to Loads
LL & ST Act Together
Note! Short Term Loads Are WIND Loads.
#1
DL 0.095
LL 0.158
ST
Start Location
End Location
Point Loads
#1
Dead Load 4.950
Live Load 8.260
Short Term
Location 26.000
I Summary I
#2
#2
0.680
1.120
14.000
#3
#4
#5
#6
#7
klft
klft
klft
ft
ft
Note! Short Term Loads Are WIND Loads.
#3
#4
#5
#6
#7
k
k
k
ft
Beam OK
Static Load Case Governs Stress
Using: W21X44 section, Span = 36.00ft, Fy = 50.0ksi
End Fixity = Pinned-Pinned, Lu = O.OOft, LDF = 1.000
Actual
140.988 k-ft
20.733 ksi
0.628 : 1
15.589 k
2.156 ksi
0.108 : 1
Moment
fb : Bending Stress
fb / Fb
Shear
tv : Shear Stress
tv / Fv
Allowable
224.400 k-ft
33.000 ksi
Max. Deflection
Length/DL Defl
Length/(DL+LL Defl)
-1.257 in
840.0 : 1
343.6 : 1
144.620 k
20.000 ksi
I Force & Stress Summary
~
DL
~
56.48
Maximum
Max. M + 140.99 k-ft
Max. M -
Max. M @ Left
Max. M @ Right
Shear @ Left
Shear @ Right
Center Defl.
Left Cant Defl
Right Cant Defl
...Query Defl @
Reaction @ Left 10.12 4.30
Reaction @ Rt 15.59 6.34
Fa calc'd per Eo. E2-1, K*Ur < Cc
I Beam Passes Table B5.1, Fb per Eo. F1-1, Fb = 0.66 Fv
10.12 k 4.30
15.59 k 6.34
-1.257 in -0.514
O.OOOin 0.000
0.000 in 0.000
0.000 ft 0.000
<<- These columns are Dead + Live Load placed as noted ->>
LL LL +ST LL LL +ST
@ Center @ Center @ Cants @ Cants
140.99 k-ft
k-ft
k-ft
k-ft
k
k
0.000 in
0.000 in
0.000 in
0.000 in
10.12
15.59
-1.257 -1.257 0.000
0.000 0.000 0.000
0.000 0.000 0.000
0.000 0.000 0.000
10.12 10.12
15.59 15.59
k
k
DCI Engineers
601 W. Riverside Ave., Suite 600
Spokane, WA 99201
Phone: (509) 455-4448
Fax: (509) 455-4448
Rev: 580006
User. KW-0604219, Ver 5,8,0, 1-Dec-2003
(c)1983-2003 ENERCALC Engineering Software
Title:
Dsgnr:
Description:
Job#
Date: 8:02AM, 10 JAN 07
Scope:
Steel Beam Design
Page 2
framing,ecw:Tower Framing
Description WF4
I Section Properties W21 X44
Depth 20.660 in Weight 44.16 #/ft
Web Thick 0.350 in Ixx 843.000 in4
Width 6.500 in Iyy 20.700 in4
Flange Thick 0,450 in Sxx 81.600 in3
Area 13.00 in2 Syy 6.370 in3
Rt 1.570 in R-xx 8.060 in
Values for LRFD Design.... R-yy 1.260 in
J 0.770 in4 Zx 95.400 in3
Cw 2,110.00 in6 Zy 10.200 in3
K 0,950 in
~
~--~~'~, .
EDCI'ENGINEERS Project No. Sheet No.
-- D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. OG .~lt .~! '1
Project P~r ~ Ar- 011. \0./ Date
W^\~t~.~ ,...... h.'l.I-06
Subject 1 "j .
8,#"/"1.';\ " By ""aT
\) "-'c: r
l:t'~~ ((O~~_
i' \ I '. \
"'~l.\ ~w,n~
L,)#;L. I Sr1f ~ :J )('\ J :!' l..(u/~....
St>"'J ., ~ '
I
""~, "D~ 52uU- Y ~
0",11.. ...."'1 w~~
~lJt")4-1 'OIJ h
,~ I ++. t.C\<rJ
5f..H 4') ~
''1~.~JI
r:3 ~"'"
I... ... !2.. 'j I
QL.... lC'pdt 1().S'\ :; 1~8e'.l.
I-L ': ~Sfs! ([",C'I ~ ~b~fl.t
po::
~,SI.\I4'
l!> ~el~ J
w
r 1- t b
~~/r
f
\..\H,W l~.,c:~ b
(ll. -::~, 81 "
Rt\, ;:.,. 'o.&i~\(
D(Af\n?""
1=-..
dll~~ l\:;p~!! (~:~! !
I !! a~.t. L 4 {. '\ ( I~' i 4
,
l.4 ~ pJ J. l ~ ,. I ('H ' ~ c:f? '7 ~ C
t:: '(:: J '".1(' d ( .1 '-1. r I tIc.)' I ":. f., ,CJ \ c.
"Ll"": J,1 gl~
'2.. (,1.).'\
': 'll) Vi r d.
c.~
~ t.l.pd tl~/l~
~?1 v
~ ( l).')
-
-
.l(ou \t.)
--')
A c':-
~. 1.
". (l ~ ....
DCI Engineers
601 W. Riverside Ave., Suite 600
Spokane, WA 99201
Phone: (509) 455-4448
Fax: (509)455-4448
Rev: 580006
User. KW-0004219, Ver 5.8.0, 1-Dec-2003
(c)1983-2003 ENERCALC Engineering Software
Description
High Roof Beam
General Information
Steel Section : W14X26
Center Span
Left Cant.
Right Cant
Lu : Unbraced Length
Distributed Loads
DL
LL
ST
Start Location
End Location
# 1
0,158
0.263
Point Loads
Dead Load
Live Load
Short Term
Location
# 1
9.540
14.000
Summary
Title:
Dsgnr:
Description:
Job#
Date: 8:02AM, 10 JAN 07
Scope:
Steel Beam Design
Page 1
framing.ecw:Tower Framing
Code Ref: AISC 9th ASD, 1997 UBC, 2003 IBC, 2003 NFPA 5000
Fy 50.00ksi
Load Duration Factor 1.00
Elastic Modulus 29,000.0 ksi
23.00 ft
0.00 ft
0.00 ft
0.00 ft
Pinned-Pinned
Bm Wt. Added to Loads
LL & ST Act Together
#2
#2
Using: W14X26 section, Span = 23.00ft, Fy = 50.0ksi
End Fixity = Pinned-Pinned, Lu = O.OOft, LDF = 1.000
Actual
80,389 k-ft
27.328 ksi
0.828 : 1
10.949 k
3.087 ksi
0.154: 1
Moment
fb : Bending Stress
fb / Fb
Shear
tv : Shear Stress
tv / Fv
I Force & Stress Summary
DL
~
63.81
Maximum
Max. M + 80.39 k-ft
Max. M -
Max. M @ Left
Max. M @ Right
Shear @ Left
Shear @ Right
Center Deft.
Left Cant Deft
Right Cant Deft
...Query Deft @
Reaction @ Left 8.87 5.85
Reaction @ Rt 10.95 7.92
Fa calc'd per Eo, E2-1, K*Ur < Cc
I 8eam Passes Table 85,1, Fb per Eo, F1-1, Fb = 0.66 Fv
8.87 k 5.85
10.95 k 7.92
-0.947 in -0.715
0.000 in 0.000
0.000 in 0.000
0.000 ft 0.000
Note! Short Term Loads Are WIND Loads.
#3
#4
#6
#7
#5
k1ft
k1ft
k1ft
ft
ft
Note! Short Term Loads Are WIND Loads.
#3
#4
#5
#6
#7
k
k
k
ft
Beam OK
Static Load Case Governs Stress
Allowable
97.075 k-ft
33.000 ksi
Max. Deftection
Length/DL Deft
Length/(DL +LL Deft)
-0.947 in
386.1 : 1
291.3 : 1
70.941 k
20.000 ksi
I
<<-- These columns are Dead + Live Load placed as noted ->>
LL LL +ST LL LL +ST
@ Center @ Center @ Cants @ Cants
~~ ~
k-ft
k-ft
k-ft
k
k
0.000 in
0.000 in
0.000 in
0.000 in
8.87
10.95
-0.947 -0.947 0.000
0.000 0.000 0.000
0.000 0.000 0.000
0.000 0.000 0.000
8.87 8,87
10.95 10.95
k
k
DCI Engineers
601 W. Riverside Ave., Suite 600
Spokane, WA 99201
Phone: (509) 455-4448
Fax: (509) 455-4448
Rev: 580006
User. KW-0604219, Ver 5.8.0, 1-Dec-2003
(c)1983-2003 ENERCALC Engineering Software
Title:
Dsgnr:
Description:
Job #
Date: 8:02AM, 10 JAN 07
Scope :
Description
Steel Beam Design
Page 2
framing.ecw:Tower Framing
High Roof Beam
I Section Properties
Depth
Web Thick
Width
Flange Thick
Area
Rt
Values for LRFD Design....
J
Cw
W14X26
13.910 in
0.255 in
5.025 in
0.420 in
7.69 in2
1.280 in
0.360 in4
405.00 in6
I
Weight 26.12 #/ft
Ixx 245.000 in4
Iyy 8.910 in4
Sxx 35.300 in3
Syy 3.550 in3
R-xx 5.650 in
R-yy 1.080 in
ZX 40.200 in3
Zy 5.540 in3
K 0.820 in
!l!iDCI.ENGINEERS Project No. Sheet No.
-- D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. Ob-\"H-~)4
Project Lv" lCl ( Ct'IH ' A(\U\t \t~ Date
Per .l \1." f ~- () ,
Subject fVlc,'.::,onr'l By Ail QT"
(
j",::,~ Q".tl,.(u,\
1(1) '< lio r \,
a ~ :- b bZ r\~
~= 2.o.:n'
f<-'-pt-\- ~?31'
~=\.~\~"
p-:. lb. '3 fJ r.
.1
-:J.H~ G......J.(fj
~ := ~ . ~ 0 \<..
\lL~ :14.1.\<.
e~ Q. \<(~..
\.,,, 2 0 ,'1, ,
l"~r~re.\. : '!.. '33'
(!,q"d^ ') QL, ~ S \ z. (.
A::. ~ ':
o.'\'Sl\.t\tj;\
~ q. ~rl ." ~
L::: \ (. .1\ ..
\.I S \ R ),. 'l( 5 \ ,. '( \'. b "
wdl 1..~+L.,
J, ~ I -:. b I, ~ 1.\ ( ~., ) -: 1..\ ..
WI> ~ 1.."!.7~ k\'
......:: b.O<;: ~I~
~
> r-
en m c:
! "ll "" "" m "tJ
C, CI. a' .. .. a' en :I 3 en in
II II II II II II II II II II II
;;0
c.> c.> ... I\J 0 ... I\J C
r" ... 01 co
~ ~ I\J r" 01 0 I\J ~ c.> 0 m
0 ~ I\J 0 0 ~ 01 0 tn
c.> c.> 0 rn ,.. ~ 0 0
"'? "t:l "C !e, 0:> ,.. C5
S' S' S' S' !e, !e, ,..
S' !e, !e, Z
, " " " " C
2- m ~ m ~ ~
;;l .p Ie.
m
~ 3 3'
."
III -l C
~ 0 r-
" 0 m
> > .. tn
~ :I :I CI. C5
n n 0 N
!. ~ ;:r ;:r
l 0 0 Z
5' '2.~ f ;:u ;:u 3 0
10 w
."ll CD CD a' ;;0
iI ~ ~ il' .. .. 5' iii
f i 3 n r m
g, ~ ~ ~ ~ .. .. 0 tn
I C!: m
0 .. :;p ~ ~ j: ;:u :!! 0 fl c:
:I .. a' :I
II II II II II II II II II II II II II !:i
.... tn
v .... en .... 0 0 0 0 0 0 m "tJ
v w :... Co '" Co 0 Co 0 0 .... r- fl m
0 :..... 0 '" 0 ~ +
w ,.. 0 0, r- ... ;;0
" ~ ~ ~ 1!: ~. 1!: 1!: 1!: " r- !
-S' ~ -6" " 'i' 'i' 'i' '" 'tl + n
^ III en S' 5' 5' 5' '" en w
^ III S' r- 0
3:
m
v .... .... .... N 0 J,.. Z
v co '" .... 0 = w w ~ 0 m
:..... w i\) Co ~ i\) 0, CD r- fl ~
0 N ..... .... Ol .... CD + ...
" ~ ~ ~ 1!: ~ 1!: 1!: 1!: '" U. E ! 0
^ -6" ~ -6" 'tl ii" 'i' 'i' 'i' 'tl 'tl ~
^ III S' III en S" 5' 5' 5' '" '" r- .... Z
?
0 0
'"
V N .... '" r c.
.... J,.. +
V CO 0 .... 0 '" w 0 .... '" r m n
:... ;" 0, N ~ U. en 0 W r fl ~
N '" +
0 0 Ol CD .... rn ...
" ~ ~ ~ 1!: 0 i\) 5 2:
~ ~ -S' 1!: ~ 1!: 'i' 1!: ~ "
-S' 'tl 'i' 'i' 'tl 'tl '"
^ + ... ..
III III 5' 5' '" '" ~ co 0
^ III S" S' 5' ~
r ~
0
V N .... r '"
.... 0 .... 0 :: 0 r.., + m 8
V co 0 ~ '" r
U. Co '" N 0, Co '" ..... r fl '"
0 N '" w ~ .... + ffi
w Ol (Jl ...
" ~ ~ ~ 1!: 1!: '" U. r _n
~ ii' -6" 1!: ~ 1!: 'i' + !
^ -S' 'tl 'i' 'i' 'tl 'tl E ~
^ III S" III en S" 5' 5' 5' '" '" :E ...
5 0
"
" " " " " " g
.., ;:: y '" c c
-+ -+ ~ " " '"
J' ~ ! SO ~ ;.,
+ I 3 ~
1- '" '"
5' 5'
" .5
'"
'" ~' ~
~ !l. !l.
oB c. c.
!f !f
I,
n
3:
c:
~
r-
c:
"tJ
in
;;0
c en ~
m ~ =:
tn 0 3'
~ i!
en ..
S' :=
~ ;:u
> CD
iil l!:
.. C!:
;:u g
g g
;' ~
!; !or
II
fi
l'j' 91
roil
!
~.
P, kips
o
o
o
o
Z
-l
m
~
o
::!
o
z
c
);
C'l
~
~
I: '"
'"
... 0
~.
5'
~
o
r- r- en
.. .. CD
S'S'~
!!. !!. ~'
r- r- r-
o 0 ..
~ ~ S'
& .. !!.
o 0' r-
< :I 0
CD ... ..
g~~
:I :1
~
f€lli? f€l W ~ ~ ~
~~,~,~~j~,
~i=~~ i~
:IE r- ::'~ r- 0 ~
b2or-~ CD-l
mF!-~O ;=-
!; .... C ::a:,,' n
~tn'<~
=
en
~ S
CI. m
~ $!
i!- r-
3 r-
.1'r 0
> )>
en C
:;; ~
'::( ;0
m ;.
g a
~ z ~
.g.
r;,'
c;
e1.
g
c.
?~~:=!:~
.;';"ens,~
:;'2.illC.i
.......... $!a.
~
JE1E~
II II II
"tl "tl "tl
~ F ~ CD
II II II II
000
~ b N'"
~ g ~ ~
"''''~S"
::;::;;;::;;
~
~ e
III iii
I~
v
>
en
-n
"
-
;.,
'"
>
(Jl
o
5'
~
e:
..
Q
~
"
c.
Sl
(Jl
"
~.
II"
b
'"
~
m
II
"
5',
0,
~ ~ I ~
o ~ ~ ~
i~~i
CD r; 2 ~
r- en CI.
!!r.;'12
;p "'C g ;
~~~~
o 0 ~.
g:~1
enN
~ ,..
::;::;;;
en 5'
iii"
a' ~
~ ~
~ ~
=- =
= :!!
CI. ..
~~
.. 0'
!!. ..
~ ~
ciS'
~
enom
g,.g )>
o5rtn
?Aa~
0""><
:;; 8 -
:I, g. ~
g,~
g !.
]' ~
~ en
Q, ii"
ur ~
a
'8
~
~ I;;' ~ !!! z
ii'lOna:~
~!!.g~'!.
[ f€l ;; ~ ~
~ ... ~ Cl
! ~' ~ 6't CD
CD ~ CD :I @
a 0 a S CJ
;i@@:
= afe'o
~~.~=;
~: .. ~
'"
~
o
CID a,
o '" ;:
~ ~~ ~ ~ ~
3_~!i:;:"'lc
~ - = = ~ z z c ~
II C1I ~ II II II II II II II
o~@
8w~
.9 i:ll S"
..!... 12. 0
~ -. ~
.... 0
CoCo
~ ~ ~ '"
o w ~ ,..
~~V-c
:= :=
....
~~
;: ~
::;;i
...
E;"
c.n ;;
^
I
o
"
'^
co
o
i'
.~ -
" fl
~o
.. 0
:g ~
:I iil
o<! en
~ ~.
" CD
CD en
g :i
:J :I
~1
Ii!
(")
iii'
~
"llOO-lO
~'ia.g=
!~~acg
I-li.f~
~ 0 5' ::I:
~ ~ If! Jl,
ea :-
~ rt
r- r-
o n
II II
~
r-
c:
"tJ
in
;;0
Z
."
o
;;0
3:
~
o
c:: ?,:
CTf~
II II II
I I I
v v v
..... .....
w;"
:"'N
"Cc.n::O
!a. S'
II II I
c. c. '"
~ ~ 5
is" c2i" ~
=' j :;-
! ! Q
(Jl
Ii1
ll-
III
o
"
c.
~
Sl
Ig!
~ !f
~ ~
m
-l :I:
~ S'
;:u 0
CD :I
5' ~
0' ;:u
Cl CD
5' 5'
... 0'
;:u Cl
~ S'
~ ~
..
C!:
~
:P;PPc.~
II II II II II
000
000
000
en....~
.....oco
co '" ....
^ ^ ^
I I I
000
" " "
~
3~'C~~ !;
" II " II
l? ~
en a'
ca' C
:I S-
eno<!
CD
~ ~
o
:I :e
~ a:
CI. 5r
?' ..
~ 0- _ N
~~~g~~~~~~~~
1; s'CiI"t:l ;:t!a.-;:t- ;:t;:to
""" S'!. ........
I I I I I I I I
vvvvvvvv
\ 11111111111111111111111111111111-
IIIIIIIIIIIIIII'IIIIIIIIIIII~IIIIIIIIIIIII"'IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII,!- ..,
~-~
..
y
-n
-+'
z
-P",
0'
; ?2 ~
~ ~ g.
. cO' ~
ffi' a: a
Dl So (")
c. 0 :::I,
b ] ~
~ ~' ~
n: r;o ~
~ ~ "
g ~ iF
'<I~!!., B
~ ~
1
< m
CD if
g. n
!. i'
;:u CD
~, l?
O'}
Cl ..
5'
...
;:u
..
~
"" :I::I:
.. 0 0
l;l ia'ia'
en 0 0
:- :I :I
~ ~ ~
';j ~ ~
n' a' a'
... .. ..
:I ....
CD en en
~ ~ ~
S'
If!
~
w....co
~ ll: s'
==- - 0
- = p
r-
Q
k'
b
c;l;:~~~
a ~ ~ PI 0
~Q~~g
~,!~,~~'
~cnj:!;.;r
f81.~~
CJ)S'~c.-t
~ i ~,~
~! :) ~
~ + ~ ~
~ S a a
i>> ~ 3' ~
i C" lQ 0
~s: W~
~ ~ rn
9. ~ i. ~
~... ~ p
!!\ ~
!f
z
o
'-
N
O<~;;O
o CD m
~ a f z
a'~&."
;:u ;:u 3 ;:u a; 0
!}& &;:u;;o
==~=~o
enenl;lr-!!:Z
~~cnBcnC)
5' ~,:-, ~ i ~
'f! ~ ca ~
?' !
~
>
Q
'"
-~
(Jl
~
II II
z
o
c'-
...~
II
"" 0:
~ ~
S'
(") N ~'
!!l ~ 3
S'o~
~ c
S' 8. !. ~'
..
"
.E
N
~
'll:S"
~ 0
p
o
'11:0
enO
'"
"
:-'
I
c
S2
n
3:
c:
~.
<
CD
..,
N
o
o
en
)>
tn
C
S-
lir,
D1
o
...
0'
:;:,
C
CD
11l
cS'
:;:,
"CI
CD
..,
N
o
o
c.l
CD
n
lID
~
en
c.l
o
o
N
'i
tn
,..;
CD
"CI
"CI
CD
C.
r-
Q'
III
C.
S',
lC
III
:;:,
C.
-
g
"tJ
III
:+
~
m
III
11l
CD
."
;C
~
I
r->:-'J.
~~~
S'! n .
11 " ~
~S:
~r;,'g
a~
;r=a:
"'gG'l
~~~
g ~
c.
5'
c;
ill
g,
g
o
~
~
~
'"
"
"
;;
.-'"
ftI
tit)
~n
>~
...:;
om
gZ
~CJ
tr. ~
~Z
zm
om
z~
n(Jj
~ "'ll
.2, "tl
'" a .2.
"tl
~' Z a
III
z 3 z
~ !'! ~
~ "'ll
...
.E,
"t:l (tl 0
('i' " en
e!. .. J.
z ....
:=!: III W
~ 3 w
(tl ""
0 en
:-
CD !ll. CD
':<; !'! ~
~
== ....
0
c 2;
-I .....
r
~
'" r-
m c:
! "ll ... ... m "lJ
C, ... C' .. .. C' .. ::I 3 .. ffi
II II II II II II II II II II II
;;a
to) to) ".. N N ..... N e
i:>> to) C1l co
~ ~ (Xl N ...... 0 N ~ to) 0 m
(:) ".. C1l 0 ".. C1l 0 en
to) to) 0 ~ '" ;J<' :". 0 0
-9 "0 "0 !!!, (Xl ;J<' C5
:i" :i" S' S' !!!, !!!, ;J<'
S' !!!, !!!, Z
. " " " " e
2- m ~ m ~ ~
;;; .p ~
~ 3 3
....
tlJ -l e
~ 0 r-
'C 0 m
> > .. en
f ::I ::I ... C5
3: n n 0 N
5' t ~ ?' ?' 0 0 Z
3: ::u ::u 3 0
lD : w
."ll .. CD CD C' ;;a
iiI 3: " ;I ,. .. .. 5' tii
i f 3 ~ ~ fl r 0 m
n 3: ~ ..
ct. "ll ct. en
0 ~ ~ J: ~ ~ ::u :i 0 m c:
::I if it :JJ C' ::I fl
II II II II II II II II II II II II II ~
.... .... en
v W 0 W '" W 0 '" 0 0 m "lJ
v en Ul ..... '" ~ C :,.. C 0 0; r- fl m
0 W N ~ '-oJ 0 '" 0 C ell +
0 ,.. '" r- ... ;;a
" ,.. ,.. ~. i!!: i!!: i!!: 'C r- ~
,.. iii" -c i!!: "'i' "'i' "'i' .. 't:l + 0
^ -c 't:l :i 5' 5' 5' .. en w 0
^ III 5' Ul .. r-
~
.... m
v .... .... .... Ul co 0 0 Z
v C/l N W co ..... Ol <0 C ~ ~ 0 m ~
.... ~ N u. U. U. r- fl
0 U. 0 Ol ..... 0 0 0 + ...
" ,.. ,.. i!!: ,.. i!!: i!!: i!!: :,.. <0 ~ 'f' 0
,.. '9 ii' 't:l iii" "'i' "'i' "'i' 't:l 't:l ...
^ -c
^ Ul .. 5' 5' 5' 5' .. .. r- ,. Z
Ul 5'
.... 0 l'
.... Ul r 0.
V N N co 0 +
V C/l W ~ co Ol '" ,. '" r m n
0 C/l CD u. .. c '" '" r fl ~
W W i>> +
0 U, Ol 0 0 '" Ol '" ...
" ,.. ,.. 0 ,.. i!!: i!!: U. :... 5 ~ !2:
i!!: "
,.. iii" -c i!!: '9 "'i' "'i' 't:l 'C ..
^ -c 't:l "'i' + ..,
^ Ul .. :i 5' 5' 5' .. .. ~ co 0
Ul :i ill
r ~
0
.... .... C/l r '"
V W W '" ,. '" 0 + 8
en .... CD '" '" r m
v W ..... '" :,.. c '"
..... u, ~ '-oJ ~ .. '" ell '+ fl
0 W ell '" 0 0 '" '" ... 6i
0 ,.. i!!: i!!: '" '" r .n
" ,.. ,.. ,.. i!!: iii' i!!: "'i' "'i' + ~
'9 -c "'i' 't:l 't:l E g>
^ -c 't:l 5' 5' .. .. :E en
^ Ul en 5' 5' g,
Ul :i 5 0
"
" " " " " " g
'0 ;: Y ;, c c
-+ -+ 8: " " '"
..' a' i c..
J' ~ ~ .:<; 3 .i:l
+ I
~ .. ..
n g g
;;: '" '"
'" ~' I~
~ ~, ~
f 0. 0.
5' 5'
o
~
c:
~
r-
c:
"tl
ffi
;;a
e
m
en
C5
z
I'
I
I
I
I
I
II
~ j
I .-
ii' ~
r cil
~
cil
P, kips
~ 8
o (:)
'"
'"
'"
g;
o
o
'"
o
'"
'"
'"
'"
~
o
....
'"
'"
z
~
~ it 8
o ... '"
::l '9'
~ 5'
o
:;
Cl
::u
>
3:
'"
'"
'"
g;
'"
....
'"
'"
'"
8
'"
r- r-
~ S-
!!. !!.
r- r-
o 0
.. ..
... ...
.. ..
C' i5'
o ::I
~ '"
~ ~
::I :'I
~
'"
::E ::E :E
'" _ r-
II II II
....W
~~~
"0 co rE
::;;~!!l.
en 3:
iii' ..
C' ..
o 3'
o c
~ ~
en ..
lD :::
!!. ::u
> CD
Cil ~
.. ct.
::u g
g S'
iii' ~
~ R'
~ ~ !;-1
C! ::I
n' Q. m
CD g ;;a
r-en>
S- ~. r-
!!. 3 r-
r- .n' 0
2 )> >
... en e
.. ;; ~
:( ;0
CD ..
en iD
~ iil
~ z 2
.g
~
~
r
o
..
0.
"',
:e ~
:i' ~
c. '"
..
~
g
fJ
~ 2
Ul ii>
I~
v
>
1ii
."
"
-
c..
'"
>
'"
o
5'
~
e:
..
g
~
"
0.
~
g>
~.
ii'
r
o
..
~
~~
C' ~
~ ~
:Ii: tlJ
CD ..
cr ~
~ :!!
Q. ..
en~
'g 0'
n ..
.[l?
.. ..
.s'
::!
o r-
.. ..
n lD
c !!.
~ en
... ~
-g c;'
lD CD
::I 3:
ct. 0
!!!. 3
C' CD
= a
CD ~
:II 3'
.. "t>
~ :
"t>
..
?:-
~~~~~ ~~
~~.~,~~j~,
~i~~~ ii
~6'::~5 0'"
2R.26'> l!;!
~ ~ ~ e ~,,' ~
!'! en ::I
CD
..
..
"tl "tl "tl
fl: F l2 CD
II " " fl
~~r::O
en 0 ...... ::
OOC/l-
,.. ,.. ,.. 5'
::;:::;;::;;
m
~
"
g
0,
~ ~ I ~
o ~ ~ ~
~o ~ ~r-' ~
<r-o~
CD r- ..
r- ~ a. C
!!:.;'~
:;O"tJg;
...!!...~~~
o co ~.
~~I
C/lC/l
,.. ,..
::;::;;
... !!! z
::I, a: 0
G. 5' ~
g CQ !!.
!!!. ::u ...
3: ~, ~
o .. CD
i g (ij)
::I n tlJ
.; CD ..
,.. (ij) :::
~ ~ a
~ ::: :e
.. ~
enom
o CD >
~ 1 en
~a~
~~><
"'&-1
::I, ::I -<
G. '" ~
g g
~ ~
9. G-
Ut ~
iii
"8
~
o
~ ~ ~
~ ~~ ~ ~ ~
3_~~;::"'C
~ - ~ ~ ~ z z c P
II 0'1 ~ II II II II II II II
o
(:) 9
o 0
-9 -g
S'
@ coco
P\) :.... :....
""ocooen
5":::.e~~~
00 ~-c
~ = =
'^
Cl>
o
If.
....
".. W
oin
COO
~.s:
Ul
N
00
wo
o ;::t
.::E _
" 1/
3:0
.. 0
.. 3
o 'C
::I iil
o<! ..
~ !!.
'i =
_ en
g ~
" ::I
Q '"
~ ~
CIl ..
g
n
iii'
~
~~~~~
!~,~acg'
;~~f~
<g:;:;oS'::t
rt ~ ~ ~ cs'
cD' ~
~
-:
3 ?
" II
{r;b"r-
II II II 'il
~
r-
c:
"lJ
ffi
;;a
Z
."
o
;;a
~
~
o
<: ~
C" f ~
II II II
I I I
v v v
..........
!olin
;t:~
!!l.:i
II II I
0. 0. ::0
g: a 5
cC' c' ~
::l ::l :r
l [ ~
en
Iir
51-
'"
o
"
0.
Pi
~
?l
~ 5'
~ ~
- &1
~ if
i i3'
::u 0
CD ::I
5' i
0' ::u
il CD
5" =
'" 0'
::u il
Pi 5'
R ~
..
ct.
R
:p~:p...f
II II II II II
000
000
: ~ t
.... Ul W
^ ^ ^
1 1 1
000
" " "
o -l
CD ::I,
.. C'
cE' C
::I lit
eno<!
~ a:
o =
::I :e
~ a:
~ ~
::CD~~WO::O
C/l~ii:gw(:)oo
-g;:i;J"CW"OOo
_ - S' !!!, ;::t !!l. ;::t ;::t
~ ~ i
go ~. g
o ::t e-
m Eo n
0.. 0::1.
b 16 @
.. ~ -
~ ~. ~
~ ~ 0'
g ~ ~
~ ;' g;
~ ~ ~r'
rs
... ::t::t
.. 0 0
n ::I.:L
CD N N
en 0 0
::I' ::I ::I
~ i i
-l ::U::U
::I' CD CD
c;' D" D"
... .. ..
:I c;, c;,
:: 'C N'
!'! ~ !I!
5'
I!'!
W....
CD N
.... C/l
5' :i
N ".."..
e is is;;;
;: ;::t ;::t 0
I I I I I I I I
VIIVVVVVV
r
o
;, ~
~ g,
- 0.
~
~
o'if~o'~_
a cg: ~ i 0
o'iTg,5:16
jQff~::l
~. ;; ca' -< ~.
'" en " ~, ."
~ 0 ~ ~ 1t
~~g~~
.8 ~ ~. ~
~ ~ ::l ~
~ + [~
~ SaC.
Dis- :r~
i- 0" co
g 5' \I' W
~ ~ r; '"
Q. ~ :Ii. CD
a::: ~ ~
! ~
5'
... '"
~ ~
"
C'l N ~'
~ ".. 3
~oj
,.. c
[~ ~'
..
"
,g
>
en
e
5'
lD
Al
n
..
0'.
::I'
e
CD
UI
cS'
::I
'C
CD
..,
N
o
o
w
ijj
o
QII.
>
Q
CII
w
o
6
N
'{
en
lD
'C.
'C
CD
Q.
r-
o
I>>
Q.
S'
IC
I>>
::I
Q.
0'
..,
"lJ
I>>
a:
!!!.
m
I>>
en
CD
."
;C'
~
!
< m
CD iil
g. n
!!!. ~
::u CD
5' l?
0'1
il ..
5'
'"
::u
..
R
z
o
'--
N
1<1<0<~;;a
ii~il~
::u::ua'::UiDO
;;3;::u;;a
!: !: ~ !: ~ n
i~~R~~
5' ~,::I', ~ ;::1 ;0
~ ~ CQ CD
~ f
"
~
>
Q
.~
'"
..
~
z
o
c-
....~
II
t co
:i-:i
o ".. 0
~ ~
o
_N
enC/l
5'
\ r 1111111111111111111111111111111 !-
\II""""""""""""'~""""""""""""'""""'" 1-
."
-.
z
.\='::0
0"
k
r
n
'"
"t>
I
e
Q
o
~
c:
~
~
..,
N
o
o
CII
"':-'1
g~~
S' ~ n .
~~!
g. ~"s
:!i:li'
5~~
;;r=a:
"'gel
2 0. a
~ '" c
. Q)"(i
5.0.
5'
iD
iil
!i
o
"
li?
6>;
~
~
'"
..
..
0;
II
00
~n
>-~
--3
o
m
gZ
~0
tTl
::0
en
>-
Z
o
~
Z
m
m
z~
()C/)
~ "tl
.2. "tl
CD
~ 0- .2,
~. z CD
III 0-
z 3 z
R ~ R
~ "'C
..
~ .E, >C
~
=ij n >C
(p' .. ~
z l;C
.. III
Z 3 >C
!' >C
~ >C
0 en
=-
1Il !!l- CD
':<; ~ ~
m
::l ....
cc -
S' ....
0
~ 0
~
.. .....
~DCI'ENGINEERS
- D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC.
Project
W~
Subject L \ \
. f""\ ~ C 1
Project No.
Sheet No.
Date
By
Crr";'
-
/.;;:
::i&
L't\\e\
L\
(,\
/ .' )!
I..- -:. l~ '
Qt.--=.
v... ....
., Jp oS' l ,'1,- 4 ' ( n I'~ t- \ '" l:. ' {[ ':l~ I" d , ~ b" pi C
2.<;f~! no'\ 4 2 ~f ~ ~ t 11 · I I- ~~~srL'i'l ::: '3~?.{J't
Ib.1\ \t;.. L r
'"7. I , I~
1.10 h L~~l (1\ ~ ~ iig
~L-:
f'1lA&'
\.4 ~ (
l..'~.lc. \ L
,
':J',..~\. b-\"'~t I at ,,<-+rV\ +r.... 1 +u t ..I "... \ ~~'Y At-cL/\, A ,4 tv,",
I L,'1 kl ~l
' I '" ....1.. ., ~
LrJt l 3 L::- (4'
1,ot wQ~
! }-1'V
\
or "
I~.o 4 + l 1.(. s' \ ~ , \~,\ t l v \ .\- (.l!{:1 ( 7)", ~ t \ .
-\- ""-:,'1' L IV ,.,.{\ -:. ~q \ ;>'.t..
~h. ~ ~ () f \! l '-t. ~ . I ~ ~lr V'\~
(j -:. '\.'1). k a l ... g ,
f\.,."- l. .f1::.
...~_i~, ~ - \ ','f I, . + ~
-
1,1.. '(
V.... ': <;'0\ L i\.1
;0' L,~ k l ..1/ (2} ~ 1 ~~
"l"" ~
_DeI.ENGINEERS
-- D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC.
Project No.
Ob-"'\\. ~ ~ "1
Sheet No.
Project I . I l
VJA. q (c tn..$
Subject L \ \
\ (\ -\ c ~
pp,..~. An c. \( J
Date
\ 1..~ \ ." {
By J'I C"'"
6-",.j.. 4
-
y. AI <) ( l.~ t. {'\
L:::: \4 ~
OL:. l~f.1t (9'} ~ \Sp.\+ (1'6'1 0\- l)'fI,1li L,)',l : '81, pll
/......It.\1
SL ~
~ ~ fH! (( l(' I;.. ~\' p..l.t t ~ ' l :
SlS("IL
1'\.... ~ :t~.~ It.~:.
iI '" ~ '\ . 4\' k
"'!<.
"t6" Of
L,,~t
v ( L tl ~ ~
'tAG
c;. I i ~ ~ ~.... + ~
L=-I'-{.....
OL ~ "731'$ ( ('-11' \ \- I ~f'/ I l~' I \- I ~fJ ~ l'\.~' \. - 40 $" pl.r
i.t..- '2~.J l~'1 \ ~l)I'>.\ (y,,'\-- '3o..:>rd
1'1.. ~ II, OS" L f ~
v~~ ~.'l'i'l
VIe
I.{'(" Of l.,^\-,\
l.j ( l :ll rJ c;
IA i!, vt
-- -----
-
lEi DCI. ENGINEERS Project No. Sheet
-
-- D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. 06-\(1-"3')'-(
Project Date
Will l ~ r (' <(I J - rUt" \ And! t- \c J I) -1
Subject U tq" L~'\.tL By
f"I
C""J ~ L= J
1'1
-
Vlo -- 1<<;'t1.l.+l ~,<;'I -\ I! pi H ::, / \ -::: ~ ~lf\.t
VL'= 1 S; p~ ..l- e "'\. ~. 1-:: \\\f'\(
MeA ~ b.5" 3 \".+1-
v... "'- ;).. '6 k.
y.!,c j t. " Df ...)/ L?\ "<) \.:t~
GH~ E
1..0..1000:. 1~1..1 (j t ) '= d-}c)fl~
f-= 1\ l (5 1-.. 1 '
1'1",~ 1. }, ~' Ie.. ~ ~
v'" ~ ,/Ou... \.:.
\..I ~~ '!:l(,JI or w l (~ .,\ ~. '\ ) I~
No.
I -0 ~
oT
EDCI'ENGINEERS Project No. Sheet No.
-- D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC.
Project \ PA Date
Lv" ~'(,t"J -
Subject ~rr~ A L,,,tc. \ By
L::- b I
~:: b~ l'ohlr 1.~1rll) (~~. PI~lll~p..l'\::: 7. <.1(, \(
fl." I. "'rst l~).)"/2 ~ ~S'."')S'I2\ U,~.~"!./llll"eJ~1 ~ l/J..( ~",C\r>J)(~1.)\I,~ :,~.ldl.)(.I1.bl.'l
I q.6 It
P, '" :L -I, 0 ~ It
An ~I' -:: fA- :: d. Q. 2" k. {-\-
~
V""O, :- 'Ph_ -:=. l ~. <; 3 k
DCI Engineers
601 W. Riverside Ave, Suite 600
Spokane, WA. 99201-0622
Project: Walgreens - Port Angeles
Job # : 06-41-334
Engineer: MDT
Date: 1/10/2007
Member = 8" standard I
INPUTS
Applied Moment = 16710 ft-Ib
Applied Shear = 7160 Ibs
Special Inspection = yes
1/3 Increase = no
b = 7.63 in
d = 37.00 in
fm = 1500 psi
Fy = 60000 psi
As = 0.62 in^2
EXPLANATION
Applied Moment = Moment from design loads. (Unfactored)
Applied Shear = Shear at "d" away from face of the support. (Unfactored)
Special Inspection = Will Special inspection be provided? "Yes" or "No".
1/3 Increase = Increased stresses 1/3 due to Wind or Seismic? ''Yes'' or "No".
b = Member width.
d = Distance to reinforcement.
fm = Masonry compressive strength.
Fy = Reinforcing yield strength.
As = Area of steel.
CALCULATIONS
Em = 1350000 psi
n = 21
rho = 0.0022
rho x n = 0.0472
k = 0.264 in
j = 0.912 in
Fb = 500 psi
Fv (Masonry) = 39 psi
Fv (Steel) = 116 psi
Fs = 24000 osi
EXPLANATION
Em = Modulus of elasticity. (750 x fm)
n = Modular ratio. (Es/Em)
rho = Reinforcing ratio. (Aslbd)
rho x n =
k = Distance times d to get depth of compression area.
j = Moment arm. (1-k/3)
Fb = Allowable bending stress (0.33 fm).
Fv (Masonry) = Allowable shear stress ,masonry resisting shear, (fm)^.5.
Fv (Steel) = Allowable shear stress, steel resisting shear, 3.0*(fm)^.5.
Fs = Allowable flexural reinforcino stress.
FLEXURE
fb(masonry) = 160 psi
Design OK = YES
fb(steel) = 9583 psi
Design OK = YES
EXPLANATION
fb(masonry) = Bending stress in Masonry, M/(bd^2)[2~k].
Design OK = Is fb < Fb?
fb(steel) = Bending stress in steel, (M/Asjd).
Desion OK = Is fb(steen < Fs?
SHEAR
tv = 28 psi
Is Shear Steel rqd = NO !
Av = 0.20 in^2
Stirru S acin = 9.03 in
EXPLANATION
Fv = Shear capacity due to the strength of the masonry.
Design OK = Is tv < Fv? (If not, stirrups must take all shear)
Av = ENTER area of shear steel.
Stirru S acin = S acin re uired to take all of shear.
DCI Engineers
601 W. Riverside Ave, Suite 600
Spokane, WA. 99201-0622
Project: Walgreens - Port Angeles
Job #: 06-41-334
Engineer: MDT
Date: 1/10/2007
Member = 8" standard I
INPUTS
Applied Moment = 20300 ft-Ib
Applied Shear = 13530 Ibs
Special Inspection = yes
1/3 Increase = no
b = 7.63 in
d = 53.00 in
fm = 1500 psi
Fy = 60000 psi
As = 0.62 in^2
EXPLANATION
Applied Moment = Moment from design loads. (Unfactored)
Applied Shear = Shear at "d" away from face of the support. (Unfactored)
Special Inspection = Will Special inspection be provided? "Yes" or "No".
1/3 Increase = Increased stresses 1/3 due to Wind or Seismic? "Yes" or "No".
b = Member width.
d = Distance to reinforcement.
fm = Masonry compressive strength.
Fy = Reinforcing yield strength.
As = Area of steel.
CALCULATIONS
Em = 1350000 psi
n = 21
rho = 0.0015
rho x n = 0.0330
k = 0.226 in
j = 0.925 in
Fb = 500 psi
Fv (Masonry) = 39 psi
Fv (Steel) = 116 psi
Fs = 24000 Dsi
EXPLANATION
Em - Modulus of elasticity. (750 x fm)
n = Modular ratio. (Es/Em)
rho = Reinforcing ratio. (Aslbd)
rho x n =
k = Distance times d to get depth of compression area.
j = Moment arm. (1-k/3)
Fb = Allowable bending stress (0.33 fm).
Fv (Masonry) = Allowable shear stress ,masonry resisting shear, (fm)^.5.
Fv (Steel) = Allowable shear stress, steel resisting shear, 3.0*(fm)^.5.
Fs = Allowable flexural reinforcino stress.
FLEXURE
fb(masonry) = 109 psi
Design OK = YES
fb(steel) = 8017 psi
Desion OK = YES
EXPLANATION
fb(masonry) = Bending stress in Masonry, M/(bd^2)[2~k].
Design OK = Is fb < Fb?
fb(steel) = Bending stress in steel, (M/Asjd).
Desion OK = Is fb(steel) < Fs?
SHEAR
tv = 36 psi
Is Shear Steel rqd = NO !
Av = 0.20 in^2
Stirru S acin = 5.81 in
EXPLANATION
Fv = Shear capacity due to the strength of the masonry.
Design OK = Is tv < Fv? (If not, stirrups must take all shear)
Av = ENTER area of shear steel.
Stirru S acin = S acin re uired to take all of shear.
iEDCI.ENGINEERS
- D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC.
Project No.
Sheet No.
Project W \
[,( ((. UlJ
~~
Date
Subject
W~\ '-' I
("'VI,) rfJ
By
"_.
-~ wr55
~}I I ~ _~~r'=-
-rs~, 1:"-tJ5<f1Vn =
II..'{ k p" ..s4'~'-
+- lJI \I
t 1..~'.1'
-
2'
e
--1L
I
(
\
e.. =' l., . /,. < $'~ "\ ')-
)-
(V1.1-l") -= (J. \ q
"
e::- ct. ~ \~
p~ ,. :n ~ \,
e.". 0,\,'"
V\
~&r\ ~
I ",.J <' \ 4-
('II -:: D, {,1StH} I"
""0 -= ~. bb 0 \, \ I-
w~ ~ (.. ~ 1 kit
fl (,.
Po .. /1.8 S" k
~L ,. 12" b"1.( \<
~= I L'"~ !> {.\ L W
/r "
(.''''fos:k l",J,
r. "," L I q It . r~
v '" 0,110\' \t U
-\- 'll,).. \, d
f"I ... tJ. ~b C{: It - J j f ~ i
""
t.'" el,olr
EDeI'ENGINEERS Project No. Sheet No.
-- D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. b b' 4l- )~ '1
Project \;J Ill. '\ 0. f Uf\.1 - Date
Pot' \ A (\ "I t. \1' J I).... I ~ - D ~
Subject F () "I\~,\.\.I" "1 By
/lot-
S\,.{1
f1&
G.," J
A j I, '1
Y r f~ +. l 1). L 1 ~) : 11 ~ ~ r \ ~
\ I.. ( \ ':.. I. "1' \ ( ~ o. I{!"" ~ \ " b ~ '< (' \ C
WI:)':: ~'h.X I~(HJ~
wL= ~ "J lJ. 'S'",~q +
\ 'i l{ ~ (" , +..
w() :
lA~c r~ b " S~f 'f ~TL- xU"!)f
J k '"'\I ~ ,,-, j
u.)(
~,; J G:
:.. b' ( 1~(O~4. '\ -l 1 ~, (,"1' (4 \p ~+ \ = \\(o~1L
1, ~' L2~(-'d \ t ~ v.'If>d II &' I":; ~l.:>b. r1.(.
t- 1=10-
\...v~ :'
.. ,
,
0 e=- .':5. I.bt '"
)...- ---
~1 0 .....
0-
0
~ V\ ~ <- l' '...J y 11" Df .,;/ [~ ) .i:l4 ~MJ
')
'l(
P:\ ~\~<( Fl {,. G~;J ~
J3'J~ I!"p ~ J ( "3 6 ~ )( ~ $'.\/ 'i}_I. + --) '6 1" ~ '(). 1,. 1..'1' \ ( 6 ) ." ~ r..:J, SI It
~L ~ .. "'e~ j ( 3 ~ ' \ C. 3 -;. I,' 11..\ I. 'I:L ( ") '1 I ) I 1 . ') / \3.~1'_\~ ~).:,\ I (
;.:;l. f" ,-;, ~
e" 1._ ( Lj J, l.(,1 '!\...)
'1. ~
i ~ ',( :: 4 ~ ~ e", : I".\q~'
be) ,
't. .. (~, n.lI{
~ ": /2 ~. ~ ~ ~. \ '1
)< 2 ~'1" 3 I.{.\ "1
"" ~ (. ,~ L,; ) .\.,:( ~\ (,
7 r JL
'I ~ '" '2,. '11..
'( ~ ~ I :l '1.1 f
'I'" q , :1(. . \[
'f " t <.) ') I, tl (,
l( .2 '1. t
lL ~H':,-
1'\ :,~. S 0
1'\ ~). ~ '-I
1<;" '"3, .1 '\
:(0 llL . 4'l..
iEDCI'ENGINEERS
-- D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC.
Project \
'vJ#\ {('<li1~ '
Subject
Grl.J e
~ 0 -::: ~l. 'S l(
e L.... ')..'3., 3 \:.
~"'I
G'd.
~! w= (,,'
e'"
Project No.
PI'
F\ {,...
Fi {,.
L
..f---+
t2
~ b '. - (4 -\: 1, ~ H (~\ -=
~\! ,1G( ,~
& .t./ b
d l..J= 1/
c..:::: :. "\, I qi
:[ "V.- S.
e::: ').'2:,1"1
/"1'-'1 '
p(. ~
,el::o
II _ /I
'U. - :.L
'-XI'{ r-T&
-<;; f.. I ~
~T
+--
J
~
L( ~,~,~ (') <..1. \ q " \ -:::
\ S" b ~ I, ; I" " 1\
"
-: '/0
I ~, <> \..:p -./1 / '10 " ~ ::, q, I c; \<..
A!. ~ :0 "I, 1'\ l -: {J, l ~
(, 0 \ I:
1"\ . ~ i (\,.., "- l J \ b '" ~('I )
v r { 4\ ~ '-\ ~"'.J
T~
Sheet No.
Date
By
n(,.
DCI Engineers
601 W. Riverside Ave., Suite 600
Spokane, WA 99201
Phone: (509) 455-4448
Fax: (509) 455-4448
Rev: 580002
User. KW.Q604219, Ver 5.8.0, 1-Dec-2003
(c)1983-2003 ENERCALC Engineering Software
Title:
Dsgnr:
Description:
Job#
Date: 8:04AM, 10 JAN 07
Scope :
Description
L-FTG (Grid E)
General Footing Analysis & Design
Page 1
framing. ecw:Calculations
General Information
Allowable Soil Bearing
Short Term Increase
Seismic Zone
Live & Short Term Combined
fc
Fy
Concrete Weight
Overburden Weight
Code Ref: ACI 318-02, 1997 UBC, 2003 IBC, 2003 NFPA 5000
2,000,0 psf
1.330
4
Dimensions...
Width along X-X Axis
Length along Y-Y Axis
Footing Thickness
Col Dim. Along X-X Axis
Col Dim. Along Y-Y Axis
Base Pedestal Height
Min Steel %
Rebar Center To Edge Distance
3.000 ft
1.000 ft
12.00 in
7.63 in
12.00 in
0.000 in
3,000.0 psi
60,000.0 psi
145,00 pcf
50,00 psf
0.0014
3.00 in
[Loads
I
Applied Vertical Load...
Dead Load
Live Load
Short Term Load
Applied Moments...
Dead Load
Live Load
Short Term
Applied Shears...
Dead Load
Live Load
Short Term
1 .120 k
0,200 k
k
Creates Rotation about Y-Y Axis
(pressures @ left & right)
k-ft
k-ft
k-ft
Creates Rotation about Y - Y Axis
(pressures @ left & right)
k
k
k
...ecc along X-X Axis
...ecc along Y-Y Axis
10.190 in
0.000 in
Creates Rotation about X-X Axis
(pressures @ top & bot)
k-ft
k-ft
k-ft
Creates Rotation about X-X Axis
(pressures @ top & bot)
k
k
k
I Summary I Caution: X(static)ecc>Wid
3.00ft x 1.00ft Footing, 12.0in Thick, wI Column Support 7.63 x 12.00in X O.Oin high
DL+LL DL+LL+ST Actual Allowable
Max Soil Pressure 1,385.1 1,385.1 psf Max Mu 0.091
Allowable 2,000.0 2,660.0 psf Required Steel Area 0.259
"X' Ecc, of Resultant 7.181 in 7.181 in Shear Stresses.... Vu Vn . Phi
"Y' Ecc, of Resultant 0.000 in 0.000 in
1-Way 0.278 93.113 psi
X-X Min. Stability Ratio No Overturning 1.500 :1 2-Way 1.513 186.226 psi
Y-Y Min. Stability Ratio No Overturning
I Footing Design I
Shear Forces ACI C-1 ACI C-2 ACI C-3 Vn . Phi
Two-Way Shear 1.51 psi 1.46 psi 0.80 psi 186.23 psi
One-Way Shears...
Vu @ Left 0.00 psi 0.00 psi 0.00 psi 93.11 psi
Vu @ Right -0.03 psi -0.10 psi -0.28 psi 93.11 psi
Vu @ Top 0.00 psi 0.00 psi 0.00 psi 93.11 psi
Vu @ Bottom 0.00 psi 0.00 psi 0.00 psi 93.11 psi
Moments ACI C-1 ACI C-2 ACI C-3 Ru I Phi As Req'd
Mu @ Left 0.06 k-ft 0.05 k-ft -0.01 k-ft 0.8 psi 0.26 in2 perft
Mu @ Right 0.09 k-ft 0.09 k-ft 0.05 k-ft 1,3 psi 0,26 in2 perft
Mu @ Top 0.00 k-ft 0.00 k-ft 0,00 k-ft O.Opsi 0.02 in2 per ft
Mu @ Bottom 0.00 k-ft 0.00 k-ft 0,00 k-ft 0,0 psi 0.02 in2 perft
DCI Engineers
601 W. Riverside Ave., Suite 600
Spokane, WA 99201
Phone: (509) 455-4448
Fax: (509) 455-4448
Rev: 580002
User. KW..Q604219. Ver 5.8.0, 1-0ec-2003
(c)1983-2oo3 ENERCALC Engineering Software
Title:
Dsgnr:
Description:
Scope :
Description
L-FTG (Grid E)
General Footing Analysis & Design
Job#
Date: 8:04AM, 10 JAN 07
Page 2
framing. eew. Calculations
I Soil Pressure Summary
Service Load Soil Pressures
DL + LL
DL + LL + ST
Factored Load Soil Pressures
ACI Eq. C-1 0.00
ACI Eq. C-2 0.00
ACI Eq. C-3 0.00
ACI Factors (per ACI 318-02, applied internally to entered loads)
ACI C-1 & C-2 DL 1.400 ACI C-2 Group Factor
ACI C-1 & C-2 LL 1.700 ACI C-3 Dead Load Factor
ACI C-1 & C-2 ST 1.700 ACI C-3 Short Term Factor
....seismic = ST . : 1.100 Used in ACI C-2 & C-3
Left
0.00
0.00
Right
1,385.08
1,385.08
1,983.48
1,939.11
1,113.48
Top
624.41
624.41
894.17
874.17
501.97
I
Bottom
624.41 psf
624.41 psf
894.17 psf
874.17 psf
501.97 psf
0.750
0.900
1.300
Add"l "1.4" Factor for Seismic
Add"l "0.9" Factor for Seismic
1 .400
0.900
DCI Engineers
601 W. Riverside Ave., Suite 600
Spokane, WA 99201
Phone: (509) 455-4448
Fax: (509) 455-4448
Rev: 580002
~i~~8~c%~~rR~~L~~ggi~~e~f~~0~;flware General Footing Analysis & Design
Description L-FTG (Pilaster)
Title:
Dsgnr:
Description:
Job #
Date: 8:05AM, 10 JAN 07
Scope :
Page 1
framing. eew: Calculations
General Information
Allowable Soil Bearing
Short Term Increase
Seismic Zone
Live & Short Term Combined
fc
Fy
Concrete Weight
Overburden Weight
Code Ref: ACI 318-02, 1997 UBC, 2003 IBC, 2003 NFPA 5000
2,000.0 psf
1.330
4
Dimensions...
Width along X-X Axis
Length along Y-Y Axis
Footing Thickness
Col Dim. Along X-X Axis
Col Dim. Along Y-Y Axis
Base Pedestal Height
Min Steel %
Rebar Center To Edge Distance
7.000 ft
14.000 ft
12.00 in
7.63 in
48.00 in
0.000 in
3,000.0 psi
60,000.0 psi
145.00 pet
100.00 psf
0.0014
3.00 in
I Loads
I
Applied Vertical Load...
Dead Load
Live Load
Short Term Load
Applied Moments...
Dead Load
Live Load
Short Term
Applied Shears...
Dead Load
Live Load
Short Term
22.500 k
23.313 k
k
Creates Rotation about Y-Y Axis
(pressures @ left & right)
k-ft
k-ft
k-ft
Creates Rotation about Y-Y Axis
(pressures @ left & right)
k
k
k
...ecc along X-X Axis
...ecc along Y-Y Axis
34.190 in
0.000 in
Creates Rotation about X-X Axis
(pressures @ top & bot)
k-ft
k-ft
k-ft
Creates Rotation about X-X Axis
(pressures @ top & bot)
k
k
k
I Summary I Soil Pressure Exceeded
7.00ft x 14.00ft Footing, 12.0in Thick, wI Column Support 7.63 x 48.00in x O.Oin high
DL +LL DL +LL +ST Actual Allowable
Max Soil Pressure 2,040.2 2,040.2 psf Max Mu 8.163
Allowable 2,000.0 2,660.0 psf Required Steel Area 0.274
"X' Ecc, of Resultant 22.515 in 22.515 in Shear Stresses.... Vu Vn .. Phi
"Y' Ecc, of Resultant 0.000 in 0.000 in
1-Way 26.428 93.113 psi
X-X Min. Stability Ratio No Overturning 1.500 :1 2-Way 46.424 122.696 psi
Y-Y Min. Stability Ratio No Overturning
I Footing Design I
Shear Forces ACI C-1 ACI C-2 ACI C-3 Vn" Phi
Two-Way Shear 46.42 psi 46.34 psi 14.72 psi 122.70 psi
One-Way Shears...
Vu @ Left 0.00 psi 0.00 psi 0.00 psi 93.11 psi
Vu @ Right 12.28 psi 11.20 psi 1. 18 psi 93.11 psi
Vu @ Top 26.43 psi 26.38 psi 8.37 psi 93.11 psi
Vu @ Bottom 26.43 psi 26.38 psi 8.37 psi 93.11 psi
Moments ACI C-1 ACI C-2 ACI C-3 Ru I Phi As Rea'd
Mu @ Left 0.19 k-ft -0.43 k-ft -1.53 k-ft 21.0 psi -0.26 in2 per ft
Mu @ Right 0.13 k-ft 0.14 k-ft 0.05 k-ft 1.9 psi 0.26 in2 per ft
Mu @Top 8.16 k-ft 8.14 k-ft 2.55 k-ft 112.0psi 0.27 in2 per ft
Mu @ Bottom 8.16 k-ft 8.14 k-ft 2.55 k-ft 112.0 psi 0.27 in2 perft
DCI Engineers
601 W. Riverside Ave., Suite 600
Spokane, WA 99201
Phone: (509) 455-4448
Fax: (509) 455-4448
Rev: 580002
~ir~8~~~~k9R~:L&~~gi~~e~f~~og;flware General Footing Analysis & Design
Description L-FTG (Pilaster)
Title:
Dsgnr:
Description:
Job#
Date: 8:05AM, 10 JAN 07
Scope :
Page 2
framing.eew: Calcuiations
I Soil Pressure Summary
Service Load Soil Pressures
DL + LL
DL + LL + ST
Factored Load Soil Pressures
ACI EQ. C-1 0.00
ACI Eq. C-2 0.00
ACI Eq. C-3 0.00
ACI Factors (per ACI 318-02, applied internally to entered loads)
ACI C-1 & C-2 DL 1.200 ACI C-2 Group Factor
ACI C-1 & C-2 LL 1.600 ACI C-3 Dead Load Factor
ACI C-1 & C-2 ST 1.600 ACI C-3 Short Term Factor
....seismic = ST . : 1.100 Used in ACI C-2 & C-3
I
Left
0.00
0.00
Right
2,040.22
2,040.22
Top
709.89
709.89
Bottom
709.89 psf
709.89 psf
2,721.74
2,856.31
1,220.88
947.02
993.84
424.80
947.02 psf
993.84 psf
424.80 psf
0.750
0.900
1.300
Add"l "1.4" Factor for Seismic
Add"l "0.9" Factor for Seismic
1.400
0.900
L
DCI Engineers
601 W. Riverside Ave., Suite 600
Spokane, WA 99201
Phone: (509) 455-4448
Fax: (509) 455-4448
Rev: 580014
User. KW-0604219, Ver 5.8.0, 1-Dec-2003
(c)1983-2003 ENERCALC Engineering Software
Job#
Date: 8:05AM, 10 JAN 07
Title:
Dsgnr:
Description:
Scope :
Code Ref: AC1318-02, 1997 UBC, 2003 IBC, 2003 NFPA 5000
Cantilevered Retaining Wall Design framingecw~:~atio~s
Description
Drivethrough
I Criteria -
Retained Height = 3.50 fl
Wall height above soil 0.50 fl
Slope Behind Wall 0.00: 1
Height of Soil over Toe 12.00 in
Soil Density 110.00 pcf
Wind on Stem = 0.0 psf
I Surcharge Loads ~
I Desi~n Summary ~
Total Bearing Load 1,885 Ibs
...resultant ecc, 2.81 in
Soil Pressure @ Toe 923 psf OK
Soil Pressure @ Heel 334 psf OK
Allowable 2,000 psf
Soil Pressure Less Than Allowable
ACI Factored @ Toe 1,145 psf
ACI Factored @ Heel 415 psf
Footing Shear @ Toe = 3.8 psi OK
Footing Shear @ Heel 18.0 psi OK
Allowable 93.1 psi
Wall Stability Ratios
Overturning 2.79 OK
Sliding N/A
Sliding Cales Slab Resists All Sliding !
Lateral Sliding Force = 712.31bs
LFooting Design Results I
....I2.L .....!:!HL
1 ,145 415 psf
815 Ofl-#
284 1,314 fl-#
531 1,314 fl-#
3.80 17.96 psi
93.11 93.11 psi
#4@ 18.00 in
# 4 @ 18.00 in
None Spec'd
Factored Pressure
Mu' : Upward
Mu' : Downward
Mu: Design
Actual 1-Way Shear
Allow 1-Way Shear
Toe Reinforcing
Heel Reinforcing
Key Reinforcing
=
=
=
I
~ I Footing Strengths & Dimensions
fc = 3,000 psi Fy = 60,000 psi
Min. As % = 0.0014
Toe Width = 1.25 fl
Heel Width = 1.75
Total Footing Width = 3.00
Footing Thickness 12.00 in
Key Width 0.00 in
Key Depth 0.00 in
Key Distance from Toe 0.00 ft
Cover @ Top = 3.00 in @ Btm.= 3.00 in
Surcharge Over Heel 250.0 psf Surcharge Over Toe 0.0 psf
Used To Resist Sliding & Overturning Used for Sliding & Overturning
I Stem Construction I Top Stem
. Stem OK
Design height fl = 0.00
Wall Material Above "Ht" Concrete
Thickness = 6.00
Rebar Size = # 5
Rebar Spacing = 16.00
Rebar Placed at Center
Design Data
fb/FB + fa/Fa
Total Force @ Section Ibs =
Moment....Actual fl-# =
Moment.... .Allowable
Shear.....Actual psi =
Shear.....Allowable psi =
Bar Develop ABOVE Ht. in =
Bar Lap/Hook BELOW Ht. in =
Wall Weight
Rebar Depth 'd'
Masonry Data
fm
Fs
Solid Grouting
Special Inspection
Modular Ratio 'n'
Short Term Factor
Equiv. Solid Thick.
Masonry Block Type =
Concrete Data
fc
Fy
Soil Data
Allow Soil Bearing = 2,000.0 psf
Equivalent Fluid Pressure Method
Heel Active Pressure = 35.0
Toe Active Pressure = 0.0
Passive Pressure = 250.0
Water height over heel 0.0 fl
FootingllSoil Friction 0.300
Soil height to ignore
for passive pressure
0.00 in
in=
0.432
837.7
1,253.4
2,899.6
23.3
93.1
21.36
6.00
72.5
3.00
psi=
psi=
psi = 3,000.0
psi = 60,000.0
Other Acceptable Sizes & Spacings
Toe:
Heel:
Key:
DCI Engineers
601 W. Riverside Ave., Suite 600
Spokane, WA 99201
Phone: (509) 455-4448
Fax: (509)455-4448
Rev: 580014
User. KW-0604219, Ver 5.8.0, 1-Dec-2003
(c)1983-2003 ENERCALC Engineering Software
Title:
Dsgnr:
Description:
Job#
Date: 8:05AM, 10 JAN 07
Cantilevered Retaining Wall Design
Scope :
Code Ref: ACI 318-02, 1997 U8C, 2003 IBC, 2003 NFPA 5000
Page 2
framing. ecw:Calculations
Description
Drivethrough
I Summary of Overturning & Resisting Forces & Moments
.....OVERTURNING.....
Force Distance Moment
Ibs ft ft-#
712.3 1.88 1,337.0
Item
Soil Over Heel
Sloped Soil Over Heel
Surcharge Over Heel
Adjacent Footing Load
Axial Dead Load on Stem =
Soil Over Toe =
Surcharge Over Toe =
Stem Weight(s)
Earth @ Stem Transitions=
Footing Weight =
Key Weight =
Vert. Component
Heel Active Pressure
Toe Active Pressure
Surcharge Over Toe
Adjacent Footing Load
Added Lateral Load
Load @ Stem Above Soil =
SeismicLoad =
Total
=
712.3
O.T.M. = 1,337.0
= 2.79
1,885.4 Ibs
Resisting/Overturning Ratio
Vertical Loads used for Soil Pressure =
Vertical component of active pressure used for soil pressure
Total =
DCI Engineers
601 W. Riverside Ave., Suite 600
Spokane, WA 99201
Phone: (509) 455-4448
Fax: (509) 455-4448
Rev: 580014
User: KW-0604219, Ver 5.8.0, 1-Dec-2003
(c)1983-2003 ENERCALC Engineering Software
Job#
Date: 8:05AM, 10 JAN 07
Title:
Dsgnr:
Description:
Scope :
Code Ref: ACI 318-02,1997 UBC, 20031BC, 2003 NFPA 5000
Cantilevered Retaining Wall Design framingecw~=I~atio~s
Description
Ramp
I Criteria ~
Retained Height 3,50 ft
Wall height above soil = 0.50 ft
Slope Behind Wall 0.00: 1
Height of Soil over Toe 12.00 in
Soil Density 110.00 pcf
Wind on Stem 0.0 psf
I Surcharge Loads ~
I Design Summary I
~
Total Bearing Load 1,364 Ibs
...resultant ecc. 4.55 in
Soil Pressure @ Toe = 1,465 psf OK
Soil Pressure @ Heel 0 psf OK
Allowable 2,000 psf
Soil Pressure Less Than Allowable
ACI Factored @Toe = 1,729 psf
ACI Factored @ Heel 0 psf
Footing Shear @ Toe = 0.0 psi OK
Footing Shear @ Heel = 9.6 psi OK
Allowable 93.1 psi
Wall Stability Ratios
Overturning = 1.99 OK
Sliding N/A
Sliding Cales Slab Resists All Sliding!
Lateral Sliding Force 497,6 Ibs
I Footing Design Results
JQL
1,729
338
112
226
0.00
93.11
= None Spec'd
None Spec'd
None Spec'd
J
Heel
o psf
o ft-#
440 ft-#
440 ft-#
9.58 psi
93.11 psi
Factored Pressure
Mu' : Upward
Mu' : Downward
Mu: Design
Actual1-Way Shear
Allow 1-Way Shear
Toe Reinforcing
Heel Reinforcing
Key Reinforcing
=
, I Footing Strengths & Dimensions
fc = 3,000 psi Fy = 60,000 psi
Min. As % = 0.0014
Toe Width = 0.67 ft
Heel Width 1.33
Total Footing Width 2.00
Footing Thickness = 12.00 in
Key Width 0.00 in
Key Depth 0.00 in
Key Distance from Toe 0.00 ft
Cover @ Top = 3.00 in @ Btm.= 3.00 in
Surcharge Over Heel 100.0 psf Surcharge Over Toe = 100.0 psf
Used To Resist Sliding & Overturning Used for Sliding & Overturning
[ Stem Construction I Top Stem
- Stem OK
Design height ft = 0.00
Wall Material Above "Ht" Concrete
Thickness = 8.00
Rebar Size = # 4
Rebar Spacing 16.00
Rebar Placed at Center
Design Data
fb/FB + fa/Fa
Total Force @ Section Ibs =
Moment....Actual ft-# =
Moment.....Allowable =
Shear.....Actual psi =
Shear.....Allowable psi =
Bar Develop ABOVE HI. in =
Bar Lap/Hook BELOW HI. in =
Wall Weight
Rebar Depth 'd'
Masonry Data
fm
Fs
Solid Grouting
Special Inspection
Modular Ratio 'n'
Short Term Factor
Equiv. Solid Thick.
Masonry Block Type =
Concrete Data
fc
Fy
I
Soil Data
Allow Soil Bearing = 2,000.0 psf
Equivalent Fluid Pressure Method
Heel Active Pressure = 35.0
Toe Active Pressure 0,0
Passive Pressure 250.0
Water height over heel = 0.0 ft
FootingllSoil Friction 0.300
Soil height to ignore
for passive pressure
0.00 in
in =
0.291
553.8
756.5
2,600.4
11.5
93.1
17.09
6.00
96.7
4.00
psi=
psi=
psi = 3,000.0
psi = 60,000.0
Other Acceptable Sizes & Spacings
Toe:
Heel:
Key:
DCI Engineers
601 W. Riverside Ave., Suite 600
Spokane, WA 99201
Phone: (509) 455-4448
Fax: (509) 455-4448
Rev: 580014
User. KW-0604219. Ver 5.8.0. '-Dec-2003
(c)1983-2003 ENERCALC Engineering Software
Title:
Dsgnr:
Description:
Scope :
Code Ref: ACI 318-02, 1997 UBC, 20031BC, 2003 NFPA 5000
Cantilevered Retaining Wall Design framing.e~:~alio~s
Job#
Date: 8:05AM, 10 JAN 07
Description
Ramp
I Summary of Overturning & Resisting Forces & Moments
.....OVERTURNING.....
Force Distance Moment
Ibs ft ft-#
497.6 1.72 853.7
Item
Total
497.6
O.T.M.
853.7
Soil Over Heel
Sloped Soil Over Heel
Surcharge Over Heel
Adjacent Footing Load
Axial Dead Load on Stem =
Soil Over Toe
Surcharge Over Toe
Stem Weight(s)
Earth @ Stem Transitions=
Footing Weight
Key Weight
Vert. Component
=
Heel Active Pressure
Toe Active Pressure
Surcharge Over Toe
Adjacent Footing Load =
Added Lateral Load
Load @ Stem Above Soil =
SeismicLoad
1.00
Resisting/Overturning Ratio
Vertical Loads used for Soil Pressure =
= 1.99
1,364.2 Ibs
Vertical component of active pressure used for soil pressure
Total =
iEDCI'ENGINEERS Project No. Sheet No.
- D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. O(.A{\_ 3 ~ '-1
Project W<\\qc('en} Purl Date
- Ar.CH'\'" \~o~'o,
Subject " "
By
C C1"v (J Ie I r1DI
~<o."'..s
L:: l~/
~ "" '2 r
'0 L::- \ 0 f~ \
~L" 'l sp~t (0,11-= n. \f~ ~
i'-Vo ": Q. rJ r \ 4
\011. -:. '.. \ r IL
(U.,CI.
~~rl~( t~,)l
~
'-j{,kl( l -g, <; ~ ;~~ )
1.~1 lll..\
=
II b 1 )~ - ~ ~
1'1v.. =
::
-i CI r;; ~,) \~. ~ ~
1. '\ =
~ ( D. () S \" \l \ \ \ l D' l "I ( \ S
~ ~'-\ (),"Y/e/ 1",\ l \b,'-\,~"'l
'=-
(J, D I '-I
I- " /),'1\)
'bU
<> \, , 'r
C """'r't
R-u.,.)".",. .I
~-,. ~\~/..~
J -0' ..,~"7--
- ~1- __
J:- ~,"7S/-*
Ioo'o~ \t.lpJ1(t",\'\-=- b~('d
"'I." If. \(?~ (L, r.' \ ': \14 pI-+-
"
~ ~ fl( ~ (J
1-1 tfyru
- Ax. + ~~-
A'I + 1:,'1 -
\ ~<.:lr\-ll ?,,--,\ \ ~." '1;$0'
I ~ufl\ (:,,"7<;')( en H'l
~ c)
-<: Z>
G~ f'l1I---:j)
~ l J."1")'l - 1'6.J!'d (:;.,\.\....11__ 7"0
I') -::: 3 '3 ~ \ 6J
'"
A >< -, SO \~J
A"" iI3 '{ ':' J../b \ (. J
I:
EDCI'ENGINEERS Project No. Sheet No.
-- D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. o <:.....U - :, ~ S-
Project Date
\..v~lqlc((\J - PA 1-'" '6' o{"
Subject Oc i v t .\.\ ( <I U 1.1\ ~ By 1"'0\
L.., 16/
\..10"'- lUff l.lr;\ 0:
wL.... \, ~ pI J L~.)' \ '"
~ \' pI{
(,:tf'\~
/'1", "
2.. '
~1rl( {\(,J -=. ~.\ ".(1
~
~,dt \-\~S 6x4xl/y
Re~ (~""d
--...
~ 2 f" ~ 0 .
I
+A~A'I
l/
~~
CI'1+-
6.
, l'
~"4 ,~" - 1 ( l{ ,) ( ~1? p\~) h ~ C ~ 0
}-
+-1' -{ ~1 ~ Q :
A"df},'f - 7't~~opU) {.,,~'!1~" '" U
Ct"ir-A :- 0,
L
Y~....-'l'1ot'\! C,,) h -= 0
fl.. = I~ SO \ \:, i
A ., ~so \ ~ J L 3",
..
A~ :: &.7 -:.. t3e> \ !:,J
1'-\ 0 (V1 to 1
Aop\;{') .\,
I'
w~ \\
M::: :i.,. !;')r~+ (,'I1./L -=
G. ~ I r
k - J-\-
o ut{
~ I
-:::
,--~H \l, -Jt UJ,
r---
iEDCI'ENGINEERS Project No. Sheet No.
~ D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. 0(.- Y\-j'H
Project 'w \ Por ~ Date
4\ ~ r ( t/\ j - ).f\q~\~~ 11.- I~. () (..
Subject L 4- By
.. <:r" \ l'1oT
f -:: 0,1,-\ lA ~ < f =- \,0
I /~-
V \ 0 \'
+
feJ.vI\ ~o-0l'f I r~ \; '" 1.,' \.. L(
~ <)
~,tL r
f=
1. -
r ,...~ JA:
r "'~ >- -: \ l L.) I ~
A,,-:. \~/')6 (~..
\ "t.l r
1
1
1
'\
If
V'l
, O;"'f\.ro,J" S:."'r",(~
t'-{..1 k ,~
0:..
J.. (. /0~' )
U, ':.
j S") f ' ~
-V.. :: J ~. J I~ ~ ); ~ {, (' \ l
'7l. ( \ '::. u' I
C l~(J
r
I' "r t~ '..
c, "-
t;, j I. 1:.15\ " T
'(, ( \ ",<:.' \
1111~!I<,
L1.. -;:.
to '-6, pI ( (/(,<;,\1-
~ (ISo' l
~
S~'t.~1
0.0 '\)0
("".^ :,..., Ui""'\ oJ.. \~~
WI
7lJ... 3
w, -:: -<- S"-ll f \1
\ :'0'
LJz:, ]1..\.1. -::. 108 ('\~
10' '
~
0;;./
A" ~
, 1-
o. Ll li .f'
7. 51 I (
A \ ..
~
() ,~I ,'"\
7::J
r--
.
.
IiDCI'ENGINEERS
-- D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC.
Project
~u\
A " \~
Subject L \
,,;..tr.\
Al\ cl"t~,'-
s..
~f '" C "" J
f:" t c.n
Sc.'jj~ iC.
r;. ~ o. ~ ~cs 1.. WIJ
<':'p1" 0, /\1 \{ ~
l'e- ~ \. 0
w.... 7~r'+ \u,ll'+1:n'}-:
fr "
(,J.7f'1~
(;::--
~o\Jtf(ll
\.;v." .\
't \0"" 'l.. '1 .~. pJ ~
f""" -3,1.1 fJl
1"''' ~ ~ 1.1 f' q 1(1.\" Do n 'l ~ Y 1-. g f \ L
("J< f"I.I';(VI"""
;l.c,u('\.i
PIA 1\
s....1.;, "''''I('~''\~''S4
"\"". /y
)<-. ~
//'-"
'''x /'
/
>-
oJ // "'.
()\
'.
'''''',
,
'" /
I' ~\
>J ,;{t ~
. /
/.. ...,
'.V
/ .
/
".'
\
o
/>< ..':;
"" /'
'/
..~ / '\
V / \
/ 03 "
........ /
\.. ..7........,
'v./ ",
/
. /
';/, -
/......0
./ .....
C. ~()tJ oS
(\ :0- .:<.. ~ \<.
C 1 1.. \' \<.
cJ ~ t-ll \<.
("I = I, 't \<.
C~ ~-. Q k
( ~ ~ I'" q: ~
loS~ rl~
V:4'1~I'\t
C. 7:: L b \,
( 'b "- I ,3 \(
Project No,
06~\{\-1'!,"i
=>
rf~
(.:- (1.,.,"\
0::- Or < ::J
Sheet No.
Date
1.1.. ( t<.o ,
By
01
y y ~ p \~
~.(C l"J,'"'C
r-
~
!Ii DCI. ENGINEERS
- D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC.
Project
lU...\ (C~n j - p,,..~ Ar.. l!. \l"
Subject
L~\~(,\ - Sv~ If> \"0 ..
(Jrc.,'j ~~,~\}
~
tt'f'l\('I{ ( "-~.~2~ ~ ")\.\h.\:: r:;',~ k
01
-
'1'1~(lH (~ I~r;: ~ t~_\) '" IV,Y)<
0)
4'f\<plt
t ~ ~ "'>. <.;. n'il l -:
l.
11',~\(
_ .$.. ~ J."~p~r~~....
e.J ~c.
S\.(Uj
Project No.
G6-'il-~3Y
v::- '1 '-1 ~ p\4 ( 3 'S.\')' \ ." 23ttr\J .( '5 \~ ('IJ t) I, .-(
1 l l ~ . \
._C",,,~ .In.....~" fl,,~
T:: I 'S', b I,
f-{ ~ 0.{, f'r ..". J. \. 6 \( \ "
'fl:\J."j 4{:. l~ ~) Aj ." If -:: (:), I)..}.. to, 'l...
A~:: · In. r-= [, n C'
r..(> \. I F~ "" o. \' f'... ~ d.. "I ~ J "
1-
.(\ '" -
Ae.
A", -:.:. 2
.r~
?)
0, s ~ 'I{
AQ -. u)l~
LA'"
WI') Ltns\~
f" 'V ~ ;2 ( (~. b \, \ -:. ~ \. '1 \<.
A v '=
:, \.z k
~:\
().I~l.
'L
Jl::
~ -=
0, ,., ()/I(,
'S', '-I <;
I,
(Y\ ."
l~l
),. ",JJs
t/ \<<:. '/
Sheet No.
Date
l.l .. I i?u {,
By
/JT
.
~
iEDeI.ENGINEERS Project No. Sheet No.
- D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. Db -'-{\- 33 'i
Project Date
lv" \ O\{C"~ 1 - puct A"UJc. \., l.'l-l '(. 0 (
Subject ShCH....~lL By
AQ1
Sl V::: '7 'I.':; !of/J. = 11.11 l
-
f1.: 1t1' (11,11l\ :: 7 (;7 (,. . 'l \,. t ~
.l.::: 4,1."
.-lL = OI~lg
VA
Fv .. 4 4. tlfl"
.f -,- :: V '10 t"
--
~ )..
l: '<~/
<.l
<...7 L-:: ~t.'
t..~ 4i)( ~\
!.'1
L.:.31'
s.:l
fU ~~u.r'-
e..'"
,
t'\ -
"? -
I (:}(. . "'L l:..J !
(. 'it.~ ~
-= I ~, ~
r
L _ '
1; - C:7
f =
1 f.
'3,,, A
p~: f2.~lLt'.~l)::: ~,.o I..
'I.:' t-e..':. C{.1'
(} ~l. /'
~ , "I '" \q ~ L.;t '<5!-
p ~
$2.
-
. ~"I"'"
~ ~
c..
oJ
...J.l..
v :- )/. i I
M:::: t \ . 1 J l 3,. \ 1 I. , '::: I tj l . 8 I < - + J
J.:: 1.:../1).. .to.
/"1 - o. SLt
I/o\. - 1
F'v':: 43'~fll\
f tr ::
~
~~
II. ~ Pi:
1'41,.'6 k.~1-
17;'1' I.
'::
\l.11
J:::.. -:: b r
{,
,-
.
EDCI'ENGINEERS Project No. Sheet No.
-- D ' A MAT OC 0 N V E R SAN 0 IN c. of:" ~-tl- n \.(
Project P..l Date
W'" \~(u'")- A~ ~ ,,\,j 1./.-) '? -0).
Subject . By
~~ ("p.... \ \j /0101
f ~ :t P.
~<< ~
C{: ~" ~ ./
r.- ., 1. .
f -:: I. (. '1 \, ~ ! <. ~ \n ~
~
v=- ~/.17
M= ~tlJ, i \:.-~-\-
~=: ~1b"
-E1J- -= L'). b 't
F.,,: 4).'1 f';
+-u- -:. \3.0 f':
~
e~
I ap. ~ llf (IZ-\
'6.~ ~ k 4 ~ '). ..,
L - S'.1:>
L -
-=
\ 1. '\. '
3. L .-
c,.'"
~ ~ .f:'
f-:' I.~J. \q( ~ 2~~L
G-1.:b..1
SI;J:<l~
lI-=- ,".jot k
tit <0 tl~oo\l. (o.~~ 1 -= hn k. <7l,,(
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
WALGREENS #11215
PORT ANGELES, W A
NYSTROM OLSON COLLINS, INC.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 1- GENERAL REOUlREMENTS
01100
01250
01290
01310
01330
01400
01420
01500
01770
01781
01782
Summary
Contract Modification Procedures
Payment Procedures
Project Management
Submittal Procedures
Quality Control Testing
References
Temporary Facilities & Controls
Closeout Procedures
Project Record Documents
Operation & Maintenance Data
DMSION 2- SITE WORK
02190
02500
. -02900
Sitework/Excavation
Paving & Surfacing
LandscapinglImprovements
pIVISION 3- CONCRETE
03310
Concrete
DMSION 4- MASONRY
04200
Masonry
DMSION 5- METALS
05120 Structural Metal Framing
05250 Metal Joists/Metal Decking
DMSION 6- WOOD AND PLASTICS
06100 Carpentry
DMSION 7- THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07200
07410
07500
07510
07600
07610
07900
Insulation
Metal Siding, Soffits and Trim
Membrane Roofing
Built-Up Membrane Roofing
Flashing, Sheet Metal, Specialties and Accessories
Metal Standing Seam Roofing
Joint Sealers
DMSION 8- DOORS AND WINDOWS
08100
08200
08300
08450
Metal Doors and Frames
Wood Doors
Special Doors
Aluminum Storefronts & Automatic Entrances
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 1
WALGREENS #11215
PORT ANGELES, W A
NYSTROM OLSON COLLINS, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
08700 Finish Hardware
08800 Glass and Glazing
DIVISION 9- FINISHES
09250
09300
09510
09650
09680
09910
09985
Gypsum Drywall
Ceramic Tile
Acoustic Ceilings
Resilient Flooring
Carpet
Painting and Vinyl Wall Covering
Special Wall Surfaces
DIVISION 10- SPECIALTIES
10190 Toilet Partitions and Accessories
10522 Fire Protection Specialties
DIVISION 12- FURNISHINGS
12484 Floormats and Frames
DIVISION 15- MECHANICAL
15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods
15250 Mechanicallnsulation
15300 Fire Protection
15400 Plumbing
15500 Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning
15650 Refrigeration
15880 Air Distribution
15950 Controls
15990 Testing, Adjusting, Balancing and Commissioning
DIVISION 16- ELECTRICAL
16050 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods
16400 Service and Distribution
16500 Lighting
16600 Special Systems
16720 Fire Alarm System
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I.
SECTION 01100 - SUMMARY OF WORK
PART I-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. Project Title: Walgreens Store #11215, Port Angeles, Washington.
B. Project consists of a I-story, 13,618 sq ft. drug store based on fiscal 2006 criteria drawings,
complete and ready to turn over to Walgreens for owner provided and installed equipment.
C. Site work includes demolition of an existing structure with Asbestos Abatement, existing
sidewalk improvements, new paving, curbing, sidewalks, accessible ramp with
guardraillhandrail and utilities. Permit Documents, dated January 10, 2007 were prepared by
Nystrom Olson Collins, Inc., 621 W. Mallon Ave. Suite 307, Spokane, Washington 99201.
D. The work will be constructed under a single prime contract.
1.3 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES
A. Use of the site: Limit use of the premises to work in areas indicated. Confine operations to areas
within contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of the site beyond areas in which the
Work is indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01100
SUMMARY OF WORK
01100 - 1 -
~-----
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01250 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing
Contract modifications.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division I Section "Product Requirements" for administrative procedures for handling
requests for substitutions made after Contract award.
1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
A. Owner/Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing Minor Changes in the Work,
not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on AlA Document G710,
"Architect's Supplemental Instructions".
B. The Contractor shall notify the Owner / Architect in writing before starting any work involving
such minor changes or clarifications, if the Contractor feels is should involve an adjustment to
the Contract Sum or Contract Time. Commencement of work indicates acceptance of minor
changes without such adjustment.
1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS
A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed
changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If
necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.
1. Proposal Requests issued by Architect are for information only. Do not consider them
instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change.
1.5 CONTRACTOR'S REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI)
A. General: When latent or other unforeseen conditions require clarifications or modifications to
the Contract documents, the Contractor shall submit a written Request for Clarification (RFI) to
the Architect.
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
01250 - 1
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
01250 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B. Format: Submit on Contractor's standard form as established for the project. Sequentially
number each RFI. Maintain a log at the project site listing date issued by Contractor, method of
delivery to Architect, dart response requested received from Architect.
C. Content: Include a statement outlining the background of the RFI and the effect on the work.
Comply with requirements in Section "Product Substitutions" if the RFI proposes the
substitution of one product or system for a product or system specified.
D. Schedule for Response: Indicate the time by which a response is requested, but not less than
two full working days from date RFI is anticipated to be received by Architect.
1.6 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
A. On Owner's approval of a Proposal Request, Owner/Architect will issue a Change Order for
signatures of Owner and Contractor on AlA Document G701.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01250
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01290 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and
process Applications for Payment.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division I Section "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative procedures for
handling changes to the Contract.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract
Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's
Applications for Payment.
1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of
Contractor's Construction Schedule
1. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms
and schedules, including the following:
a. Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets.
b. Submittals Schedule.
c. Contractor's Construction Schedule.
d. List of subcontractors
e. List of Products
f. List of principal suppliers and fabricators
2. Submit the Schedule of Values to Owner earliest possible date but no later than 10 days
before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment.
PAYMENT PROCEDURES
01290 - 1
PAYMENT PROCEDURES
01290 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items
for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section.
I. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values:
a. Project name and location.
b. Name of Architect.
c. Project number.
d. Contractor's name and address.
e. Date of submittal.
2. Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the
following for each item listed:
a. Related Specification Section or Division.
b. Description of the Work.
c. Name of subcontractor.
d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator.
e. Name of supplier.
f. Change Orders (numbers) that affect value.
g. Dollar value.
I) Percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted
to total 100 percent.
3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued
evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project
Manual table of contents. Provide several line items for principal subcontract amounts,
where appropriate
4. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum.
5. Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where
Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated
and stored, but not yet installed.
a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. If specified,
include evidence of insurance or bonded warehousing.
6. Provide separate line items in the Schedule of Values for initial cost of materials, for each
subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work.
7. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values before the next
Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result
in a change in the Contract Sum.
1.5 APPLICA nONS FOR PAYMENT
A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as
certified by and paid for by Owner.
1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial
Completion, and fmal Application for Payment involve additional requirements.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement
between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction Work covered by each Application
for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement.
C.
Payment Application Forms: Use AlA Document G702 and AlA Document G703 Continuation
Sheets as the form for Applications for Payment or an approved equal.
D.
Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person
authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor will return incomplete applications
without action.
1. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction
Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.
2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last
day of construction period covered by application.
E.
Transmittal: Submit three (3) signed and notarized original copies of each Application for
Payment to Owner by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include
waivers of lien and similar attachments if required.
1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate
information about application.
F.
Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's
lien from every entity who is lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of the
Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment.
1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after
deduction for retainage, on each item.
2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit fmal or full waivers.
3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit
waivers.
4. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, executed in a manner acceptable to
Owner.
G.
Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's
liens from subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, and suppliers for construction period covered by
the previous application.
I. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after
deduction for retainage, on each item.
2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit fmal or full waivers.
3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit
waivers.
4. Submit fmal Application for Payment with or preceded by final waivers from every entity
involved with performance of the Work covered by the application who is lawfully
entitled to a lien.
H.
Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or
coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following:
PAYMENT PROCEDURES
01290 - 3 .
I. List of subcontractors.
2. Schedule of Values.
3. Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final).
4. Products list.
5. Schedule of unit prices.
6. Submittals Schedule (preliminary if not final).
7. List of Contractor's staff assignments.
8. List of Contractor's principal consultants.
9. Copies of building permits.
10. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for
performance of the Work.
11. Initial progress report.
12. Report of preconstruction conference.
13. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.
14. Performance and payment bonds.
15. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance.
16. Initial settlement survey and damage report if required.
I. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of Substantial
Completion, submit an Application for Payment
1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a
statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.
2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued
previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.
J. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting
documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the
following:
I. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements.
2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof
that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid.
3. Updated fmal statement, accounting for fmal changes to the Contract Sum.
4. AlA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims."
5. AlA Document G706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens."
6. AlA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment."
7. Evidence that claims have been settled.
8. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of
date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed
responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work.
9. Final, liquidated damages settlement statement.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01290
PAYMENT PROCEDURES
01290 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01310 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on
Project including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Coordination Drawings.
2. Administrative and supervisory personnel.
3. Project meetings.
4. Requests for Interpretation (RFIs).
B.. Each contractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of responsibility
will be assigned to a specific contractor.
C. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. RFI: Request from Contractor seeking interpretation or clarification of the Contract
Documents.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the
Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate
construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper
installation, connection, and operation.
B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures
required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees
at meetings.
1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their
Work is required.
PROJECT~AGEMffiNTANDCOORDmATION
01310 - 1
C.
Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative
procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts
and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not
limited to, the following:
I
I
I
1. Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule.
2. Preparation of the Schedule of Values.
3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.
4. Delivery and processing of submittals.
5. Progress meetings.
6. Pre installation conferences.
7. Project closeout activities.
8. Startup and adjustment of systems.
9. Project closeout activities.
I
I
D.
Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with
consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials.
I
I
I.
Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually
incorporated into, the Work. Refer to other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials
that are designated as Owner's property.
I
1.5
SUBMIrr ALS
I
A.
Coordination Drawings: Prepare Coordination Drawings if limited space availability
necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components or if
coordination is required for installation of products and materials fabricated by separate entities.
a. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural,
structural, civil, mechanical, and electrical systems.
b. Indicate required installation sequences.
c. Indicate dimensions shown on the Contract Drawings and make specific note of
dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum
clearance requirements. Provide alternate sketches to Architect for resolution of
such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be
considered changes to the Contract.
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. Content: Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base
Coordination Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed
data. Include the following information, as applicable:
2. Sheet Size: At least 8-112 by 11 inches but no larger than 30 by 40 inches.
3. Number of Copies: Submit six opaque copies of each submittal. Owner's Representative
will return one copy.
a. Submit five copies where Coordination Drawings are required for operation and
maintenance manuals. Owner's Representative will retain two copies; remainder
will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record
Drawing. .
I
I
I
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01310 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.6
1.7
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
4. Refer to individual Sections for Coordination Drawing requirements for Work in those
Sections.
B.
Key Personnel Names: Within 10 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key
personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project
site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone
numbers, including home and office telephone numbers. Provide names, addresses, and
telephone numbers of individuals assigned as standbys in the absence of individuals assigned to
Project.
I. Post copies of list in Project meeting room, in temporary field office, and by each
temporary telephone. Keep list current at all times.
ADMINISTRATIVE AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL
A.
General: In addition to Project superintendent, provide other administrative and supervisory
personnel as required for proper perfonnance of the Work.
1. Include special personnel required for coordination of operations with other contractors.
PROJECT MEETINGS
A.
General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site every two weeks,
unless otherwise indicated.
1. Attendees: Infonn participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is
required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled
meeting dates and times.
2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees.
3. Minutes: Record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the
meeting minutes to everyone concerned within three days of the meeting.
B.
Preconstruction Conference: Schedule a preconstruction conference before starting
construction, at a time convenient to Owner and its agents, but no later than 10 days after
execution of the Agreement. Hold the conference at Project site or another convenient location.
Conduct the meeting to review responsibilities and personnel assignments.
1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner and its agents; Contractor and its
superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend
the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and
authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the
following:
a. Tentative construction schedule.
b. Phasing.
c. Critical work sequencing and long-lead items.
d. Designation of key personnel and their duties.
e. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.
PRomCT~AGEMENTANDCOORDmATION
01310 - 3
I
f. Procedures for RFls.
g. Procedures for testing and inspecting.
h. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
1. Distribution of the Contract Documents.
J. Submittal procedures.
k. Preparation of Record Documents.
l. Use of the premises and existing building.
m. Work restrictions.
n. Owner's occupancy requirements.
o. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls.
p. Construction waste management and recycling.
q. Parking availability.
r. Office, work, and storage areas.
s. Equipment deliveries and priorities.
t. First aid.
u. Security.
v. Progress cleaning.
w. Working hours.
I
I
I
I
a. The Contract Documents.
b. Options.
c. Related RFls.
d. Related Change Orders.
e. Purchases.
f. Deliveries.
g. Submittals.
h. Review of mockups.
I. Possible conflicts.
J. Compatibility problems.
k. Time schedules.
l. Weather limitations.
m. Manufacturer's written recommendations.
n. Warranty requirements.
o. Compatibility of materials.
p. Acceptability of substrates.
q. Temporary facilities and controls.
r. Space and access limitations.
s. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
t. Testing and inspecting requirements.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3. Minutes: Record and distribute meeting minutes.
C.
Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each
construction activity that requires coordination with other construction.
I. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or
affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and
installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Owner's
agents of scheduled meeting dates.
2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the
particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following:
I
I
I
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01310 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
u.
v.
w.
x.
Installation procedures.
Coordination with other work.
Required performance results.
Protection of adjacent work.
Protection of construction and personnel.
y.
3.
Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including
required corrective measures and actions.
Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who
should have been present.
Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded.
Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the
Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.
4.
5.
Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings every two weeks. Coordinate dates of meetings
with preparation of payment requests.
1.
Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and its agents, each contractor,
subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in
planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these
meetings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized
to conclude matters relating to the Work.
Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review
other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as
appropriate to status of Project.
2.
a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting.
Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule,
in relation to Contractor's Construction Schedule. Determine how construction
behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to
do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and
subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.
1) Review schedule for next period.
b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following:
1) Interface requirements.
2) Sequence of operations.
3) Status of submittals.
4) Deliveries.
5) Off-site fabrication.
6) Access.
7) Site utilization.
8) Temporary facilities and controls.
9) Work hours.
10) Hazards and risks.
11) Progress cleaning.
12) Quality and work standards.
13) Status of correction of deficient items.
14) Field observations.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01310 - 5
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01310 - 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IS) RFIs.
16) Status of proposal requests.
17) Pending changes.
18) Status of Change Orders.
19) Pending claims and disputes.
20) Documentation of information for payment requests.
3. Minutes: Record the meeting minutes.
4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who
should have been present.
a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress
meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue
revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.
E. Coordination Meetings: Conduct Project coordination meetings at weekly intervals. Project
coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as
progress meetings and preinstallation conferences.
1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, each contractor, subcontractor,
supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning,
coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings.
All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to
conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous coordination meeting.
Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for
discussion as appropriate to status of Project.
a. Combined Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last
coordination meeting. Determine whether each contract is on time, ahead of
schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Combined Contractor's Construction
Schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure
commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions
are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed
within the Contract Time.
b. Schedule Updating: Revise Combined Contractor's Construction Schedule after
each coordination meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or
recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with report of each meeting.
c. Review present and future needs of each contractor present, including the
following:
1) Interface requirements.
2) Sequence of operations.
3) Status of submittals.
4) Deliveries.
5) Off-site fabrication.
6) Access.
7) Site utilization.
8) Temporary facilities and controls.
9) Work hours.
10) Hazards and risks.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
11) Progress cleaning.
12) Quality and work standards.
13) Change Orders.
3. Reporting: Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to
others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting.
1.8 REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION (RFls)
A. Procedure: Immediately on discovery of the need for interpretation of the Contract Documents,
and if not possible to request interpretation at Project meeting, prepare and submit an RFI in the
form specified.
1. RFls shall originate with Contractor. RFls submitted by entities other than Contractor
will be returned with no response.
2. Coordinate and submit RFls in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's
work or work of subcontractors.
B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing interpretation and
the following:
1. Project name.
2. Date.
3. Name of Contractor.
4. Name of Store Planner.
5. RFI number, numbered sequentially.
6. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate.
7. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
8. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate.
9. Contractor's suggested solution(s). If Contractor's solution(s) impact the Contract Time
or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI.
10. Contractor's signature.
11. Attachments: Include drawings, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop
Drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation.
a. Supplementary drawings prepared by Contractor shall include dimensions,
thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials,
assemblies, and attachments.
C. Hard-Copy RFls:
1. Identify each page of attachments with the RFI number and sequential page number.
D. Software-Generated RFls: Software-generated form with substantially the same content as
indicated above.
1. Attachments shall be electronic files in Adobe Acrobat PDF format.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01310 - 7
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01310 - &
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
E. Owner's Representatives Action: The Owner's Representative will review each RFI, determine
action required, and return it. Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each RFI.
RFIs received after I :00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day.
I. The following RFIs will be returned without action:
a. Requests for approval of submittals.
b. Requests for approval of substitutions.
c. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract
Documents.
d. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum.
e. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals.
f. Incomplete RFIs or RFIs with numerous errors.
2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case
Architect's time for response will start again.
3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the
Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to
Division 1 Section "Contract Modification Procedures."
a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or
the Contract Sum, notify the Owner's Representative in writing within 10 days of
receipt of the RFI response.
F. On receipt of Owner's Representative action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the
RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Owner's Representative within
seven days if Contractor disagrees with response.
G. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number.
Submit log weekly. Include the following:
I. Project name.
2. Name and address of Contractor.
3. Name and address of Owner's Representative.
4. RFI number including RFIs that were dropped and not submitted.
5. RFI description.
6. Date the RFI was submitted.
7. Date Owner's Representative response was received.
8. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and
Proposal Request, as appropriate.
9. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as
appropriate.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01310
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01330 - SUBMITI AL PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop
Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals.
B. Related Sections include the following:
I. Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications for Payment and
the Schedule of Values.
2. Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting and
distributing meeting and conference minutes and for submitting Coordination Drawings.
3. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties.
4. Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record
Specifications, and Record Product Data.
5. Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and
maintenance manuals.
6. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for submittals in those
Sections.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires owners responsive action.
B. Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require owner's responsive action.
Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements.
1.4 SUBMITI AL PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processmg of submittals with performance of
construction activities.
1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other
submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.
2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so
processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for
coordination.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01330 - 1
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01330 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Construction Progress
Documentation" for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled performance of
related construction activities.
C. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as
follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of
the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in
advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals.
1. Initial Review: Allow two weeks for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional
time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Owner's Representative will
advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.
2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner
as initial submittal.
3. Resubmittal Review: Allow two weeks for review of each submittal
4. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Architect's consultants,
Owner, or other parties is indicated, allow 21 days for initial review of each submittal.
D. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification.
1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block.
2. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Name and address of Owner's Representative.
d. Name and address of Contractor.
e. Name and address of subcontractor.
f. Name and address of supplier.
g. Name of manufacturer.
h. Submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier.
1) Submittal number shall use Specification Section number followed by a
decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., 06100.01). Resubmittals
shall include an alphabetic suffIX after another decimal point (e.g.,
06100.01.A).
1. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
J. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
k. Location( s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate.
I. Other necessary identification.
E. Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise specifically identify deviations from the Contract
Documents on submittals.
F. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and
handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form.
G. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal.
1. Note date and content of previous submittal.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of
reVISIOn.
H. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers,
fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of
construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections.
I. Submit electronic submittals directly to extranet specifically established for Project.
B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and
type of product or equipment.
1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are
not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.
2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.
3. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Manufacturer's written recommendations.
b. Manufacturer's product specifications.
c. Manufacturer's installation instructions.
d. Standard color charts.
e. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.
f. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring.
g. Printed performance curves.
h. Operational range diagrams.
I. Mill reports.
J. Standard product operation and maintenance manuals.
k. Compliance with specified referenced standards.
l. Testing by recognized testing agency.
m. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
n. Notation of coordination requirements.
4. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples.
5. Number of Copies: Submit three copies of Product Data, unless otherwise indicated.
Owner's Representative will return two copies. Mark up and retain one returned copy as
a Project Record Document.
C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base
Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data.
1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the
following information, as applicable:
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01330 - 3
a. Dimensions.
b. Identification of products.
c. Fabrication and installation drawings.
d. Roughing-in and setting diagrams.
e. Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wmng, including power, signal, and
control wiring.
f. Shopwork manufacturing instructions.
g. Templates and patterns.
h. Schedules.
1. Design calculations.
J. Compliance with specified standards.
k. Notation of coordination requirements.
1. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
m. Relationship to adjoining construction clearly indicated.
n. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified.
o. Wiring Diagrams: Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed
wmng.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop
Drawings on sheets at least 8-112 by 11 inches but no larger than 30 by 40 inches.
3. Number of Copies: Submit three opaque copies of each submittal, unless copies are
required for operation and maintenance manuals. Submit five copies where copies are
required for operation and maintenance manuals. Owner's Representative will retain two
copies; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project
Record Drawing.
I
I
D.
Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these
characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between
submittal and actual component as delivered and installed.
I
I
l.
Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together
in one submittal package.
Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following:
I
I
2.
a. Generic description of Sample.
b. Product name and name of manufacturer.
c. Sample source.
d. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
I
I
3.
Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-
control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be
used to determine fmal acceptance of construction associated with each set.
a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual
Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time
of use.
b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's
property, are the property of Contractor.
I
I
4.
Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or
sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available.
I
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01330 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
a. Number of Samples: Submit two full set(s) of available choices where color,
pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from
manufacturer's product line. Owner's Representative will return submittal with
options selected.
5. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared
from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and
physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of
color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the
following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or
containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing
color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing
and inspection.
a. Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. Owner's Representative will
retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned.
1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication
techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to
be demonstrated.
2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in
material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of
paired units that show approximate limits of variations.
E.
Product Schedule or List: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written
summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location.
Include the following information in tabular form:
1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product.
2. Number and name of room or space.
3. Location within room or space.
4. Number of Copies: Submit threecopies of product schedule or list, unless otherwise
indicated. Owner's Representative will return two copies.
a. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document.
F.
Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section
"Construction Progress Documentation" for Construction Manager's action.
G.
Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Construction
Progress Documentation."
H.
Application for Payment: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Payment
Procedures. "
I.
Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Payment
Procedures. "
J.
Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each
portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a
special design. Include the following information in tabular form:
SUBMITfAL PROCEDURES
01330 - 5
2.2
1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying
products.
2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract.
3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract.
4. Number of Copies: Submit three copies of subcontractor list, unless otherwise indicated.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
a. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document.
INFORMATIONAL SUBMIrr ALS
A.
General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections.
1. Number of Copies: Submit two copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes signature of
entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be
signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that
entity.
3. Test and Inspection Reports: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section
"Quality Requirements."
I
B.
Coordination Drawings: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Project
Management and Coordination."
I
I
I
C.
Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section
"Construction Progress Documentation."
D.
Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience
of frrm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names
and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.
E.
Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel
comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure
Specification (WPS) and Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) on A WS forms. Include
names of firms and personnel certified.
I
I
I
I
I
I
F.
Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that
Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is
authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project.
G.
Manufacturer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying
that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of
manufacturing experience where required.
H.
Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that
product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
L
Material Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that
material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
I
SUBMITIAL PROCEDURES
01330 - 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
J.
Material Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's
standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with
requirements in the Contract Documents.
K.
Product Test Reports: Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by
manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on
evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or
on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency.
L.
Research/Evaluation Reports: Prepare written evidence, from a model code organization
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect
for Project. Include the following information:
1. Name of evaluation organization.
2. Date of evaluation.
3. Time period when report is in effect.
4. Product and manufacturers' names.
5. Description of product.
6. Test procedures and results.
7. Limitations of use.
M.
Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section
"Quality Requirements."
N.
Preconstruction Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing
agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation
of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents.
o.
Compatibility Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing
agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed
before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate
preparation needed for adhesion.
P.
Field Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's
standard form, indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during
installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with
requirements in the Contract Documents.
Q. Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and
normal maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with requirements specified in
Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data."
R. Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including, but not limited to,
performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations.
Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads.
Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for
calculations. Include page numbers.
S. Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents
manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a
SUBMfITALPROCEDURES
01330 - 7
SUBMITI' AL PROCEDURES
01330 - 8
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number of
manufacturer. Include the following, as applicable:
1. Preparation of substrates.
2. Required substrate tolerances.
3. Sequence of installation or erection.
4. Required installation tolerances.
5. Required adjustments.
6. Recommendations for cleaning and protection.
T. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory-authorized
service representative's tests and inspections. Include the following, as applicable:
1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative
making report.
2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product.
3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements.
4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with
requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken.
5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance
complies with requirements.
6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.
7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.
U. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of
insurance or bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of
coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW
A. Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for
compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with
approval stamp before submitting to Owner's Representative.
B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name
and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date
of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked,
and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.
3.2 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE ACTION
A. General: Owner's Representative will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's
approval stamp and will return them without action.
B. Action Submittals: Owner's Representative will review each submittal, make marks to indicate
corrections or modifications required, and return it. Owner's Representative will stamp each
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken, as
follows:
C. Informational Submittals: Owner's Representative will review each submittal and will not
return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements.
D. Partial submittals are not acceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned
without review.
E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded.
END OF SECTION 01330
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01330 - 9
I
I
SECTION 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL TESTING
I
1.0 I
PART I - GENERAL
DESCRIPTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'.
A.
General: Required inspection and testing ser,-:ices do not relieve the Contractor of
responsibility for compliance with these requirements or for compliance with
requirements of the contract documents and Wa:Igreens Criteria. '
8.
Definitions: Quality control services include inspections arid tests and related actions
including reports, performed by independent agencies and governing authorities, as well
as directly by the'Contractor.
c.
Specific quality control requirements for individual units of work are specified in the
sections that specify the individual element of the work. These requirements cover
production of standard products, fabrica'tion of customized work and quality control of
installation procedures.
D.
Provisions of this section do not limit requirements for the contractor t~provide quality
control services as required by the ArchitectJEngineer~Of-Record, the Owner, governing
authorities or other authorized entities.
E.
Walgreens has entered into a national account agreement with the following companies
as the only agents approved to perform quality control inspection, testirig and reporting
services. Developers shall contract with the testing firm assigned to the regions below:
Central: AR, lA, IL, IN, KY, LA, MI, MN, MO, MS, OH, WI
Contact: PSI
Mr. Al Penny
95 Chastain Road, Suite 30 I
Kennesaw, GA 30144
770-424-6200
al.penny@psiusa.com
Southeast: AL, FL, GA, NC, SC, TN
Contact: Qore
Mr. Chet Patel
11420 Johns Creek Parkway
Deluth, GA 30097
770-476-3555
cpatel(il'qore.net
West: AZ, CA, CO, 10, KS, MT, NO, NE, NM, NV, OK, OR, SD, TX, UT, W A, WY
Contact: Kleinfelder
Mr., Derek Hlehla
611, Corporate Circle, Suite C
Gonden, CO 8040 I
303-237-6601
dulch lawi,k lein feldcr.com
Northeast: CT, DE, MA, MD! ME, NH, NJ, NY, PA, RI, VA, VT, WV
Contact: US Labs-Clayton
Mr. Bryan Everett
3140 Finley Road'
Downers Grove, IL 60515
630-795-3200
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
II
01400-1
FISCAL 2006
1.02
1.03
I
beverett@cl~ytongrp .com
I
RESPONSIBILITIES
'.
A. Contractor Responsibilities: Except where there are specifically indicated as being
provided by another identified entity, inspections, tests and quality control services are
the Contractor's responsibility; these services also include those specified to be .
perforined by an' independent agency and not directly by the Contractor. Costs for these
services shall be included in the contract Sum. The Contractor shall employ and pay an
independent agent., testing laboratory or other qualified firm to perform quality control
servIces..
I
I
Pre-Grading/Paving Meeting: Conducted by the General Contractor and including sub-
contractors, the Quality Control Testing Consultant and Walgreens Superintendent.
Review requirements ofthe geotechnical report, project schedt\le, paving mix design,
installation requirements and testing requirements. Prepare and submit meeting minutes
to all attendees.' '. " ".' .
II
I
I
Pre-Slab Meeting: Conducted by the General Contractor and including subcontractors,
the Quality Control Testing Consultant and Walgreens Superintendent. Review building
pad suitability, concrete mix design~ reinforcement (chair positioning), concrete
placement and testing procedures. Prepare and submit meeting minutes to all attendees.
I
I
B.
Owner (Landlord) Responsibility: The owner (Landlord) shllll engage and pay for the
services of an independent agency to perform inspections and tests that are specified as
the Owner's responsibility. . .
I
c.
Retest Responsibility: Where results of required inspections, tests, etc. prove
unsatisfactory and do not comply with the requirements of the contract documents, then
retests are the responsibility of the Contractor, regardless of whether the original test was
the Contractor's responsibility. Retesting work revised or replaced by the Contractor is
the Contractor's responsibility, where required tests were performed on original work.
I
I
D.
Responsibility for Associated Services: The Contractor shall cooperate with those
performing required inspections, tests and similar services. Cooperating includes but is
not limited to the following:
I. Providing testing company 48 hour notice of when tests are required.
I
2.
I
Providing access to the work.
3. Taking samples or assistance with taking samples.
4.
Delivery of samples to test laboratories.
I
5. Security and protection of samples and test eql!ipment at the project site.
I
SCHEDULE OF SERVICES
A.
The following schedule of inspections, tests and similar services represents the minimum
scope of quality control services to be performed. The Architect/Engineer-Of-Record or
governing authorities may require other quality control services.
I
Division 2 Sections
Verify suitable soil bearing capacity and subgrade modulus.
Field density testing, compaction testing.
Optimum moisture/maximum density testing.
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
01400-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.04
I
I
1.05
I
I
I
I
I
I
\,
Pavement proof rolling.
Pavement surface smoothness testing.
Division 3 Sections
Concrete compressive strength testing.
Concrete slump testing.
Floor flatness/levelness testin&.
Concrete moisture vapor emission rate testing.
Concrete moisture content testing.
Division 4 Sections
Reinforced masonry grouting.
Division 5 Sections
Weld testing.
Moment connection weld testing (when applicable).
Bolt torque testing.
Division 7 Sections
Thermal scans (for foamed-in-place insulation).
Density, thermal conductivity and open cell content of foamed-in-place
insulation.
Division 9 Sections
Moisture vapor emission rate testing.
Concrete alkalinity testing.
Division 15 Sections
Sprinkler system leak test.
Domestic water system leak tests.
Sewer system hydrostatic testS.
Leak, pressure and load testing of HV AC refrigerant piping.
HV AC Testing, Balancing, Adjusting and Commissioning
Division 16 Sections
Electrical wiring for short circuiting and proper grounding.
'.
QUALIFICATION FOR SERVICE AGENCIES
Engage inspection and test service agencies, including independent testing laboratories, which
comply with "Guidelines for Effective Practice for Materials Engineering Laboratories" by the
American Council of Independent Laboratories, and which specialize in the types of inspections
and tests to be performed.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit a certified written report of each inspection, test or similar service, directly to the
Architect/Engineer-Of-Record. Copies of all test reports, inspection reports, etc. shall be
kept on site at all times.
B.
Report Data: Written reports of each inspection, test of similar service shall include, but
not be limited to the following:
Name of testing agency or test laboratory.
Dates and locations of samples and test or inspections.
Names of individuals making the inspection or test.
Complete inspection or test data.
Test results.
Interpretations of test results.
Notation of significant ambient conditions at the time of sample taking and testing.
Comments or professional opinion as to whether inspected or tested work complies with
requirements of the contract documents.
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
01400-3
I
Recommendations on retesting, if applicable.
I
c.
Non-Compliant Inspectionffest Results: Within 24 hours of inspection/test being
performed, notify Architect/Engineer-Of-Record, Walgreens Project Manager and
Walgreens Project Architect of any non-conforming/non-compliant inspections/tests.
Copies of the successful retests of the originally non-conforminginon-compliant work
shall be submitted to the Architect/Engirieer-Of-Record, Walgreens Project Manager and
Walgreens Project Architect.
I
I
D.
Project Close-out: The Architect/Engineer-Of-Record shall certify to Walgreens that the
required quality control services, as required by this section and the contract documents,
have been performed and that all results indicate compliance with requirements.
I
PART II - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
I
PART III - EXECUTION
3.01
REPAIR AND PROTECTION
General: Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample-taking and similar services repair
damaged work and restore substrates and finishes to eliminate all deficiencies. Repair and
protection is the Contractor's responsibility, regardless' of the assignment of responsibility for
inspection, testing or similar services.
I
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
01400-4
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01420 - REFERENCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2
DEFINITIONS
A.
General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
B.
"Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications,
and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the
Conditions of the Contract.
C.
"Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested,"
"authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as
"directed."
D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on
Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown,"
"noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated."
E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having
jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control
performance of the Work.
F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly,
installation, and similar operations.
G. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking,
assembling. erecting, placing. anchoring. applying. working to dimension, finishing, curing,
protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.
H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.
I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site
is shown on Drawings and mayor may not be identical with the description of the land on
which Project is to be built.
1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent
requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if
REFERENCES
01420 - 1
REFERENCES
01420 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards
are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.
B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents,
unless otherwise indicated.
C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with
industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not
bound with the Contract Documents.
1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain
copies directly from publication source.
1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale
Research's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books' "National Trade &
Professional Associations of the U.S."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01420
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART I-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
1.2
1.3
1.4
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and
protection facilities.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1. Division I Section "Summary" for limitations on utility interruptions and other work
restrictions.
2. Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" for procedures for submitting copies of
implementation and termination schedule and utility reports.
3. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for temporary heat, ventilation, and humidity
requirements for products in those Sections.
4. Division 2 Section "Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving" for construction and maintenance of
asphalt paving for temporary roads and paved areas.
5. Division 2 Section "Cement Concrete Pavement" for construction and maintenance of
cement concrete pavement for temporary roads and paved areas.
DEFINITIONS
A.
Permanent Enclosure: As determined by Architect, permanent or temporary roofmg is
complete, insulated, and weathertight; exterior walls are insulated and weathertight; and all
openings are closed with permanent construction or substantial temporary closures.
USE CHARGES
A.
General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum.
Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not
limited to, Owner's construction forces, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction.
B.
Sewer Service: Pay sewer service use charges for sewer usage by all entities for construction
operations.
C.
Water Service: Pay water service use charges for water used by all entities for construction
operations.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01500 - 1
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01500 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D. Electric Power Service: Pay electric power service use charges for electricity used by all
entities for construction operations.
1.5 SUBMIrr ALS
A. Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas for
construction personnel.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary
electric service. Install service to comply with NFP A 70.
B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each
temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Installer of each permanent service shall assume
responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its
use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned
responsibilities.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Pavement: Comply with Division 2 Section "Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving." Section "Cement
Concrete Pavement." pavement Sections.
B. Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch, 0.148-inch- thick, galvanized steel, chain-link fabric
fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch-OD line
posts and 2-7/8-inch- 00 comer and pull posts.
C. Portable Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch, 9-gage, galvanized steel, chain-link fabric
fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch-OD line
posts and 2-7/8-inch-OD comer and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch-OD top and bottom rails.
Provide concrete bases for supporting posts.
D. Gypsum Board: Minimum 1/2 inch thick by 48 inches wide by maximum available lengths;
regular-type panels with tapered edges. Comply with ASTM C 36/C 36M.
E. Insulation: Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket, manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool;
with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of25 and 50, respectively.
F. Paint: Comply with requirements in Division 9 painting Sections.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES
A. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable fmishes, temperature
controls, and foundations adequate for normal loading.
B. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate
materials and equipment for construction operations.
1. Store combustible materials apart from building.
2.3 EQUIPMENT
A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by
locations and classes of fIre exposures.
B. HV AC Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent HV AC system, provide vented,
self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control.
1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating
units is prohibited.
2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a testing agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference
with performance of the Work. Relocate and modifY facilities as required by progress of the
Work.
B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities
are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities.
3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION
A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service.
I. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be
interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.
B. Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully.
1. Connect temporary sewers to municipal system as directed by authorities having
jurisdiction.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01500 - 3
1. Where installations below an outlet might be damaged by spillage or leakage, provide a
drip pan of suitable size to minimize water damage. Drain accumulated water promptly
from pans.
I
I
I
C. Water Service: Use of Owner's existing water service facilities will be permitted, as long as
facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial
Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use.
D. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of
construction personnel. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location,
operation, and maintenance of ftxtures and facilities.
I
I
I
I
E. Heating: Provide temporary heating required by construction activities for curing or drying of
completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low
temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on
completed installations or elements being installed.
F. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction
activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction
from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on
completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to
produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption.
3.3
SECURITY AND PROTECTION F ACILITIES INSTALLATION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
G. Electric Power Service: Use of Owner's existing electric power service will be permitted, as
long as equipment is maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. The General Contractor
will be responsible for metering and payment to the owner for electrical power used during the
course of the project.
H. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination
for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions.
1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulftlls security and protection requirements
without operating entire system.
2. Install lighting for Project identiftcation sign.
3. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and
equipment" and not temporary facilities.
A.
Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct
construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and that
minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable
effects.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01500 - 4
I
I
I
I
1. Comply with work restrictions specifted in Division I Section "Summary."
B. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil erosion and
discharge of soil-bearing water runoff and airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways,
according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion- and sedimentation-control measures during
construction until permanent vegetation has been established.
C.
Stormwater Control: Comply with authorities having jurisdiction. Provide barriers in and
around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of storm water from
heavy rains.
D.
Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line
of trees to protect vegetation from damage from construction operations. Protect tree root
systems from damage, flooding, and erosion.
E.
Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, furnish and install site enclosure
fence in a manner that will prevent people and animals from easily entering site except by
entrance gates.
1.
Extent of Fence: As required to enclose entire Project site or portion determined
sufficient to accommodate construction operations.
Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized
personnel. Provide Owner with one set of keys.
2.
F. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install substantial temporary enclosure around partially
completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance,
vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security.
G. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting.
H. Covered Walkway: Erect structurally adequate, protective, covered walkway for passage of
individuals along adjacent public street(s). Coordinate with entrance gates, other facilities, and
obstructions. Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
1.
2.
Construct covered walkways using scaffold or shoring framing.
Provide wood-plank overhead decking, protective plywood enclosure walls, handrails,
barricades, warning signs, lights, safe and well-drained walkways, and similar provisions
for protection and safe passage.
Extend back wall beyond the structure to complete enclosure fence.
Paint and maintain in a manner approved by Owner and Architect.
3.
4.
I.
Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in
progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar
activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior.
I. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, insulate
temporary enclosures.
J.
Temporary Partitions: Provide floor-to-ceiling dustproof partitions to limit dust and dirt
migration and to separate areas occupied by Owner and tenants from fumes and noise.
1.
Construct dustproof partitions with gypsum wallboard with joints taped on occupied side,
and fire-retardant plywood on construction operations side.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01500 - 5
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01500 - 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2. Insulate partitions to provide noise protection to occupied areas.
3. Seal joints and perimeter. Equip partitions with dustproof doors and security locks.
4. Protect air-handling equipment.
5. Weather strip openings.
6. Provide walk-off mats at each entrance through temporary partition.
K. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fIre-protection facilities of types
needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with
NFPA 241.
1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas.
2. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar
sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
3. Develop and supervise an overall fIre-prevention and -protection program for personnel
at Project site. Review needs with local frre department and establish procedures to be
followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information.
4. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a warning
sign stating that hoses are for frre-protection purposes only and are not to be removed.
Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles.
3.4 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL
A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and
abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.
B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.
1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control,
ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated
results and to avoid possibility of damage.
C. Operate Project-identification-sign lighting daily from dusk until 12:00 midnight.
D. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and
protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.
E. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has
ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than
Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may
have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work,
clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.
1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor.
Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs.
2. Remove temporary paving not intended for or acceptable for integration into permanent
paving. Where area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and aggregate
fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil. Remove materials
contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and other
substances that might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace street
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
paving, curbs, and sidewalks at temporary entrances, as required by authorities having
jurisdiction.
3. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during
construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Division I
Section "Closeout Procedures."
END OF SECTION 01500
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01500 - 7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01770 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout,
including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Inspection procedures.
2. Warranties.
3. Final cleaning.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for requirements for Applications for Payment
for Substantial and Final Completion.
2. Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance
manual requirements.
3. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements
for the Work in those Sections.
1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial
Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request.
1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on
the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete.
2. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.
3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final
certifications, and similar documents.
4. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to
services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar
releases.
5. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals,
Final Completion construction photographs, damage or settlement surveys, property
surveys, and similar final record informatioQ.
6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by
Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
01770 -1
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
01770-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's
personnel of changeovef in security provisions.
8. Complete startup testing of systems.
9. Submit test/adjust/balance records.
10. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups,
construction tools, and similar elements.
11. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities.
12. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and
maintenance.
13. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting.
14. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual
defects.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of
request, Owner's Representative will either proceed with inspection or notifY Contractor of
unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after
inspection or will notifY Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items
identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as
incomplete is completed or corrected.
2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final
Completion.
1.4 FINAL COMPLETION
A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final
Completion, complete the following:
1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 1 Section "Payment
Procedures. "
2. Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be
completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. The certified copy
of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for
acceptance.
3. Submit evidence of fmal, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance
requirements.
4. Submit pest-control fmaI inspection report and warranty.
5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products,
equipment, and systems.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request,
Owner's Representative will either proceed with inspection or notifY Contractor of unfulfilled
requirements. Owner's Reprensentative will prepare a fmal Certificate for Payment after
inspection or will notifY Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before
certificate will be issued.
1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as
incomplete is completed or corrected.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.5 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)
A. Preparation: Submit twocopies of list. Include name and identification of each space and area
affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction
including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. (
1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and
proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor.
2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling,
individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems.
3. Include the following information at the top of each page:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Name of Owner's Representative.
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Page number.
1.6 WARRANTIES
A. Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of
the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is
indicated.
B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of
designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during
construction period by separate agreement with Contractor.
C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the
Project Manual.
1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders,
thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-ll-inch
paper.
2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark
tab to identifY the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or
installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone
number of Installer.
3. IdentifY each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title
"WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor.
D. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
01770 - 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
I
I
I
2.1 MATERIALS
A.
Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or
fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially
hazardous to health or property or that might damage fmished surfaces.
I
PART 3 - EXECUTION
I
3.1
FINAL CLEANING
I
A.
General: Provide fmal cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply
with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution
regulations.
I
a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities,
including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other
foreign substances.
b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other
foreign deposits.
c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured
surface.
d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from
Project site.
e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building.
f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition,
free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural
weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original
condition.
g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs,
plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces.
h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces.
t. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap;
shampoo if visible soil or stains remain.
J. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows.
Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials.
Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish
mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces.
k. Remove labels that are not permanent.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each
surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and
maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification
of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project:
I
I
I
I
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
01770 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.
Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed fmishes and surfaces.
Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or
that already show evidence of repair or restoration.
I) Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and
electrical nameplates.
m. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment.
Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign
substances.
n. Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions.
o. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains
resulting from water exposure.
p. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed
surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills.
q. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during
construction.
r. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency.
Replace bumed-out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and
defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply
with requirements for new fixtures.
s. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.
C. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not bum waste materials. Do not bury debris or
excess materials on Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous
materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of
lawfully.
END OF SECTION 01770
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
01770 - 5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01781 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART I-GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Project Record
Documents, including the following:
1. Record Drawings.
2. Record Specifications.
3. Record Product Data.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures.
2. Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance
manual requirements.
3. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for Project Record Documents
ofthe Work in those Sections.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following:
1. Number of Copies: Submit two set(s) of marked-up Record Prints.
B. Record Specifications: Submit two copies of Project's Specifications, including addenda and
contract modifications.
C. Record Product Data: Submit two copies of each Product Data submittal.
1. Where Record Product Data is required as part of operation and maintenance manuals,
submit marked-up Product Data as an insert in manual instead of submittal as Record
Product Data.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01781- 1
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01781- 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of blue- or black-line white prints of the Contract Drawings
and Shop Drawings.
1. Preparation: Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies
from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data,
whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the
marked-up Record Prints.
a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be
difficult to identify or measure and record later.
b. Accurately record information in an understandable drawing technique.
c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup
before enclosing concealed installations.
2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Dimensional changes to Drawings.
b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings.
c. Depths of foundations below first floor.
d. Locations and depths of underground utilities.
e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits.
f. Revisions to electrical circuitry.
g. Actual equipment locations.
h. Duct size and routing.
1. Locations of concealed internal utilities.
J. Changes made by Change Order or Change Directive.
k. Changes made following Architect's written orders.
I. Details not on the original Contract Drawings.
m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions.
n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically.
3. Mark the Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing
actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. If Shop Drawings are marked,
show cross-reference on the Contract Drawings.
4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish
between changes for different categories of the Work at same location.
5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted
from original Drawings.
6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order
numbers, and similar identification, where applicable.
B. Newly Prepared Record Drawings: Prepare new Drawings instead of preparing Record
Drawings where Architect determines that neither the original Contract Drawings nor Shop
Drawings are suitable to show actual installation.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.2
2.3
1.
New Drawings may be required when a Change Order is issued as a result of accepting
an alternate, substitution, or other modification.
Consult Owner's Representative for proper scale and scope of detailing and notations
required to record the actual physical installation and its relation to other construction.
Integrate newly prepared Record Drawings into Record Drawing sets; comply with
procedures for formatting, organizing, copying, binding, and submitting.
2.
C.
Format: Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD
DRAWING" in a prominent location.
1. Record Prints: Organize Record Prints and newly prepared Record Drawings into
manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification
on cover sheets.
2. Record Transparencies: Organize into unbound sets matching Record Prints. Place
transparencies in durable tube-type drawing containers with end caps. Mark end cap of
each container with identification. If container does not include a complete set, identify
Drawings included.
3. Record CAD Drawings: Organize CAD information into separate electronic files that
correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet
identification. Include identification in each CAD file.
4. Identification: As follows:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS."
d. Name of Owner's Representative.
e. Name of Contractor.
RECORD SPECIFICA nONS
A.
Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation
varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications.
1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that
cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and
equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected.
3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to
provide a record of selections made.
4. For each principal product, indicate whether Record Product Data has been submitted in
operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as Record Product Data.
5. Note related Change Orders and Record Drawings where applicable.
RECORD PRODUCT DATA
A.
Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation
varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal.
PROBCTRECORDDOCUMENTS
01781- 3
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01781- 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that
cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in
manufacturer's written instructions for installation.
3. Note related Change Orders and Record Drawings where applicable.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITf ALS
A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous
record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file
miscellaneous records and identitY each, ready for continued use and reference.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE
A.
Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for Project
Record Document purposes. Post changes and modifications to Project Record Documents as
they occur; do not wait until the end of Project.
B.
Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store Record Documents and Samples in the
field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use Project
Record Documents for construction purposes. Maintain Record Documents in good order and
in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to
Project Record Documents for Owner's Represetative reference during normal working hours.
END OF SECTION 01781
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01782 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
1.2
1.3
1.4
A.
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and
maintenance manuals, including the following:
1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory.
2. Emergency manuals.
3. Operation manuals for systems, subsystems, and equipment.
4. Maintenance manuals for the care and maintenance of products, materials, and fmishes,
systems and equipment.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1. Division I Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of submittals for
operation and maintenance manuals.
2. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting operation and maintenance
manuals.
3. Division I Section "Project Record Documents" for preparing Record Drawings for
operation and maintenance manuals.
4. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific operation and maintenance manual
requirements for the Work in those Sections.
DEFINITIONS
A.
System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular
interaction.
B.
Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system.
SUBMIrr ALS
A.
Initial Submittal: Submit 2 draft copies of each manual at least 15 days before requesting
inspection for Substantial Completion. Include a complete operation and maintenance
directory. Owner's Representative will return one copy of draft and mark whether general
scope and content of manual are acceptable.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01782 -1
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01782 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B. Final Submittal: Submit one copy of each manual in fmal form at least 15 days before fmal
inspection. Architect will return copy with comments within 15 days after final inspection.
1. Correct or modifY each manual to comply with Architect's comments. Submit 3 copies of
each corrected manual within 10 days of receipt of Architect's comments.
1.5 COORDINA nON
A. Where operation and maintenance documentation includes information on installations by more
than one factory-authorized service representative, assemble and coordinate information
furnished by representatives and prepare manuals.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 OPERA nON AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENT A nON DIRECTORY
A. Organization: Include a section in the directory for each of the following:
1. List of documents.
2. List of systems.
3. List of equipment.
4. Table of contents.
B. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to operation
and maintenance manuals that contain information about each system.
C. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by system. For
pieces of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in separate list.
D. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency, operation, and maintenance
manual.
E. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual,
identifY each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the
Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to
ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building
Systems. "
2.2 MANUALS, GENERAL
A. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each
system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system.
Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed:
I. Title page.
2. Table of contents.
3. Manual contents.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
Title Page: Enclose title page in transparent plastic sleeve. Include the following information:
I. Subject matter included in manual.
2. Name and address of Project.
3. Name and address of Owner.
4. Date of submittal.
5. Name, address, and telephone number of Contractor.
6. Name and address of Architect.
7. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals.
C.
Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed
to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project
Manual.
I. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to
accommodate data, include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each
volume of the set.
D.
Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by
system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems,
equipment, and components of one system into a single binder.
I. Binders: Heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to
accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-I/2-by-II-inch paper; with clear plastic sleeve on
spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded
oversize sheets.
a. If two or more binders are necessary to accommodate data of a system, organize
data in each binder into groupings by subsystem and related components. Cross-
reference other binders if necessary to provide essential information for proper
operation or maintenance of equipment or system.
b. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERA nON AND
MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject matter of
contents. Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets.
2. Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section. Mark each
tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of
equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification
Section number and title of Project Manual.
3. . Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic
software diskettes for computerized electronic equipment.
4. Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-ll-inch white bond paper.
5. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text.
a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and
use as foldouts.
b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled
envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in
manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents,
and drawing locations.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01782 - 3
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01782 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.3 EMERGENCY MANUALS
A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following:
1. Type of emergency.
2. Emergency instructions.
3. Emergency procedures.
B. Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indicated below, include
instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of equipment, and component:
l. Fire.
2. Flood.
3. Gas leak.
4. Water leak.
5. Power failure.
6. Water outage.
7. System, subsystem, or equipment failure.
8. Chemical release or spill.
C. Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error messages,
and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating personnel for
notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties.
D. Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:
1. Instructions on stopping.
2. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency.
3. Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits.
4. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
5. Special operating instructions and procedures.
2.4 OPERATION MANUALS
A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required m
individual Specification Sections and the following information:
1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions.
2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility.
3. Operating standards.
4. Operating procedures.
5. Operating logs.
6. Wiring diagrams.
7. Control diagrams.
8. Piped system diagrams.
9. Precautions against improper use.
10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates.
B. Descriptions: Include the following:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.5
l.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Product name and model number.
Manufacturer's name.
Equipment identification with serial number of each component.
Equipment function.
Operating characteristics.
Limiting conditions.
Performance curves.
Engineering data and tests.
Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.
C. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:
I. Startup procedures.
2. Equipment or system break-in procedures.
3. Routine and normal operating instructions.
4. Regulation and control procedures.
5. Instructions on stopping.
6. Normal shutdown instructions.
7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.
8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
9. Special operating instructions and procedures.
D.
Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as
installed.
E.
Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color-coding where required for
identification.
PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
A.
Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish.
Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and
sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below.
B.
Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and
arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and
telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference
Specification Section number and title in Project Manual.
C.
Product Information: Include the following, as applicable:
I. Product name and model number.
2. Manufacturer's name.
3. Color, pattern, and texture.
4. Material and chemical composition.
5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products.
D.
Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following:
1.
Inspection procedures.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01782 - 5
2.6
2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning.
3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product.
4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance.
5. Repair instructions.
I
I
I
I
I
E.
Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and
related services.
F.
Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and
conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include
source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures,
maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service
contracts, and warranty and bond information, as described below.
B.
Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual,
identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product,
list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent,
and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual.
C.
Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance documentation
including the following information for each component part or piece of equipment:
1. Standard printed maintenance instructions and bulletins.
2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly
and component removal, replacement, and assembly.
3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components.
4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.
D.
Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential
maintenance procedures:
1. Test and inspection instructions.
2. Troubleshooting guide.
3. Precautions against improper maintenance.
4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions.
5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions.
6. Demonstration and training videotape, if available.
I
I
I
I
I
E.
Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of
required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine
maintenance and service with standard time allotment.
1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly,
quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01782 - 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.
Maintenance and Service Record:
maintenance.
Include manufacturers' forms for recording
F.
Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with
parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local
sources of maintenance materials and related services. .
G.
Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and
telephone number of service agent.
H. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and
conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
I. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
MANUAL PREPARATION
A.
Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate manual that provides
an organized reference to emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
B.
Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures
for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for types of emergencie~
indicated.
C.
Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care
and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work.
D.
Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance
data indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment
not part of a system.
1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information
for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system.
2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional
manual for use by Owner's operating personnel.
E.
Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include
only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identifY each
product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a
tabular format, identifY each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents.
IdentifY data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable.
I. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and
where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or
systems.
F. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the
relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01782 -7
flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in Record Drawings to
ensure correct illustration of completed installation.
I
I
I
1. Do not use original Project Record Documents as part of operation and maintenance
manuals.
2. Comply with requirements of newly prepared Record Drawings in Division 1 Section
"Project Record Documents."
I
I
G.
Comply with Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation
and maintenance documentation.
END OF SECTION 01782
I
I
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01782 - 8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
r---
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
II
II
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02190 - SITEWORK/EXCA V A TION
PART I - GENERAL
1.0 I DESCRIPTION
A.
The extent of site work is shown on drawings.
B.
Site work includes but is not limited to:
I. Demolition (if required) of existing structures, walks & pavements, utilities and
miscellaneous improvements.
2.
Site clearing of trees, irrigation, topsoil stripping, clearing and grubbing.
3.
Earthwork: preparation of subgrade for building slabs, foundations walks,
drainage fill, structural fill and backfilling.
4.
Termite Control- Provide site treatment for termite control in 1hose geographic
locations where termites are present.
C.
Identify location of above ground & below ground remediation equipment.
1.02
QUALITY ASSURANCE.
A. Severe slope, ramps or steps shall not be permitted at Walgreens' store at front, sides, or
rear of building. Maximum permitted slope on site shall be 1:20 (5%). Minimum permitted
slope on site shall be 1.5% to insure positive drainage. Maximum entrance slab slope up to
doorway shall not exceed 2.0%.
B.
Testing: Employ at Landlords expense testing laboratory, acceptable to Walgreens, to
perform soil and quality control testing as required. Copies of test reports shall be
submitted to Walgreens Construction Dept. Project Manager upon request.
I. Soil reports of actual unconfined compressive strength of each strata tested.
Verify soiVfill-bearing capacity conforms to design requirements. Perform one
test at each column pad and per each 501ft. of foundation.
2. Field density tests. Perform at least one test per each 2,500-sq. ft. per lift of fill.
3. Trench Backfill: Perform at least one test per each 100 lineal feet of trench. Re-
compact and retest density and compaction of any trench installed after building
pad testing has been performed.
4. Foundation wall backfill inside and outside shall have compaction tests made
every 501ft. Tests shall be performed on each 12" lift.
5. Provide subgrade modulus tests, one for each 2,500 square feet of pavement
placed on natural soils.
6. Optimum moisture/maximum density tests. Perform one test per each type soil
and each 1,000 cu. yds. of material.
7.
Final building pad verification letter, submitted by 1he Geotechnical Engineer at
1he completion of grading operations, summarizing satisfactory completion of all
tests performed prior to slab placement.
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
02190-1
FISCAL 2006
I
C.
Warrantyffermite Control: Furnish written warranty certifying that soil poisoning
treatment will prevent infestation oftermites for five years from date of treatment. Provide
installer certification that three applications have been applied as required. Submit
certification to Walgreens Construction. Dept. Project Manager.
I. Contractor will pretreat soil and repair/replace any damage caused by infestation.
I
I
I
1.03. JOB CONDITIONS
A.
Existing Utilities: Locate, disconnect, cap and remove existing utilities within the site.
1. Make arrangements as required to relocate/re-route those utilities serving others
off-site.
I
PART II - PRODUCTS
2.01
2.02.
MATERIALS
I
A.
Satisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with ASTM D2487-00 soil
classification groups, GW, GP, GM, SM, SW and SP. On sites where specific conditions
cause any of the listed soils to be unsatisfactory, the Soils Engineer shall specify alternate
satisfactory materials and provide Walgreens Project Architect a written explanation.
I
I
B.
Subbase Material: Provide CA-6, naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or
crushed gravel, crushed stone, crushed slag, natural or crushed sand conforming to ASTM
D-2940-03 with at least 95% passing a 1-1/2 inch sieve and not more that 8% passing a
No. 200 sieve.
I
C.
Drainage Fill: Washed, evenly graded mixture of crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed
gravel, with 100% passing a 1-1/2" sieve and not more than 5% passing a No.4 sieve.
I
D.
Backfill and Fill Materials: Satisfactory soil materials free of clay, rock or gravel larger
than 2" in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetable and other deleterious
matter.
I
SOIL TREATMENT
I
I
A. All solutions must be environmentally friendly. Consult the structural pest control
regulatory agency of your State prior to use of any product. Provide a solution of one of
the following. Fuel oil is not permitted as a diluent. Mix with water at the manufacturers
prescribed rate for the conditions encountered.
1. Permethrin; 36.8% combined with 63.2% inert ingredients in water emulsion.
2.
Bifenthrin; 25.1 % combined with 74.9% inert ingredients in water emulsion.
I
3. Cypermethrin; 24.8% combined with 75.2% inert ingredients in water emulsion.
I
Acceptable manufacturers: Dragnet @ SFR, Prevail @ FT manufactured by FMC
Corporation.
I
3.01
PART III - EXECUTION
SITE CLEARING
I
A. Clearing and Grubbing: Clear site of trees, shrubs and other vegetation, except for those
indicated to remain.
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
02190-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.02.
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.03
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.04
I
l.
Completely remove stumps, roots, and other debris protruding through ground
surface.
2. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil
material, meeting compaction requirements, unless further excavation or
earthwork is indicated.
B.
Removal of Improvements: Remove existing above-grade and below grade improvements
necessary to permit construction including abandoned underground piping or conduit
interfering with construction. Fill resulting excavations with satisfactory materials meeting
compaction requirements.
EXCAVATION
A. Earth Excavation includes excavation of pavements and obstructions visible on ground
surface; underground structures, utilities and other items indicated to be demolished and
removed; together with earth and other materials encountered.
B.
Excavation for Structures: Confonn to elevations and dimensions shown. For footings and
foundations extend excavation below frost line and do not disturb bottom of excavation.
C.
Excavation for Pavements: Cut surface to comply with cross-section, elevations and grades
as shown.
D.
Excavation for Trenches: Grade bottoms of trenches as required/indicated, notching under
pipe bells to provide solid bearing for entire pipe.
E.
ShoringfBracing: Provide shoring, bracing required to support adjoining soils, buildings,
etc.
F.
Pumping: Keep excavations, and entire subgrade area free of water. Do not operate any
system that will loosen existing soils or cause the subsoils to be removed or shifted from
their original position.
COMPACTION
A.
Percentage of Maximum Density Requirements: Compact soil to not less than the
following percentages of maximum density for soils exhibiting a well-defined moisture
density relationship (cohesive soils) in accordance with ASTM D 1 557current edition; or
in accordance with ASTM D4253current edition, for soils which not exhibit a well-defmed
moisture-density relationship (cohesionless soils).
I. Structures, Foundation Wall Backfill, Building Slabs and Steps, Pavements:
Compact each layer at 90% maximum density for cohesive material or 95%
relative density for cohesionless material.
2. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Compact each layer at 85% maximum density for
cohesive soils and 90% relative density for cohesionless soil.
3. Walkways: Compact each layer at 90% maximum density for cohesive material or
95% relative density for cohesionless material.
4.
Trenches: Compact fill to confonn to requirements of area in which trench is
installed.
BACKFILL AND FILL
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
02190-3
A.
3.05
I
I
General: Place acceptable soil material in not greater than 8" uncompacted layers to
required subgrade elevations, for each area classification listed below.
1. In excavations, use satisfactory excavated, borrow or import material.
I
2.
Under Landscaped areas, use satisfactory excavated, borrow or import materials.
I
3.
Under walks and pavements, use subbase material or satisfactory excavated, or
borrow material.
4.
Under steps, use subbase material.
I
5.
Under building slabs, use drainage fill material.
I
6.
Under piping and conduit, use subbase material; shape to fit bottom 90 degrees .
of cylinder.
GRADING:
I
A.
General: Uniformly grade areas, including adjacent transition areas. Smooth finished
surface, compact with uniform levels or slopes between points where elevations are
indicated and existing grades.
I
B.
Grading Outside Building Lines: Grade areas adjacent to building lines to drain away from
structures and to prevent ponding.
I
C.
Grading Surface ofFill under Building Slabs: Grade smooth, free of voids, compacted as
specified, to required elevation.
I
D.
Compaction: After grading, compact subgrade surfaces to the depth and indicated
percentage of maximum of relative density for each area classification.
I
3.06 TERMITE CONTROL TREATMENT
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
A.
Apply treatment in strict compliance with manufacturers written instructions. Do not
disturb treated areas. Provide a blue "spray indicator" mixed with termiticide to indicate
treated areas.
I
I
B.
Apply treatment in three applications.
I. First Application: pre-treat general slab areas and around utility entry points.
2.
Second Application: pre-treat against exterior foundation walls, beneath
sidewalks and driveways.
I
3.
Third Application: treat adjacent to exterior walls after landscaping is complete.
I
C. Reapply treatment to areas disturbed by construction activity following application.
D.
Treat foundation walls and areas under building slabs. Termiticide must come in contact
with the foundation wall. Applying the termitcide to the outer surface of foundation
insulation boards of protection boards is not acceptable.
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
02190-4
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
- -- ---------
SECTION 02500 - PAVING & SURFACING
PART I-GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Extent of paving and surfacing is shown on the drawings and includes but is not limited to:
I. Asphalt paving.
2. Heavy duty paving at all truck traffic areas.
3. Pavement markings.
4. Wheel stops.
5. Signs and posts for handicapped parking required by ADA.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with and perform all paving work in accordance with the Standard Specifications
for Road Construction (latest edition) of the Department of Transportation (Highway) of
the state in which the store is located and the Asphalt Institute "Specifications for Paving
and Industrial Applications (SS-2), information series documents IS 91 and IS 87.
B. Design Requirements: (Based on 20-year pavement life)
Daily Traffic: 1200 passenger vehicles, 10 single unit trucks,
2 multi-unit trucks
C. Pavement to be designed and sealed by a professional engineer, using design requirements
above and soil sub grade modulus recommended by soil consultant.
D. Provide compaction tests of soil subgrade at not less than I test per each 2,500 sq.-ft.
around the building.
E. Asphalt cement materials shall conform to ASTM 0-3515.
F. Obtain materials from same source throughout project.
G. At Walgreens discretion "suspect" installation will be tested, at Walgreens expense, for
conformance to State D.O.T. Specifications by:
I. Using proper rolling equipment for: Breakdown, compaction and finishing.
2. Coring, extraction and gradation for compliance with approved job mix formula.
3. Density testing to verify conformance to State Department of Transportation
Standards.
Non complying installations will be replaced at the landlords/contractors expense.
H. Pavement designs which differ from these indicated in this section must be accompanied
with a letter from the design engineer certifYing to Walgreens that the proposed design
complies with the standards and specifications, of the applicable state Dept. of
Transportation.
I. Install pavement in the presence of the Quality Control Testing Consultant.
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
02500-1
FISCAL 2006
I
I
1.03. JOB CONDITIONS
1.04
1.05
A.
Establish grades, lines and elevations to drain water away from buildings, prohibit ponding
and accommodate adjoining work and property.
I
B.
I
Subgrade Conditions: Provide subgrade improvements as required to correct adverse
conditions caused by permeability, frost potential and unstable soils.
GUARANTEE
I
A.
Contractor shall guarantee in writing, the materials and workmanship in accordance with
Section 0 I 0 I 0, for a period of two (2) years, beginning on the date of substantial
completion or Walgreens possession, which ever comes later. This provision also applies
to concrete pavements.
I
SUBMIIT ALS
I
A.
Submit the following to the Architect of Record, Quality Control Testing Consultant and
Walgreens Project Architect
I. Pavement design analysis prepared by a licensed Professional Engineer using the
design requirements above and the sub-grade modulus recommended within the
geotechnical report.
I
2.
Laboratory reports of compaction tests and proof rolling of soil sub-grade.
I
3.
Pavement Surface Smoothness tests.
I
4.
Approved pavement design mix.
PART II - PRODUCTS
I
2.0 I MA TERlALS
A.
Asphalt Aggregate Mix: Plant-mixed, medium volume, hot laid asphalt-aggregate mixture
AC 10 or AC 20 complying with ASTM D 3515 and as recommended by local paving
authorities to suit project conditions and as follows:
I
I
ASPHALT GRADE
TEMPERATURE CONDITION
Use AC 10 for:
Cold, mean annual air temperature
~ 7 degree C (45 degree F)
I
Use AC 10 or AC 20 for:
Warm, mean annual air temperature
between 7 degree C (45 degree F) and
24 degree C (75 degree F)
I
Use AC 20 for:
Hot, mean annual air temperature ~24
degree C (75 degree F)
I
B.
Plant Mixed Asphalt BaselBinder Course: Provide one course laid to a compacted
thickness of2 inches.
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
02500-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.02
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C.
Plant Mixed Asphalt Surface Course: Provide one course laid to a compacted thickness of
1-1/2 inches.
D.
Prime Coat: Cut back asphalt type; AASHTO M82, MC-30, MC-70 or MC-250. Apply
material over compacted subgrade to penetrate and seal. Slow cure (SC) or rapid cure
(RC) liquid asphalt may be used depending on weather/climate conditions. Cure as
necessary .
E.
Tack Coat: Emulsified asphalts AASHTO M 140 or M 208: SS-I, SS-lh, CSS-I, CSS-lh,
diluted with one part water to one part emulsified asphalt. Apply to contact surfaces of
previously constructed asphalt.
NnSCELLANEOUSPRODUCTS
A.
Pavement Marking Paint: FS-TT-P-1952D (waterborne), Type II (adverse conditions),
color; highway yellow or as required by local codes.
B.
Wheel Stops: Precast of3,500 psi air-entrained concrete, approximately 6" high 9" wide,
and 7'-0" long, with chamfered comers and drainage slots on underside.
C.
Delineation Post: FlexStake model SM-703-Y-W-W, 36" high, yellow, by FlexStake
(800) 348-9839, 2150 Andrea Lane, Ft. Myers, FL 33912.
D.
Security Bollard Cover: Polyethylene thermoplastic bumper post sleeve by Ideal Shield@
(313-842-7290) or equal, color; as shown on the drawings.
E.
Stormwater Management Grates/Catch Basin Covers: Provide cast iron units with bicycle
safe grates that will not allow bicycle tires to drop down into opening.
F.
Bicycle Racks (when required): Provide undulating tubular steel by the following
manufacturers or equal as approved by Walgreens Project Architect:
"Ribbon Rack" # RB 07 by AAA Ribbon@ Rack Co.
"CycLoop" #2170-7 by Columbia Cascade
"Thunderbolt" #TB-7 by Creative Pipe, Inc.
"Heavy Duty Winder" #HW 238-7 by Madrax
Finish: Hot-dipped galvanized,
Mounting: Permanent in ground mount.
Capacity: 7 bicycles
PART III - EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION
I
I
I
A. Compact soil subgrade to 95% of standard proctor density. Proof roll and repair all
unstable areas of the prepared subgrade.
B.
Compact subbase to 95% of standard proctor density. Proof roll and repair all unstable
areas of the prepared subbase.
C.
Install pavement markings with mechanical equipment after pavement has been properly
cured. Apply to 10.3 mil wet film thickness, 6.0 mil dry film thickness.
D.
Secure wheel stops to pavement with galvanized steel dowels.
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
02500-3
FISCAL 2006
I
3.02
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
I
A.
General: Repair or remove and replace unacceptable or non-compliant paving, as
determined by an independent testing laboratory and as directed by Walgreens.
I
B.
Surface Smoothness: Surfaces will not be acceptable if exceeding the following tolerances
for smoothness when tested with a 10' straight edge.
l. Wearing Course Surface: 3/16".
I
2.
Pavement variation from true design elevation: 1/4".
I
3.
Areas which pond water for longer than 24 hours will be cut out and replaced
with hot mixed asphalt.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
02500-4
FISCAL 2006
I
I I
I
SECTION 02900 - LANDSCAPINGIIMPROVEMENTS
I
PART I GENERAL
1.0 I DESCRIPTION
I
I
I
I
I
1.02
I
I
I
I
I
1.03
I
I
I
1.04
I
I
I
A.
Furnish and install landscape materials and a landscape irrigation system. The extent of
landscaping shall be the minimum amount required for municipal approval. Provide
materials, which require minimal maintenance and are geographically suited to their local
and surrounding conditions.
I. The extent of landscaping is shown on the drawings.
2.
Furnish and install the landscape irrigation system at all landscaped areas
complete with all valves, controls, accessories and electrical components.
B.
Include all excavation, filling and grading required.
c.
Provid.e a separate, municipally monitored water meter for the landscape irrigation
system.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
All works to be performed by a single firm specializing in landscape work.
B.
All landscape materials shall be free of defects, disease, insects/larvae/eggs, injuries and
disfigurement. Provide plant materials rated between I and 4 per OPALS (Ogren Plant
Allergy Scale).
C.
Erosion Control: At landscaped slopes of3:I (horizontal: vertical) or greater, provide
erosion control acceptable to Walgreens. Slopes greater than 3: I must be identified on
the site plans and approved by Walgreens Project Architect
D. Landscape Irrigation: a person licensed in the state in which the store is located shall
design System. The system designer shall perform hydraulic and friction loss calculations
to provide balanced pressure and flow and optimum operating efficiency.
SUB MITT ALS
A. Landscaping Plan; indicating placement of all materials including legends describing
plant name and size.
B. Irrigation Plan and Zone Map; Wall mounted 8 W' x II" or II" x IT', indicating location
of all controls, piping, heads (including type), valves and connection to water service.
C.
Maintenance Manuals; indicating proper care of plant material and operation/maintenance
of irrigation system.
GUARANTEE
A.
Warranty lawns after installation and for 30 days following acceptance of site by
Walgreens.
B.
Warranty trees and shrubs for one year following acceptance of site by Walgreens.
Maintain materials after installation and for 30 days following acceptance of site by
Walgreens.
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
02900-1
FISCAL 2006
I
C.
I
Replace all unhealthy or dead plant materials found during warranty period.
D.
Warranty irrigation system materials and labor for one year following acceptance of site
by Walgreens.
I
2.01
PART 11- PRODUCTS
PLANT MA TERlALS
I
2.02
A.
Topsoil: Provide friable natural loam, free from rocks, stones, weeds, brush, clay lumps,
roots, twigs, litter and environmental contaminants.
I
B.
Trees and shrubs as indicated on the landscape plan.
I
C.
Sod: Provide strongly rooted drought resistant sod, not less than 2 years old, free of
weeds and undesirable native grasses and machine cut to pad thickness 00/4" (+ 1/4"),
excluding top growth and thatch. Provide only sod capable of vigorous growth and
development when planted (viable, not dormant).
I
D.
Weed Barrier Fabric: Provide black polypropylene sheet 27 mils thick, 4 oz.lsq. yd., grab
tensile strength per ASTM 04632; 90LB (machine direction) 50 lbs. (cross machine
direction). Provide DeWitt "Weed Barrier" or approval equal.
I
E.
Mulch: Provide minimum 2" thick layer of shredded bark mulch or rubber landscape
mulch. Pine straw mulch is prohibited.
1. Rubber Mulch: 95% passing a 1-1/2 inch sieve and not more than 5% passing a
~ inch sieve.
I
I
I
2. Rubber Mulch Manufacturers: American Technologies, Inc. "RubberStutP',
Ground Scape Technologies, "Ground Scape",
Place Safe Surfacing, Inc.,
Rubber Resources, Inc. "Everlast".
F. Pre-Emergent: Provide a mixture with active ingredients consisting of "a-a-a-trifluoro-2,
6-dinitro-n, n-dipropyl-p-toluidine" (1.75% of total mixture) and inactive ingredients
(98.25% of total mixture). Manufacturer: "Green Gold" by Lebanon Chemical Corp. or
equal.
I
I
IRRIGA nON SYSTEM:
A.
Manufacturer: Provide products of one of the following:
Hunter Industries, Inc.
Muellermist Irrigation Co.
LR Nelson Corp.
Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp.
The TORO Co., Irrigation Div.
Weather-Matic Div./Telso Industries
I
I
B.
I
Pressure Pipe: PVC plastic pipe complying with ASTM-D 1785, Schedule 40.
C.
Circuit Pipe (downstream from circuit valves): with PVC plastic pipe, ASTM D 2241,
SDR 26, 160 psi or ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40.
I
D. Valves: Toro 252 Series solenoid valves, flow range 5.0 to 180.0 gpm.
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
02900-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
E.
Backflow Preventer: Manufacturers standard to suit project conditions.
F.
Sprinkler Heads: Manufacturers standard, to provide uniform coverage at available water
pressure.
G.
Drip Tubing! Accessories: Manufacturers standard, self cleaning, self flushing pressure
compensating components and polyethylene tubing with 12" or 18" dripper spacing.
H.
Automatic Controls: Provide exterior/interior boxes with locking covers.
I. Transformers as required for low voltage system.
2.
Wiring: Not less than 14 gauge. Provide direct burial type for buried wire. Use
waterproof wire nuts throughout.
3.
Circuit Control with switch for manual or automatic control of each circuit.
4.
Timing Device: 24 hour, 7 day and even/odd interval watering adjustment, with
provision for manual or semi-automatic operation and rain sensor which will
suspend watering when ground is wet from rain.
PART III - EXECUTION
I
3.01 PLANTING TREES/SHRUBS AND GROUND COVER
A.
Place materials in properly prepared holes, plumb, staked as required for proper growth.
Dish back soil as required to receive mulch collar.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.02
I
I
B.
Plant ground cover not more than 24" O.C. Plant ground cover in areas too narrow or
impractical for mowing grass or in areas where grass will not thrive (brick pavers
acceptable to Walgreens may be considered as an alternate in these areas).
C.
Topsoil: Install 4 inches minimum depth at planting beds and lawn areas, 12 inches
minimum below trees. In locations with high clay content, apply gypsum additives to
break down the clay.
D.
Mulch: Install 2 to 3 inch thick in planting beds recessed 2 inches. Mulch shall be used
only as tree collars and around shrubbery, but not to extend greater than 12 inches beyond
the drip line of shrubbery unless specifically approved by Walgreens Project Architect.
Do not install mulch on slopes exceeding 10:1 (horiz.: vert.)
E.
Weed control: Apply pre-emergent to mulch in planting areas to prohibit weed growth. If
weeds appear in treated areas during the first year, landscaper shall return to remove all
weeds at no cost to Walgreens.
F.
Weed Barrier Fabric: Apply to planting beds below mulch and to un-mulched areas to
receive decorative cover (rock is prohibited). Do not install weed barrier fabric in areas
to receive ground cover plantings.
G.
Remove and replace improperly pruned or mis-formed stock.
PLANTING SOD
A. Do not install if sod is dormant or ground is frozen.
B.
Lay sod with tightly fitting joints, no overlaps with staggered strips to offset joints.
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
FISCAL 2006
02900-3
I
1.
Anchor sod on slopes to prevent slippage. Do not exceed 3: I slope.
I
2. Water thoroughly immediately after planting.
I
3.03
lRRIGA TION SYSTEM
A.
Provide minimum water coverage as follows:
1. Turf area 100%.
I
2. Other planting areas 100%.
I
B.
Run under pavements and walks. Do not cut pavements or walks. All water lines under
sidewalks or paving shall be sleeved. All wiring under paving shall be installed in
conduit.
I
C. Use dielectric fittings whenever dissimilar metals are joined.
D.
Testing: Perform operational testing and train store personnel on proper use.
I
E.
Place copy of zone map, with all zone valve locations shown and approved irrigation
plan, in protective jacket, with the main control panel.
I
F.
Use pressure compensating dripper systems or pressure compensating low trajectory
nozzles only in locations where water has high iron content and only at areas adjacent to
buildings to prevent water spray and rust from staining buildings.
I
G.
Provide a :y." dia. blow down drain tee to allow water to be blown from irrigation system.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
02900-4
FISCAL 2006
II
I
I
I
PART 1 - GENERAL
SECTION 03310 - CONCRETE
1.01 DESCRIPTION
I
A.
'.
I
c.
B. Concrete curbs, gutters, pavement and walkways are included.
The extent of concrete work is shown on drawings.
'. Concrete curing a,nd sl?aling is included.
D. .. Goncrete equipment bases as required:
I
1.02
I
A.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
'.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Comply with the current edition of the following codes, specifications and standards:
1. Atnol "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings".
2.
AC1302.IR "Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction".
3.
ACI 304 "Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete".
4.
ACI 318 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete".
5.
ACI 117 "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and
Materials.
6.
Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, "Manual of Standard Practice".
7.
Floor slabs must be designed to support a minimum 100 PSF live load and shall
not be less thanA inches thick. ,
8.
ASTM C-94 "Standard Specification for Ready Mix Concrete".
9.
ASTM C-157 "Standard Test Method for Length Change of Hardened
Hydraulic-Cement, Mortar and Concrete".
10.
ASTM E 1155-96:'S,tand~rd Test Method for Determining Floor Flatness and
Levelness Using the' F-Number System"~
II.
ASTM F-71O "Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive
Resilient Flooring".
12.
ASTM F-1869-98 "Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate
of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride".
13.
ASTM C979-99 Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete.
14.
ASTM E 96-00 "Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of
Materials".
15.
ASTM E 154~99 "Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders Used in
Contact with Earth Under Concrete Slabs".
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
03310-1
FISCAL 2006
B.
\
1.03 SUBMITTALS
I
16.
I
ASTM E 1643-98 "Standard Practice for Installation of Water Vapor Ret~rders
Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under concrete Slabs".
'.
I
17.
ASTM E 1745-97 "Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders
Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs".
18.
I
AASHTO T318 "Standard Method of Test for Water Content of Freshly Mixed
Concrete Using Microw.ave Oven Drying".
Testing: Employ at the Landlords expense, a testing laboratory, acceptable to Walgreens,
to perform the following testing. Slump, air content, water content and temperature tests
must be performed with each set of compression test cylinders. .
I. Compressive strength testing. Comply with ASTM C 31, ASTM C 172';99,
ASTM C39, and as follows:
a. Provide 4 cylinders minimum from each day's pour.
I
I
b.
Provide 4 cylinders for each fifty~ (50)cubic yards or fraction thereof
poured on each date for slabs and foundations. Provide 4 cylinders for
each one-hundred fifty (150) cubic yards or fraction thereof poured on
each date for concrete paving and sidewalks.
I
I
c.
Samples shall be tested and reports provided for concrete samples,
I sample at 7 days, 2 at 28 days and I to hold.
2.
I
Concrete Shrinkage testing: Comply with ASTM C-157.
3.
Slump testing: Comply with ASTM C143.
I
4.
Water content testing: Comply with AASHTOT318.
5.
Flatness/Levelness Testing. Comply with ASTM E-1155, but provide a
minimum of one line of sampling in two perpendicular directions through each
structural bay.
a. Perform testing using a "Dipstick Profiler" within 72 hours of concrete
placement.
I
I
6.
Concrete not conforming to Walgreens Criteria or which fails required Quality
Assurance testing, including Flatness/Levelness requirements, shall be removed
. and replaced at Walgreens discretion.
I
I
A. Submit concrete mix designs to Architect/Engineer of Record for approval with copies to
the Quality Control Testing Consultant.
PART II - PRODUCTS
2.01
FORM WORK
I
I
A. Construct formwork for all concrete, with plywood, metal or other panel-type materials
to provide continuous, straight, smooth surfaces.
I
B. For site concrete: Use steel, wood or other suitable materials, free of distortion/defects of
size/strength to resist movement and maintain vertical and horizontal alignment during
placement.
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
03310-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I.
Curves shall be uniform and free of form marks.
c.
Form coatings: Use non-staining release agents that will not discolor, def?ce or.impair
finish or treatment of concrete.
2.02 REINFORCEMENT
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.03
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'.
A.
Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, grade 60, deformed.
B.
Epoxy - Coated Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 775.
c.
Welded Wire Fabric Reinforcement: ASTM A 185 welded steel wire fabric, sheets only,
rolled fabric prohibited.
D. Reinforcement supports: Use chairs, spacers & bolsters ,complying withCRSI
I. For slabs on grade use reinforcing support to ensure proper clearance/cover. Do
not lift or pllll reinforcing through placed concrete.
E. Joint Filler: Provide preformed joint filler at. slab expansion joints, joints between floor
slabs and walls and other isolation joints. Provide one of the following:
Precompressed, impregnated open cell foam.
Asphalt saturated fiberboard complying with ASTM D 1751.
Granulated cork between saturated felt or glass fiber felt complying with
ASTM D 1752 type H.
CONCRETE MATERIALS
A.
Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or Type II.
B.
Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Type C or F, not to exceed 20% of cement content by weight. Do
not use when ambient air temperatures are expected to be below 35 degrees F during the
first 48 hours after placement.
c.
Aggregates: Normal weight: ASTM C 33 Light weight: ASTM C 330. Combined
aggregate gradation shall be 8% to 18% for large top size aggregates (I Y2 inches) or 8%
to 22% for smaller topsize aggregates (I in. or % in.) retained on each sieve below the
topsize and above the No. 100.
D.
Water: Drinkable.
E.
Air Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.
F.
Calcium Chloride: Any admixtures containing more than 0.1 % chloride ions content by
weight are not permitted.
G.
Water Vapor Retarder: Decay resistant materials complying with ASTM E 96 not
exceeding 0.04 perms, ASTM E 154 and ASTM E 1745 Class A. Provide polyethylene
sheet not less than 15 mils thick, Raven Industries "VaporBlock 15, Stego Industries 15
mil "Stego WrapTM" or W.R. Meadows Sealtight 15 mil "Vapor-Mat".
H.
Chemical Hardener: Colorless solution of magnesium fluosilicate, zinc fluosilicate and
wetting agent containing not less than 2 lb. fluosilicates per gallon.
Acceptable Products: Sonneborn, Lapidolith@, Dayton Superior, and Day-Chern
Hardener™.
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
03310-3
2.04
2.05
"
I
l. Chemical Admixtures: Type A water-reducing, Type F and Type G high-range water-
reducing admixtures shall comply with ASTM C494. Do not use in cold weather
conditions. '.
I
CONCRETE DESIGN/PROPORTIONING
I
A.
Provide normal weight concrete as required by drawings as follows:
I. 3,000 PSI minimum 28 day compressive strength or stronger as required by
architect/engineer of record.
2. At interior slabs, provide concrete with ultimate shrinkage less than 0.05% as
tested per ASTM C-I57.
I
I
B.
Air Entrainment: Use air-entraining admixture resulting in concrete with air content at
point of placement as follows: '
I. Concrete exposed to freezing/thawing, deicer chemicals, or hydraulic pressure:
I
4.5% (moderate exposure); 5.5% (severe exposure) 1-1/2" max. aggregate.
I
4.5% (moderate exposure); 6.0% (severe exposure) 1" max. aggregate.
5.0% (moderat~'exposure); 6.0% (severe exposure) 3/4" max. aggregate.
I
5.5% (moderate exposure); 7.0% (severe exposure) 1/2" max. aggregate.
2.
I
Other Concrete/Steel troweled interior floors: 3% maximum air.
c.
Water-Cementitious Ratio: Provide concrete with maximum water-cementitious (W/Cm)
ratios as follows:
I
Subjected to freezing and thawing; W /Cm 0.50. Subjected to deicers/watertight, interior
floor W/Cm 0.45.' .
I
D.
Slump Limits: Provide concrete with slump at point of placement as follows:
Ramps and sloping surfaces: Not more than 3".
I
Reinforced foundation systems: Not less than 2" and not more than 5".
Slabs and other concrete: Not more than 5".
I
Concrete containing HR WR admixture shall have a maximum slump of 6". The concrete
shall arrive at the job site at a slump of 2: to 3", is verified, then high-range water-
reducing admixture added to increase slump to approved level.
I
E.
Portland Cement Paving, Sidewalks and Curbs: 3,000 psi after 28 days curing.
Air Entrainment: 4% io 7%.
Slump: 4".
Water/Cement Ratio: Per article 2.04.C above.
I
I
I
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A.
Accessible Ramps: Impart color with integrally colored concrete.
Provide Integral Red Color: (for accessible ramps) Natural or synthetic mineral oxides
complying with ASTM C-979 blended at batch plant. Acceptable Products: Bayferrox
iron oxide pigment by Bayer Corp., color # II 0 (4 Ibs.).
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
l
03310-4
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
Davis Colors, Mix-Ready@, color Baja Red #160 (2 Ibs.).
Chromix@by L.M. Scofield Co., color C-22 Coral Red.
ChemSystems, Inc., color #1345 (2 Y2Ibs.)
'.
I
3.01
PART Ill- EXECUTION
REINFORCEMENT
I
I
3.02
I
",
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.03 JOINTS
I
I
I
A. Clean reinforcement of rust, mill scale, ice or materials that will reduce bond with
concrete.
B. Place reinforcement to obtain proper concrete coverage in top third of slab or 2 inches
below top surface..
CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A.
Place concrete on/in properly prepared sub-base or forms. Place concrete slabs
directly on water vapor retarder. Provide not less than 6 inches of prepared granular sub-
base between water vapor retarder and ground.
I. Install water vapor retarder in compliance with ASTM E 1643.
2. Lap joints 6 in. and seal with manufacturers adhesive or tape.
3. Seal around all penetrations with manufacturers pipe boot or by wrapping with
vaporretarder and taping.
4. Repair all punctures and cuts using vapor retarder material lapped 6 inches
beyond damaged area and taped.
5. Provide photo documentation of proper installation of vapor retarder.
B.
Construct slabs to correct level, maintain reinforcing in proper position.
I. Float slabs with a highway straight edge in lieu of a conventional bull float.
c.
Do not place concrete on/in frozen sub-base or forms.
D.
Pumping Concrete: Concrete may be placed by pumping if first approved in writing the
Architect/Engineer of Record for the proposed location. Pumped concrete shall only be
placed in the presence of the Landlords Testing/Inspecting Agent.
I. Equipment: Pumping equipment shall be of the size and design that ensures a
continuous flow of concrete at the delivery end without separation of materials.
Do not pump concrete through aluminum pipes.
2.
Concrete Mix: Shall conform to the architect of record's specified design
requirements, except that mix may contain chemical admixtures to allow proper
pumping. Include the specified high-range or mid-range water reducing
admixture in the mix. Unless strictly controlled and anticipated in the
development of the design mix, the addition of admixtures at the job should be
prohibited.
A.
Contraction joints at interior slabs shall be formed by saw cuts within 4 to 12 hours after
finishing and before random shrinkage cracks form. Concrete surface shall not be torn or
damaged by the blade. Joint spacing shall not exceed 30 times the slab thickness in feet.
Joint patterns shall be generally square. Joint depth shall be V. slab thickness.
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
03310-5
3.04
3.05
I
8.
I
Isolation joints; provide full depth at all locations where slabs adjoin walls, columns,
foundations, drain piping, sprinkler mains, existing concrete or pavement. and other
immovable objects. Provide "pinwheel" isolation joints at columns. '. ~
I
c.
Site concrete; at concrete pavements and curbs, provide contraction joints at 12' O.c.
max. Joint patterns in pavements and sidewalks shall be generally square. At curbs
provide full depth expansion joints at 20-ft. O. C. max. At sidewalks provide weakened
plane contraction joints not more than 5'-0" max. and expansion joints at 20-ft. O.C max.
Tool all edges: Install self-leveling sealant at all isolation/expansion joints.
I
FINISHING/CURING
I
A.
Provide a floor surface which is true and level and achieves "F Numbers" of F F = 30
and F L = 20 minimum overall composite and F F = 20 and F L = 15 minimum at any
individual section, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 1155. Remove surface
irregularities to provide a continuous smooth finish.
I
I
B.
All interior slabs to receive a smooth trowel finish.
c.
I
Provide moisture retaining covered curing of interior slabs for 3 days minimum using
cover materials that limit moisture loss to not more than 0.055 g/cubic cm in 72 hours
when tested per ASTM C-156. Use cover materials that will not stain or impart any
texture to the concrete surface.
I
D.
Apply non-slip broom finish to exterior platforms, walks; steps; ramps and curbs. Tool
all edges to 112" radius unless noted otherwise.
E.
I
Apply concrete hardener to exposed interior floors and exterior slab at recessed entrance.
F.
Floors to receive resilient flooring shall limit moisture vapor emission to not more than 3
pounds or 5 pounds per 1,000 square feet per 24 hours, depending on type of floor finish
being installed, in compliance with ASTM F-1869.
I
G.
Patch all fOnTI holes resulting from removal of form ties. Form ties ends shall be sealed
or coated 'to prevent future rusting from spalling the concrete patch.
I
REP AIRS
I
A. Repair or'replace broken, defective'and stained concrete, and replace non-conforming
concrete;' all as'directed by Walgreens.
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
033 10-6
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
SECTION 04200 - MASONRY AND STONE
I
PART I-GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
I
I
1.02
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
Masonry work includes concrete unit masonry, brick masonry, calcium silicate masonry
units and cast stone.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
All work shall conform to the standards of the Brick Institute of America and to codes
having jurisdiction.
B.
Do not lay units that are wet or frozen.
C.
All brick shall be from a single manufacturer's production run.
D.
Calcium silicate or cast stone products, depending on which is selected, shall be provided
by a single manufacturer.
1. Use only one product throughout the project.
2. The color of all stone products must match.
3. Do not combine calcium silicate and cast stone products on the same project.
E.
Comply with ASTM C 1364 - Architectural Cast Stone and the Cast Stone Institute
Technical Manual.
F.
Mortar and Grout Testing:
1. Test grout in each type of wall construction in conformance with ASTM C 1019-
02
2. Inspect cores of fully grouted masonry reinforcing.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
I
I
A.
Shop Drawings: Submit calcium-silicate unit and/or architectural cast stone manufacturers
shop drawings, including profiles, cross sections, modular unit lengths, reinforcement if
required, exposed faces, anchors and annotation of cast stone types and locations if
required by Architect of Record.
1.04 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
I
I
A.
Cast Stone and Calcium Silicate units; Store units in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions to prevent damage or staining.
1. Protect with waterproof covers and prevent condensation under covers.
2. Prevent contact with dirt and splashing.
I
I
2.01
PART II - PRODUCTS
I
I
FACE BRICK (allow 8 weeks minimum lead time)
A. Provide units complying with the following from each manufacturer:
1. ASTM C 216.
2. Size: Standard utility 3 ~1I2" x 3 1I2~" xII 1I2~".
3. Grade: SW
4. Type: FBS
04200-1
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
B. National Accounts: Walgreens has established National Accounts with Carolina Ceramics
Brick Co., Ochs Brick Co. and Mutual Materials Co. Each manufacturer has been
assigned a specific geographic region to supply. Obtain brick in each region from the
following manufacturers:
I. Carolina Caramics Brick Co.
a. Product: "Heritage Wirecut".
b. Territory: East and South:
East; Michigan, Indiana, Ohio, Kentucky, Virginia, Pennsylvania, New
York, Massachusetts, Maryland, Connecticut, New Jersey.
South; :North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Tennessee, Alabama,
Mississippi, Arkansas, Louisiana, West Virginia, Deleware.
2. Ochs Brick Co.
a. Product: "Tangerine Velour Wirecuf'
b. Territory: Midwest: South Dakota, Nebraska, Kansas, Oklahoma,
Missouri, Iowa, Minnesota, Wisconsin, Illinois.
3. Mutual Materials Co.
a. Product: "Copper, Mission Texture Wirecut"
b. Territory: West: Washington, Oregon, Idaho, Wyoming, Utah,
Colorado.
I
I
I
I
I
I
C. Provide special shapes at all non 90-degree comers.
I
I
I
I
I
D. Provide solider units with adjacent side finish at end units.
2.02
HOLLOW BRICK MASONRY (Thru-Wall Units): Provide" Heritage" as manufactured by
Carolina Ceramics, or" Copper", as manufactured by Mutual Materials or Walgreens approved
equal. Conform as ASTM C652.
Size: As required by the architect/engineer of record, but not less than 7 1/28" w x 3 1/24" h x l!.:
1/2+2" l.
Grade: SW
Type: HBS
Class: H60V
Water Repellent: Apply Prosoco Sure Klean@ Weather Seal Siloxane WB, Prosoco Sure Klean@
Weather Seal Siloxane PD or Hydrozo Enviroseal@ 7.
I
I
I
2.03
CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS: Provide hollow load bearing block complying with ASTM
C90, normal weight.
Size: Nominal 16" long x 8" high
Grade: N
Type: III
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
04200-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
2.04 SPLIT FACE CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS: Provide hollow load bearing block complying
with ASTM C90, normal weight.
Size: Nominal 16" long x 8" high Grade: N
Type: II
Integral Water Repellant Admixture: Grace Masonry Products DRY-BLOCKTM
Style/Color: Northern and Chicago Prototype; Northfield Block Company standard #21 or
205, Snyder Concrete Products, Inc. #210 "Pewter Gray" or Walgreen approved
equal.
I
I
I
2.05
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.06
I
I
I
I
Southern Prototype; "Tse Tan" by Anchor Block of Florida, Inc, Metromont
Materials Corp. "Sandstone #84", Mutual Materials "Castle White" or Walgreen
approved equal.
CALCUIM SILICATE UNITS
A.
Provide Renaissance@ Masonry Units manufactured by Arriscraft International, Inc. or
Walgreens approved equal.
B. Calcium Silicate Units: ASTM C 73, Grade SW; solid units, pressure formed and
autoclaved, 3 %" x 11 %" x 23 %", sandblasted and rocked finish (as indicated) on
exposed faces and ends, "Nutmeg" or "Oyster" color.
1. Compressive Strength: 6600 psi, to ASTM C 170.
2. Absorption: 8.8 percent to ASTM C 97.
3. Density: 1291bs/ft3 to ASTM C 97.
4. Modulus of Rupture: 770 psi to ASTM C 99.
C. Fabricate calcium silicate masonry units to the following tolerances:
1. Unit Length: plus-or-minus 1/16".
2. Unit Height: plus-or-minus 1/16".
3. Deviation from Square: plus-or-minus 1/16" with measurement taken using
longest edge as base.
4. Bed Depth: plus-or-minus 1/8:.
CAST STONE
A. Provide RockCast Architectural Series units manufactured by RockCast, Division of
Reading Rock, Inc.-eI':L. Select Stone series units manufactured by Continental Cast Stone
Manufacturing, Inc or Prairie Stone manufactured bv Northfield Block Co "Buff".
B. Cast Stone Units: ASTM C 90, machine cast, 3 %" x II %" x 23 %", smooth face and
split face finish (as indicated) on exposed faces and ends, RockCast "Buffstone" or
Continental Stone color #1105".
1. Compressive Strength: ASTM C 140, > 5,000 psi at 28 days;
2. Absorption: ASTM C 140, < 5.0 percent at 28 days.
3. Linear Shrinkage: ASTM C 426, < 0.065 percent.
4. Density: ASTM C 140, > 120 Ibslft3.
5. Freeze-thaw: ASTM C 666, < 4.0 percent.
6. Curing: in exposed chamber at 95 percent RH and 95 to 120 degrees F for 12 to
18 hours or yard cure for 350 degree-days.
C. Cast Stone Materials
1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or III, white or gray as required to match
specified color.
2. Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C 33 except for gradation, granite, quartz or
limestone.
3. Fine Aggregates: ASTM C 33 except for gradation, manufactured or natural
sands.
4. Pigments: ASTM C 979, except do not use carbon black pigments, inorganic
iron oxide.
5. Water Reducing, Retarding and Accelerating Admixtures: ASTM C 494.
6. Water: drinkable.
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
04200-3
FISCAL 2006
2.07
2.08
I
7.
Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, deformed steel bars, galvanized when less than
I ~" of material.
a. Galvanized Coating: ASTM A 767.
I
I
O.
Fabricate Cast Stone units to the folIowing tolerances:
I. Comply with the Cast Stone Institute Technical Manual.
2. Cross Section: plus-or-minus 1/8".
3. Unit Length: do not exceed length/360 or plus-or-minus lI8" whichever is
greater.
4. Warp, Bow or Twist: do not exceed length/360 or plus-or-minus lI8" whichever
is greater.
I
I
E.
Water repellant: Apply Prosoco Sure Klean@ Weather Seal Siloxane WB, Prosoco Sure
Klean@ Weather Seal Siloxane PO or Hydrozo Enviroseal@7.
I
MORTAR AND GROUT:
I
A. Provide mortar and grout complying with ASTM C 270 or ASTM C476 (for reinforced
masonry) and requirements of architect of record. Type S based on proportion
specification.
I
I
B. Mortar shall be pre-blended and pre-packaged to produce mortar with the required
properties when dispensed from a silo type dispensing system. On site batching of
individual mortar materials is prohibited.
C.
MORTAR MATERIALS:
I. Portland cement: ASTM C 150, type I.
2. Masonry cement: ASTM C 91.
3. Hydrated lime: ASTM C207, type S.
4. Sand: ASTM C 144.
5. Aggregates for grout ASTM C 404.
6. Mortar color pigment: none
7. Admixture: Comply with ASTM C-270. Anti-freeze compounds or those
containing chlorides are prohibited.
a. Provide Grace Masonry Products ORY-BLOCKTM mortar admixture at
all single wythe concrete masonry unit and hollow brick masonry
walIs.
8. Water: drinkable.
I
I
I
I
ACCESSORIES
I
A. Joint Reinforcement: Provide ASTM A 82 cold drawn steel wire with ASTM A 153,
Class B2 hot-dipped galvanized coating, anchor type as required by the architect of
record. Corrugated walI ties are prohibited.
I. Provide Type 304 stainless steel anchors in coastal areas and highly corrosive
environments.
2. Cavity Walls with Insulation: provide units with adjustable double wire/eye or
clips to hold insulation tight against block back up.
I
I
B.
MiscelIaneous Materials: Flashing, weep products, controVexpansion joint materials as
required by architect of record.
1. Acceptable concealed flexible flashing: 3 oz copper sheet bonded between two
layers of asphalt waterproofed creped kraft paper, EPOM thru-wall flashing (40
mil min.).
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
04200-4
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
I
2. Acceptable weep products (brick masonry): Rectangular plastic tubes with insect
screen and cotton wick, cotton wick cords, Mortar Net weep vent.
3. Acceptable weep products (hollow brick masonry): cotton wick cords, Masonry
Technology, Inc. "Core Vent".
4. Cavity drainage system; provide Mortar Net™ at brick masonry and Mortar Net
B10ckTM at block or hollow brick masonry walls.
PART lll- EXECUTION
C.
Cleaner: Prosoco Sure Klean@ "600 Detergent" or "VanaTrol".
3.01 INSTALLATION
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.02
I
I
I
I
I
3.03
I
I
I
A.
Cut masonry units using motor-driven wet saws to provide clean. sharp, unchipped edges.
Cut units as required to provide continuous pattern and to fit adjoining work. Use full-size
units without cutting where possible.
I. Pre-soak calcium silicate units using clean water, prior to cutting. Allow units to
dry prior to placement
B.
Vertical Reinforcement; Provide inspection ports at all locations where vertical
reinforcing is to be fully grouted within the unit core to allow confirmation that cores
have been fully grouted. Following inspection, close all inspection ports and make flush
with surrounding masonry.
C.
Increase quantity of wall ties around perimeter of openings, at wall terminations and
comers. Place wall ties within 8" of openings and edges of masonry.
D.
Pull calcium silicate and cast stone units from multiple cubes to minimize variation in
color.
CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES
A.
Variation from Plwnb: Vertical lines, surfaces or columns, walls do not exceed 1/4" in
10' nor 1I2" up to 40'. For external comers, expansion joints, control joints and other
conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1I4" in any story of20' maximum. Vertical alignment of
head joints notto exceed 1I4" in 10'.
B.
Variation from Level: For bed joints, parapets, horizontal grooves and other conspicuous
lines, do not exceed 1/4" in any bay or 20' maximum.
c.
Variation of Linear Building Line: Do not exceed 1I2" in any bay or 20' maximum, nor
3/4" in 40' or more.
D.
Variation in Mortar Joint Thickness: Do not exceed joint thickness indicated by more
than plus or minus 1I8".
LA YINa MASONRY WALLS:
A. Pattern Bond: Lay brick masonry in.x running bond for utility size brick. Do not use
units with less than nominal 4" horizontal face dimensions at comers or jambs.
I. Lay exposed Concrete Masonry Units, Split Faced Masonry Units, Calcium
Silicate units and Rock Cast units in running bond.
B.
Tool exposed joints slightly concave.
CRITERIA SPECIFlCA TIONS
04200-5
FISCAL 2006
3.04
I
I
C. Keep cavity in cavity walls clean of mortar drippings and debris.
D.
I
Hollow Brick Masonry Units:
1. Shall be laid with full face and head joints to increase resistance to water
penetration.
2. Shall be flashed and weeped at wall base, below and above all wall openings and
at tops of walls.
I
E.
Calciwn Silicate and Cast Stone Units:
1. Set in full bed of mortar.
2. Fully bond intersections, external comers and vertical joints.
3. Do not adjust units after laying. Where resetting is required, remove, clean units
and reset in new mortar.
4. Surface effiorescence and cracking are cause for rejection of individual delivered
units.
I
I
CLEANING
I
A.
After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean masonry completely using the "bucket
and brush hand cleaning" method. Use only cleaning solutions approved by manufacturer
of masonry units being cleaned. Apply cleaning solution in strict accordance with solution
manufacturers written instructions. Do not use metallic tools to remove large mortar
particles. Do not use muriatic acid. Do not sandblast
I
I
B.
Test cleaning method on small inconspicuous area of each type of masonry to be cleaned,
before full cleaning, to confirm masonry will not be damaged or discolored.
I
C.
Apply water repellant to Hollow Clay Masonry Units and Cast Stone Units after
installation, cleaning and acceptance.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
04200-6
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
SECTION 05120 - STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING
I
PART I - GENERAL
'.
1.0 I DESCRIPTION
I
I
A.
The work includes but is not limited to structural steel, steel studs, and miscellaneous
fabrications.
B.
Miscellaneous Fabrications include but are not limited to railings, ladders, elevator
hoisting beams (if applicable) and roof opening frames.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
I
I
"
I
I
I
1.03
I
A.
Comply with AISC "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges", latest
edition. A WS D 1.1 "Structural Welding Code".
B.
Comply with AISI "Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Structural Members".
c.
Comply with requirements of architect of record.
D.
Field alterations of structural steel is not allowed without written approval of the
Engineer of Record.
E.
Quality Control Testing: A certified A WS Weld Inspector shall inspect 100% of welded
moment connections and 10% of all other welded connections. Manually torque test
10% of all bolted connections to verify correct tightness.
SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings to architect of record.
I
2.01
PART II - PRODUCTS
MATERIALS
I
I
I
I
A. Structural Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars; ASTM A36.
B.
Steel Pipe; ASTM A53, Type E or S, grade B.
c.
Steel Tubing; Cold-Formed ASTM A 500, grade B; hot-formed ASTM A 501.
D.
Anchor bolts and fasteners, ASTM A 325 as required by architect of record. ASTM A
307 anchor bolts are acceptable in non-tension applications.
E.
Primer; Fabricators standard rust inhibiting primer.
I
3.01
PART III - EXECUTION
F. Steel studs and C joists, ASTM A653, Structural Quality, grade 33.
I
ERECTION
A. Set frames accurately to lines and elevations indicated. Level and plumb individual
members within AISC tolerances. Comply with AISC specifications for bearing,
alignment and welds.
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
05120-1
I
I
B.
Touch-up paint alI exposed and/or abraded areas after erection.
~. c.
Welds of alI metal fabrications shalI be ground smooth and prepared for final painting.
I
D.
AlI structural steel encased in concrete, masonry or in contact with earth shalI be painted
with bituminous paint.
I
E. Hoisting beams for elevators shalI be furnished and instalIed by General Contractor.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
05120-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
SECTION 05250 - METAL JOISTS/METAL DECKING
I
PART I - GENERAL
1.0 I DESCRIPTION
I
A. The extent of steel joists, joist girders and metal decking is shown on drawings.
1.02
QUALITY ASSURANCE
I
A.
Provide joists fabricated in compliance with the Steel Joist Institute (SJ I) specifications
and load tables for K-Series and KS-Series Open Web Steel Joists. Provide joist girders
in compliance with SJI ~pecifications and Load Tables with G-Series joist girders.
I
B.
Provide metal deck in compliance with:
II
I
AISC "Specification for the Design of Cold -
Formed Steel Structural Members".
A WS "Structural Welding Code".
SOl "Design Manual for Floor Decks and Roof Decks.
Provide roof deck, which is listed in "Factory
Mutual Approval Guide" for "Class I" fire rated construction.
I
1.03
SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings to architect of record.
I
PART II - PRODUCTS
2.01 JOISTS
I
A.
Steel: Comply with SJI " Specifications".
I
B. Fasteners: ASTM A 325 or A490 structural bolts, nuts and hardened washers.
c.
Steel Primer Paint: Manufacturers standard.
I
2.02
METAL DECKING
A. Provide units of size and gauge as required by architect of record.
I
B.
Steel for painted metal deck: ASTM A 1008 Grade C.
C. Steel for galvanized metal deck: ASTM A 653, Structural Quality.
Ie
D.
Galvanizing: ASTM A924, G60.
I
E.
Miscellaneous shapes, extensions, connectors, closure strip, bracing as required by the
architect of record.
I
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
05250-1
FISCAL 2006
I
PART III - EXECUTION
I
3.01
JOISTS:
'.
A. Do not start placement until supporting work is in place and secured.
I
B.
Comply with requirements of architect of record.
I
C. Coordinate placement to eliminate conflict with all roof openings.
3.02
METAL DECK
I
A.
Place on supporting framework, adjust to final position accurately aligned and on proper
bearing.
I
B. Secure as required by architect of record.
c.
Provide additional support, closers, etc. at all openings.
I
'\
3.03 TOUCH-UP PAINT
A.
Touch-up all exposed or abraded joists and metal deck after installation.
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
05250-2
FISCAL 2006
II
I
I
I
SECTION 06100 - CARPENTRY
I
PART I - GENERAL
1.0 I DESCRIPTION
I
I
1.02
I
I
1.03 ..
I
I
A.
The work includes but is not limited to rough carpentry, wood trusses, finish carpentry
and casework.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Wood Trusses; Comply with Truss Plate Institute recommendations and publications as
applicable.
B. Casework: Comply with Architeetu"ral Woodwork Institute "Architectural Woodwork
Quality Standards" latest edition, section 400 as applicable, custom grade.
SUBMITTALS
A. Wood trusses; submit shop drawings to architect of record.
B.
Casework; submit shop drawings to architect of record.
c.
Fire Retardant Treatment for Wood: Submit to architect of record and Walgreens;
manufacturer, name of process and warranty terms.
I
2.01
PART ll- PRODUCTS
LUMBER AND TRUSSES
I
I
I
I
A.
Comply with PS 20 "American Softwood Lumber Standard".
B.
Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp evidencing compliance with
grading rules and moisture content.
c.
Dress lumber; dressed S4S.
D.
Provide lumber with 19% moisture content at time of dressing.
E.
Proyid~ grade and species as required by the architect of record.
F.
Provide treated lumber for exterior framing and as required by local codes.
2.02 SHEATHING & PANELS
I
I
I
I
A.
Roof Sheathing: Provide 5/8" minimum thickness plywood, AP A rated for exterior use.
Oriented Strand Board (OSB) is not acceptable.
B.
Wall Sheathing:
I. Plywood: AP A rated for exterior exposure, 5/8" minimum thickness. Oriented
Strand Board (OSB) is not acceptable.
2.
Glass Mat Gypsum Boards: Dens-Glass Gold or Dens-Glass Gold Fireguard, by
Georgia-Pacific Corp., or GlasRockTM by BPB America, Inc., 5/8" minimum
I
CRITERIA SPECIFlCA TIONS
FISCAL 2006
06100-1
I
thickness.
I
3.
Fiberock@ Brand Sheathing, 5/8" minimum thickness, by U.S. Gypsum
Company.
I
c.
Plywood backing for telephone/electrical, APA C-O plugged - in with exterior glue 3/4"
minimum thickness, install with "c" face exposed.
I
2.03 WOOD TREATMENT
.,
2.04
2.05
A.
Preservation Treatment: Comply with applicable standards of A WP A C2 (lumber) and
C9 (plywood) and A WPB listed below:
I. Pressure-treat above ground items with water-borne preserVatives complying
with A WPB LP-2. After treatment, kiln-dry lumber and plywood to a maximum
moisture content, respectively, of 19% and 15%.
I
I
2.
Pressure-treat ground or water contacting members complying with A WPB LP-
22.
I
B.
Fire Retardant Treatment: Comply with A WP A C-27 as applicable. Process shall not
promote premature degradation of wood products in the conditions in which fire-treated
lumber/panels will be installed.
I. Provide materials with maximum moisture content, after treatment, of 15% or
less.
I
I
2. Manufacturer: Provide "Oricon FRT", with current warranty.
C. Fasteners: Provide stainless steel or hot-dipped-galvanized connectors/fasteners. Hot-
dipped fasteners/connectors shall be continuous galvanized G 185 or G90 HOG per
ASTM A-653, batch/post HOG per ASTM A-123 (connectors) ASTM A-153 (fasteners)
or mechanical galvanizing per ASTM B-695, class 55 or better.
I
PLASTIC LAMINATE FABRICATIONS
I
A.
All fabrications to be self edged with plastic laminate.
I
B. Countertops and sills: Comply with A WI standard 400, custom grade.
c.
I
Plastic Laminate: 1/16" thick materials as follows:
I. Sill at pharmacy wall & sales area; Wilsonart #2970-6 "White Leather".
2.
Employee Room coimtertop with back and side splashes: Wilsonart #2970-6
"White Leather", cabinet: Wilsonart #1573-60 "Frosty White".
I
3.
I
Storefront stool: Wilsonart #2970-6 "White Leather".
4. Orive- Thru Casework: Laminate panel at drive~thru window removable knee
wall countertop, side and back panels: Wilsonart #1595-60 "Matte Black".
I
MISCELLANEOUS
A.
Closet/Storage Shelving: Comply with A WI 600, custom grade, paint finish.
I
B. Miscellaneous wood trim; Comply with A WI 300, custom grade, paint finish.
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
06100- 2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
c.
Building Paper: ASTM 0 226, Type I, 15 LB, non-perforated asphalt saturated felt.
o.
Hardboard: Opaque, grade II, tempered smooth one side, 1/4" thick.
E.
Cedar Fence: Western Red Cedar or White Cedar with band sawn textured surface.
1. Posts: Galvanized steel posts, concealed on the show side (facing neighbors) by
a wood board/picket. Provide ASTM A-90 zinc coating, Type I. Line posts
shall be min. 2.375" (nom. o.d.). Comer and terminal posts shall be min. 3.0"
(nom.o.d.)
2. Rails: Grade: Standard or Better per NLGA 122b, c, WCLlB 122b, c and
WWPA 40.11.
3. Boards: Grade: Custom Knotty per WRCLA.
4. Sealer: Olympic Maximum™ Clear Waterproofing Sealant or Walgreen
approved equal.
'.
PART III - EXECUTION
GENERAL
I
3.01
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
Securely and properly support and anchor all work to accurate fit, lines, level, and plumb
without distortion.
B.
Install fire-retardant treated materials in environments and with proper ventilation to
prevent degradation of wood materials.
c.
Do not cut or alter wood trusses members.
O.
Condition woodwork/casework to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation
area prior to installing.
END OF SECTION
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
06100-3
FISCAL 2006
I
I
SECTION 07200 - INSULATION
I
PART I - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
I
A.
Insulation work includes:
I. Insulation under slabs on grade.
I
2.
Foundation wall insulation.
3.
Board-type wall insulation, concealed.
I
4.
Sound attenuating batts specified in section 09250.
5. Roof deck insulation specified in section 07500.
I
6.
EIFS insulation specified in section 07240.
"
7.
Batt insulation at tilt-up concrete walls, Southern Prototype wall sections and
Thru-Wall clay masonry wall sections.
I
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
I
A.
Comply with code required fire-resistance, flammability and insurance ratings.
B.
Construction assemblies shall achieve minimum aged "R" values as follows:
I. Roof: See Sections 07510,07520,07530 or 07535 as applicable. Insulation
applied to back of suspended ceiling system is prohibited. Batt insulation shall
not be attached to nor suspended below the roof deck. Required "R-value" shall
be achieved in the construction above the roof deck.
I
I
2. Walls - R-IO minimum.
I
PART II - PRODUCTS
2.0 I MATERIALS
I
A.
Bead board insulation is not acceptable.
I
B.
Extruded Polystyrene Board Insulation (cavity wall & foundation): Rigid, closed-cell,
board complying with ASTM C-578 Type IV with the following properties:
I. Compressive Strength: 25 psi minimum.
I
2.
Flexural Strength: 50 Ibsfin. 2 min. (ASTM C 203).
3.
Thermal Resistance: 5 year aged R-values of 5.4 and 5.0 min. of-ft 2 -
hfBtu 2 finch at 400F and 750F respectively (ASTM C 518).
I
I
4. Water Absorption: max. 0.1% by volume (ASTM C 272).
5.
Water Vapor Permeance: 1.1 perm-inch max.
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
07200-1
FISCAL 2006
c.
4.
"
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
D.
6.
I
I
Dimensional Stability: 2% max. linear change (ASTM D 2126).
7.
Flame Spread: 5 (ASTM E 84).
'.
I
8.
Smoke Developed: 45 to 165 (ASTM E 84).
9. Size: manufacturer's standard lengths and widths.
I
I
Extruded Polystyrene Board Insulation (Z-furring): Rigid, closed-cell, board complying
with ASTM C-578 Type X with the following prbperties:
1. Compressive Strength: 15 psi minimum.
2.
Flexural Strength: 40 Ibs/in.2 min. (ASTM C 203).
I
3.
Thermal Resistance: 5 year aged R-values of 5.4 and 5.0 min. of_ft 2 -
h/Btu 2 finch at 400F and 750F respectively (ASTM C 518).
I
Water Absorption: max. 0.1% by volume (ASTM C 272).
Water Vapor Permeance: l.l perm-inch max.
I
Dimensional Stability: 2%max. linear change (ASTM D 2126).
Flame Spread: 5 (ASTM E 84).
I
Smoke Developed: 45 to 165 (ASTM E 84).
I
Size: 23-7/8" manufacturer's standard lengths.
Glass Fiber Batt Insulatiori: Inorganic (non asbestos) fibers formed into semi-rigid batts;
ASTM C665, Type Ill, Class B, reflective foil faced, with the following properties:
I. Water vapor permeance::; 0.05 perms per ASTM E 96,
I
2.
Water vapor sorption, 0.5% max. by weight ASTM CII04, R-value II.
I
I
3.
Flame-Spread Rating/Smoke Developed: Provide rating of25/50 respectively,
ASTM E 84.
4.
Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where units are included in rated wall/ceiling/floor
construc'tio~,:provide mineraI.wool units, which have been tested and rated as
required for the indicated assembly.
I
2.02 AUXILIARY INSULATING MATERIALS
A.
PART Ill- EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A.
Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: Film of thickness shown on drawings with vapor
transmission rating of 0.2 perms.
I
I
Extend insulation full thickness over entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around
obstructions.
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
07200-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
8.
Set vapor barrier faced units with vapor barrier to warm side of construction, except as
otherwise shown. Do not obstruct ventilation spaces, except for firestopping.
I
c.
Rigid board insulation shall be installed only in concealed locations.
3.02 V APOR RETARDERS
I
A.
Extend vapor retarders to extremities of areas to be protected. Secure in place. Extend
vapor barriers to cover miscellaneous voids in insulated substrates.
I
8.
Repair punctures and tears in vapor retarders before concealment by other work.
I
END OF SECTION
I
\.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
07200- 3
FISCAL 2006
I
I
SECTION 07410 - METAL SiDiNG SOFFITS AND TRIM
I
PART I - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
I
I
1.02
I
I
1.03
"
I
I
1.04
I
A.
Work includes an interlocking metal panel system iristalled at the gable returns of the
Neighborhood Prototype'and metal siding.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All panels and accessories are to be factory formed, finished and packaged.
B.
Applicator shall have five years minimum experience applying these types of panels.
C. Comply with local codes for installation of metal panel soffit system.
WARRANTY
A.
Provide manufacturers standard twenty year finish. warranty.
B.
Panel installer shall issue a two year weather tight and workrrianship guaranty.
SUBMITTALS
A. Submit complete shop drawings, details, product data and material sample to Architect of
Record.
I
2.01
PART II - PRODUCTS
I
I
I
I
2.02 SIDING
I
I
I
SOFFITS (at Neighborhood Prototype gable returns only)
A. Manufacturers: AT AS International, Inc., McElroy Metals, Inc.
B.
Panel: AT AS ''Wind-Lok™'' WL V-120 or McElroy "Matrix" vented soffit panel with
integral lock and seam design.
1. Gauge: 0.032.
2.
Color: Kynar 500@ Sandstone White.
3. Length: Manufacturers standard 12 ft., depth; 7!l6 inch.
, ,
c.
Fabrication: Fabricate panels, trim and acce~sories to allow controlled expansioIl in
running lengths in relation to system components, adjoining materials, flashing and wall
construction.
A.
Panel (at Drive-Thru fascia and gable end wall): AT AS International, Inc ''Opaline™'' or
Walgreens approved equal.
I. Panel code: OPF 080, joint style "C"(no reveal).
2. Gauge: 24 ga. G-90 galvanized steel.
3.
Panel Width: 8 inches.
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
FISCAL 2006
07410-1
I
I
4. Texture: Smooth.
'.
5.
I
Finish: Kynar 500@ color to match adjoining standing seam roof.
B.
Panel (at rear of entry tower): Prefinished "M" profile, steel sheet
1. Manufacturer: Berridge Manufacturing Company
Material Building Components, Inc. (MBCI) or approved equaL
I
2.
Gauge: 26 ga.
I
3.
Color: Kynar500@ manufacturers st:mdard color that most closely matches the
color of the adjoining finished wall. Galvanized finish acceptable in areas not
readily visible from within the site.
I
2.03 TRIM & ACCESSORIES
A.
Soffits: (at Neighborhood Prototype gable returns only)
I. Factory formed in standard 12-ft. lengths. Color to match panels.
I
2.
I
Provide all trim, closure strips, etc. required for proper installation.
3. Anchorage: Anchor in compliance with manufacturers instructions.
B.
I
Siding:
1.
Manufacturers standard fasteners, brackets, clips, furring strips, spacers,
flashings, closures, weather-stripping, joint sealers, sealants, expansion control,
etc. as required for complete weathertight installation.
I
2.
Anchorage: Comply with manufacturers instructions.
I
3.01
P ART III - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION - Soffits
I
3.02
A. System shall be installed level and true to line.
B.
I
Panel system shall not come in contact with dissimilar materials, which will cause
harmful reactions between the metals and/or finish.
C. Panels shall be fully interi~cked with its adjacent paneL
I
D. Install system to prevent bending, buckling, twisting, abrasion, scratching, denting, etc.
Only minor scratches may be touched-up in field.
I
INSTALLATION - Siding
A.
Separate dissimilar metals with coat of bituminous paint, concealed on one or both sides.
I
B.
Anchor components secu~ely in place. Use fasteners recommended by panel
manufacturer. Accommodate thermal and structural movement. Use gasketed fasteners
to prevent electrolytic action between metals.
I
c.
Tolerances: Erect work level and plumb with variance not exceeding 1/4 inch in 20 ft in
~ili~~. .
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
07410-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
D.
Align vertical joints where Drive- Thru gable end panels adjoin fascia band immediately
below.
'.
I
3.03
PERFORMANCE
I
A.
Load Capacity: Normal uniform loading of 20 psf inward and outward without failure or
as required by local authorities/conditions.
I
B.
Deflection: Maximum of 11180 for simple span, loaded as indicated or as required by
local authorities/conditions.
c.
Water Penetration: No uncontrolled leakage under spray test and 4 psf air pressure
differential.
I
3.04 CLEANING
I
A.
Completed system shall be clean and free from grease, stains and finger marks.
3)05 PROTECTION
I
A.
Protect work to be free from damage at time ofWalgreens acceptance and completion of
entire project.
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
07410-3
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 07500 - MEMBRANE ROOFING
PART I - GENERAL
1.01 PROJECT REQUIREMENTS
A. The roofing system to be installed shall comply with this section together with Sections
07510, Section 07520, Seetion 07530 or Seetien 07535 of the Walgreens Criteria
Specification. The membrane manufacturer and products approved for use are listed in
these sections.
I
I
I
I
B. Prior to Walgreen's acceptance of the completed roofing installation, the Developer or
General Contractor shall have the roof inspected by the Walgreen's Roof Consultant.
Walgreen's Roof Consultant: RRK Associates, L TD
Commercial Industrial Roof Consultants
14044 West Petronella Drive, Suite #5
Libertyville, IL 60048
Attn: Guy H. Snowden Jr.
Phone: 847-680-0866
Fax: 847-680-0883
I
I
I
I
I
C. The Developer, General Contractor and/or Roofing Contractor shall notifY Walgreen's
Roof Consultant upon completion of the roof membrane installation, including all sheet
metal and related items, to schedule a final roof inspection. Upon inspection of the
completed installation by both the membrane manufacturer and Walgreen's Roof
Consultant, a letter of acceptance shall be furnished to the Developer and Walgreen
Company Roofing Consultant prior to final payment to the Roofing Contractor.
D. Roofing membranes shall be installed to comply with Walgreen's requirements by regions
of the continental United States as follows:
Region I and Region II (North & South Zones): Provide a mineral surfaced modified
bitumen membrane as detailed in Section 07520.
R-egien I (Nerth Zones): "~fully aElhered EPDM roating memlmme assembly as listed in
Section 0753{) shall be approved in falla'';..ng states aaly: Maine, Ne>.v Hampshire,
Massadmsetts, Rhade Island, New Yark, New Jersey, Canneeticut, Delaware,
Maryland, Pen.'15)'lvania, West Virginia, ORia, Michigan, Verment, Minneseta Montana
and Wiseansin.;;p
EPDM reefmg vAll net be appre',ed;:ritilny ather state.
I
I
I
Region III (West Zone):'Provide a modified bitumen roofing membrane system as
accepted in Regions I & II and detailed in Section 07520. Additionally, in the West Zone
only, a built up roofing specification will be accepted ov~r wood roof decks where the
primary insulation is below the roof deck or whe~e primary insulation is installed over
metal deck. This system is specified in Section 01Sio.-Built-Up Membrane Roofmg. A
single layer of perlite roof insulation shall be installed over wood decking prior to
installation of the roOf specified in Section 07510.
I
I
See Zone Map, controlling roofing specification, at the end of this section. Note that
local building codes may restrict the installation of certain roofing systems pertaining to
geographic location. Comply with applicable local building codes. All roofing systems
differing from those listed in these specifications, must be approved by Walgreens prior
to being specified or installed.
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
07500-1
FISCAL 2006
E.
Emissiyity and Solar R-efleetive Index (SRI): ThermofJlastie r{Jofing systems eomplying
with Seetian Q7535 'Hill be aeeepted only ....<hen State or leeal eade r-ellUiremems for
Emissi':ity and Solar Refleetive Index eannat be met by the medified bitumen, built up ar
EPDM roofing systems speeified in Seetiaas Q75lQ, 07520 and 07530. Conflrmatien and
proof of loea! eade r-equirements related to Emissivity and SRI must be submitted prior to
and are a eonditien ofaeeeptanee of the rmaplas tie roofing systems by Walgreens.
F.
All sheet metal details, including copings, related to roofing membranes installed under
sections 07500, 07510, 7520, Q7530 and Q7535 shall be installed by the by the membrane
roofing contractor and shall be covered under the roofing contractor's 5 Year
Workmanship Warranty.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.03
A.
Installer Certification: Upon request by Walgreen Company, obtain written certification
from roofing system manufacturer that installer is approved by manufacturer to install the
specified roofing system.
B.
Insurance Certification: Provided completed systems which are listed for UL
(Underwriter Laboratories) Class A external fire exposure and FM (Factory Mutual) Class
I wind resistance and internal fire construction.
C.
The roof shall be constructed of double layers roof insulation to achieve the specific "R-
Value" provided by the insulation types and thickness specified for each roof system.
Insulation components may vary by roof membrane system and shall be supplied and
installed as specified to achieve or exceed minimum thermal value requirements. Comply
with local codes ifhigber "R-Values" are required.
D.
Fabrication of sheet metal roofing accessories shall conform to applicable SMACNA,
NRCA and membrane manufacturer's published details and requirements.
E.
Slope: Roofshall slope at 1I4"lFt. minimum, achieved in the deck structure. All saddles
shall be constructed at twice the slope of the deck.
F.
Final inspection of the completed roof shall be scheduled with Walgreen's Roofing
Consultant and the inspection completed prior to final payment to the roofing contractor.
G.
Prior to final acceptance, complete all roofing punchlist work indicated by RRK &
Associates, Upon completion, submit to Walgreens and RRK & Associates a letter stating
that all punchlist work has been properly completed together with photographs of the
completed repairs, All work must comply with Walgreens Criteria. Manufacturers details
shall not override Walgreens Criteria without prior approval by Walgreens and RRK &
Associates.
SUBMlrr ALS
A.
Furnish complete roof system submittals to the Architect of Record and Walgreen's
Roofing Consultant for review and approval, including all membrane materials,
insulations, mechanical fasteners, bitumen types, sheet metal, accessories, related
components and contractor's Certification from the membrane manufacturer. A copy of
the warranty shall also be submitted for approval. Submittals shall be received not less
than one month prior to starting the project. No work shall commence until the General
Contractor, Developer and Roofing Contractor have received approved roofing system
submittals. Walgreen Company shall, at it's discretion require copies of roofing
submittals.
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
07500-2
FISCAL 2006
---- -- ------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.04
I
I
B. The Developer or General Contractor shall submit to the Walgreen Roofing Consultant
the roofmg submittal form attached to the end of this section prior to the installation of
the new roofing system. The submittal form shall be sent to the Walgreen Roofing
Consultant no later than two weeks prior to the application ofthe new roofing system for
review and approval.
JOB CONDITIONS
A.
Install roofing work in strict compliance with manufacturer's requirements.
B.
The contractor shall prepare and coordinate roofing work to accept the installation of
Walgreens supplied equipment including but not limited to refrigeration equipment and
satellite dish and those systems related support rails, curbs, pipe portals, etc.
1.05 WARRANTY
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
Provide manufacturers I5-year warranty, which begins after the date of substantial
completion, and covers the roofing membrane, associated flashing, roof insulation, roof
accessories, vapor barrier (if any) and labor utilized in the installation of the warranted
materials. The I5-year warranty shall cover the entire roof system and all related
components with no monetary limit, with non-prorated coverage as issued by the
membrane manufacturer. The roofing contractor shall provide a 5 year workmanship and
watertight warranty independent of the membrane manufacturer's 15 year warranty.
1. Warranty to be signed and countersigned by manufacturer and installer with a
copy provided to Walgreen Company.
2.
Upon delivery of possession of the leased premises to the Tenant, Landlord shall
cause all contractor's, subcontractor's and manufacturer's warranties and
guaranties relating to the leased premises to be assigned to Tenant, or the extent
not assignable, then to be issued in Tenant's name.
PART 11- PRODUCTS
3. The 5 Year Workmanship Warranty shall cover all sheet metal work, including
copings, related to the membrane roof installation.
2.01 See sections 07510, 07520, 07530 or 07535 as applicable based on roof system being utilized.
2.02 PARAPET MEMBRANE
I
I
A.
Parapet membrane: Provide roofing system being used on building if approved by roofing
manufacturer or use a fully adhered 45 mil. thick, black EPDM single ply roofing
membrane. Extend membrane up and over top of perimeter walls.
3.01
PART III - EXECUTION
I
INSTALLATION (see sections 07510, 07520, 07530, ar G7535 for system specific
requirements)
A. Install roof system in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions.
I
I
I
B.
Provide saddles/crickets at all curbs and equipment bases to push water around curbs.
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
07500-3
I
C.
I
Protect all adjoining and finished surfaces, including, but not limited to walls, glazing
systems, pavements, walks and landscaping. Repair damaged areas to "as new" condition
at no cost to Walgreen Company.
I
D.
Provide prefabricated jackets and/or pipe portals, weather tight and insect proof, at all
pipe clusters. The use of pitch pockets, or sealant pockets are strictly prohibited on
Walgreen Company roofs. All soil stacks, flue stacks and any other pipe penetration shall
be flashed in on top of the completed roof membrane.
I
E.
Do not install more insulation and membrane than can be made watertight before the end
of each days work.
I
F.
Repair/replace deteriorated, defective or damaged roofing prior to final acceptance by
Walgreen Company.
I
G.
Standing water will not be permitted on any completed roof. All areas where standing
water exists shall be corrected prior to final acceptance of the installation by Walgreens
regardless of acceptance of standing water by the membrane manufacturer. Standing
water is any amount of water remaining on the roof 48 hours after a rainfall.
I
H.
Splash blocks shall consist of pre-manufactured concrete units set on roof pads or
additional layers of membrane and placed under all condensation lines and downspouts.
I
I.
All pipe supports shall be placed over a roof pad that is adhered to the roof surface.
I
J.
All gas, condensation lines, spigots, and electrical lines that penetrate the field of the roof
must be flashed thru a Portals Plus or Pate pipe flashing detail as detailed in the Walgreen
Criteria. The use of a lead sleeve and caulk to flash a penetration is not acceptable.
I
K.
All masonry perimeter walls must be covered and flashed in with roofing material per the
requirements of the membrane manufacturer. At high wall details where the flashing
height exceeds 24", separate the base flashing from the wall flashing with a metal
counterflashing detail. Installations of full height parapet membrane flashing must be
accompanied by written confirmation that the system manufacturer will warrant/guarantee
the installation.
I
I
I
L.
Sign penetrations thru the wall flashings must be above 24" from the completed roof
height and properly flashed so as not to effect the wall flashing warranty.
M. All penetration boots must be terminated with a metal draw band and sealed with caulk.
N.
All fasteners used to secure caps, hoods, counterflashings and coping details shall consist
of stainless steel, neoprene washered screws. Nails are not acceptable.
I
O.
For modified bitumen or built-up roofs, clear the roof of all excess loose granules upon
completion of the roof. Also, all asphalt bleed-out must be covered with granules.
I
P.
Modified bitumen and built-up roof membrane shall be "White Granule" in color.
I
Q.
Penetrations through any roof curb base flashing or any wall flashing is prohibited.
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
07500-4
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
Zone Map Controlline: Roof Specification
I
Norlb Zone Inchldes Alalia
West Zcme Indada HawaII
Soutll Zone Includes Puerto Rico
Nale: The West Zone comprises low elevation regions only.
Mountainous areas irttl1e South and West Zones should
comply with North Z~.$clecifications.
., : -~... ,
North Zolle
I
Zones CoIIIrolllng Roof SpeCifications
I
I
I
I
I
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
07500-5
FISCAL 2006
Roofing System Type: Built-up roof with Cap Sheet 0 Modified Bitumen 0
EPDM i
I
I
I
I
I
WALGREEN ROOFING SYSTEM SUBMITTAL FORM
Fiscal 2004
PLEASE FAX TO RRK ASSOCIATED, LID @ 847-680-0883 FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL.
RRK Associates, Ltd. - 28045 N. Ashley Circle, Suite 109, Libertyville, Illinois 60048 (847) 680-0866
Walgreen Store #
InstaUing Roofing Contractor:
Walgreens Store Address:
Membrane Manufacture:
Specification #
Base Sheet:
Mech. Attached: Y / N
# ofPlys:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Intermediate Plys:
# of Plys:
Asphalt Type and Manufacturer:
Deck Type:
Modified Bitumen Membrane:
Cap Sheet Membrane:
EPDM Membrane:
Insulation Type & Manufacturer:
(Base Laver)
(Top Laver)
Thickness:_
Thickness:_
Tapered Insulation Type and Manufacturer:
Insulation Attachment: (Top Layer):
(Base Layer):
Sheet Metal Type and Manufacturer:
Membrane Warranty Type and Number of Years:
Shingle Type/Standing Seam Metal TypelTile Type and Manufacturer:
Attach: Letter of Certification from Membrane Manufacturer 0
Copy of Warranty Pre-Installation Notice From Manufacturer 0
Copy of Roofing Contractors 5 Year Workmanship Warranty: i
RRK Associates, Ltd. Approval Stamp: COMMENTS:
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
07500-6
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 07510 - BUILT-UP MEMBRANE ROOFING
PART I - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Furnish and install a three-ply fiberglass built-up roofing system with a granular surfaced,
asphalt coated, fiberglass cap sheet.
I
B.
The requirements of Section 07500 apply to this section.
PART II - PRODUCTS
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.01
ROOF INSULATION
A. Base layer insulation; rigid boards, minimum density 2 Ibs./cu.. ft. complying with ASTM C-
1289, Type II, Class I, Grade 2, ASTM C-1330 and ASTM D-1622, polyisocyanurate with
fiberglass perforated facer sheet, 20 psi compressive strength complying with ASTM D-
1621. Dimensional stability shall comply with ASTM D-2126-87. Provide 2.5" x 48" x
96" size. R-value ~ 27.8 minimum (I5 yr. time weighted average).
I. APVroved oerlite insulation:
a. "EnergyGuard™ ISO" as manufactured by GAF.
b. "Energy 3™polyisocyanurate" as manufactured by Johns Manville, Inc.
c. "Derbiboard" as manufactured by Performance Roof Systems.
d. Approved lsocyanurate insulation as listed and approved by Soprema.
e. "ISO 95+ GL" as manufactured by Firestone.
I
I
I
I
I
I
B. Top layer insulation; 3/4" x 48"x 48" perlite or 1/2" x 48" x 48" wood fiberboard as
approved by membrane manufacturer. R-vaIue 1.32 minimum.
1. Approved perlite insulation:
a. "BMCA ™ PermaIite@" as manufactured by GAF.
b. "Fesco Board" as manufactured by Johns Manville, Inc.
c. "Permalite" as manufactured by Performance Roof Systems.
2. Approved wood fiber insulation:
a "BMCA ™ Permalite@ Recover Board" as manufactured by GAF
b. \tS" "Retro-Fit" manufactured by Johns Manville.
c. \tS" "Recover Board" as manufactured by Performance Roof Systems.
d. Approved fiberboard insulation as listed and approved by Soprema.
e. Yz" "Fiber Top" as manufactured by Firestone.
C. Tapered insulation for saddles and crickets; sloped 1/2" per ft. tapered perlite panels.
I. Approved tapered insulation:
a. "BMCA TM Permalite@ Tapered Roof System" as manufactured by
GAF.
b. "Tapered Fesco Board" as manufactured by Johns Manville, Inc.
c. "Permalite Tapered Roof Insulation" as manufactuted by Performance
Roof Systems.
d. Approved insulation as listed and approved by Soprema
e. Approved insulation as listed and approved by Firestone.
2.02
BUlL T-UP ROOF MEMBRANE
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
07510-1
FISCAL 2006
A.
I
I
I
I
General: Provide a three-ply fiberglass built-up roofing system with a granular surfaced,
asphalt coated, fiberglass cap sheet.
1. Acceptable granular surfaced. asphalt coated. fiber glass cap sheet membrane
and manufacturers:
a. GAFGLASS Mineral Surfaced Cap Sheet by GAF
b. GlasKap by Johns Manville, Inc.
c. DERBICOLOR GP FR by Performance Roof Systems.
d. Sopralene 180 FR GR or Sopralene Flam 180 FR GR by Soprema.
e. SBS Cap as manufactured by Firestone.
B.
I
Fiberglass felts, conforming to ASTM 0-2178 Type VI, continuous strand fiberglass mat,
60-lb./inch minimum average tensile strength in both machine and cross machine
directions. Felt type shall provide warranty as specified in Section 07500 - Paragraph
1.05, Part A.
I. Approved fiberglass three ply built-up roofing felts:
a. "Glas Premier" by Johns Manville, Inc.
b. "GAFGLAS 6" by GAF
c. "PRS Ply vr' by Performance Roof Systems.
d. "Sopra VI" by Soprema.
e. "Ply VI" as manufactured by Firestone.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C.
Asphalt Primer: Conforming to ASTM 0-41.
D.
Flashing membrane: Mineral surfaced, APP or SBS, modified bitumen, mop or torch
applied
E.
Interply Bitumen: Type III roofing asphalt conforming to ASTM D-312.
F.
Approved fiberglass base sheet:
a. "GAFGLAS #75" Base Sheet by GAF.
b. "GlasBase" by Johns Manville.
c. "PRS Glass Base" by Performance Roof Systems.
d. "Sopra-G" by Soprema.
e. MB Base as manufactured by Firestone.
G.
Wood Decks (with primary insulation installed at interior side) provide only the following
systems:
1. GAF Built-Up #I-0-4-M/P6
Insulation: Y:z" Permalite Recover Board mechanically fastened with metal
plates and screws.
Ply Sheets: Three plys GAFGlas Ply 6 adhered in solid mopping of Type
III asphalt.
Cap Sheet: GAFGLAS Mineral Surfaced Cap Sheet adhered in solid
mopping of hot Type III asphalt.
I
I
I
2. Johns Manville Built-Up #4-G-I-C
Insulation: :y.." Fesco board mechanically fastened with metal plates and
screws.
Base Sheet: One ply GlasPly Premier adhered into solid mopping of Type
III asphalt.
Ply Sheets: Two plys GlasPly Premier adhered into solid mopping of Type
III asphalt.
Cap Sheet: GlasKap adhered into solid mopping of hot Type III asphalt.
07510-2
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
2.03
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Fasteners: Gripdek plates and screws as manufactured by ITW Builder Corporation or
equal as approved by roof system manufacturer. Provide fastener length sufficient to
anchor base layer of insulation and penetrate through deck 3/4" minimum. Mechanical
fasteners for the application of base sheets directly over wood decks shall be those
approved by the membrane manufacturer.
I
B. Copings, gravel stops, gutters, downspouts, scuppers, etc. as per section 07600.
C.
Sealant: Per section 07900.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D. Expansion joint material: Johns Manville, Expand-O-Flash; model CF-EJ or EJ or GAF
equal with factory made comers and intersections; to match blocking profiles.
E. Termination bars: .040 mill finish aluminum with 3-1/2" vertical drop and 1/2" top caulk
receiver.
F. Sump pans: Recessed 20 Ga. Metal.
G. Drain and Stack Vents: Provide one of the following:
I. 4-1b.desilverized pig lead flashing,
2. Portals Plus "Alumi-Flash" XT with C-126 cap
3. Portals Plus "Pipe Portal System" with RC-4A curb, ABS cover and C-126 cap.
H. Single Pipe Penetrations (natural gas & electric); Provide one of the following:
I. Portals Plus "Alumi-Flash" XT with EPDM capsized to fit pipe.
2. Portals Plus "Pipe Portal System" with ABS cover and EPDM capsized to fit
pipe.
3. Pate Pipe Curb with ABS cover #pcc-2 and PVC capsized to fit pipe.
I. Condensate Drains (where internal piping is required): Provide Portals Plus Alumi-Flash
(standard) with C-126 cap or Pate Pipe Seal #pps-3 with spun aluminum base.
J. Plastic Cement, conforming to Federal Specification SS-C-153C.
K. Traffic Pads: provide 3/8" thick "DynaTred Plus Roof Walkway" or approved equal as
supplied by the membrane manufacturer to be installed.
PART III - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. The requirements of Part III, Section 07500 apply to this section.
3.02 INSTALLATION - Insulation
A. Mechanically attach first layer of double layer insulation in compliance with Factory
Mutual Class I construction and 1-60 Windstorm Classification minimum, or in
accordance with local wind storm classification, which ever is higher. Install base layer
with the long dimension of the board perpendicular to metal deck flutes.
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
07510-3
FISCAL 2006
B.
C.
I
I
Install top layer of roof insulation in 30 lb. of hot asphalt adhesive to achieve full
adhesion of the board. Install board with long dimension perpendicular to the long
direction of base layer and parallel to the deck flutes. Offset insulation joints 6" minimum
between top and bottom layers.
I
3.03 INSTALLATION - Membrane
Install saddles and crickets into 30 lbs. per square of hot asphalt adhesive.
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Built up roofing interply mopping weights shall be 25 lbs. per square per ply.
I
The three-ply fiberglass built-up roofing membrane assembly shall be installed into solid
moppings of hot asphalt at a rate of 25 lbs. per 100 sq. ft. ofroof area. The felts (Type
VI), shall be installed starting with a piece 12" wide, then over that, one 24" wide, then
over that, one 36" wide. All following felts are to be applied full width, overlapping the
precediQg felts by 242/3" providing three plies offelt covering all substrate locations.
I
I
Once the three ply built-up roofing membrane assembly has been applied, install the
mineral surfaced modified bitumen cap sheet into a solid mopping of hot asphalt at a rate
of 25 lbs. per 100 sf. of roof area. The mineral surfaced cap sheet shall be applied in
accordance with the membrane manufacturer's requirements regarding end and side lap
overlap.
I
Over wood roof decks only, with primary insulation installed on the interior, a single
layer of FM Global listed/approved and UL listed/approved perlite board roof insulation
shall be mechanically fastened over the wood deck prior to installation of the roofing
membrane assembly. Install insulation in strict compliance with FM Global wind up-lift
requirements and membrane manufacturer's requirements. Only those roofing membranes
indicated in Part II under "Wood Decks" as listed and rated by UL as Class A are
approved for this type of construction. All insulation joints must be offset from roof deck
joints 6" minimum.
I
I
I
Terminate the flashings of all roof curb comers with transition flashing or cover with
three course of roofing cement and fabric reinforcement. All exposed roofing cement
shall be protected with granules.
I
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
07510-4
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
SECTION 07520 - MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING MEMBRANE
PART I - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
I
I
I
A.
Furnish and install an APP or SBS mineral surfaced modified bitumen roofmg system,
including but not limited to; preparation of the roof deck, installation of roofmg
insulation, installation of a new membrane system, flashing, sheet metal, expansion
joints, counter-flashing and other related items.
PART II - PRODUCTS
B. The requirements of Section 07500 apply to this section.
2.01 ROOF INSULATION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.02
I
A.
Base layer insulation; rigid boards, minimum density 2 lbs.lcu. ft. complying with ASTM
C-1289, Type II, Class I, Grade 2, ASTM C-1330 and ASTM D-1622, polyisocyanurate
with fiberglass perforated facer sheet, 20 psi compressive strength complying with
ASTM D-1621. Dimensional stability shall comply with ASTM D-2126-87. Provide
2.5" x 48" x 96" size. R-value lj.J 27.8 minimum (15 yr. time weighted average).
]. Approved insulation:
a. "EnergyGuard™ ISO" as manufactured by GAF.
b. "Energy 3™polyisocyanurate'' as manufactured by Johns Manville, Inc.
c. "Derbiboard" as manufactured by Performance Roof Systems.
d. Approved Isocyanurate insulation as listed and approved by Soprema.
e. "ISO 95+ GL" as manufactured by Firestone.
B.
Top layer insulation; 3/4" x 48"x 48" perlite or 1/2" x 48" x 48" wood fiberboard as
approved by membrane manufacturer. R-value 1.32 minimum.
] . Approved perlite insulation:
a. "BMCA ™ Permalite@" as manufactured by GAF.
b. "Fesco Board" as manufactured by Johns Manville, Inc.
c. "Permalite" as manufactured by Performance Roof Systems.
d. Approved perlite insulation as listed and approved by Soprema.
2. Approved wood fiber insulation:
a. "BMCA ™ Permalite@ Recover Board" as manufactured by GAF
b. W' Retro-Fit" manufactured by Johns Manville.
c. Y2"Recover Board" as manufactured by Performance Roof Systems.
d. Approved fiberboard insulation as listed and approved by Soprema
e. W' "Fiber Top" as manufactured by Firestone.
C.
Tapered insulation for saddles and crickets; sloped ]/2" per ft. tapered perlite panels.
]. Approved tapered insulation:
a. "BMCA TM Permalite@ Tapered Roof System" as manufactured by
GAF.
b. "Tapered Fesco Board" as manufactured by Johns Manville, Inc.
c. "Permalite Tapered Roof Insulation" as manufactured by Performance
Roof Systems.
d. Tapered insulation as listed and approved by Soprema.
e. Approved insulation as listed and approved by Firestone.
ROOFING MEMBRANE
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
07520-1
A. Provide a fire rated mineral surfaced modified bitumen membrane.
I. Acceptable modified bitumen membrane and manufacturers:
a. RUBEROID TORCH GRANULE FR or RUBEROID MOP 170 FR
by GAF.
b. APPeX 4.5M FR or DYNALASTIC 180 FR by Johns Manville, Inc.
c. DERBICOLOR GP FR by Performance Roof Systems.
d. Sopralene 180 FR GR or Sopralene Flam 180 FR GR by Soprema.
e. APP 180 FR or SBS Premium FR "CAP" as manufactured by
Firestone.
B. Fiberglass felts, conforming to ASTM D-2178 Type VI, continuous strand fiberglass mat,
60 Ib./inch minimum average tensile strength in both machine and cross machine
directions. Felt type shall provide warranty as specified in Section 07500 - Paragraph
1.05, Part A.
1. Approved fiberglass two ply base sheet:
a. "GlasPly Premier" by Johns Manville, Inc.
b. "GAFGLAS PLY 6" by GAF.
c. "PRS Ply vr' by Performance Roof Systems.
d. "Sopra vr' by Soprema.
e. "Ply vr' as manufactured by Firestone.
C. Asphalt Primer: Conforming to ASTM D-41.
D. Flashing membrane: Mineral surfaced APP or SBS modified bitumen, as manufactured
and approved for use by the membrane manufacturer to be installed.
E. Interply Bitumen: Type III roofmg asphalt conforming to ASTM D-312.
F. Wood Decks (with primary insulation installed at interior side) provide only the
following systems:
1. GAF Modified Bitumen #I-2-1-MGFR
Insulation: Y2" Permalite Recover Board mechanically fastened with
metal plates and screws.
Base Sheet: One ply of #75 Base Sheet fully adhered in solid mopping of
Type III asphalt.
Ply Sheets: One ply of GAF GlasPly 6 fully adhered in solid mopping of
Type III asphalt.
Membrane: Rubberoid Mop 170 FR (granule) fully adhered on solid
mopping of hot Type III asphalt.
2. Johns Manville Modified Bitumen #3-C-I-G
Insulation: 0/." Fesco Board mechanically fastened with metal plates and
screws.
Base Sheets: Two plys of GlasPly Premier fully adhered in solid mopping
of Type III asphalt.
Membrane: DynaKap FR fully adhered into a solid mopping of hot Type
III asphalt.
2.03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Fasteners: Gripdek plates and screws as manufactured by ITW Builder Corporation or
equal as approved by roof system manufacturer. Provide fastener length sufficient to
anchor base layer of insulation and penetrate through the deck 3/4" minimum. Fasteners
shall be Factory Mutual listed and approved for use with the insulation used.
B. Copings, gravel stops, gutters, downspouts, scuppers, etc. as per section 07600.
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
07520-2
FISCAL 2006
------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C.
Sealant: As provided by membrane manufacturer.
D.
Termination bars: 0.-04D mill fmished aluminum with 3 1/2" vertical drop and 1/2" top
caulk receiver.
E.
Sump pans: Recessed 20 Ga. metal.
F.
Drain and Stack vents: Provide one of the following:
1. 4-1b desilverized pig lead flashing.
2. Portals Plus "Alumi-Flash" XT with C-126 cap.
3.
Portals Plus "Pipe Portal System" with RC-4A ABS cover and C-126 cap.
G.
Single Pipe Penetrations (nl\tural gas & electric): Provide one of the following:
1. Portals Plus "Alumi-Flash" XT with EPDM capsized to fit pipe.
2. Portals Plus "Pipe Portal System" with ABS cover and EPDM capsized to fit
pipe.
3. Pate Pipe Curb with ABS cover #pcc-2 and PVC capsized to fit pipe.
H.
Condensate Drains (where internal piping is required): Provide Portals plus Alumi-Flash
(standard) with C-126 cap or Pate Pipe Seal #pps-3 with spun aluminum base.
I.
Plastic Cement: Conform to FS SS-C-153C.
J.
Traffic Pads: provide 3/8" thick "DynaTred Plus Roof walkway or approved equal as
supplied by the manufacturer of the membrane being installed.
PART III - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
I
I
3.02
I
I
I
3.03
I
I
I
A. The requirements of Part III, Section 07500 applies to this section.
INSTALLA TION - Insulation
A. Mechanically attach first layer of double layered insulation in compliance with FM Class
I construction and 1-60 Windstorm Classification minimum, or in accordance with local
wind storm classifications, which ever is higher. Install base layer with long dimension
of board perpendicular to metal deck flutes.
B. Install top layer in 30 lb. of hot asphalt adhesive to achieve full adhesion of the board.
Install board with long dimension perpendicular to the long direction of base layer and
parallel to the deck flutes. Offset insulation joints 6" minimum between top and bottom
layers.
INSTALLATION - Membrane
A.
A two-ply base sheet underlayment of fiberglass felt (Type VI), shall be installed in 25
Ibs. of hot asphalt per ply per 100 sf of roof area. Fiberglass base sheets shall be lapped
19" in such a manner that a two-ply configuration is attained over all roof areas.
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
07520-3
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
I
B.
Modified bitumen me~brane shall be applied only over all areas of base ply in strict
accordance with the membrane manufacturer's requirements. (phase construction is not
acceptable.)
I
C.
Apply and secure walkway protection pads in strict compliance with roof manufacturer's
instructions.
I
D.
Over wood roof decks only, with primary insulation installed on the interior, a single
layer of FM Global listed/approved and UL listed/approved perlite board roof insulation
shall be mechanically fastened over the wood deck in strict compliance with FM Global
wind up-lift requirements and membrane manufacturer's requirements. Only those
roofmg membranes indicated in Part II under "Wood Decks" as listed and rated by UL as
Class A are approved for this type of construction. All insulation joints must be offset
from roof deck joints 6" minimum.
I
I
I
E.
Terminate the flashings of all roof curb comers with transition flashing or cover with
three course of roofing cement and fabric reinforcement. All exposed roofmg cement
shall be protected with granules.
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
07520-4
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
SECTION 07600 - FLASHING, SHEET METAL, SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES
I
PART I - GENERAL
'"
1.01 DESCRIPTION
I
, .
A. The work includes: Metal counter flashing.
Metal wall flashing and coping.
Scuppers.
Gutters and Downspouts, (except at standing seam metal woKs).
Roof Scuttle.
Miscellaneous roof accessories.
Equipment curbs.
I
I
1.02
QUALITY ASSURANCE
I
A.
Comply with the recommendations ofS.M.A.C.N.A. (Latest Edition).
B.
Sheet metal details, including copings, related to the membrane roofing installation specified
in sections 07500, 07510, 07520, 07530 and 07535 shall be installed by the membrane
roofi~g installer.
\
I
PART Il- PRODUCTS
I
2.01
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL MATERIALS
I
A.
Zinc-coated Steel: Commercial quality with ,,0.20% copper, ASTM A 653, G90 hot-dip
galvanized, (24 gauge) except as otherwise indicated, pre-finished with Kynar 500/Hylar
5000 coating..
I. Gutters up to 15" girth; use 26 gauge.
I
2.
Gutters 16" to 20" girth; use 22 gauge.
I
I
3.
Scuppers, conductor heads and downspouts use 24 gauge.
4.
Copings up to 18" girth; use 24 gauge.
5.
Copings over 18: girth; use 22 gauge.
. 6. All cqunterflashings shall be 24 gauge
I
B.
Aluminum coping: ASTM B 209, alloy 3003, temper t1l4, 0.032',,' thick except as otherwise
indicated. Provide pre-finished KYNAR colors as noted.
I. Copings over 14" wide or gutters over 16" girth, "llse 0.040" min. thickness.
I
2. Gutters up to 15" girth;use 0.032" min. thickness.
I
l
Gutters 16" to 20" girth; use 0.040" min. thickness.
I
4. Downspouts\lse 0.025" min. thickness.
c.
Colors: Pre-finish all exposed copings, trim, gutters and downspouts in the following
K YNAR colors:
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
07600-1
FISCAL 2006
2.02
I
I.
"Northern Tower" Prototype: (exposed flashings, copings, gutters): Sierra Tan",
by Una-Clad, (Copper Sales Inc.), Pac-Clad (Peterson Aluminum) and Berridge
Manufacturing Co. '.
a. Scuppers and Downspouts shall be: "Sierra Tan" by Una-Clad (Copper
Sales, Inc.), Berridge Manufacturing Co., Pac-Clad (Peferson
Aluminum) or Integris Metals.
I
I
2.
"Chicago Prototype" (exposed flashing, coping, trim, gutters): "Sierra Tan" by
Una-Clad (Copper Sales, Inc.), Pac-Clad (Peterson Aluminum) and Berridge
Manufacturing Co.
I
3.
"Southern" Prototype: "Almond", as manufactured by Una-Clad (Copper Sales
Inc.), Metal-Era or Integris Metals.
I
MISCELLANEOUS FLASHING AND SHEET METAL ACCESSORIES
I
A.
Solder: For use with steel or copper, provide 50 - 50 tin/lead solder (ASTM B 32), with rosin
flux.
I
B.
Fasteners: Same metal as flashing/sheet metal. Match finish of exposed heads with material
being fastened.
I
c.
Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene; non-hardening, non-skinning, non-drying, non-migrating
sealant.
I
D.
Adhesives: Type recommended by flashing sheet manufacturer for waterproof/weather-
resistant seaming and adhesive application of flashing sheet.
I
E.
Reglets: Metal or plastic units, compatible with flashing indicated, non-corrosive.
F.
Metal accessories: Provide sheet metal clips, straps, anchoring devices and all accessory units
as required for installation of work, matching or compatible with material being installed,
noncorrosIve.
I
G.
I
Roofing cement ASTM 0-2822 asphaltic.
2.03 FABRICATED UNITS
A.
General Metal Fabrication: Shop:fabricate work togreatest extent possible. Comply with
details shown, and with applicable requirements ofSMACN~ "Architectural Sheet Metal
Manual". Fabricate for waterproof and weather-resistant performance; with expansion
provisions for running work, sufficient to permanently prevent leak~g~, damage or
deterioration of the work. Form exposed sheet metal work without buckling with exposed
edges folded back to form hems.
I. Coping Joints: Use S.M.A.C.N.A. joint types J5thru Jl2 in compliance with
S.M.A.C.N.A Architectural Sheet Metal Manual table 3-1 "Coping Design", for the
specific metal thickness, type and coping width.
I
I
I
2.
Pre-engineered/manufactured coping cap systems complying with FM wind uplift
and S.M.A.C.N.A. standards are acceptable if approved by Walgreens Project
Architect.
I
B.
Expansion Provisions: Where lapped or bayoneHype expansion provisions in work cannot be
used, or would not be water/weatherproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked
flanges, not less than I" deep, filled with mastic sealant.
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFlCA TIONS
07600-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.04
I
I
1:05
I
I
I
I
I
I
c.
Sealant Joints: Where movable, non-expansion type .io~nts are indicated or required for proper
performance of work, form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant, in
compliance with SMACNA standards.
D.
Separations: Provide for separation of metal from non-compatible metal or corrosive
substrates, with bituminous coating or other permanent separation.
E. Gutters and Downspouts and Trim: Provide manufacturers standard KYNARshop finish,
color as per Article 2.01.0. For gutters at standing seam metal roofs, see Section 07610.
I. Provide protective cover of 118" thick bent steel plate. Finished to match downspout
color. Option at rear of store only, Neenah cast iron downspout shoe #R-4925,
profile to match downspout, paint to match downspout.
ROOF SCUTTLE
A.
2'-6" X 3'-0" Type "S" with "Ladder UP" safety post, model 2, by Bileo, provide fire-rated
units as required by local authorities.
EQUIPMENT CURBS/SUPPORTS/FLASHING
A. Equipment Rails; 18 GA galvanized steel, monolithic construction with integral base plate,
continuous welded cover seams, factory installed 2x6 wood nailer and 18 ga. galvanized'steel
counter flashing #ER-4A by Roof Products & Systems Corp., Bensenville, Illinois (630) 766-
5240 or (800) 774-5240.
B.
Equipment Curbs; 18 ga. galvanized steel with continuous welded cover seams, factory
installed wood nailer, factory installed I 112 thick 3 pound density rigid insulation and 18 ga.
galvanized counter flashing and reinforcing as required to support equipment.
c.
Prefabricated Pipe Penetrations (at satellite dish):
I. Curbs: 18 ga. metal curb with 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" wood nailer #RC-4A by Portals Plus,
Inc., Bensenville, Illinois (630) 766-5240 or equal by The Pate Company,
Broadview, IL. (708) 681-1920.
2. Pipe Portal Curb Cover: Acrylic coated, rib reinforced, ABS plastic, double pipe
portal by Portals Plus, Inc., Bensenville, Illinois (630) 766-5240 or 0.050" thick
aluminum cover by The Pate Company, Broadview, IL (708) 681-1920).
3.
Pipe Flashing: EPDM or Neoprene (BUR or Mod. Bit. roofs) compression molded
caps # C-126 and C-212 by Portals Plus, Inc. (630) 766-5240 or equal by The Pate
Company, Broadview, IL (708) 681-(920).
I
3.01
PART III - EXECUTION
I
I
I
INST ALLA TION REQUIREMENTS:
A.
Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions arid recommendations, and with
SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual". Anchor units as required to be secure and
permanently. watertight/weathertigh t.
END OF SECTION
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
07600-3
I
I
SECTION 07610 - METAL STANDING SEAM ROOFING
I
PART I - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
I
A.
Work includes steel standing seam roofing and accessories.
I
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
All panels and accessories are to be factory formed, finished arid packaged.
I
I
I
B.
Applicator shall have five years minimum experience applying this type of roofing
system.
C. Comply with local codes for installation of standing seam-roofing system.
D.
Provide systems complying with ASTM E1680 (air infiltration), ASTM E 1646 (water
infiltration) and rated for UL 90 wind uplift, UL 263 fire resistance, UL 790 Class A fire.
E.
Do not install on roof pitch less than 2: 12.
I .03 WARRANTY
I
I
1.04
I
I
A.
Provide manufacturers standard twenty year finish warranty.
B. Panel installer shall issue a five year weather tight and workmanship guaranty.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit complete shop drawings, details, product data and material sample to Architect of
Record. Show expansion joint details and waterproof connections to adjoining work and
at obstructions and penetrations.
PART 11- PRODUCTS
2.0 I STANDING SEAM ROOFING
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
Manufacturers: AT AS International, Inc., "Dutch Seam System".
Berridge, ::Ce~:;L,oc~". .... . .. ...
Copper Sales, lrir~, Una-Clad, :'UC:4 No-Clip" system.
Englert, S2000 "IntegraISnap-~ockPanel" syste'~.
McElroy Metal, "Medallion-Lok".
Peterson Aluminum, PAC-CLAD "Snap-Clad" Standing Seam system.
B.
Panel: Nominal 12", 15" or 18" wide G-90, Grade C,ASTMA-653-03 & ASTM A-924-
99, hot dipped galvanized steel panel, ASTM-A653-03 or ASTM AZ50 Galvalume ste~l,
with minimum I inch high.standing seam.
I. MaterialThickness: 24 gauge.
2.
Color: Kynar 500@ (0.80 to 0.90 mil dry film thickness) "Forest Green" by
Atas, Benidge Manufacturing and Pac-Clad, "Sherwood Green" by Copper
Sales, Inc., smooth texture, "Evergreen" by McElroy Metal. Total dry film
coating thickness with primer to be 1.0 to 1.25 mils. Provide strippable
protective film. Provide reverse side backer coating with 0.25-mil dry film
thickness.
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
FISCAL 2006
07610-1
I
Note: The color of the tote enclosure roof of the Southern Prototype shall be or
match Una-Clad "Almond".
I
'.
I
3.
Length: Manufacturers standard 40 ft. or less in one continuous length.
c.
Fabrication: Fabricate panels, trim and accessories to allow controlled expansion in
running lengths in relation to system components, adjoining materials, flashing and wall
construction.
I
2.02
TRIM & ACCESSORIES
A. General:
I. Metal flashings, gutters, and trim shall be from the same manufacturer and of
the same material and gauge as panels. Exposed components shall be formed in
longest possible lengths. Color to match panels.
I
I
2.
Manufacturers standard fasteners, brackets, clips, furring strips, spacers,
flashings, closures, weather-stripping, joint sealers, sealants, expansion control,
etc. as required for complete weathertight installation.
I
"
3.
Anchorage: Provided by the manufacturer. Comply with manufacturer
instructions.
I
4. For downspouts adjacent to brick, see Section 07600.
I
2.03
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A.
Bituminous Coating: Cold applied asphaltic, complying with FS TT-C-494, Type II, 12
mils min. dry film thickness.
I
B.
Underlayment: 30 lb. unperforated organic asphalt saturated roofing felt, complying with
ASTM 0-226, 36 " wide.
I
C. Paper Slip-Sheet: 5-lb. rosin sized building paper.
O. Snow-Guards: Clear polycarbonate with UV stabilizers, adhesive mounting. Provide
Real-Tool@CLmodel #RTCLSM by Berger Bros. Co., Sno-Gem™ by Sno-Gem, Inc. or
SNOJAX by SNOJAX, Inc.
I
2.04
SHOP FABRICATED UNITS
I
A.
Expansion Provisions: Where lapped or bayonet-type provisions cannot be used, form
expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges not less than I" deep, filled with mastic
sealant.
I
B.
Sealant Joints: Where movable, non-expansion joints are indicated, form metal to provide
for proper installation of elastomeric sealant in compliance with SMACNA standards.
I
PART III - EXECUTION
I
3.01 INSTALLATION
A.
System shall be installed straight and true to line, in compliance with manufacturers
instructions.
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
07610-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
B.
e.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
,
J.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.02
I
I
3.03
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Panel system shall not come in contact with dissimilar materials, which will cause
harmful reactions between the metals and/or finish.
Separate dissimilar metals with coat of bituminous paint, concealed on one or both sides.
Install underlayment and slip-sheet on solid substrate.
Panels shall be fully interlocked with its adjacent panel.
Fabricate sheets, seams, strips, cleats, valleys, ridges, edge treatments, flashings, etc. to
allow drainage. Seal joints as required. Provide leakproof construction.
Sealant Joints: Embed hooked flanges not less than I" into sealant. Completely conceal
sealant.
Install system to prevent bending, buckling, twisting, abrasion, scratching, denting, etc.
Only minor scratches may be touched-up in field.
Anchor components securely in place. Use fasteners recommended by panel
manufacturer. Accommodate thermal and structural movement. Use gasketed fasteners
to prevent electrolytic action between metals. Conceal all fasteners and anchors.
Snow-Guards shall be installed in regions where snow or ice build-up is likely. Snow-
guards shall be centered between standing seams and installed in compliance with
manufacturer's instructions. Provide not less than one row, located not closer than 15
inches to the roof eave. Provide additional staggered rows as recommended by
manufacturer to suit local snow and ice conditions.
CLEANING
A.
Remove protective film upon completion without damaging finish.
B.
Completed system shall be clean and free from grease, stains and finger marks.
PROTECTION
A.
Protect work to be free from damage at time ofWalgreens acceptance and completion of
entire project.
END OF SECTION
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
07610-3
I
I
SECTION 07900 - JOINT SEALERS
I
PART I - GENERAL
'.
l.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE
I
I
I
I
A.
Applicator Qualifications: Applicator shall have a minimum of 5 years experience
successfully installing sealants.
B.
Compatibility; Applicator shall be responsible for verifying that sealants used are
compatible with joint substrates. .
c.
Guarantee; Sealant joints shall be guaranteed against adhesives and cohesive failure and
water penetration through the sealed joint for 5 years.
PART II -PRODUCTS
D. Apply sealants in strict compliance with manufacturer instructions.
I
2,01 SEALANTS
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
Extreme Movement Sealants (+100% or -50% movement capability)
l. Vertical/horizontal joint, such as expansion joints; use reference #S-6.
B.
Significant Movement Sealants (+25% or -25% movement capability)
I. Vertical or inclined joints such as panel, coping, expansion, and sloped
pavement; use reference #S- I, 3 or 6.
2. Horizontal joints not exposed to fuel or gas spillage; use reference #S-l, 2,3,4,6
or 7.
c.
Minimal Movement Sealants (+25% or -25% movement capability)
l. Vertical or inclined joints such as perimeters of doors, windows, wall
penetrations; use reference # S-I, 3,4, or 6.
2. Horizontal joints not exposed to fuel or gas spillage; use reference # S-2, or 5.
D.
Interior Sealants and Caulking
I. General; use reference # C-I.
2.
Special
a. Toilet rooms; use reference #S-8.
I
2.02 REFERENCE NUMBERS
REF
#
I
S = Sealant
S-l
I
I
ASTM
SPEC
FED.
SPEC
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
C-920-02
Type M
Class 25
Grade NS
TT-S-227(e)
Class A
Type II
-Two componenl, non-sag,
Polyurethane or
Polysulfide sealant
-Shore A hardness of 20-40
-Joint movement range of +/-25%
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
07900-1
S-2
S-3
S-4
S-5
S-6
S-7
S-8
C-920-02
Type M
Class 25
Grade P
C-920-02
Type S
Grade 25
Grade NS
C-920-02
Type S
Class 25
Grade NS
C-920-02
Type S
Class 25
Grade P
C-920-02
Type S
Class 25
Grade NS '
C-920-02
Type S
Class 25
Grade NS
C-920-02
Type S
Class 25
Grade NS
C-I
C = Caulking
C-834-00el
2.03
PRIMER
TT-S-227(e)
Class A
Type I
TT-2-230(c)
Class A
Type II
TT-S-230(c)
Class A
Type II
TT-S-230(c)
Class A
Type I
TT-S-1543(a)
Class A
TT-S-1543 (a)
Class A
TT-S-I 54J (a)
Class A
N/A
I
I
-Two component, self
leveling, polyurethane
or polysulfide sealant
-Shore A hardness of 25-40
-Joint movement range of +/-25%
'.
I
I
-Low modulus, one compo-
nent, non-sag, polyurethane
orpolysulfide sealant .
-Shore A hardness of 15-25 .
-Joint movement range of +/-50%
-Minimum elongation of 700%
I
I
-One component, non-sag,
polyurethane or polysulfide sealant
-Shore A hardness of 25-40
Joint movement range of +/-25%
I
-One component, self
leveling, polyurethane
or polysulfide sealant
-Shore A hardness of 15-45
-Joint movement range of +/-25%
I
I
-Low modulus, one com-
ponent, non-sag, neutral
cure, silicone sealant
-Shore A hardness of 15-20
-Joint movement range of + 100% to -50%
-Joint size may be as little as two times
joint movement
-Minimum elongation of 1200%
I
I
-One component, neutral
cure, non-sag, silicone sealant
-Shore A hardness of25-30
-Joint movement range of +/-25%
I
I
-One component, non-sag,
mildew resistant
silicone seaIimt
-Shore A hardness of25-30
I
I
-One component acrylic latex caulking
minimum 75% recovery per ASTM C-736-00
-Maximum joint movement of +/- 7 .5%
I
I
A. Provide type recommended by sealant manufacturer for project conditions.
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
I
07900-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
2.04
BACKER ROD
I
A. Open or closed cell (non-gassing) polyethylene or polyurethane as recommended by
sealant manufacturer.
I. Closed cell or closed skin open cell backer rods shall be used within EIFS
joints.
I
PART 11I- EXECUTION
I
3.01
INSTALLATION
A. Clean joints to eliminate all detrimental substances.
I
B.
Install joint filler and backing without gaps between ends.
c.
Prevent 3-sided bonding within the joint. Use bond breaker tape as recommended by
sealant manufacturer if needed.
I
D.
Color: Sealant color shall match the color of the materials at each side of the joint. If
materials change along the length of a continuous joint, the color shall change to match
the surrounding materials. When materials differ on each side of the joint, install as
follows. For combinations not listed below, consult Walgreens Project Architect.
I. Masonry and Storefront Systems; match storefront.
I
I
2.
Masonry and Hollow Metal; match hollow metal final finish.
I
3.
Masonry and Prefinished Metal; match pre finished metal.
4.
Horizontal Concrete and Masonry; match concrete.
I
5. EIFS/Plaster and Masonry; match EIFS/Plaster.
3.02
CLEANING AND PROTECTION
I
A.
Clean off excess sealants or smears adjacent to joints without damaging adjacent surface
or finishes.
I
B.
Protect sealants from damage and contaminants until fully cured. Damaged or
contaminated sealants shall be cut out and replaced.
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
07900-3
FISCAL 2006
I
I
SECTION 08100 - METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
I
PART I - GENERAL
1.0 I QUALITY ASSURANCE
I
I
A.
Provide doors and frames complying with Steel Door Institute "Recommended
Specifications Standard Steel Doors and Frames" SDI-100.
B.
Fire Rated Door Assemblies: Provide assemblies complying with NFP A 80 and labeled
in'accordance with ASTM E-2074~00. Comply with UL 10C "Positive Pressure Fire
Tests of Door Assemblies".
I
P ART II - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
I
"\
I
I
I
2.02
I
I
I
I
A.
Subject to compliance with requirements, provide steel doors and frames by one of the
following:
- AmweldlDiv. American Welding & Mfg. Co.
- Ceco Corp.
- Curries
- Fleming Steel Doors and Frames, an Assa Abloy Group Company
- Mesker Industries, Inc.
- SteelcraftJDiv. American Standard Co.
MATERIALS
A. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheets and Strip: Commercial quality carbon steel, pickled and oiled,
complying with ASTM A 1011.
B. Cold~Rolled Steel Sheets: Commercial quality carbon steel, complying with ASTM A
1008.
c.
Galvanized Steel Sheets: Zinc-coated carbon steel sheets, complying with ASTM A-653,
G60 zinc coating, mill phosphatized.
D.
Supports and Anchors: Fabricate of not less than 18-gage galvanized sheet steel.
E.
Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units, except hot-dip galvanize
items to be built into exterior walls, complying with ASTM A 153, Class CorD as
applicable.
I
2.03 SHOP APPLIED PAINT
A.
Primer: Rust-inhibitive enamel or paint, either air-drying or baking, suitable as a base for
specified finish paints.
I
2.04
I
I
F ABRICA TION
A.
Comply with SOl-1 00 requirements as follows:
Interior Doors: SOl-100, Grade II, heavy-duty, Modell, minimum 18-gage faces, I X"
thick.
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
08100-1
2.05
I
Exterior Doors: SOI-IOO, Grade 1II, extra heavy-duty Model 2, minimum 16-gage faces,
I X" thick.
I
B.
Fabricate exposed faces of doors from only cold-rolled steel.
I
c.
Fabricate frames with l2-gage concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels,
louvers, and moldings from either cold-rolled or hot-rolledsteel (at fabricator's option).
Factory weld all frames. Field welding/fabrication is prohibited.
I
D.
Fabricate exterior doors, panels, and frames from galvanized sheet steel. Close top and
. -- .
bottom edges of exterior doors as integral part of door construction or by addition of
minimum 16-gage inverted steel channels.
I
E.
Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat Phillips heads
for exposed screws and bolts.
I
F.
At exterior locations provide thermal insulating door and frame assemblies, tested in
accordance with ASTM A-1363.
I
G.
Provide assemblies with U factor of 0.41 BTU/Hr. Ft. ~quared/deg. F or better.
I
H.
Finish Hardware Preparation: Doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed finish
hardware. Comply with applicable requirements of ANSIAI15 series specifications.
STANDARD STEEL FRAMES
I
A.
Provide metal frames for doors, of types and styles as shown on drawings. Conceal
fastenings, unless otherwise indicated.
Exterior doorframes shall be minimum 16-gage cold-rolled furniture steel.
Interior doorframes shall be minimum 18-gage cold-rolled furniture steel.
I
Fabricate frames with mitered and welded comers. K-D Frames are prohibited.
I
Form exterior frames of hot-dip galvanized steel.
I
B.
Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped frames, drill stops to receive 3 silencers on
strike jambs.
PART 1II - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLAT'ION
I
A.
Comply with SOI-I 05 "Recommended Erection Instructions For Steel Frames", SOI-I 00
and NFP A 80.
I
B.
Frames: In masonry construction, locate 3 wall anchors per jamb at hinge and strike
levels.
I
At in-place concrete or masonry construction, set frames and secure to adjacent
construction with machine screws and masonry anchorage devices.
Install fire-rated frames in accordance with NFP A Std. No. 80.
In metal stud partitions, install at least 3 wall anchors per jamb at hinge and strike levels.
In open steel stud partitions, place studs in wall anchor notches and wire tie. In closed
steel stud partitions, attach wall anchors to studs with tapping screws.
I
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
08100-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
c.
Final adjustments: Check and readjust operating finish hardware items, leaving steel
doors and frames undamaged and in complete and proper operating condition.
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
'.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFlCA TIONS
08100-3
FISCAL 2006
I
I
SECTION 08200 - WOOD DOORS
I
PART I - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
I
A.
Types: Solid core flush wood doors with veneer faces.
B. Shop priming of wood doors is included.
I
c.
Louvers for wood doors (furnished and installed) are included.
1.02
QUALITY ASSURANCE
I
A. A WI Quality Standards: Section 1300 "Architectural Flush Doors" of "Architectural
Woodwork Quality Standards" published by Architectural Woodwork Institute (A WI).
I
B.
WDMA IS IA - Window and Door Manufacturers Association.
I
c.
Fire-Rated Wood Doors: Provide wood doors which match units tested in door and frame
assemblies per ASTM E 2074 and UL 10C and which an: labeled and listed for ratings
indicated by UL, other testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
I
D.
Manufacturer: Obtain doors from a single manufacturer unless noted otherwise.
I
E.
Door Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit door manufacturer's standard, signed by
Manufacturer, Installer and Contractor, agreeing to repair or replace defective doors.
I. Solid Core Flush Interior Doors: Life of installation.
I
PART 11- PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
I
A.
Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following:
I. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc.
I
2.
Buell Door Company
3. Eggers Industries
I
4.
Oshkosh Architectural Door Company
5.
Marshfield Doorsystems, Inc. (formerly Weyerhauser Company)
I
6.
Mohawk Flush Doors, Inc.
I
2.02
INTERIOR FLUSH WOOD DOORS
I
A. Solid Core Doors for Opaque Finish: Comply with the following requirements:
I. Faces: Any closed-grain standard thickness hardwood of mill option or medium
density overlay (MDO)
2. Grade: Custom.
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
08200-1
FISCAL 2006
2.03
2.04
2.05
2.06
I
3.
I
Construction: SLC-5 (Glued block core, 5-ply), edge bands glued to core,
SCLC-5 (Structural Composite Lumber Core, 5-ply) or particleboard core (PC-
5, I-LD-2 grade), all edges glued to core. Provide 1-3/8 wide solid wo'od stiles
at top, bottom and center and solid wood lock block. .
I
4. Thickness I .x inches.
B. Fire -Rated Solid Core Doors: Comply with the following requirements.
I. Faces and A WI Grade: Match non-rated doors in same area of building, unless
otherwise indicated.
I
I
2. Construction: Manufacturer's standard core construction as required to provide
fire-resistance rating indicated.
I
LOUVERS AND LIGHT FRAMES:
A.
Louvers: Door manufacturer's standard metal louvers, of size indicated, formed of 18
gage cold-rolled steel, factory primed for finish painting.
I
B.
Frames for Light Openings in Fire Doors: Manufacturer's standard frame formed of 18-
gage cold-rolled steel, factory-primed, and approved for use in door of fire rating
indicated. .
I
F ABRICA TION
I
A.
Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors and panels as shown. Comply with
applicable requirements of referenced standards for kind(s) of doors required.
I. ' Light Openings: Factory cut openings. Provide 18-gage cold rolled metal
frames. At all pharmacy doors, the removable stops shall be placed on the
pharmacy side of door. Non-removable stops shall be placed at. opposite side of
pharmacy door. Fire rated doors with light openings shall have UL listed wire
glass.
I
I
2. Louvers: Factory install louvers in prepared openings.
I
SHOP-PRIMING:
A.
Before delivery of doors shop-prime as follows:
I. Paint Finish: Prime with one coat of wood primer; interior enamel under coat
(FS- IT -E-543).
I
2.
Moore's alkyd enamel under body.
I
PREFITTING AND PREP ARA TION FOR HARDWARE
(contractors option)
I
A. Prefit and pre machine wood doors at factory.
I
3.01
PART 111 -EXECUTION
INST ALLA TION
I
A. Condition doors to average prevailing humidity in installation area prior to hanging. Seal
cut surface after fitting and machining.
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
08200-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
B.
Fitting Clearances: For non-rated doors provide clearances of 1/8" at jambs and heads;
and 1/8" from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering. Where
threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1/4" clearance from bottom of door tatop of
threshold.
I
I
For fire-rated doors, provide clearances complying with NFPA 80.
Bevel non-rated doors 1/8" in 2" at lock and hinge edges.
I
Bevel fire-rated doors 1/8" in 2" in lock edge; trim stile rails only to extent permitted by
labeling agency.
I
3.02
OPERATION
A.
Rehang or replace doors, which do not swing or operate freely, as directed by Architect.
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
08200-3
FISCAL 2006
I
I
SECTION 08300 - SPECIAL DOORS
I
PART I - GENERAL
'.
1.0 I DESCRIPTION
I
A.
Work iIlcludes r?lIing insulated interior mounted overhead doors, access panels, rolling
shutter and motorized rolling overhead grille.
I
1.02
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. . Provide a complete properly operating installation for each type of special door including
all hardware, mounting and installation components. .
I
B. Wind Loading: Rolling insulateddoorshall withstand a 20 PSF wind load pressure.
I
c.
Fabricate rolling grille to permit:
I. Emergency exiting from interior during power failure and when grille is closed.
'\
2.
Manual lifting for emergency entry upon operation of a secure exterior mounted
release device in the event of a power failure.
I
I
D. Fire Rated Assemblies (when req~ired); comply with NFPA 80 and provide UL label
confirming compliance with ASTM E-2074 including automatic closing in event of fire.
I
E. Any deviation from Walgreens required finishes, colors, etc., must be approved by
Walgreens and fully coordinated with all similar and related systems.
1.03
SUBMITTALS
I
A. Submit manufacturer product data and shop drawings (except access panels).
PART II - PRODUCTS
I
2.01
ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS (overhead doors, rolling shutters, rolling grilles)
I
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following:
AlumaTek, Inc.
The Cookson Company
.Comel.tlron Works
.overhead Door Corp.
I
2.02
MA TERIALS
I
A.
Steel Door Curtain slats:, Structural quality, cold rolled galvanized steel sheets complying
with ASTM A 653, Grade A, with 090 zinc coating, complying with ASTM A 653, and
phosphate treated before fabrication. Provide a 22-gauge minimum exterior skin, 24
gauge minimum interior skin.
I
Furnish standard "flat-face" slats.
I. Insulation (receiving door): fill slats with pressure - foamed-in-place urethane,
polyurethane or polyisocyanurate, fully bonded to interior and exterior skins.
I
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
08300-1
FISCAL 2006
B. Grille Curtain: A network of 5/ 16: minimum diameter horizontal rods spaced
approximately 2" o.c. Interconnect rods by vertical links approximately 5/8" wide,
spaced approximately 9" apart and rotating on the rods in a straight pattern. .
I. Aluminum Grilles: ASTM B 221, with clear, satin anodized finish.
C. Endlocks: Malleable iron castings galvanized after fabrication, secured to curtain slats
with galvanized rivets. Provide locks on alternate curtain slats for curtain alignment and
resistance against lateral movement.
End Locks (Rolling GrilIe): Continuous end links or other devices at ends of
rods, locking and retaining grille curtain in guides against excessive pressure,
maintaining curtain alignment and preventing lateral movement.
D. Bottom Bar: Consisting of 2 angles, eacn not less than 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x I /8" thick, either
galvanized or stainless steel to suit type of curtain slats.
Provide a replaceable gasket of flexible vinyl or neoprene between angles as a
wea'ther seal and cushion bumper (at receiving).
Botiom Bar (Rolling Grille): Manufacturer's standard extruded shape with clear
anodized finish.
E. Curtain Jamb Guides: Fabricate of steel angles, or channels. Build-up units with
minimum. 3/16" thick steel sections, galvanized after fabrication. Slot bolt holes for track
adjustment.
Secure continuous wall angle to wall framing by 3/8" minimum bolts at not
more than 30" o.c., unless closer spacing recommended by door manufacturer.
Extend wall angles above door opening head to support coil brackets. Place
anchor bolts on exterior wall guides so they are concealed when door is in
closed position. Provide removable stops on guides to prevent over-travel of
curtain, and continuous bar for holding windlocks.
Guides (Rolling Grille): Manufacturer's standard extruded aluminum shape,
clear anodized finish, having curtain groove with return lips or bars to retain
curtain. Furnish pile strips, rigid vinyl liner, or other nonmetallic inserts to
prevent metal-to-metal contact and minimize noise of travel.
F. Weather Seals (At Receiving): Provide vinyl or neoprene weather-stripping. At door
heads, use 1/8" thick continuous sheet secured to inside of curtain coil"hood. At
doorjambs, use 1/8" thick continuous strip secured to exterior side.of jamb guide.
2.03 COUNTERBALANCING MECHANISM:
A. Counterbalance: Provide adjustable steel helical torsion spring, mounted around a steel
shaft and mountedina spring barrel and connected to door curtain. Use grease-sealed
bearings or self-lubricating graphite bearings for rotating members.
B. Hood: Entirely enclose coiled curtain and operating mechanism, including chain gear
assembly at opening head. Provide a weather seal to prevent airflow, insects, etc., from
entering hood. Contour to suit end brackets to which hood is attached. Roll and reinforce
top and bottom edges for stiffness. Provide closed ends for surface-mounted hoods, and
any portion of between-jamb mounting projecting beyond wall face.
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
08300-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
--- --------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.05
I
I
2.04
'\
I.
Fabricate steel hoods for doors of not less than 24 gage hot-dip galvanized steel
sheet with G 90-zinc coating, complying with ASTM A 653. Phosphate treat
before fabrication.
2.
Fabricate hoods for aluminum grilles of alloy 3003 aluminum sheet not less than
0.032" thick, finished to match curtain.
3.
Furnish removable metal soffit when hood is mounted above ceiling, of same
material and finish as curtain.
OPERATORS
A.
Chain Hoist Operator (At Receiving): Provide endless steel manual chain hoist operator,
chain pocket wheeland guard, and geared reduction unit with maximum 35 lbs. pull for
door operation. Provide self-locking mechanism allowing curtain to be stopped at any
point in its travel and to remain in position until reactivated. Furnish chain holder secured
to operator guide.
I. Provide y.." minimum thickness, heavy duty slide bolt for padlock at inside
bottom bar.
B.
Manual Push-Up Operation (At Conveyor): Required lift or pull for door operation shall
not exceed 25 lbs. Curtain shall be easily stopped at any point in its travel and remain in
position until reactivated.
Provide lifting handle and slide bolt with cylinder lock on bottom bar.
c.
Electric Grille Operator: By grille manufacturer; complete with electric motor and
factory-prewired motor controls, gear reduction unit, solenoid operated brake, remote
control stations, and control devices.
Provide hand-operated disconnect or mechanism for automatically engaging a sprocket
and chain operator and releasing brake for emergency manual operation. Mount
disconnect and operator at 48" above finish floor. Include an interlock device to
automatically prevent motor from operating when emergency operator is engaged.
Provide "Power-Out Entry Terminal" (P.E.T.) by Storefront Security Closures, Inc. 1-
800-767-3667.
l. Key stations: One (l) exterior type, secure tamper-proof, recessed mounted,
heavy duty, weatherproof, constant contact OPEN/CLOSE with spring return to
center, NEMA Type 4, key switch.
One (I) interior, flush mounted, constant contact OPEN/CLOSE with spring
return to center, NEMA Type 4, key switch.
D.
Automatic Reverse Control: Furnish and install when required by authorities having
jurisdiction. Provide units with electrically or pneumatically actuated automatic bottom
bars. Only provide units with heavy duty retracting reels, which conceal cord/tube from
view when grille is opened.
ACCESS PANELS
A.
Provide 24" x 36" doors, with] 6 Ga. frames, 14 Ga. doors, continuous concealed hinges,
cylinder lock with two keys and prime painted finish unless noted otherwise. Units with
plaster bead flanges may be used (contractors option) at EIFS soffits. Provide fire rated
units when required by local authorities. At glass tower, provide units with flush
screwdriver operated locks with steel ring cam.
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
08300- 3
I
I
B.
Acceptable Manufacturers: Acudor; model UF-5000, PS-5030 (plaster flange), FW-5050
(fire rated). '. .
lL Industries, Inc.; model TM, model FD (fire rated).
Karp Assoc., Inc.; model DSC-214M, DSC-214 pi (plaster), KRP-150 FR (fire rated).
Larsen's Manufacturing Co.; model L-MPG, L-FRAP (fire rated).
Milcor; style M, style K (plaster), UFR (fire rated).
Mifab Manufacturing: style UA, CAD-FL-PL (plaster), MPFR (fire rated).
I
I
PART III - EXECUTION
I
3.01 INSTALLATION
A.
Install grilles and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware, in accordance
with final shop drawings, and manufacturer's instructions.
I
B.
Painting: See Section 09910.
I
c.
Upon project completion lubricate, test and adjust doors/grilles to operate easily, free
from wrap, twist of distortion.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
08300-4
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
SECTION 08450 - ALUMINUM STOREFRONTS & AUTOMATIC ENTRANCES
I
PART I - GENERAL
1.0 I DESCRIPTION
I
I
I
I
1'.02.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
Aluminum storefronts and automatic entrances include the following:
I. Storefront framing systems.
2.
Automatic sliding entrance doors.
3.
Interior storefront systems.
B.
Electrical connections are specified in Division 16.
C. Stores with revolving doors (section 08470): Furnish and install a swing door with a low
energy electric operator and pushbutton switch located as shown on drawings.
SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
A.
General: Provide automatic entrance and storefront assemblies that have been designed and
fabricated to comply with performance characteristics listed below.
I. Wind loading: System shall withstand uniform pressure of30 PSF (1440 Pa) with
maximum deflection of 1/175 of span and allowable stress with a safety factor of
1.65.
2.
Entrance Operator: Provide operators which will open and close doors and maintain
them in fully closed position when subjected to the 30 MPH wind velocity or
equivalent inward differential pressures.
3.
Air infiltration: Tested in accordance with ASTM E-283-04 shall not exceed .06
CFM/SQ. FT. of fixed area.
4. Water infiltration: Tested in accordance with ASTM E-33 1-00 shall allow no
penetration at 8 PSF pressure.
5. Thermal: All framing members shall incorporate a thermal barrier eliminating direct
contact between exterior and interior aluminum sections.
B.
Hurricane Resistant Systems: Provide when required by local codeslordinances and in the
states of Texas, Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama; Florida, Georgia, South Carolina and North
Carolina for all store locations ten (10) miles or less from all saltwater coastlines, bays,
tributaries, etc. Such systems shall have reinforced frames, connectors, impact resistant glass
and other features as required to comply with the local hurricane wind design requirements.
1.03. QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Each type of system is based on one manufacturers system respectively. Acceptable alternate
manufacturers are listed but must conform in every way to the base system.
I. Any deviation from Walgreens required finishes, colors, etc. must be approved by
Walgreens and fully coordinated with all similar and related systems.
I
I
I
B.
Powered door operators shall comply with UL 325.
C. Automatic entrances shall be UL listed as an exitway and comply with A.D.A. requirements.
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
08450-1
1.04
I
O.
I
Automatic low energy swing door operators (when revolving doors are used) shall comply
with the following standards:
ANSI/BHMA A 159.19: American National Standard for Power Assist and Low'Energy
Power Operated Doors. .
UL Standard 325
UL Standard 228
I
SUBMITTALS
I
A.
Submit shop drawings for each type of system.
I
2.01
PART II - PRODUCTS
ACCEPTABLE STOREFRONT MANUFACTURER
I
2.02
A.
Storefront Systems (base system): Kawneer Company #Trifab VG 451-T-CG, thermally
broken, center glazed, flush glazed system 2" x 4-1/2" profile with shear block, to receive I"
insulating glass. Storefront in glass tower shall receive){ thick glass.
I
Color: Clear Anodized, AA-MI2C22 A41, Class I Anodiccoating.
I
B.
Alternate Storefront Manufacturers:
L United States Aluminum Corp. #IT 451, thermally broken.
I
2. Vistawall Architectural Products, Series 3000, Thermal Flush Glaze.
c.
Glass tower (only) shall receive){" thick glass set in I X" x 4 J0" profile, center glazed, flush
glazed system, shear block construction.
I. Kawneer Trifab II 450.
I
2.
United States Aluminum Corp Series 450.
I
3. Vistawall Architectural Products Series 2000.
I
Color: Clear anodized AA-M 12C22 A41 Class I Anodic-coating.
ACCEPTABLE AUTOMATIC ENTRANCE MANUFACTURER (National Accounts)
I
A.
Automatic Sliding Entrance System (base system): Horton Autoinatic#2-2110WD/T single
slide doors or Stanley Access Technologies, model #313865; See Article 2.02.B regarding the
National Account Program. The slide-swing panel, installed to the exterior of the fixed
sidelight, shall swing out 90 degrees from any position of slide movement and include a
concealed spring closer to re-c1ose door if pushed open. System components include:
I. Aluminum doors with fixed sidelights, fixed center light and. transom. Provide 1/4"
thick glass at sliding panels, I" insulating glass at all other panels, safety glazed as
required by code.
I
I
2.
Structural aluminum section to be 6063-T alloy, minimum 0.125" thick.
I
3. Continuous header concealing ball bearing wheels, support track operator and closers.
4.
Bi-directional scan motion/presence detectors for one~way or two-way traffic (as
required) and safety devices in door openings to detect objects present during closing
cycle and recycle doors. Adjust for two-way traffic at liquor store locations.
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
08450-2
FISCAL'2006
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
c.
I
I
5.
Concealed spring door closers, ON-OFF hold open switches, keyed entry switch (at
entry door only), rim cylinder locks with exterior cylinder guards and thumb-turn on
interior side.
6.
Aluminum thresholds and weather-stripping at jambs, head and sill.
7.
Break-away door stops, flush (integrally glazed) muntin bars flush cart bars in
sidelights, doors and center light, glass stops and recessed pull handle at entry door
muntin bar.
8.
Stainless steel tubular guide.wils (with one horizontal) and guide posts (quantity may
vary per project).
9.
Walgreens requir~d decals including "Caution Automatic Door".
10. Finish: clear anodized, AA-M 12 C22A41 Class I anodic coating.
II.
Key Switch: Located on exterior frame for afterhour's operation of door.
National Accounts: Walgreens has established National Accounts with Horton Automatics and
Stanley Access Technologies. Each manufacturer has been assigned specific geographic areas
(indicated below) to which each will supply automatic entrance doors.
I. For Arizona and all states East of the Mississippi River, except Mississippi, Alabama,
. Tennessee, Virginia, Michigan, Illinois, Indiana and Puerto Rico, provide Stanley
Access Technologies.
Contact: Mr. Marc V oilette
Stanley Access Technologies
65 Swamp Scott Road
Farmington, CT 06032
Phone: 860-409-6522
Fax: 860-679-6436
E-mail: MViolette@stanleyworks.com
2.
For all states West of the Mississippi River including Mississippi, Alabama,
Tennessee, Virginia, Michigan, Illinois, Indiana, Minnesota and Louisiana, but
,excluding Arizona, provide Horton Automatics
3.
Contact: Ms. Regina D. Love
4242 Baldwi~ Blyq. '. .
Corpus Christi, TX78405-3399
Phone: 361~888-5591 Ext. 169
Fax: 866-808-6969
E-mail: Regina_Love@overheaddoor.com
For non-prototypical configurations, i.e.; vestibules, narrow openings, etc., confirm
"Walgreens package" number with each manufacturer's National Accounts
Representative.
Motionlpresence Detector: Sensing system utilizing planar K-band microwave motion
detection and focused active infrared prese~ce detection. The presence detection shall overlap
the motion detection at the threshold. The presence detection shall never shut off during the
closing cycle. Provide units with remote control adjustability. Provide, on each side of door:
BEA "Apex" motion/presence detector, on Horton Doors, Stanley "SU-IOO" motion detection
and Stanley "Stanguard" infrared threshold sensors on Stanley doors. Color, all units: black.
Provide a horizontal photoelectric holding beam for redundant safety.
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
FISCAL 2006
08450-3
2.03
I
D.
I
Operator: Electro-mechanical operator with 1/8 HP DC permanent magnet motor and regulated
electroniccoritroller. Operator functions to be microcomputer controlled to automatically
provide operating forces and speeds as prescribed by ANSI A 156 10-1985'. An ON-OFF/hold
open power switch shall be located on inside of header. Operator shall convert to free manual
operation of door during power failure. Provide adjustable time delay from I to 28 seconds
minimum. Operator shall reverse when 15-lbs. maximum is exerted to prevent door from
closing. Include provisions to prevent damage to operator when locks/latches/bolts are
engaged.
I
I
E.
Hardware: Closers: Spring closer
Rim Cylinder Lock: Adams Rite #MS 1850~S-050, anodized finish.
Cylinder Guard: Adams Rite # MS4043.
Thumb Turn: Adams Rite #4066.
Key switch: By automatic entrance manufacturer:
Threshold: By automatic entrance manufacturer, continuous across entire masonry opening.
I
I
F.
Weather-stripping: Adjustable nylon sweeps on bottom of sliding doors.
Double pile weather-stripping on lead edges of sliding doors including lock area.
Single pile weather-stripping between carrier and header, on lead stiles of sidelights and pivot
stiles of sliding doors.
I
ACCEPTABLE LOW ENERGY SWING DOOR AND OPERA TORMANUF ACTURERS
I
A.
Horton Automatics; a division of Overhead Door Corporation, Extra Heavy-duty Low
Energy Operator, Series 4500 LE.
I
KM Systems, Inc., "Access TWO™ Series 3200 Electromechanical Low Energy" operator.
Dorma Automatics, Inc., Series EDA-OHC.
I
LCN Closers, (a brand of Dor-O-Matic, a business of Ingersoll-Rand), 2910 Series,
electromechanical.
I
B.
The door operator is to provide a dual purpose: Easy access for persons requiring assistance
and normal entrance access for regular traffic. System components include:
I
I. Operator: Electromechanical, completely self-contained, powered by 120 V AC, 15
Amp circuit.
I
2. Motor: DC perm~nent m~gn~,t, variable speed, and reversible.
3.
Control: Actuating rday, solid state circuitry, time-delay and speed adjustments.
I
4.
Closing and opening: Adjustable opening and closing speed; opening and closing not
to exceed 15 pOllnds measured I" from lock stile. Closing shall be by spring force
generated by a high quality compression spting(s). Time delay before closing shall be
2-30 seconds, variable. Operator is to have a safety feature that will allow unit to
recycle at any closing point. Temporary power shut-off shall occur in the event that
an obstruction is sensed during the open cycle. Manual operation (with speed
adjustinent) shall be with power on or off and without damaging the operator or
components.
I
I
5.
Actuating device: Opening cycle shall be activated by press wall switches with the
international symbol of accessibility and "PRESS TO OPERATE DOOR" engraved
on the faceplate. .
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
08450-4
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
a. Provide Horton model number C521-2 or C 1260-4, (or Walgreens approved
equal).
PART III - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
I
I
I
3.02
I
A.
B.
,
C.
D.
E.
F.
I
I
I
I
3.03
I
B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
Field Measurement: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and
fabrication, to ensure proper fitting of work.
I. Contractor shall provide rough opening to receive Walgreens standard size automatic
entrance doors. See drawings for other sizes that apply to stores with liquor
departments or vestibules. Walgreens Project Architect must approve non-standard
sizes in writing.
INST ALL A TION
Comply with manufacturer's specifications and recommendations.
Set units plumb, level and true to line, without warp or rack of frames or doors. Anchor
securely in place. Separate aluminum and other corrodible metal surfaces from sources of
corrosion or electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials.
Set sill members in a bed of sealant or with joint fillers or gaskets to provide weathertight
construction.
Install complete door operator system in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,
including piping (if any), controls, control wiring, and remote power units (if any).
Glass and Glazing: See Section 08800.
Guide rails to be set in cored holes and grouted in place.
ADJUST AND CLEAN
A.
Adjust operating devices and hardware to function properly, without binding, and to provide
tight fit at contact points and weather-stripping.
Clean aluminum surfaces promptly after installation. Remove excess glazing and sealant
compounds, dirt and other substances.
END OF SECTION
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
08450-5
I
I
SECTION 08700 - FINISH HARDWARE
I
PART I-GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.02
I
I
I
I
I
1.03
I
I
I
A.
The extent of finish hardware required is shown on drawings and schedules.
B.
Types of required hardware:
Butt Hinges
Door Pulls and Push Plates
Locks, Latch Sets and Rim Cylinders
Keyless Combination Lock
Vertical Rod Assembly
SecurityIPanic Bar
Closers
Wall and Floor Bumpers
Silencers
Thresholds, Sweeps and Weather-stripping
One-Way Viewer
Door Protection and Kick Plates
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Obtain each type of hardware from a single manufacturer.
B.
Hardware supplier shall have warehousing facilities and shall have been furnishing finish
hardware for not less than three years.
C.
Fire-Rated Openings: Provide hardware complying with NFPA 80 and local codes and
ordinances. Furnish units with "UL" or "FM" labels as required.
D.
Accessibility: Provide hardware complying with the requirements ofthe "Americans With
Disabilities Act".
E.
Discrepancies: Furnish proper types, finishes, fasteners, and quantities based on codes,
requirements, etc. in effect at time of installation.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Hardware Schedule: Final hardware schedule fully coordinated with other work, frames
and operation.
Indicate type, style, function, fmish, fastening location and manufacturer for each
hardware item.
B.
Templates: Furnish templates to each fabricator of doors, frames, and work factory
prepared to receive hardware.
I
2.01
PART II - PRODUCTS
SCHEDULED HARDWARE
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
08700-1
2.02
2.03
I
A.
Requirements for design, grade, function, finish. size, etc. are indicated on the criteria
drawings.
I
B.
Manufacturers; Provide hardware from manufacturers listed in the schedule (on drawings)
or the comparable products of the alternate manufacturers listed below;
I
Item:
Butt Hinges;
Door Pulls & Push
Plates;
Lock Sets, Latch Sets
Rim Cylinders;
Keyless Combination
Locks;
Alarm Locks;
Vertical Rod Assemblies;
SecuritylPanic Bar;
Closers;
Wall/Floor Bumpers;
Silencers;
TIrresholds, Sweeps;
Weather-stripping;
One-Way Viewer;
Door Protection & Kick
Plates;
Alternate Manufacturers:
Hager, McKinney
Hager, Rockwood
I
Arrow, Sargent, Yale
I
I
None
None
None
None
LCN, Yale, Sargent
Hager, Rockwood
Hager, Rockwood
National Guard, Pemko
Pemko, Reese, Zero
Rockwood, Stanley
Hager
I
I
I
MATERIALS & F ABRICA TION
I
A. Hand of Door; Drawings show swing of each door leaf. Furnish each hardware item for
proper installation and operation of door movement.
B.
Manufacturers Nameplates; Shall not be visible except for required UL labels.
I
C. Fasteners: Conform to templates, prepared for machine screw installation. Provide
Phillips flat-head screws (unless noted otherwise), finish to match hardware. Provide
concealed fasteners when available. Do not use exposed thru-bolts (unless noted
otherwise). Thru-bolts allowed at Sur-Lock and Securitech hardware.
I
I
HINGES
A.
Screws: Phillips flat-head machine screws except furnish Phillips flat-head wood screws
for installation into wood. Screw fmish to match hinge.
I
B.
Hinge Pins: Exterior doors, non-removable pins with security studs. All other interior
doors, non-rising pins (unless noted otherwise).
I
2.04 LOCK CYLINDERS & KEYING
2.05
A.
Keying: Locks shall not be master keyed. Provide keying as indicated on the hardware
schedule on sheet A4.3.
I
LOCKS, LA TCRES, BOLTS
I
A.
Strikes: Provide manufacturers standard wrought box strike for each latch or lock bolt,
with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match hardware set.
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
08700-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
2.06
I
2.07
I
I
I
2.08
I
I
2.09
I
I
2.10
I
B. Lock Throw: Provide 5/8" minimum. Comply with UL for rated doors.
PUSH/PULL UNITS
A. Provide manufacturers standard exposed fasteners.
CLOSERS
A.
Comply with manufacturers recommendations for closer size, door size, exposure and
use. Thru-bolt fasteners shall be used only at interior wood doors.
B.
Access-free doors: Where installation must be handicapped accessible, comply with
A.D.A. regarding opening force and delayed action.
DOOR TRIM UNITS
A. Protection Plates and Kick Plates; Stainless steel (US 32D fmish), 20 ga. , fabricated to
dimensions indicated on Criteria Drawings. Provide protection plates with overlapping
wrap around door edges.
Mount with manufacturers standard exposed fasteners.
WEATHERSTRIPPING
A.
Jambs and heads: Continuous extruded aluminum walls and flanges with bumper type,
replaceable, flexible bulb/loop vinyl insert.
B. Door sweep: Extruded aluminum with loop type replaceable rubber insert.
SECURITY BAR
A.
See drawings for model numbers. For Sur-Lock, contact Locknet, Michelle Cooper
(800-887-4307 ext. 123). For Securitech, contact Marc Kapelus at Kaploss Security
(800-548-7486).
I
PART II1- EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
Mounting height for devices required for accessible door passage, including, but not
limited to lever handles, knobs, pushplates, pull handles, alarm locks, cylinder locks etc.
shall not exceed 48" above fmish floor (a.f.f.) or as required to comply with Americans
With Disabilities Act. Unless required otherwise by code, mount hardware as noted
below.
l. 40 5/16" a.f.f. to centerline of strike for latches, locks, knobs, levers, cross bar
exit devices.
2. 42" a.f.f. to centerline of door pulls.
3.
45" a.f.f. to centerline of dead bolts, push plates.
B. Set units plumb, true to line and location, attached as required for proper operation.
C.
Set thresholds for exterior doors in a full bed of butyl rubber or polyisobutylene sealant.
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
08700-3
3.02 ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Replace units which cannot be adjusted for proper operation.
B. Final adjustment must occur within one week of occupancy by tenant.
END OF SECTION
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
08700-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FISCAL 2006 I
I
I
SECTION 08800 - GLASS AND GLAZING
I
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.02
I
I
1.03
I
I
A.
Glass and glazing work includes:
1. Insulated storefront.
2.
Entrance glazing, not indicated as pre-glazed.
3. Interior laminated glass.
4.
Mirrors.
B.
Geographic Alternates: Provide insulating units with the "alternate outer pane" tinted
glass in Florida, Southern Arizona, Texas, New Mexico, Las Vegas, Palm Desert, Gulf
Coast locations or as directed by Walgreens Project Architect.
C.
Hurricane Resistant Glass: Provide when required by local codes/ordinances and in the
states of Texas, Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama, Florida, Georgia, South Carolina and
North Carolina for all store locations ten (10) miles or less from all salt water coastlines,
bays, tributaries, etc.
D.
Translucent White Laminated Tower Glass: Provide only when directed by Walgreens
Project Architect.
E.
Spandrel Glass: Provide only when directed by Walgreens Project Architect.
SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
A. Provide glass and glazing that will withstand normal temperature changes, wind loading,
impact loading, etc. without breakage of glass, failure of seals and loss of air-tightness
and water-tightness.
B. See other Division 8 Sections for related performance requirements.
DEFINITIONS
A.
Sealed insulation glass unit surfaces:
Side 1 - Exterior surface of outer pane.
Side 2 - Interior surface of outer pane (facing airspace).
Side 3 - Interior surface of inner pane (facing airspace).
Side 4 - Exterior surface of inner pane.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Comply with recommendations of the Float Glass Marketing Association "Glazing
Manual" and "Sealant Manual".
I
I
I
I
B.
Comply with Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturer's Association (SIGMA) #65-7-2.
C.
Comply with ASTM C 1036 or ASTM C 1048 (tempered), ASTM C 1172 (laminated
glass) and CPSC 16 CFR Part 1201 (safety glazing).
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
08800-1
I
D.
HurricanelImpact Resistant Glazing System: Must pass Dade and Broward County
hurricane cycling and impact tests plus, comply with ANSI Z97.1 and CPSC Category II.
I
I
I
E.
Warranty: Provide written warranty covering manufacturing defects, signed by the
manufacturer, for the periods stated below after substantial completion.
l. Insulated Glass: Manufacturers standard, ten-year minimum period.
2. Float Glass: Manufacturers standard five-year minimum period.
3. Laminated Glass: Manufacturers standard, four-year minimum period.
I
4. Mirrors: Manufacturers Standard five-year period protecting against silver
spoilage.
Ford Motor Co., Glass Division
Libbey-Owens-Ford Co., Pilkington/LOF Building Products.
Monsanto Co.
PPG Industries, Glass Group
Guardian Industries Corp.
Viracon Inc.
I
I
I
PART II - PRODUCTS
2.0 I MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by :
B. HurricanelImpact Resistant Glass: Subject to compliance with requirements provide
products by:
I
I
Arch Aluminum & Glass Co., Inc.
Glasslam N.G. I., Inc.
Insulgard Corp.
Interpane
Saflex
Viracon
I
I
I
I
2.02
GLASS PRODUCTS-GENERAL
A. Provide Primary glass complying with FS DD-G-451 and Heat-Treated glass complying
with FS DD-G-1403.
B. Fabricate to sizes and thickness recommended by glass manufacturers for application
indicated.
I
I
C. Heat Strengthening: If climatic, or shading conditions exist which will cause increased
thermal stresses in the glass, increasing the possibility of thermal breakage, provide heat
strengthened glass complying with ASTM C 1048, Kind HS.
2.03 GLASS PRODUCTS
A.
Clear Uncoated Float Glass: Annealed, Type I, Class 1 (transparent), quality q3 (glazing
select), and nominal thickness 1/4 inch.
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
08800-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
Clear Tempered Float Glass: Grade B (fully tempered), style I (uncoated surfaces), type I
(float), quality q3, class 1.
C.
Tinted Uncoated Float Glass (outer pane): Annealed tinted float glass, Type I, Class 2,
Quality q3, nominal thickness 1/4 inch.
I. Acceptable Products: Ford Glass; Sunglas Blue, PilkingtonILOF; Optifloat
Blue-Green Tinted, PPG; Azuria Tinted.
2.
Performance Characteristics:
a. Visible Light Transmittance: 71 to 75 percent.
b. Visible Light Reflectance: 7 percent.
c. Total Solar Energy Transmittance: 35 to 49 percent.
d. Total Solar Energy Reflectance: 6 to 7 percent.
e. UV Transmittance: 28 to 32 percent.
f. Summer U-Valve: 1.09 to 1.11.
g. WinterU-Valve: 1.09.
h. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: 0.5 I to 0.62.
l. Shading Coefficient: 0.60 to 0.72.
D.
Tinted Uncoated Float Glass (Alternate outer pane): Annealed tinted float glass, Type 1,
Class 2, Quality q3, nominal thickness 1/4 inch.
1. Acceptable Products: PilkingtonILOF; EverGreen High Performance Tinted,
PPG; Atlantica Tinted.
2. Performance Characteristics:
a. Visible Light Transmittance: 65 to 67 percent.
b. Visible Light Reflectance: 6 to 7 percent.
c. Total Solar Energy Transmittance: 34 to 36 percent.
d. Total Solar Energy Reflectance: 5 to 7 percent.
e. UV Transmittance: 14 to 16 percent.
f. Summer U-Value: 1.11.
g. Winter U-Value: 1.09.
h. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: 0.51.
i. Shading Coefficient: 0.59 to 0.60.
E.
Low-Emissivity Coated Flat Glass (inner pane): Annealed clear coated float glass,
coating on side 3, Type I, Class I, Quality q3; with pyrolitic coating, nominal thickness
1/4 inch.
1. Acceptable Products: Guardian Commercial Low-E (LE-75), PilkingtonILOF;
Energy Advantage Low-E Glass, PPG; Sungate 500 Low-E Glass, Viracon
Solorscreen Low-E VE-185.
2.
Performance Characteristics:
a. Visible Light Transmittance: 82 percent.
b. Visible Light Reflectance: 10 percent.
c. Total Solar Energy Transmittance; 65 percent.
d. Total Solar Energy Reflectance: 10 percent.
e. UV Transmittance: 49 percent.
f. Summer U-Valve: 0.63.
g. Winter U-Valve: 0.73.
h. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: 0.69.
I. Shading Coefficient: 0.81.
F.
Hurricane/Impact Resistant Glass: Two panes of equal thickness glass (outer layer to be
Evergreen tinted), laminated together with a test compliant interlayer.
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
FISCAL 2006
08800-3
r-------
I
2.04
I
I.
I
Acceptable Products: Arch Aluminum Impact Resistant Glass, Glasslam N.G.I.,
Inc. Safety Plus@, Insulgard Corp. Coastgard™, Interpane Glass
Securepane@, Saflex Hurricane Resistant Glass, Viracon HRG-2.
I
2.
Performance Characteristics:
a. Visible Light Transmittance: 65 to 67 percent.
b. Visible Light Reflectance: 6 to 7 percent.
c. Total Solar Energy Transmittance: 34 to 36 percent.
d. Total Solar Energy Reflectance: 5 to 7 percent.
e. UV Transmittance: 14 to 16 percent.
f. Summer U-Value: 1.11.
g. Winter U-Value: 1.09.
h. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: 0.51.
I. Shading Coefficient: 0.59 to 0.60.
I
I
I
G.
Laminated Safety Glass: Two panes of equal thickness, laminated together with a 0.030"
thick plastic interlayer for total thickness of 1/4" complying with the following:
1. Plastic Interlayer: Glass manufacturers standard clear polyvinyl butyral
interlayer which shall not show tendency to bubble, discolor or lose physical or
mechanical properties after laminating.
I
I
2. Glass: Clear float glass, both panes (tempered if required by code).
H.
Mirrors: 1/4" polished plate glass panels, silver coated and hermetically sealed with a
uniform coating of electrolytic copper plating.
I
I.
Transparent Mirror: .x" thick, with pyrolitic coating applied to gray tint glass. Visible
transmittance 12%, visible reflectance 60%.
I
J.
Translucent White Laminated Glass (65% visible light transmittance): Two panes of
equal thickness, laminated together with a minimum .015 thick plastic interlayer for a
total thickness of W' complying with the following:
1. Plastic Interlayer: Glass manufacturers standard translucent white polyvinyl
butyral interlayer which shall not show tendency to bubble, discolor or lose
physical or mechanical properties after laminating.
I
I
I
2. Glass: Clear float glass, both panes (tempered if required by code).
K.
Spandrel Glass: W' thick, Lead-free ceramic frit enamel coated ASTM C-1048, Condition
B (spandrel glass, one surface coated), Type 1 (transparent glass, flat), Quality q3.
1. Apply coating to #2 side of an insulated assembly.
2. Provide blue, subdued gray or green opaque finish to compliment color of
insulating tinted glass on remainder of store. Submit samples to Walgreens
Project Architect for approval.
I
I
L.
Wired Glass: 1/4" thick, UL listed, clear polished flat rolled glass complying with ANSI-
Z97.1, reinforced with diamond pattern wire mesh.
GLAZING SEALANTS (Interior Applications)
I
A.
General: Comply with recommendations of sealant and glass manufacturers for selection
of glazing sealants with performance and compatibility characteristics suitable for
application and conditions indicated.
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
08800-4
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
2.05
I
I
I
I
2.06
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.07
I
I
B. Colors: Match color of frame finish.
GLAZING GASKETS/TAPE
A.
Glazing Gaskets: ASTM C864, resilient polyvinyl chloride, extruded shape to fit glazing
channel retaining slot; black color..
B.
Glazing Tape: Closed cell polyvinyl chloride foam, maximwn water absorption by
volwne 2 percent, designed for 25 percent compression for air barrier vapor retarder seal,
black color, coiled on release paper over adhesive on two sides; widths required for
specified installation.
C.
Glazing Tape: Butyl compound tape with integral resilient tube spacer, JO to 15 Shore A
durometer hardness, black color, coiled on release paper, widths required for specific
installation.
MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS
A. Compatibility: All materials shall be compatible with surfaces contacted in installation.
B.
Cleaners, Primers and Sealers: As recommended by sealant/gasket manufacturer.
C.
Setting Blocks: ASTM C 864 neoprene, 80 to 90 Shore A durometer hardness; length 4
inches, width of glazing rabbet space less 1/16 inch, height required for glazing method,
pane weight and pane area.
D.
Spacers: Shims: ASTM C 864: neoprene, 50 to 60 Shore A durometer hardness; length
3 inches, one half height of glazing stop, thickness required for application, one face
self-adhesive.
E.
Glazing Splines: ASTM C 864, resilient polyvinyl chloride, extruded shape to fit glazing
channel retaining slot; black color.
F ABRlCA TION
A. Sealed Insulating Glass Units: Fabricate in accordance with ASTM E 774, Glass CBA.
1. Components:
a. Outer Pane: Tinted uncoated float glass, blue color (see Part I
regarding geographic areas requiring use of alternate outer pane glass).
Provide clear glass at entry sidelights and transom.
b. Air Space: 1/2 inch wide, hermetically sealed, dehydrated air space.
c. Inner Pane: Low-E glass.
d. Provide unit edge seals meeting requirement pf ASTM E 773, with
alwninum spacers having mitered comers and silicone sealant for glass-
to-spacer seals.
PART III - EXECUTION
I
I
3.01 PREPARATION / INSTALLATION
I
I
A. Clean glazing/framing members immediately before glazing to remove all detrimental
substances.
B.
Adjust glazing channel dimensions as required by conditions for proper bite, edge/face
clearances, and seal thickness.
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
08800-5
!--------
I
I
C.
Install properly sized setting blocks in sill rabbet at one quarter of glass width from each
comer, but not closer than 6" unless noted. Set blocks in thin course of sealant suitable
for heel bead use.
I
I
D.
Provide spacers and edge blocks, correctly sized for conditions. Provide 1/8" minimum
bite of spacers on glass.
I
E.
Miter cut wedge-shaped gaskets at comers, prevent pull away at comers, seal comer and
butt joints as recommended by gasket manufacturer.
I
F.
Trim sight exposed tape flush with stop and ftnish sealant flush with sight line.
G.
Install transparent mirror with mirror coating facing "subject" side.
I
3.02 PROTECTION AND CLEANING
A.
Protect glass from contaminating substances.
I
B.
Remove and replace broken, chipped, cracked, abraded or damaged glass.
I
C.
Remove labels and wash glass on both faces prior to ftoal acceptance as directed by
Walgreens.
D.
Remove glazing materials from fmish surfaces.
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
08800-6
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM DRYWALL
PART I - GENERAL
1.0 I DESCRIPTION
A. Types of work include:
I. Gypsum drywall including screw-type metal support system.
2. Gypsum backing boards for application of other fmishes.
3. Exterior gypsum drywall materials.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
4. Drywall finishing.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire-resistance ratings: Where fife-resistance ratings are indicated, provide materials/
assemblies complying with ASTM E 119-00a and as required by local authorities.
B. Comply with recommendations of Gypsum Association GA-216.
C. Comply with ASTM C 1396, "Specification for Gypsum Board".
PART II - PRODUCTS
2.01 METAL SUPPORT MATERIALS
A. Ceiling support systems: Size components to comply with ASTM C 754.
I. Main runners: Hot or cold-rolled steel channels with rust inhibitive paint.
2. Hanger wire: ASTM A 641, soft, Class I galvanized.
B. Furring members: ASTM C 645; 25 ga. min. thickness, hat-shaped or C-shaped (spans
over 4 ft.).
2.02 WALL/PARTITION SUPPORT MATERIALS
A. Studs: ASTM C 645; 22 gauge, 3-5/8" or 6" as noted. Provide heavier ga. if required by
Architect of Record or by manufacturer's span table for allowable gauge minimums.
B. Runners: Match studs, use type recommended by stud manufacturer for conditions.
C. "Z"-Furring members: Screw-type galvanized steel, ASTM A 653, G60, 24 ga. min.
thickness designed for mechanical attachment of insulation boards to masonry and
concrete walls.
D. Fasteners: Type and size recommended by stud/furring manufacturer for conditions.
E. Deflection Track: ASTM A-653, galvanized steel sheet deep leg track, provide:"SLP-
TRK" by Sliptrack Systems, Inc., "Deep Leg Track w/Slip Clip" by Fire Trak Corp.,
"Deflection Track" by Marino/Ware@ or "VertiC lip SLD" series by Steel Network, Inc.
2.03 GYPSUM BOARD
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
09250-1
FISCAL 2006
2. Edges: Tapered
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 1396, regular types unless noted otherwise. Provide Type
X for fire-resistant rated assemblies.
1. Thickness: 5/8" minimum.
B. Water-Resistant Backing Board (WR): ASTM C 1396, regular types unless noted
otherwise. Provide Type X for fire-resistant rated assemblies.
1. Thickness: 5/8" minimum.
2. Edges: Tapered.
C. Exterior Gypsum Board: ASTM C 1396, Type X for fIre-resistant rated assemblies.
Provide manufacturers standard edges.
1. Thickness: 5/8" minimum.
2.04
TRIM ACCESSORIES
2.05
A. Provide manufacturers standard galvanized corner-beads, L-type edge trim beads, V-type
edge trim beads, and one-piece control joint beads.
JOINT TREATMENT
A. ASTM C 475 as recommended by manufacturer for application intended.
B. Joint Tape: Paper reinforcing tape.
C. Joint Compound: Vinyl-type powder or ready-mixed for interior use.
1. Grade: Single multi-purpose grade for entire application.
2. Water-resistant Joint Compound: Special water-resistant type. Treat joints,
fastener heads and cut edges.
2.06 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A.
Comply with gypsum board manufacturer recommendations.
I
I
I
B.
Gypsum Board Screws: Comply with ASTM C-l 002-0 I.
C.
Sound Attenuating Blankets: FS HH-I-521 Type I; semi-rigid mineral fIber blankets,
Class 25 flame spread, full thickness of stud.
D.
Security Mesh: ASTM A-lOll, ASTM F-1267, Type I, Class 1,2, and 3, Grade A, 16
gauge carbon steel, expanded to form a 3/4 inch diamond mesh.
E.
Exterior Soffit Vents: Continuous vent. Provide gauge and ventilation area to suit
conditions.
1. Acceptable manufacturers:
a. Superior Products, SIT series, galvanized steel ventilation screed.
Color: Paint to match adjoining EIFS.
b. Alcoa, "Vent-a-Strip", model 70 or 79, color: white.
c. Amico "Vinyl Soffit Screed Ventilator", insert style AMSVI-300 or
sheathing style AMSV-300-50.
d. Stockton Products "soffit vent/reveal screed.
I
I
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
09250-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
3.01
PART III - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION OF METAL SUPPORT SYSTEMS
I
I
I
I
A. Installation Standard: ASTM C 754.
B.
DO NOT BRIDGE building expansion joints with support system.
c.
Ceiling Support Systems: Secure hangers to structural support by direct connection where
possible. DO NOT ANCHOR support systems to metal roof deck.
1. Level main runners to tolerance of I14" in 12'-0" measured in any direction.
2.
Attach metal wall track/angle wherever system meets vertical surfaces.
Mechanically join support members, butt-cut to fit wall track.
3.
Install auxiliary trim/framing at termination of drywall work, at light fixtures,
etc., for proper support of drywall and other work.
3.02 WALL/PARTITION SUPPORT SYSTEMS
A.
Install supplementary framing, blocking and bracing at terminations in work for support
of fixtures, equipment, grab bars, toilet accessories, etc.
1. At partitions which: adjoin another tenant (demising walls), support soffits or
decor wall fixtures, provide 22 ga. 6" studs at 24" O.c., attached to structure.
Extend drywall up to metal deck.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.03
I
I
I
2.
Demising Walls: Provide security mesh behind gypsum board fastened to studs
on Walgreens side.
B.
Isolate stud system from transfer of structural loading.
Space control joints: 30-ft. o.c. or less at partitions.
50 ft. O.c. or less at ceilings.
If top track of partition is secured to roof deck, provide "deflection track" with 2" flange
and install continuous bridging within 1 ft. of track. Do not attach stud to deflection track
to accommodate allowable roof deflection.
C.
Install studs and furring vertically. Space studs 24" o.c. unless noted otherwise. Space
furring members at 24" o.c. unless noted otherwise.
D.
Provide Type X gypsum board at walls which: adjoin other tenants, separate General
Sales from Stock.
E. Provide water-resistant (WR) gypsum board at all plumbing walls.
F.
Erect thermal insulation vertically and hold in place with Z-furring members spaced 24"
O.c.
GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION
A. Application and Finishing Standards: ASTM C-840 and GA 216.
B.
Locate exposed end butt joints as far from center of walls and ceilings as possible. Avoid
butt ends when possible.
C.
Do not install imperfect, damaged or damp boards.
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
09250-3
I
D.
I
Locate ends/edges over supports. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges. Stagger
vertical joints over different studs on opposite sides of partition.
I
E.
At wet areas, apply un-cut long edge ofWR board at bottom of work. Seal all ends, cut
edges and penetrations.
F.
I
Fasten all gypsum board to supports with screws.
G.
Exterior Soffits: Install exterior gypsum board perpendicular to supports, with end joints
staggered over supports.
I
3.04 DRYWALL TRlMACCESSORlES
3.05
A.
Install metal trim as follows:
1. Comer beads at external comers.
I
2.
I
Edge trim where gypsum board edge would be exposed or semi-exposed.
a. L-type where work abuts other work.
b. V-type at exposed edges, reveals, gasketed or sealant-filled joints.
DRYWALL FINISHING
I
A.
Prepare work as required for decoration (textured finishes prohibited).
I
B.
Apply joint tape at joints except where trim accessories occur.
C.
Apply joint compounds in 3 coats and sand between last 2 coats and after last coat.
I
D.
All joints to be taped, filled and sanded.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
09250-4
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
PART 1 - GENERAL
SECTION 09300 - CERAMIC TILE
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Extent of unglazed ceramic mosaic tile and glazed tile trim is shown on drawings and
schedules.
I
1.02
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All work shall be installed in compliance with ANSI standards and the latest edition of the
Tile Council of America's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation".
I
I
I
I
I
I
B. Ceramic tile materials shall comply with ANSI A137.l "Standard Specifications for
Ceramic Tile".
PART II - PRODUCTS
2.01. TILE
A. Manufacturer: American Olean, contact: Janet Kennedy (847) 238-9780, ext. 308.
B. Terra Granite series glazed Ceramic Floor Tile:
1. Color: UP84 "Speckled Taupe".
2.
3.
4.
C. Base:
1.
2.
3.
4.
I
I
I
I
Type: Vitreous.
Size: Nominal 8" x 8" x 5/16" thick.
Face: Slip-resistant with cushioned edges.
Glazed fmish S-3689T.
Color: UP84 "Speckled Taupe".
Type: Vitreous.
Size: 6" x 8"
E.
Bullnose: S-4489, color to match floor tile.
Face: Cove base with rounded top and matching external out-comers.
D.
Alternate manufacturer: Florida Tile.
1. Floor Tile: Natura Granite series 8" x 8", color 8285 "Rose".
2. Base: 6 x 8 cove base with rounded top, #P3689, color 8285 "Rose".
I
I
I
I
2.02 MORTAR
3. Bullnose: #P-43C9, color to match floor tile.
A. Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar: Product shall comply with ANSI A 118.1.
B. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar: Product shall comply with ANSI 118.4.
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
09300-1
FISCAL 2006
A. Commercial Portland Cement Grout: Product shall comply with ANSI A 118.6. Provide
Bostik "Hydroment@" color: Delorean Gray, W.R. Bonseal Co., color: Delorean Grey (or
equal in matching color).
I
I
I
I
2.03 GROUT
PART III - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
09300-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A. Comply with applicable part of ANSI 108 for tile installation.
B. Comply with applicable parts ofTCA "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation".
I. Floor Tile: TCA F 113-95, Dry-Set Mortar or Latex-Portland Cement Mortar.
2. Wall Tile: TCA W 223-95 and W 244-95 Dry-Set Mortar or Latex-Portland
Cement Mortar.
C. Extend tile work into recesses and behind fixtures. Terminate work without disrupting
pattern or joint alignment.
D. Fit tiles closely to penetrations so that collars/covers overlay tile.
E. Jointing: Lay tile in grid pattern, with l/4" joint.
F. Grout tiles in conformance with ANSI AI08.1O.
3.02 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean all completed ceramic tile surfaces to be free of foreign matter.
B. Finish installation shall be free of cracked, broken, chipped, unbonded, mis-aligned or
other defective tile work.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I /
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 09510 - ACOUSTIC CEILINGS
PART I - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A.
The extent of acoustic panel ceilings with exposed suspension, with integrated recessed
fluorescent lighting, is shown on the drawings.
1.02
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide components identical to those tested according
to ASTM, UL as listed and as acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
I. Surface Burning: ASTM E 84
a. Flame Spread: 25 or less.
b. Smoke Developed: 50 or less.
2. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Provide systems with ratings as required by authorities
having jurisdiction.
B. Comply with ASTM C 635, ASTM C 636 and Ceilings and Interior Systems Contractors
Association (CISCA).
PART II - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACOUSTICAL CEILING UNITS
A.
General: Provide manufacturers standard units complying with FS SS-S-118 including all
accessories required for applications encountered.
B. Walgreens has established a National Account with Armstrong for ceiling tile and grid
for all stores. Armstrong contacts are listed below.
I. For Armstrong systems: Contact the Strategic Account Group 800-442-4212
(select option I).
2.02
ACOUSTIC PANELS
A. Provide Type III, Form 2 panels, color: white, size; 24"x 48"x 5/8",edge; square-cut lay-
in from one of the following:
I. Armstrong "Fine Fissured Humiguard" # 1729.
B. Provide Type III, Form 2 panels, color: white, size; 24"x 24"x 5/8",edge; square-cut lay-
in from one of the following:
1. Armstrong "Fine Fissured Humiguard" #1728.
2.03 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS
A.
General: Double-web, direct hung system complying with ASTM C-635.
I. Structural Classification: Intermediate duty.
2.
Metal: Hot-dipped-galvanized steel 0.015" thick x 1-1/2" high x 15/16" face.
3. Color: White
B.
Hanger Wire: Provide not less than 12 gauge galvanized carbon steel ASTM A 641, soft
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
09510-1
FISCAL 2006
I
temper.
I
C.
Edge Moldings and trim: Manufacturers standard metal of types and profiles required for
all applications encountered. Fabricate to fit all penetrations exactly.
I
D.
Hold-Down Clips: Provide at 2 ft. o.c. on cross tees for interior panels subject to wind
uplift or weighing less than I lb. /sq.ft.
I
E. Acceptable Manufacturers: Armstrong "Prelude ML" exposed tee, color; white.
F.
I
Seismic Areas: When required by authorities having jurisdiction provide "Heavy Duty "
systems approved by local authorities: Armstrong "Prelude XL" with stab-in cross tees.
I. Compression Posts: USG's, Donn Corporation #VSA 12, 24 or 47 as required.
2.
Edge Molding: Manufacturers 2 inch wide unit conforming to local
requirements.
I
PART Ill-EXECUTION
I
3.01 INSTALLATION
3.02
A.
Install systems in compliance with ASTM C 636, governing regulations and fire-
resistance requirements. Support hangers only from structural members. Do not attach or
suspend hangers from metal deck. Locate hangers not less than 6" from each end and
spaced 4ft. o.c. along main runner. Locate hangers at 4 ft. o.c. each direction ifmain
runners are spaced greater than 4 ft. o.c. Level to within 118" in 12ft. Limit deflection to
11360 of span length in inches.
I
I
B.
Install hangers plumb and free from contact with objects that are not part of structural or
ceiling system. Wire connections shall be capable of supporting a 100 lb. allowable load.
I
C.
Provide main runners or continuous cross tees in line with the long dimension of each side
of recessed lights. Provide a hanger wire at the midpoint of each cross tee located on the
long dimension of a recessed light fixture. 4 ft. cross tees supporting light fixtures is
prohibited. Entire suspension system shall be completely connected forming a
homogeneous frame. Independent/unattached fields are prohibited.
I
D.
Pop rivets shall be minimized. Use only when manufacturer does not make an accessory
to secure the system in the condition encountered.
I
I
E.
Provide trim and moldings as required to conceal edges of acoustic tiles.
I
F.
Install panels to fit accurately at borders and penetrations.
G.
I
Suspended ceiling system shall not be used to support ductwork, plumbing, sprinklers,
insulation, etc.
ADDITIONAL SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS
I
A. General: Comply with requirements of authority having jurisdiction in the respective
seismic zone.
I
B. Individual light fixtures or other attachments to the ceiling system, with a combined
weight of 561bs. or less shall have two 12 gauge wire hangers attached, with slack, at
diagonal comers of the fixture to prevent drop out.
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
09510-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.03
I
I
II
3.04
I
I
I
I
I
1.
Any fixture or attachment weighing greater than 56 lbs. must be independently
supported from the structure.
C.
The minimum connection strength for main and cross runner intersection/splices shall be
60 lbs. in compression and tension (must allow 5 degree offset in any direction).
I. Ceiling system actual weight, including grid, panel, light fixtures and air
terminals to be 2.5 Ibs./sq. ft. or less. All other services must be independently
supported from structure.
2.
For ceiling weighing more than 2.5 lbs./sq. ft. consult local authorities for
requirements.
3. Provide vertical compression posts or struts as required by local authorities.
D.
The ceiling system cannot be used to provide lateral support for walls or partitions.
E.
Perimeter closure angles must provide a min. 7/8", support ledge. Terminal ends of grid
or tile must rest on ledge with min. 3/8" clearance from wall.
1. For support ledges smaller than 7/8", terminal ends of cross or main runners
shall be independently supported within 8" from each wall or ceiling
discontinuity. This support must prevent grid from falling. This support should
not be out of plumb greater than 1 in 6. Maintain 3/8" end clearance from wall.
2.
All penetrations ie; columns, sprinklers, etc. and independently supported
fixtures are considered perimeter closures that must allow noted clearances.
F.
At wall closure ledges, cross and main runners must be prevented from spreading apart.
Permanent attachment for grid alignment purposes is prohibited.
ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Clean exposed surfaces of panels, moldings and trim. Remove and replace work that
cannot be cleaned to permanently eliminate evidence of damage.
A TIIC STOCK
A. Provide two bundles (24 tiles minimum) of acoustic ceiling tiles.
END OF SECTION
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
09510-3
I
I
SECTION 09650 - RESILIENT FLOORING
I
PART I - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
I
I
1.02
I
I
I
I
I
A.
Extent of resilient flooring is shown on drawings and schedules.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide resilient flooring complying with the following fire performance criteria.
1. Smoke Density: Less than 450 per ASTM E 662.
2.
Critical Radiant Flux (CRF): Not less than 0.45 watts/sq. cm. per
ASTM E 648 - Class I.
B.
Moisture vapor emission from the substrate shall not exceed 3 Ibs. per 1,000 sq. ft. per 24
hour period for solid vinyl and vinyl sheet flooring; or 5 Ibs. per 1,000 sq. ft. per 24 hour
period for vinyl composition tile or rubber flooring, in conformance with ASTM F 1869.
C.
Alkalinity of the substrate shall not exceed 9 on the ph scale. Test the ph of any area
where concrete has been ground to ensure that alkalinity does not exceed requirements.
D.
Install resilient flooring in conformance with flooring manufacturer's instructions.
E.
Comply with ASTM F-71O "Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete to Receive
Resilient Flooring".
I
2.01
PART II - PRODUCTS
TILE FLOORING
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
Walgreens has established National Accounts with Armstrong and Domco/Tarkett for
selected resilient flooring. Each manufacturer has been assigned a specific geographic
regIOn.
1.
The regions and contacts for each are listed below.
Resilient Flooring Regions:
a. Armstrong products shall be provided in Puerto Rico and all states
except Connecticut, Massachusetts, Maryland, Michigan, New Jersey,
New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island and Vermont.
b. Domco/Tarkett products shall be provided in the states of Connecticut,
Massachusetts, Maryland, Michigan, New Jersey, New York, Ohio,
Pennsylvania, Rhode Island and Vermont.
2.
Resilient Flooring Contacts:
a. Armstrong: Request Walgreens National Account pricing from
Armstrong Strategic Accounts at 800-442-4212.
b. Tarkett: Contact Tarket corporate offices, Lionel Pantoja 800-366-
2689.
B.
Vinyl Composition Tile: ASTM F 1066 (Latest Edition), Size: 12" x 12" x 1/8".
1. Armstrong Standard Excelon, Imperial Texture #51911, Color: "Classic White",
2. Tarkett Expressions™ Standard Grade, Color #1318 White/Black.
C.
Rubber Tile:
lohnsonite "Prima", ASTM F1344, Class I-B and FS SS-T312b, Type II.
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
09650-1
2.
Size:
12" x 12" x .125".
I
I
I
I
I
1. Color: #20 Charcoal with 50 white, 40 black marbleizing.
D.
Solid Vinyl Flooring: ASTM F 1700, Class 3, Type B -Embossed Surface
1. Armstrong "Natural Options, Wood Collections" planks, Color: #T1024-691
medium, "Wood Oak.", Size: 6" x 36"x 118".
2. Tarkett Specialty Stripwood Luxury Vinyl Plank Flooring, Color: #SW423
"Golden Oak", Size: 3" x 36"x 118".
E.
Slip Resistant Flooring: Armstrong Safety Zone Excelon, ASTM F -1066.
1. Color: Weathered Alabaster #57002
2.
Size:
12" x 12" x 118"
I
I
I
F.
Vinyl Sheet Flooring: Armstrong Type II, Grade A, ASTM F1303-02, "Possibilities
Commercial Corlon", pattern: Petit Point, gauge .085", color: #86067 "Drifstone" (used
only when required by local Health Dept. in select rooms.
G.
Protective Coat: "Revive Plus 8C" Neutral Cleaner and "Vectra" Floor Finish by Johnson
Wax Products.
2.02
ACCESSORIES
2.
Rubber Tile:
Johnsonite adhesive # 965 (one part epoxy).
#996 (two part epoxies).
#975 (two part urethane).
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A. Wall Base: Provide Armstrong base #V6160018 complying with ASTM F 1861, Style B.
I. Style: Top set cove.
2. Height: 6".
3. Thickness: 118".
4. Color: Black, matte fmish.
B. Resilient Edge Stripes: 118" thick, 1" wide, homogenous vinyl, tapered or bullnose edge,
color to match flooring.
C. Adhesives: Water-resistant stabilized type as recommended by flooring manufacturer or
as indicated below.
1. VCT: Armstrong adhesive # S-700, Tarkett adhesive #T-I00.
3. Solid Vinyl Flooring-"Wood Collections" planks, Armstrong adhesive #S-575.
Tarkett "Stripwood": Tarkett T -400 acrylic hard set adhesive.
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
09650-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
4. High moisture: Use Armstrong adhesive #8-240 in areas that are consistently
wet.
5. Scribing Felt: Armstrong adhesive #S-235.
D. Concrete Slab Primer: Non-staining as recommended by flooring manufacturer.
I
I
I
I
E.
Leveling and Patching Compounds: Armstrong #S-183 Fast-Setting Cement-Based
Underlayment, Armstrong #S-184 Fast Setting Cement-Based Patch Coat or portland
cement based latex types as recommended by flooring manufacturer.
PART III - EXECUTION
F. Scribing Felts: Gray cellulosic synthetic fiber felt, Armstrong #S-153.
I
3.01 GENERAL
I
3.02
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.03
I
A. Inspect to ensure satisfactory substrate surfaces. Satisfactory means smooth and free from
cracks, holes, ridges, and coatings preventing adhesive bond, detrimental moisture vapor
emissions and other defects impairing performance or appearance.
INST ALLA TION
A.
Scribe, cut and fit resilient flooring to permanent fixtures, built-in furniture, pipes, outlets,
columns and walls.
B.
Tightly cement flooring to subbase without open cracks, voids, raising or puckering at
joints or telegraphing.
C.
A void use of cut widths less than 1/2 tile at perimeters. Lay tile square to room axis.
D.
Lay tile in checkerboard pattern with grain reversed in adjacent tiles.
E.
Provide flash cove base (turned up vinyl sheet) if required by local Health Dept. at select
areas of the store.
F.
Solid Vinyl Flooring-"Wood Collections" planks, Stagger end joints a minimum of6"
apart. Do not install over expansion joints. Roll with 100-lb roller; install tile in same
direction. -
G.
VCT Protective Coat: General Contractor shall use floor cleaning company approved
recommended by Johnson Diversey. Contact Johnson Diversey at 800-558-2332 and ask
for the Walgreen's New Store Coordinator to obtain an approved Building Service
Coordinator. The cleaning contractor is responsible for providing equipment, cleaning
chemicals, and labor to complete requested service. He will also agree to carry
Workmen's Compensation, public liability and property damage insurance in form and
amount acceptable to The Walgreen Company.
Following tile installation (preferably within 24 to 48 hours) the floor should be swept,
damp mopped with Revive Plus SC and allowed to thoroughly dry. Apply 4 medium coats
of Vectra Floor Finish allowing sufficient dry time between coats (approximately 30-45
minutes between coats). Do not apply stripper or autoscrub the tile "mill" fmish.
Johnson Diversey's New Store Coordinator will secure cleaning bid from approved floor
cleaning company and Federal Express bid to General Contractor to sign
contract.
ACCESSORY INSTALLATION
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
09650-3
I
A.
Scribing Felts: When installing thinner gauge material next to thicker materials, install
thicker material fIrst.
1. Butt 12-inch wide piece of Scribing Felt against thicker material and adhere with
specifIed adhesive.
I
I
2.
Use leveling or patching compound to featheredge of scribing felt to level of
substrate.
I
3. Allow patch to dry completely before installing flooring.
B.
Apply base in longest possible lengths. Miter or cope inside comers, make non-
penetrating "v-cut" on backside to form outside comers.
I
c.
Place edge strips tightly butted tb flooring at locations where tile edges would otherwise
be exposed.
I
D.
Install 6-inch vinyl base around all checkout stands in General Sales floor, Cosmetics and
1-HR Photo.
I
3.04
CLEANING AND PROTECTION
I
A. Remove excess adhesive and other surface blemishes.
B.
Protect flooring from construction damage as recommended by flooring manufacturer.
I
3.05 ATTIC STOCK
A.
Provide one box (45-tile minimum) of each type of tile flooring.
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
09650-4
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 09680 - CARPETING
PART I-GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. The extent of carpet installation is shown on schedules.
I
I
B. Carpeting will be furnished and installed by Walgreens. This section describes the
quality of related work to be provided by the General Contractor.
1.02
QUALITY ASSURANCE
I
A. Flame/Smoke Resistance Standards: Walgreens supplied materials comply with the
following:
1. Pill Test: For flammability, complies with ASTM D 2859 or DOC FF-I-70.
2.
Floor Radiant Test Panel: Critical Radiant Flux (CRF) not less than 0.45
watts/sq. em. per ASTM E 648, Class I.
I
3.
Smoke Density Test: Complies with ASTM E 662, less than 450.
PART II - PRODUCTS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.01 CARPET (provided by Walgreens)
A. Manufacturer: Interface Carpet Tile with Super Cushion back.
I. Pattern: Entropy.
2. Color: Chance #3478.
3. Size: 18"x18".
2.02 ADHESIVE
A. "Re:Source Grid-Set Green Glue 2000", pressure sensitive adhesive on all areas except
stairs.
PART III - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION (by Walgreens)
3.02 PRE-INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS (by General Contractor)
A. Clear away debris and scrape up cementitious deposits from surfaces to receive carpet.
B. Protect installed carpet from damage and soilage during remaining construction.
I
C.
Ensure that carpet will be without deterioration or damage at time of acceptance by
Walgreens.
I
I
I
END OF SECTION
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
09680-1
FISCAL 2005
I
I
SECTION 09910 - PAINTING and VINYL WALL COVERING
I
PART I - GENERAL
1.0 I DESCRIPTION
I
A.
Extent of painting and vinyl wall covering is shown on drawings and schedules.
I
B.
Work includes painting and finishing of interior and exterior surfaces as indicated.
C.
Painting of mechanic aU electrical work is specified in divisions 15 and 16.
I
D.
Do not paint over code required labels or equipment name, rating, performance plates.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
I
A.
Fire Hazard classification: Provide Vinyl Wall Covering materials with the following
classifications per ASTM E-84, Class A
1. Flame spread not more than 10.
I
2.
Smoke Developed not more than 25.
I
B. Install all work in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
1.03
WARRANTY
I
A.
Paint: Provide a seven year non-prorated material and labor warranty related to defects in
material.
I
B. Wall covering: Provide a one (I) year warranty against manufacturer's defects only.
PART II - PRODUCTS
I
I
2.01
PAINT
I
A. Provide paint obtained through National Accounts as produced by Benjawin Moore or
Pittsburgh Paints (see Part III for schedule). Substitutes are subject to Walgreens approval
only where Benjamin Moore or Pittsburgh Paints are unavailable. National Account
contacts are:
1. Benjamin Moore: John Lanzillotti or Connie Green 201-802-6225.
Direct order line: 877-626-5676
2.
Pittsburgh Paints: Marie Carr 866-298-7245 (phone), 888-
434-3127 (fax) or www.opgeaccount.com (call toll
free number above to register).
I
I
2.02
VINYL WALL COVERING
I
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFIC A TIONS
09910-1
FISCAL 2006
2.03
A.
I
I
I
Vinyl Wall Covering (Selection A): Type II, Class A, complying with FS CCC-W-408A
& C and CFFA-W-I0IA. Obtain Vinyl Wallcoverings through Walgreens National
Account. Contact MDC Wallcoverings, Customer Service, 800-621-4006, Jeanne
Rart:man:n, ext. 8327, Felicia Gross, ext. 8389. Reference the following information when
ordering:
1.
MDC Wallcoverings Q# 40217730
MDC Trax #ALPHA 12
21 oz. /lin. yd. Vinyl with Osnaburg backing.
54 inch wide.
Florida stores shall receive perforated vinyl wall covering. Reference MDC wall
covering #Alpha 12P when ordering.
I
I
B.
Vinyl Wall Covering (Selection B): Type II, medium duty, Class A, complying with FS
CCC-W-408. Obtain Vinyl Wallcoverings through Walgreens National Account.
Contact MDC Wallcoverings, Customer Service, 800-621-4006, Amy Goodson, ext.
8394, Cheryl Draper, ext. 8386. Reference the following information when ordering:
MDC Wallcoverings Q# 40217730.
MDC Trax #1492.
20 oz. Vinyl with Osnaburg backing.
54-inch wide 30 yard bolts.
1. Florida stores shall receive perforated vinyl wall covering. Reference MDC wall
covering #1492P when ordering.
I
I
I
I
C.
Adhesive (heavy duty, clay based, mildew resistant): Roman Adhesives "Extra Strength
Vinyl Adhesive Pro-732", Gibson-Romans "Dynamite Professional Wallcovering
Adhesive #7233".
1. Perforated wall covering adhesive shall be Roman Decorating products #888
(clear) or #788 (clay)
I
D.
Primers (clear): Gibson-Romans "Dynamite #7221 acrylic primer, Roman Adhesives
"Vinyl Prep", William Zinsser Co "SHlELDZ@Clear."
1. Perforated wall covering primer shall be Roman Decorating product #988.
I
NnSCELLANEOUSPRODUCTS
I
I
A. Anti-Graffiti Coating (if required): Provide "Graffiti Solution System@" manufactured by
American Polymer Corp 800-676-5963. System components include GSS Barrier, GSS-
10 Anti-Graffiti Protectant and GSS Erasol@.
3.01
PART III - EXECUTION
PREPARATION
I
3.02
A.
Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture or other conditions detrimental to
formation of a durable paint film.
I
B.
Remove hardware, accessories, plates, light fixtures and other items not to be painted or
wall covered Reinstall removed items upon completion of painting and wall covering.
I
C. Prime and seal surfaces to receive wall covering in accordance with manufacturer
recommendations.
I
PAINT APPLICATION
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
09910-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.03
I
I
3.04
I
I
I
3.05
I
I
I
I
I
A.
Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains etc, show through until color and
appearance is uniform.
B.
Paint surfaces behind movable equipment.
C.
Paint interior surfaces of ducts where visible, with flat, non-specular black paint.
D.
Paint grilles and registers at ceilings and walls to match adjacent surfaces.
E.
Paint exterior doors on tops, bottoms, sides same as exterior faces.
F.
Completely cover surfaces to provide an opaque, smooth, uniform fmish and color, free
of spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags or other imperfections.
G.
Completed Work: Refmish or repaint work not in compliance with specified
requirements.
H.
Paint all ferrous metal.
1. Paint exposed exterior natural gas piping.
2.
Paint bollards to match highway yellow color.
VINYL WALL COVERING INSTALLATION
A. Install seams plumb, and 6" minimum form comers. Horizontal seams are prohibited.
Remove air bubbles, wrinkles, blisters and other defects.
B.
Trim selvages to assure color uniformity and pattern match.
C. Remove excess adhesive from seams.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A.
Upon completion, clean paint spatters from window glass, equipment and other paint
spattered surfaces.
B.
Protect work of others against damage from painting and wall covering work. Repair,
repaint or replace damaged surfaces as acceptable to Walgreens.
PAINTING SCHEDULE
A. Sales Areas (gypsum wallboard) including Glass Tower:
Prime Coat: Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Enamel Under Coater & Primer Sealer
(#253).
Pittsburgh Paints Speedhide Latex Primer Sealer (#6-2).
Finish: 2 coats, Moorcraft Super Spec Vinyl Latex Flat (#275). Color: Soffit face and
soffit undersides; "White Dove" Premixed color.
Ceilings and Glass Tower interior "Decorators White" Premixed color.
2 coats Pittsburgh Paints Speedhide Interior Flat Latex (6-70 Series).
Soffit face and soffit undersides tinted to B-M's "White Dove".
Ceilings and Glass Tower interior tinted to B-M's "Decorator White".
B.
Stockroom, Passages, Rubbish Room and other rooms not otherwise noted (gypsum
wallboard):
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
09910-3
I
I
I
Prime Coat: Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Enamel Under Coater & Primer Sealer
(#253).
Pittsburgh Paints Speedhide Interior Latex Primer Sealer (#6-2).
Finish: 1 coat, Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel (#276), color; "Bone
White" Premixed Color.
1 coat Pittsburgh Paints Speedhide Interior Semi-Gloss Latex Enamel
(6-500 Series), tinted to B-M's "Bone White".
I
Prime Coat:
Pharmacy Area (gypsum wallboard):
I
C.
Finish:
Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Enamel Under Coater & Primer Sealer
(#253).
Pittsburgh Paints Speedhide Interior Latex Primer Sealer (#6-2).
2 coats, Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Pearl (277), color: # HC-173
"Edgecomb Gray".
2 coats Pittsburgh Paints Speedhide Interior Semi-Gloss Latex Enamel
tinted to B-M's HC-173 "Egdecomb Gray".
I
I
Prime Coat:
Interior Wood Doors, Door Frames:
I
D.
Finish Coat:
Moorcraft Super Spec Alkyd Enamel Undercoater & Primer Sealer
(#245).
Pittsburgh Paints Speedhide Interior Quick Drying Enamel
Undercoater (6-6).
2 coats Regal Satin Impervo Enamel (#235) color # 2112-30 "Stone
Brown" .
2 coats Pittsburgh Paints Interior Industrial Enamel Lo-Lustre Alkyd 7-
827, tinted to B-M's 2112-30 "Stone Brown".
I
I
I
In areas where VOC regulations prohibit use of the above, use the following system:
Prime Coat: Moorcraft Latex Enamel Undercoater & Primer Sealer (#253).
Pittsburgh Paints Speedhide Interior Acrylic Enamel Undercoater
(6-855).
Finish: 2 coats, Waterborne Satin Impervo Enamel (#314), color # 2112-30
"Stone Brown".
2 coats Pittsburgh Paints Speedhide Interior Semi-Gloss Latex Enamel
(6-500 Series) tinted to B-M's 2112-30 "Stone Brown".
I
I
Prime Coat:
E. Exterior Metal Doors and Frames:
Finish Coat:
IronClad Latex Low Lustre Metal & Wood Enamel (#363).
Pittsburgh Paints Industrial Rust Inhibitive Primer (7-858 Series).
2 coats, Moorcraft Latex House & Trim Paint (# 170), color # HC-77
"Alexandria Beige".
2 coats Pittsburgh Paints Speedhide Exterior Semi-Gloss Latex (6-900
Series) tinted to B-M's HC-77 "Alexandria Beige".
I
I
Prime Coat:
Fire Retardant Wood (where required by code):
I
F.
Finish:
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
Moorcraft Latex Enamel Undercoater & Primer Sealer (#253).
Pittsburgh Paints Speedhide Interior Acrylic Enamel Undercoater
(6-855).
2 coats, 220 Latex Fire Retardant Coating (M59),
flat fmish.
I
I
09910-4
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
G.
2 coats Pittsburgh Paints Speedhide Interior Fire Retardant Flat Latex
(42-7).
Prime Coat:
Concrete Block, Concrete, Masonry (Interior):
Finish:
H.
Ferrous Metal:
Interior:
Prime Coat:
Finish:
Exterior:
Prime Coat:
Finish:
Moorcraft Latex Enamel Undercoater & Primer Sealer (#253).
Pittsburgh Paints Speedhide Acrylic Alkali Resistant Primer (6-603,
masonry), (6-7 concrete block).
2 Coats, Moorcraft Vinyl Latex Flat (#275), color "Bone White"
Premixed Color.
2 coats Pittsburgh Paints Speedhide Interior Flat Latex (6-70 Series)
tinted to B-M's "Bone White".
Iron Clad Latex Low Lustre Metal & Wood
Enamel (#363).
Pittsburgh Paints Industrial Rust Inhibitive Primer
(7-858 Series).
2 Coats Moorcraft Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel
(#276), Color: Columns "White Dove" Premixed Color.
2 coats Pittsburgh Paints Speedhide Interior Semi-Gloss Latex (6-500
Series), tinted to B-M's "White Dove".
Self-priming on properly prepared surfaces.
2 coats D.T.M. Acrylic Semi-Gloss (M29).
2 coats Pittsburgh Paints Pitt-Tech One Pack Satin
Industrial Enamel (90-474 Series).
Prime Coat:
Aluminum (awning underside):Exterior:
1.
Finish:
Benjamin Moore IronClad Latex Low Lustre Metal & Wood Enamel
(#363).
Pittsburg Paints Pitt-Tech One Pack High
Performance Acrylic enamel (90-712).
2 coats Moorcraft Latex House & Trim Paint (170)Color: B-M's HC-81
"Manchester Tan."
2 coats Pittsburgh Paints Pitt-Tech One Pack High
Performance Acrylic DTM Enamel (90-400 Series).
J.
Tilt-up Concrete (Southern Prototype exterior):
Prime Coat: Pittsburg Paints (PPG) "Perma-Crete" Interior/Exterior alkali Resistant
Primer (4-603)
Sherwin-Williams Company "Loxon" Exterior Acrylic Primer
A24W300.
Intermediate Coat (use only if using the SW prime and finish coats) Sherwin-Williams
Company "UltraCrete" Texture Coating Medium #A44W811.
Finish: Pittsburg Paints (PPG) "Perma-Crete Texture Coatings 1 00% Acrylic
(4-60) medium.
Sherwin-Williams Company "A-IOO Exterior Latex Flat A6 series.
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
END OF SECTION
09910-5
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
SECTION 09985 - SPECIAL WALL SURFACES
PART I - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. The extent of Fiberglass Reinforced Panels (FRP), Comer Guards, and Column Covers is
shown on schedules and drawings.
I
1.02
QUALITY ASSURANCE
I
I
I
I
I
I
A. Fire Perfonnance: Products comply with the following when tested according to ASTM
E-84:
1. Flame Spread: Marlite Class C "Naturetones Collection", less than 200.
MarIite Class A "FRP", less than 25.
2.
Smoke Developed:
Marlite Class C "Naturetones Collection",
less than 50.
Marlite Class A "FRP", less than 450.
PART II - PRODUCTS
2.01 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELS:
A. Marlite Brand, "FRP #P-145", Class A, color; silver, pebble finish surface (toilet rooms).
For Walgreens preferred pricing, contact 330-343-6621 (Phone), 330-343-4668 (Fax).
I. Alternate Manufacturer: Kemlite, Class A, Fire-X Glasboard", color; "BES-366
Silver".
B. Marlite Brand, Class C, Plank Product Line, Naturetones Collection, Earth Hues Series,
color; Coral Sand #PLK 781-G88 (employee room).
I
I
I
I
C. Accessories: Provide Marlite Brand, pre-finished inside comers, outside comers,
edging, division strips and plank clips as required for project conditions. Color to match
panels. Provide aluminum components for Plank series and PVC for P-145 series panels.
D. Adhesive: Marlite Brand C-375 or C-551 Adhesive.
E. Sealant: Marlite Brand MS-250 clear silicone.
2.02 COLUMN COVERS
A. Provide 22 or 24 gauge stainless steel, type 304 or 430, #4 finish.
I
I
I
B. Acceptable Manufacturers: Retail Specialty Incorporated 14026 Simone Dr., Shelby
Twp., MI 48315, 586-566-7716 ,Tubular Specialties, Inc., 13011 South Spring St., Los
Angeles, CA 90061,800-225-5876 or Wilkinson Company, Inc., 1530 Commerce Drive,
Stow, Ohio 44224- I 781, 800-686-6726.
2.03 CORNER GUARDS
A. Provide 16 or 18 gauge stainless steel, type 304 or 430, #4 finish.
B. Acceptable Manufacturers: Retail Specialty Incorporated 14026 Simone Dr., Shelby
Twp., MI 48315, 586-566-7716, Tubular Specialties, Inc., 13011 South Spring St., Los
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
09985-1
FISCAL 2006
Angeles, CA 90061,800-225-5876 or Wilkinson Company, Inc., 1530 Commerce Drive,
Stow, Ohio 44224-1781, 800-686-6726.
I
I
I
I
PART III - EXECUTION
3.01 PANEL SYSTEMS
A. Apply panels to gypsum board substrate, above base, vertically oriented with seams
plumb and pattern aligned with adjoining panels.
B.
Apply panel moldings to all panel edges.
I
C. Install panels allowing for expansion/contraction as required by panel manufacturer.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
D. Apply sealant to aU moldings, channels and joints between the system and different
materials to assure watertight installation.
3.02
COLUMN COVERS
A. Install in one piece on round columns (two pieces acceptable at square columns), from
floor to 4' - 0" A.F.F. with no sharp or jagged edges.
B. Column covers shall be secure and tightly fit column profile. Install with concealed
attachment. Install neatly tooled sealant at top and bottom edges of column covers.
C. Seam shall be formed with tightly fitting continuous "drive cleat locks", "S-Pockets", or
"riveted lap seams" (with concealed hemmed overlap). Seam shall face toward nearest
merchandise gondola.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
09985-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I I
I
SECTION 10190 - TOILET PARTITIONS AND ACCESSORIES
I
PART I - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
I
I
I
I
I
1.02
I
I
I
A.
The extent of toilet partitions and accessories is shown on drawings.
B.
Provide floor mounted, headrail braced toilet partitions and wall hung screens.
C.
Types of toilet accessories include:
Paper towel dispensers
Waste receptacles
Feminine napkin disposal
Toilet tissue dispenser (furnished and installed by Walgreens)
Grab bars
Mirrors
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Coordination: Furnish inserts and blocking to support toilet partitions and accessories.
B.
All toilet accessories shall be from the same manufacturer except Walgreens furnished.
C. Hardware and door openings shall be fabricated to comply with requirements of the
Americans with Disabilities Act, and ANSI Al 17-1. (Latest Edition)
PART 11- PRODUCTS
2.01 TOILET PARTITIONS AND SCREENS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
Manufacturer: Sanymetal, headrail braced "Academy" series, baked enamel fmish, color
#76 Gray.
B.
Acceptable Alternate Manufacturers:
Accurate Partitions Corp., Floor Anchored/Overhead Braced series, powder
coated steel color #940 Gray.
American Sanitary Partition Corp., headrail braced "Full Flush Type", baked
enamel color to match Sanymetal #76 Gray.
Flush-Metal Partition Corp., headrail braced "Flushite" series; color to match
Sanymetal #76 Gray.
General Partitions Mfg. Corp., headrail braced "Series 40", color #SA-401 Mist
Gray.
Global Steel products Corp., "" Floor Anchored/Overhead Braced series, color
#2123 charcoal.
Hadrian Manufacturing, Inc., headrail braced, floor mounted system, color
#545 charcoal.
Knickerbocker Partition Corp., headrail braced "Metropolitan" series, color;
medium grey, #1125.
C.
Urinal Screens: By same manufacturer and in same color as toilet partitions.
Size; 18" x 42".
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
10190-1
2.02
2.03
2.04
D. Hardware: Manufacturers standard heavy duty, chrome plated; hinges, lever handle latch
with emergency access, doorkeeper with bumpers, coat hook with bumper and stainless
steel pilaster shoes.
I
I
I
I
I
I
E. Headrail: Manufacturers standard anti-grip style.
TOILET PARTITION/SCREEN MATERIALS
A. Sheets for baked enamel finish; ASTM A 591, Class C, galvanized-bonderized.
Pilasters: 20 gauge
Panels and screens: 20 gauge
Doors: 22 gauge
B. Partition Core Materials: 1" finished thickness with sound-deadening honeycomb core.
Pilasters shall be 1-1/4" thick.
C. Pressure laminate seamless face sheets to core material and steel edges with continuous
interlocking strip. Weld edges and comers and grind smooth.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TOILET ACCESSORIES
A. Manufacturer: Bobrick unless noted otherwise.
Recessed roll paper towel dispenser and waste receptacle: B-39603.
Feminine napkin disposal: #B-270
Toilet tissue dispenser: North American Paper #W A56T, double jumbo (by
Walgreens).
Grab Bars: (1) B-6806 x 36 and (1) B-6806 x 42.
Mirror: B-165-1836.
Employee Room surface mounted roll paper towel dispenser: B-2860.
B. Acceptable Alternate Manufacturers: Bradley Corporation and American Specialties Inc.
C. Baby Changing Station: Provide Koala Corp. (or equal) wall mounted horizontal
design, molded FDA approved HDPE, 400 lb. capacity, molded Braille instructions;
1. Hinges: reinforced, full length steel on steel.
2. Mounting Supports: multiple 10 Ga. steel.
3. Operation: pneumatic gas spring mechanism.
4. Color: light grey.
5. Provide location-identifying signage as required by local ordinances.
TOILET ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Stainless Steel: AlSI Type 302/304, with polished no. 4 finish, 22-gauge minimum.
I
I
B. Mirror Glass: FS DD-G-451, Type I, Class 1, Quality q2, 1/4" thick with silver coating,
copper protective coating and non-metallic paint coating.
3.01
PART IIl- EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
10190-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
A.
Install toilet partitions and accessories plumb, level and securely anchored. Mount
accessories using concealed vandal proof fasteners, at heights as shown on drawings.
I
3.02 ADJUST AND CLEAN
I
A.
Adjust hardware and accessories for proper operation.
I
B.
Toilet partition doors to swing open approx. 30 degrees when unlatched.
C.
Clean toilet partition surfaces and accessories. Replace all defective or damaged items.
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
10190-3
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
SECTION 10522 - FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES
PART I - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
I
A.
Wall mounted fire extinguishers and accessories.
I
B. Recessed Key Lock Boxes (provide only when required by local codes/officials).
1.02
QUALITY ASSURANCE
I
A.
Comply with applicable requirements ofNFPA 10 and ADA Accessibility Guidelines.
B.
Provide UL listed and FM approved fire extinguishers, which bear the UL listing mark for the
type, rating and class of fire extinguisher indicated.
I
C.
Obtain products from one manufacturer.
I
PART II - PRODUCTS
2.01 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
I
A.
Multi-Purpose Dry Chemical Type: UL rated 4A: 60B:C. or as required by local authority.
B. Finish: Manufactures standard factory applied RED.
I
c.
Provide not less than six (6) fIre extinguishers (more if required by local authorities).
I
D. Manufacturers: JL Industries Inc. Larsen's Manufacturing Co. Potter-Roemer.
2.02
ACCESSORIES
I
I
A. Mounting brackets: manufacturers standard for the fire extinguisher furnished.
B. Signs: provide signs identifYing the locations of fIfe extinguishers as required by local
authorities.
2.03
KEY LOCK BOX (provide only when required by local codes/officials)
I
A.
Recessed unit with dark bronze fmish; Knox Box #3200-R, or approved equal.
PART III - EXECUTION
I
3.01
INSPECTION
I
A. VerifY servicing, charging and tagging of all fIre extinguishers.
3.02
INST ALLA TION
I
A.
Install fIfe extinguishers and identifYing signs in compliance with local authorities and ADA
guidelines.
I
B.
Provide blocking and anchoring devices capable of supporting specified fIre extinguishers.
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
10522-1
FISCAL 2006
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
10522-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C. Install Recessed Key Lock Box., if required as directed by local fire officials.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 12484 - FLOOR MATS AND FRAMES
PART I - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. The extent of floor mat installation (surface and recessed) is shown on Walgreens Fixture
Plan.
B. Floor mats will be furnished and installed by Walgreens. This section describes the
quality of related work to be provided by the General Contractor.
I
I
I
C. The General Contractor shall be responsible for installing the vestibule recess and floor
drain in stores designated to receive an entry vestibule.
1.02
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Flame/Smoke Resistance Standards: Walgreens supplied materials comply with the
following:
l. Pill Test (entrance grid): For flammability, complies with ASTM D 2859,
< I inch.
I
I
I
B. Surfaces designated to receive floor mats shall be constructed in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.
PART II - PRODUCTS
2.01 FLOOR MAT (provided by Walgreens)
A. Manufacturer: Space-Links@, Inc.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B. Entrance Grid: Recessed or surface mounted, with aluminum frame
I. Style: Design Links Entryway Flooring System TM.
2. Type: Entrance grid.
3. Size: 4-ft. x 4-ft.
4. Thickness: 15/32 inch
5. Color: Gray
C. Carpet TileManufactw"er: Heckmondwike Carpet Company.
I. Style: Dreadnought.
2. Color: Anthracite.
3. Adhesive: TacFast backing.
4. Edging: Black rubber.
PART III - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION (by Walgreens)
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
12484-1
FISCAL 2006
I
3.02
PRE-INST ALLA TION REQUIREMENTS (by General Contractor)
I
A.
Surface mounted floor mats shall be installed on top of resilient flooring.
I
B.
At recessed installations, install floor drain and prepare recess in accordance with
Walgreens Criteria details. Slope recess to drain located at center of recessed area.
C.
Clear away debris and scrape up cementitious deposits from surfaces to receive floor
mats.
I
D.
Protect installed floor mats from damage during remaining construction.
I
E.
Ensure that floor mat will be undamaged at time of acceptance by Walgreens.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
12484-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
PART I - GENERAL
SECTION 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
1.01 MECHANICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
I
A.
I
I
B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C.
I
I
I
This section applies to all mechanical work. The contractors involved shall check all
sections of the specifications in addition to the particular section covering their specific
trade. Each distinct section of the specifications aimed for one trade may have detailed
information with regard to other trades. Therefore, it is imperative that aU sections be
reviewed to get a complete picture of all other trades' functions and work required.
The Walgreen Co. drawings, which constitute an integral part of this contract, shall serve
as the working plans. They indicate the general layout of the complete mechanical
systems.
1.
"Field verification, of scaled dimensions on plans, is advised since actual
locations, distances, and levels will be governed by actual field conditions." All
measurements shall be verified at the site.
2.
The mechanical and electrical contractors shall check architectural, structural,
plumbing, heating, ventilation, air conditioning, and electrical plans to avoid
possible installation conflicts. Should drastic changes from original plans be
necessary to resolve such conflict, the contractor shall notify the architect and
Walgreen Co. - Facilities Planning and Design Department, and secure written
approval and agreement on necessary adjustment before the installation is started.
3.
Discrepancies shown between plans, or, between plans and actual field conditions,
or between plans and specifications shall promptly be brought to the attention of
Walgreen Co. for a decision.
4.
Drawings and specifications are intended to cover the completed installation of
systems to function as described. The omission of the expressed reference to any
item of labor and material necessary to comply with practice codes, ordinances,
etc. shall not relieve the contractor from providing such additional labor and
material.
5.
The contract drawings serve as working drawings for the general layout of the
various services. l;Iowever, layout of equipment accessories, specialties, piping
systems, and conduit runs are diagrammatic unless specifically dimensioned and
do not necessarily indicate every required valve, fitting, transition, turning vane,
junction box, pull box, conduit size, etc. It is the contractor's responsibility to
provide all systems complete and ope~le. The contractor to make field
verification of all services, systems, etc. as part of the total work required and the
cost to be included in this base bid.
Accessibility: Do not locate traps, controls, unions, pull boxes, etc. in any system at a
location that will be inaccessible after construction is completed. Maintain accessibility
for all components in mechanical, electrical, and plumbing systems.
CRITERIA SPECIFIC A TIONS
FISCAL 2006
15050-1
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
I
I
D.
Cutting and Patching: All cutting required shall be done by the contractor whose work is
involved, without extra cost to Walgreen Co. All patching and restoration, including the
furnishing and installation of access panels in ceiling, walls, etc. within the building lines,
shall be done by the respective, responsible contractor. No cutting of structural steel,
concrete, or wood shall be done without prior approval and explicit directions of the
architect and Walgreen Co. All duct openings in walls, floors, ceiling, and roof shall be
cut and patched by the respective, responsible contractor.
I
I
E.
Relocation of Existing Ducts, Conduits, Pipes, and Utilities: The contractor, under whose
jurisdiction the work may fall, shall provide labor, material, and tools required to cut,
repair, protect, cap, or relocate existing pipes, conduits, or utilities interfering with or
uncovered during work, per regulations of the authorities having jurisdiction.
I
I
F.
Excavation and Backfill: Excavation and removal of material, shoring, dewatering, and
backfilling required for the proper laying of all pipes and conduits inside the building and
premises, and outside as may be necessary, shall be done by the contractor whose work is
involved, without extra cost to Walgreen Co.
I
G.
Vibration Eliminators: Rotating or reciprocating equipment, ducts, piping, etc. shall be
isolated from the structure by means of approved vibration absorbing units as provided or
recommended by the equipment manufacturer or architect.
I
H.
Sleeves: Each contractor shall furnish required sleeves. Sleeves shall be extended 2
inches above the floor, wall, etc. unless noted otherwise, and shall be Schedule 40
galvanized steel pipe and of the required size and location. The contractor responsible for
running pipes in the sleeve shall caulk the space between pipe and sleeve with oakum and
seal with mastic cement or other approved material.
I
I
l.
Electric Motors: See Section 16050, Basic Electrical Materials and Methods.
I
J.
Damage to Other Work: Each contractor shall be held rigidly responsible for all damages
to their own or any other trades' work resulting from the execution of the involved
contractor's work.
I
I
K.
Concrete Foundation: Concrete foundation for all mechanical equipment shall be
provided by the general contractor, but the respective mechanical contractor shall furnish
foundation bolts and all essential information and shall check the work prior to the pouring
of concrete insuring acceptable results. The foundation shall be as indicated or as
recommended by the equipment manufacturer.
I
L.
Large Equipment: All large equipment that may be too large to enter through stairways,
doorways, or shaft, which is to be installed in the building shall be brought on the job and
placed in the proper space before the enclosing structure is completed, unless
arrangements are made with other contractors to permit access at a later date, without
additional cost to Walgreen Co.
I
M.
Rough-in for Connection to Equipment: It shall be the responsibility of each contractor to
study the architectural, structural, electrical, and mechanical drawings, conferring with the
various trades involved, and checking with the supplier of equipment in order to properly
rough-in for all equipment.
I
I
I
15050-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.02
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
N.
Material and Equipment: All material and equipment shall be new and of the best quality
used for the purpose in good commercial practice, and shall be the standard product of
reputable manufacturers. The material and equipment must meet approval of state and
local codes in the area it is being used.
O.
Construction Superintendent: The term "construction superintendent" shall herein be
referred to synonymously as Walgreen CO.'s construction superintendent.
P.
Performance of Work: All work outlined in the various mechanical and electrical sections
shall be done by the contractor under whose jurisdiction the work may fall. See drawings
and specifications.
Q.
Roof decks shall not be used to support piping, conduit, equipment, devices, etc.
Bar joist panel points and beams shall be used to support loads unless otherwise directed
by the structural engineer.
R.
Electrical Wiring: See Electrical Specifications, Division 16.
S. Testing: All testing results shall be documented in the form of written reports.
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
A.
Refer to other requirements of mechanical and electrical work in Division I without
exception.
B.
Permits, Inspections, and Tests: All work is to be executed in compliance with, and each
contractor is to observe and abide by, all applicable laws, regulations, ordinances, and
rules of the national, state, county, and local governing agencies, or any other duly
constituted public authority. Each contractor shall, at all times, maintain proper facilities
and provide safe access for inspection to all parts of the work and to the shops wherein the
work is in preparation. No work shall be enclosed or covered until approved by the
architect, and should any work be enclosed or covered before all necessary inspections are
completed, same will be opened for examination at the contractor's expense. All fees,
licenses, tests costs, etc. are the contractor's responsibility.
C.
Rules, Regulations, and Codes:
1. All material and equipment shall conform to the standards, where available, of the
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (N.E.M.A.), National Fire
Protection Association (N.F.P.A.), National Electrical Code (N.E.C.),
Underwriters Laboratories (U.L.), American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and
Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE), Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning
Contractor's National Association (SMACNA), and American Water Works
Association (A WW A).
2.
All work shall conform to all applicable federal, state, and local codes and utility
companies' regulations.
D.
Workmanship and Installation: Walgreen Co. shall decide whether or not the finished
work is satisfactory in their judgment. If any material and/or equipment has not been
properly installed or finished, this contractor is obligated to replace the material and/or
equipment wherever required and to reinstall the material and equipment in a manner
entirely satisfactory at this contractor's expense (without additional cost to Walgreen Co.).
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
15050-3
1.03
1.04
I
E.
Guarantee: Each contractor shall guarantee each complete system for a period of one (1)
year from the date of acceptance of the work by Walgreen Co. to be free of defects of
material and workmanship and that any faulty material or workmanship shall be repaired
or replaced without additional cost to Walgreen Co.
I
I
F.
Cooperation: There shall be complete cooperation with all trades in the matter of planning
and execution of the work. Every reasonable effort shall be made to prevent conflict as to
space requirements, dimensions, locations, leaving of opening, or other matters that would
obstruct or delay the work.
I
SUBSTITUTIONS
I
A.
The name of an article or its make, as given in the specifications and/or drawings, is used
to establish a standard for the guidance of the contractor. He may propose substitution of
other material or equipment (unless specifically stated, no substitution's accepted).
I
B.
I
Should the contractor propose to furnish materials and equipment other than those
specified, as permitted by the "acceptable alternate" clause, he shall submit a written
request for any or all substitutions to Walgreen Co. Such a request shall be accompanied
with complete descriptive and technical data for all items (manufacturer, brand name,
catalog number, descriptive literature, and capacity tables), stating in each case what
addition to or deduction from the main bid is to be made if such alternates are accepted.
I
C.
Acceptance or rejection of the proposed substitutions shall be subject to approval of
Walgreen Co., and if specific approval in writing is not received, it is understood that the
requirements as outlined in the Walgreen Co. plans are to be met.
I
D.
Where such substitutions alter the design or space requirements indicated on the plans, the
contractor shall include all items of cost for the revised design and construction including
cost of all allied trades involved.
I
I
Mail to: Walgreen Co.
Facilities Planning, Design & Engineering
MS 1620
106 Wilmot Road
Deemeld,IL 60015-5105
I
I
INST ALLA TION
I
A. All equipment and materials shall be installed according to manufacturer's instructions
unless otherwise specifically directed by the Trade Contract Documents. All piping,
valves, connections, and other like items recommended by the manufacturer or required
for proper operation shall be provided without additional cost to Walgreens.
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
15050-4
FISCAL 2006
I
I.
I
SECTION 15250 - MECHANICAL INSULATION
I
PART I - GENERAL
l.01 DESCRIPTION
I
A.
Section 01010 Summary of Work and Section 15050, Basic Mechanical Materials and
Methods, shall be considered a part of these specifications.
I
B.
Piping insulation, jackets, and accessories.
C. Ductwork insulation, jackets, and accessories.
I
PART II - PRODUCTS
I
2.01
PIPE INSULATION
I
A. Domestic water, interior storm lines, interior condensate drain piping from HV AC roof-
top units and waste water pump discharge.
l.
All piping (above fmished floor) shall be covered with Armacell API Armaflex
pipe insulation insulation Y2" thick in accordance with ASTM C-534, grade I, type
I for tubular materials and grade I, type II for sheet material.
I
2.
All joints shall be sealed with approved manufacturers adhesive.
I
3.
All lines running outdoors shall have insulation protected from weather by two (2)
coats of manufacturers approved finish.
I
4. Acceptable Alternate Manufacturer: Koolphen K CFC Free Phenolic foam, or
Aerocel (by Aeroflex International Comapany) closed cell Elastomeric thermal
insulation.
Refrigerant Suction Lines and Cooler/Freezer Condensate Drains:
I
I
B.
l. Similar to "A" except I" thick inside building and 2" thick on outside of building
with manufacturers weather-resistant protective finish. (2" thickness shall be
achieved by 2 layers of I" insulation applied per manufacturers recommendations).
2.02 DUCTWORK INSULATION
I
A.
All ductwork shall be insulated, including but not limited to supply, return, exhaust, relief
transfer duct, etc.
I
B.
Ductwork Below Roof: The insulation shall consist of one layer 2" thick of Owens-
Coming Type 75, .75 Ibs./cu. Ft. density, with an installed R-value of5.6 and vapor jacket.
Acceptable Alternate Manufacturer: Johns-Manville.
I
C.
Ductwork Above Roof Line: Similar to "B" except 3" thick insulation with an installed R-
value of 8.3 and waterproof jacket.
I
D.
Internally lined ductwork is "not acceptable" in any ductwork including main drops from the roof-
top units.
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
15250-1
FISCAL 2006
2.03 INSULA TION RATINGS
A. Flame spread shall be 25 or less.
B. Smoke developed shall be 50 or less.
PART III - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install materials in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
END OF SECTION
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
15250-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 15300 - FIRE PROTECTION
I
PART I - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
I
I
I
I
A.
Division 1, General Requirements, and Section 15050, Basic Mechanical Materials and
Methods, shall be considered a part of these specifications.
B.
The fire protection system work includes, but is not limited to, the following:
1. Furnish and install complete, operable fire protection system, with all related
items. System shall be designed, fabricated and installed by a firm regularly
engaged in this type of work and employing those skilled in the work involved.
2.
Systems shall be in accordance with the applicable standards of the National
Fire Protection Association (N.F.P .A.) and requirements of any authorities
having jurisdiction.
I
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit for Walgreen approval, the Fire Protection Plan FPl.1 prior to submitting any fire
protection permit documents required by the authorities having jurisdiction. Submit to
Walgreen Co. and the ArchitectJEngineer of Record, complete shop drawings of the
entire Fire Protection System before starting work.
I
I
PART II-PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
I
I
I
2.02
A.
All materials and devices essential to the successful operation of the Fire Protection
System shall be UL Listed with the exception of steel pipe. Steel pipe shall conform to
NFP A 13 Table 6.3.1.1. Backflow preventers shall be either UL Listed or classified.
FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION
A. Provide flush brass-bodied 2-way connection with hose threads, drain, brass inlet caps
with chains as approved by local fire jurisdiction.
2.03 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS
I
I
I
I
2.04
I
I
A.
Assemblies shall be as specified on Walgreen criteria drawing "Fire Protection Plan"
FP 1.1 or Walgreen Co. written approved equals.
B.
The manufacturer shall warrant assemblies for ten (10) years against defects in material
and workmanship. Temperature rating of sprinkler shall be based on the maximum
ambient temperature ofthe environment in which it is installed.
c.
Listed corrosion-resistant sprinklers shall be installed in locations where chemicals,
moisture or other corrosive vapors sufficient to cause corrosion of such devices exist.
ACCESSORIES
A.
Provide alarm bells, valves, drains, flow switches, and all other items required for a
complete system.
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
15300-1
I
I
B.
Provide permanently marked, waterproof metal or rigid plastic identification signs or
placards at all valves secured with corrosion-resistant chain.
I
3.01
PART III - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
I
A.
General: Installation of the private service main shall conform to local requirements and
shall be in accordance with requirements of Section 02190, Sitework/Excavation and
Section 15400, Plumbing of the specifications.
I
B.
Protection: Underground piping cover shall be measured from top of pipe to finished
grade with due consideration given to future or final grade and nature of soil. Top of pipe
shall be no less than one foot below local frost line. Minimum cover shall be 3 feet below
pavements. No piping shall run under buildings except fire service main shall be
permitted to enter the building adjacent to the foundation. Back filling shall be tamped in
layers to prevent lateral movement or settlement and shall contain no ashes, cinders,
refuse, organic, corrosive or frozen materials. In trenches cut through rock, tamped
granular backfill shall be provided a minimum of 6 inches under and around piping with
a minimum of2 feet of granular cover.
I
I
I
C.
Contamination: All system components shall be free of rust and other contaminants and
clean inside and out.
I
D.
System Entrance: Installation of the riser and trim for all its components shall be as
compact as possible to conserve floor space.
I
E.
Fire Department Coordination: No exterior component of the Fire Protection System
shall be located within any fenced or walled area and shall be readily ~sible from the
parking lot. Coordinate the locations of the fire department connection and exterior alarm
device with the local fire jurisdiction and Architect of Record.
I
F.
Piping: Design layout shall allow for suitable venting and drainage. Installation shall be
coordinated with all other items in the construction and shall not obstruct lights, air
outlets, dampers, valves, access doors and other items requiring access. Piping in areas
having ceilings shall be concealed. Piping may be exposed elsewhere but kept high as
possible with all consideration for the Walgreen Co. plan layout. Piping passing through
walls, floors and other building components must be sleeved. Piping penetrating finished
spaces shall be fitted with chrome split-ring escutcheons. Sleeves shall be patched and
sealed as required to maintain fire ratings where applicable. Install flow switches, tamper
switches, alarms and any other required electrical components within the piping system.
Coordinate with Architect of Record for locations of inspector's test and main drain
discharge points to ensure visibility, access and hard surface to receive and direct water
to pavement for drainage.
I
I
I
I
G.
Cutting: All openings for piping should be anticipated and indicated on the approved
shop drawings. Any additional cutting or openings must have the written approval of the
Architect of Record.
I
H.
Access: Install hinged access panels for access to valves or similar operable components
concealed infmished areas. Label panel door with identity of item concealed.
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
15300-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.02
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.
Sprinklers: Installation and location of sprinklers shall be coordinated with all other items
in the construction and shall not obstruct lights, air outlets, access doors and other items
requiring access. Sprinklers at fmished ceilings shall form a symmetrical pattern carefully
integrated into the ceiling layout as shown on Walgreen approved drawings. Provide
proper protection of automatic sprinklers. Sprinklers that have had paint applied to them,
by other than the sprinkler manufacturer, or otherwise damaged shall be replaced with
new listed sprinklers of the same orifice size, thermal response and water distribution.
Furnish and install, in close proximity to system riser, an emergency cabinet containing a
minimum of two sprinklers of all types and ratings used in the system and one head
wrench for each head type. One spare Tyco Model DS-C dry pendent sprinkler and DS-B
sprinkler boot within manufacturer's shipping containers shall be attached to the sprinkler
riser by nylon zip ties.
TESTING, INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
A.
Flushing: Underground, or other water supply piping, shall be completely flushed before
connection is made to downstream fire protection system piping. The flushing operation
shall be continued for a sufficient time to ensure thorough cleaning. Minimum rate of
flow shall be not less that the hydraulically calculated water demand rate of the system,
including any hose requirements, the flow necessary to provide a velocity of to feet per
second or the maximum flow rate available to the system under fire conditions.
B.
System test: Purge system of air prior to filling with supply water. After completion of
the installation, the entire system shall be tested and inspected to meet the approval of the
authorities having jurisdiction. A contractor's material and test certificate should be
completed in accordance with NFPA 13.
C.
Fire Department Connection: Inspect for visibility and accessibility. Firmly secure caps
to resist casual vandalism. Verify that swivels have freedom of movement, hose threads
are clean and in good condition and that the check valve in the connection piping is not
obstructed or leaking.
D.
System drainage: Verify exterior discharge points of main drain and inspector's test
station for visibility, access and hard surface for conveying discharge water to pavement
for drainage.
E.
System documentation: Complete hydraulic design placard information and affix to
system riser. Complete all component identification signage. Collect system
documentation, including but not limited to, approved shop drawings, hydraulic
calculations, material and test certificates, acceptance letters and insert all documents in
holder.
END OF SECTION
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
15300-3
I
I
SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING
I
PART I - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
I
A.
I
B.
I
I
C.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Division 1, General Requirements, and Section 15050, Basic Mechanical Materials and
Methods, shall be considered a part of these specifications.
Codes, Ordinances, and Permits: All permits, connection fees, tap fees, licenses,
approvals, and other arrangements including plumbing and riser diagrams, if required,
shall be obtained by the plumbing contractor at his expense. Should any changes be
necessary in the drawings, or specifications, to secure such approva~ this contractor shall
include in his bid all costs for such changes to comply with these departments, without
extra costs to Walgreen Co. It will be this contractor's responsibility to provide all
systems complete and operable.
Scope of Work: Contractor shall furnish all materials, tools, equipment, labor, and
services and pay all costs of whatever nature, as may be necessarily expended, for a proper
workmanlike and fully operable installation, and completion of all plumbing and related
work. The plumbing contractor shall provide the following:
1.
Complete system of sanitary, soil, waste, and vent piping connecting each and
every plumbing fixture or other piece of equipment requiring same, with sanitary
sewer including pipe, fittings, and other necessary appurtenances.
2.
Complete system of storm water drainage including downspouts, roof drains, pipe,
fittings, and other necessary appurtenances.
3.
Complete systems shall be connected to adequate source of supply or disposal of
the local public utility company or municipality commonly serving the area. It
will be the contractor's responsibility to provide all systems complete and
operable.
4.
Complete system of cold water supply and distributing piping of hot and cold
water connecting to every plumbing fixture, cooling tower, evaporative condenser,
or other pieces of equipment requiring same, including shut-off valves (for each
piece of equipment), hangers, supports, and other necessary appurtenances.
5.
Cold water supplies to refrigeration and condensers.
6.
Funnel or other drains for air conditioning units, refrigeration, and fire protection
piping.
7.
All floor and wall sleeves.
8.
All plumbing fixtures, except as hereinafter noted.
9. All pipe covering.
10.
Water heaters/water coolers.
11.
Connections to the supply lines of the fixtures and outlets for equipment furnished
by Walgreen Co.
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
15400-1
I
I
1.02 SUBMITI ALS
1.03
A.
This contractor shall submit product data for all plumbing fixtures, trim and accessories.
I
QUALITY ASSURANCE
I
A. At Walgreens discretion, any store where the sewer/drainage system operation, installation
or material are considered "suspect" shall be inspected, at the Landlord's/Contractor's
expense, using a sewer line video camera. All necessary repairs will be made at the
Landlord' s/Contractor' s expense.
I
PART II - PRODUCTS
I
2.0 I PIPING & VAL YES
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
A.
All sanitary sewers below floor shall be standard weight cast iron soil pipe.
I
B.
All waste lines within building to 5 feet outside of building shall be standard weight cast
iron pipe conforming to CISI 302 or ANSI/ASTM 74. All inside downspout lines, less
than 2.5 inch diameter, from roof drains to a point 6 inches above floor shall be type "M"
copper with wrought copper fittings. All fittings and couplings shall be soldered.
I
C.
Sewer pipe underground more than 5 feet outside of building shall be vitrified clay pipe
and fittings, or standard weight cast-iron pipe and fittings.
I
D.
Drain tile shall be standard form tile to conform with ASTM standards. Drain tile shall be
placed with open joints and wrapped with building paper, set true to grade, and pitched to
drain to sump. All tile shall be encased with a minimum of 6 inch clean gravel.
I
I
E.
All rough-in for plumbing fixtures, including all waste lines and all branch soil pipe below
floor from plumbing fixtures, shall be standard weight cast iron pipe.
F.
All waste and vent piping above floor, 2 inches and smaller, to be type "M" copper with
wrought copper fittings. All fittings and couplings shall be soldered.
I
I
G.
Where such use is acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction, all storm and sanitary
lines and fittings, below floor, above floor, and outside building may be schedule 40 PVC
DWV with solvent welded joints per ANSI/ ASTM 02665 and 03311. All piping, valves,
fittings and solvent shall be furnished by the same manufacturer.
I
H.
Water main 2 Y2 inch diameter and over in the ground shall be class 150 cast iron water
main pipe and fittings. Buried water main 2 inch diameter and under shall be "K" copper
pipe and wrought copper fittings.
I
I.
All hot and cold water lines within the building above floor shall be type "L" copper with
wrought copper fittings. All fittings and couplings shall be soldered.
I
J.
Isolation valves shall be Jamar Model T/S I 00 ball type (or equal).
I
I
15400-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
2.02
I
PLUMBING FIXTURES
A.
Contractor shall furnish and install all plumbing fixtures.
2.03 WATER REA TING
I
I
I
I
I
A.
Storage Type:
1.
Water Heater: Provide water heater(s) as shown on plumbing drawings.
2.
Hot water outlets shall be provided with hot water at a temperature of
105 degrees F. unless otherwise noted.
4.
Combination temperature and pressure relief valve, McDonnell and Miller 202-NF
125-195 degrees or Watts 140-210 degrees, where fusible plug type is required by
local code.
5.
Pipe relief outlets to drain.
6. Thermometer on top of water heater. Range: 30 to 240 F. Only if required by
code.
PART III - EXECUTION
I
3.01
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
INST ALLA TION
A.
Cold Water Supply: If water pressure on domestic service exceeds 60 PSI, this contractor
to furnish and install pressure reducing valve on main domestic service line set for 50 PSI.
B.
Piping in General: All pipes shall be run with proper grades to provide for easy draining.
They must be thoroughly reamed and cleaned before installation. This contractor shall
consult and cooperate with other piping contractors as to obtain the proper grouping of
pipes and to avoid interference. Pipes run overhead shall be placed as close to the roof
deck as possible to maintain proper headroom and to present a neat appearance, all
consistent with the correct pitching of pipes. The plumbing contractor shall consult with
the construction superintendent before installation of any pipe lines which will reduce the
proper headroom in any way. Piping shall be run as shown on the drawings, but the
construction superintendent reserves the right to make slight changes (without extra
charge) to avoid conflict with other work.
c.
Vent Pipes: All vent pipes that pass through roof openings shall be kept at a reasonable
distance from the walls to permit proper application of built-up roofing and base and
counter-flashings. All vent pipes shall be flashed with 3 pound sheet lead turned down
into pipe.
D.
Cooler/Freezer Wastes: Condenser wastes from refrigeration equipment shall discharge
into a minimum 3 inch combination funnel/floor drain connected to the sewer.
E.
Floor Drains: Furnish and install all floor drains.
F.
Cleanouts: Full-sized brass screw plugs, cleanout plugs shall be furnished and installed at
the foot of all soil and waste stacks, internal downspouts and at all points where necessary to
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
15400-3
permit the entire drainage system to be rodded out easily. Provide cleanouts at every turn in
the waste line.
I
I
I
I
G. Connections to Equipment Furnished by Walgreen Co.: This contractor shall rough-in and
connect all fixtures and equipment to be furnished by Walgreen Co. This shall include all
hot and cold water, waste, and vent piping required to completely connect to equipment.
3.02
TESTING
A.
Domestic Hot and Cold Water Systems: 100 PSI (minimum) air for one hour without
leakage.
B.
Sewer Systems: 10 feet (minimum) hydrostatic for one hour without leakage.
I
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
~
I
I
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
15400-4
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 15500 - HEATING. VENTILATING. AND AIR CONDITIONING
I
PART I - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.02
I
1.03
I
I
I
I
A.
Section 15050, Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods, shall be considered a part of
these specifications.
B.
Codes, Ordinances, and Permits: The air conditioning and heating contractor shall
promptly obtain all permits, arrange for all necessary inspection, and furnish a certificate
of inspection and approval from the public authorities having jurisdiction, at this
contractor's expense, before any work has been started. Should any changes be necessary
in the drawings or specifications to secure such approval, this contractor shall include in
the base bid all costs for such changes, to comply with these departments before any work
has been started, without additional costs to Walgreen Co.
C.
Work under this section of the specifications includes the furnishing of all labor and
material to provide a complete and operating, heating, ventilating, and air conditioning
system.
SUBMITI ALS
A. This contractor shall submit to Walgreen Co. product data of the packaged roof-top HV AC
units before starting work.
WARRANTIES
A.
All warranties shall be the length indicated and commence from the date of acceptance by
Walgreen Co.
B.
One (I) year on the packaged units and electric strip heaters.
C.
Five (5) years on the compressors.
D.
Five (5) years on the condenser coils with protective coating.
E. Ten (10) years on natural gas heat exchangers in all HV AC equipment.
I
2.01
PART 11- PRODUCTS
I
I
I
I
ROOFTOP HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING UNITS
A.
Units shall be packaged rooftop heatpumps. consisting of compressor section, air-cooled
condenser section, cooling and heating section, air handling section, and mixing box/filter
section assembled on a common base. Provide units complete with control panel. Units
shall be prepiped and prewired. All compressor motors to have thermal overload, over and
under voltage protection (loss-of-phase protection) on three legs (factory installed and
wired). Disconnect switches shall be externally mounted and as described in Section
16400, "Factory installed (internal/integral) disconnect switches are not acceptable."
Unit shall be U.L. and A.G.A. approved. Acceptable manufacturers - Trane.
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
15500-1
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
2.02
I
B.
I
Heat pumps may be specified in other locations when economically justified by the
Engineer-of-Record and approved by Walgreens. Heat pumps shall have supplemental
resistance heat.
I
c.
Unit shall be capable of fully automatic operation with ambient temperatures down to
about (standard with manufacturer) 25 degree F for refrigeration cycle.
I
O.
Rooftop units shall have factory-installed economizers with pressure relief dampers when
specified on the mechanical drawings, or as required by Code. Units with economizers
shall have outside air temperature control (at 500 F) and have the ability to close outside
air intakes during unoccupied hours.
I
E.
Unit sizes 7 1/2 ton and above shall be two-stage heating (medium and high) and two-
stage cooling, complete with multiple refrigeration circuits and time delay.
I
F.
All units shall be provided with roof curbs, at least 14" high.
I
G.
Trane equipment shall use Trane programmable thermostats.
H.
Provide 2 sets of throwaway type filters in accordance with manufacturer's specifications,
with one set to be used during construction and the second set to be installed after
substantial completion of construction. .
I
I.
External High-low pressure cut-outs factory installed are required on all rooftop units.
I
J.
Provide all necessary contactors, relays, motor starters, etc. for a complete operating unit.
I
K.
Provide crankcase heaters for all Trane units.
L.
For all projects in Puerto Rico and those projects in the 50 United States, 5 miles (or less)
from all salt water coastlines, bays, tributaries, etc. furnish each unit with standard
aluminum fins, copper tubing condenser coil(s), and Carrier E-Coat or Trane Epoxy coil
treatment.
I
I
I
M.
Housings shall be painted and weatherproofed with gasketed hinged access doors and
factory insulated.
N.
All units shall have belt driven evaporator fans with adjustable pitch. Ifnot available, then
direct drive will be acceptable.
O.
A duct smoke detector (SO) shall be furnished and factory installed per NFPA 72 and 90A
in each unit having a capacity greater than 2,000 cfin unless specified differently in the
contract documents by the Engineer-of-Record and/or ordered otherwise by the contractor.
Provide smoke sampling tube(s) as required for proper smoke detection. Each SO shall be
factory wired to stop the respective fan on detecting the presence of smoke. The SO shall
not be powered from the RTU. The manufacturer and model of SO shall be as specified in
the flTe alarm section of these specifications. The RTU manufacturer shall verifY proper
operation of the smoke detection system for each model, size and configuration of units
they furnish. The RTU, with all components as shipped, shall be UL listed.
I
I
I
AIR CURTAINS
I
A.
An air curtain shall be furnished as specified on the drawings.
I
15500-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
2.03
I
I
2.04
I
I
B.
See drawings and schedule for quantities, size (kW capacities when applicable)
C.
Acceptable manufacturers - Berner and TMI.
CONDENSATE DRAIN
A. This contractor shall furnish and install a condensate drain line with condensate control
device from each air conditioning unit. All piping shall be PVC Schedule 40.
B. Condensate piping shall be supported as per manufacturers recommendations.
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM CHARGING
A. Follow manufacturer's recommended charging procedure for both refrigerant and
refrigerant oil.
B. Replace any refrigerant or oil lost from the system during the guarantee (one year) period
at no expense to Walgreen Co.
PART III - EXECUTION
I
3.01
I
I
3.02
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
INST ALLA TlON
A. Install units in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
B.
Set minimum outside air intake at 10% oftotal air quantity specified or as required by
appropriate codes.
TESTING REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEM
A.
The piping shall be pressure tested and load tested twice in the presence of a Walgreen Co.
representative, and then blown out with dry nitrogen.
B.
Expansion valves and compressor crankcases are not to be pressure tested.
C.
All refrigerant gas piping shall be leak tested and comply with appropriate codes. Air test
at 1 1/2 times working pressure for 1 hour with no loss in pressure unless otherwise noted.
END OF SECTION
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
15500-3
I
I
SECTION 15650 - REFRIGERATION
I
PART 1- GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
I
A.
Section 15050, Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods, shall be considered a part of
these specifications.
I
B.
The refrigeration systems serving the various refrigerated equipment units and fixture will
consist of, but not be limited to, the following:
I
1.
Motor-driven compressors of the air cooled and/or water cooled type with
defroster controls, etc. serving each piece of equipment.
I
2.
Refrigerant piping to be copper type 'K' with insulation as described in Section
15250,2.01, B.
I
3.
The electrical wiring required for the operation of the compressors, condensers,
evaporators, defrosters, lighting, etc. Wiring shall be done in accordance with the
wiring diagram supplied with each piece of equipment and coordinated with
Walgreen Co. refrigeration contractor and manufacturer's specifications.
I
4.
Refrigeration condensate drain piping to be copper type 'L'.
I
PART II - PRODUCTS (NOT USED - FURNISHED BY WALGREEN CO.)
PART III - EXECUTION
I
3.01
INSTALLATION
A.
The labor and material required for the installation of the refrigerant piping shall be
provided by Walgreen Co. See separate "Installation and Operations Manual" for typical
Walgreen Walk-in Cooler/Freezer. (http://facilities.waIQreens.com)
I
I
B.
The labor and material required for the installation of the electrical work necessary to
make this a complete installation shall be provided by the electrical contractor, including
defrosting and control wiring.
I
c.
The labor and material required for support of the compressor and condensers located on
the roof, equipment deck, etc. shall be provided by the general contractor.
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
15650-1
FISCAL 2006
I
I
SECTION 15880 - AIR DISTRIBUTION
I
PART I - GENERAL
1.0 I DESCRIPTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
Section 15050, Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods, shall be considered a part of
these specifications.
B.
All licenses, stamping, approvals, and arrangements for work shall be obtained by the
sheet metal contractor, at his expense, before any work has been started. Should any
changes be necessary in the drawings or specifications to insure such approval, this
contractor shall include in his base bid all costs for such changes, to comply with these
departments before any work has been started, without additional cost to Walgreen Co.
C.
Scope of Work: The ventilation work includes, but is not limited to, the following:
1. Air conditioning outside air ducts, return air ducts, insulation, grilles, supply air
unit filters, fans, motors, supply air ducts, diffusers, manual dampers and fire
dampers.
2. Exhaust/ventilation system fans, blowers, ducts, grilles, diffusers, dampers, etc.
3.
Roof curbs required for duct openings through roof.
I
PART II - PRODUCTS
2.0 I DUCTWORK
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
Acceptable manufacturers of round and oval: Lindab, Semco, SSM Industries and United
McGill.
B.
All round and oval duct and fittings shall be manufactured by a single company
manufacturing these products for at least 10 years.
C.
Provide round and/or oval spiral ductwork.
D.
Rectangular ductwork, sized for an equivalent pressure drop, may only be used in lieu of
round or oval, on limited basis and/or to clear structural interference.
E.
Ducts and fittings shall be constructed of galvanized steel in accordance with the latest
published "SMACNA HV AC Duct Construction Standards" for a positive static pressure
class of2.0 in. water column.
F.
Fiber ductwork or lined ductwork is not acceptable.
G.
Ductwork shall have sealed transverse joints and meet seal class "C". Rubber seals may
be used in lieu of duct sealant.
H.
Ductwork shall comply with leak class 12, not to exceed 12 cfm per 100 sfof duct surface.
I.
For rectangular duct sizes, the first number indicates the side seen. The second number
indicates the side not seen.
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
15880-1
2.02
2.03
2.04
I
J.
Duct sizes, indicated on the drawings, are net inside clear dimensions.
I
K.
Air friction pressure drop shall not exceed 0.1 in WC per 100 linear feet.
I
L.
Air velocity in ductwork shall not exceed 1500 feet per minute.
M.
Flexible round ductwork shall be pre-insulated type with 1.5" thick insulation. Acceptable
manufacturer is Wiremold type WI< or Equal by A TCO, Flexmaster, Tecbnaflex,
Thermaflex Lindab, Semco and United McGill.
I
N.
The drawings do not attempt to show all offsets that are necessary for the required
installation. Those offsets and similar items shall be provided at no additional cost to
Walgreens.
I
O.
Where offsets are required, the angle of the offsets shall be as small as possible.
I
GRILLES, REGISTERS, AND DIFFUSERS
I
A.
Supply grilles shall be Metal-Aire. Acceptable alternate manufacturers - Carnes, Krueger,
Price, Titus and Tuttle & Bailey.
I
B.
Return grilles shall be Metal-Aire. Acceptable alternate manufacturers - Carnes, Krueger,
Price, Titus and Tuttle & Bailey.
I
C.
Ceiling diffusers shall be Metal-Aire. Acceptable alternate manufacturers - Carnes,
Krueger, Price, Titus and Tuttle & Bailey.
I
D. Supply air diffuser in lay-in ceilings shall not be installed directly adjacent to lighting
fixtures.
I
LOUVERS & HOODS
A.
Fresh air intake, combustion air intake, and exhaust louvers will be furnished and installed
by this contractor.
I
I
B.
Ducts ending above the roof shall be terminated with Greenheck GRS gravity hood with
bird screen. Acceptable alternate manufacturers - Acme, Carnes, Cook, Jenn and Penn.
EXHAUST AND SUPPLY FANS
I
A. Exhaust and supply fans and blowers as shown on drawings and schedule shall be
furnished and installed by this contractor, unless noted otherwise.
I
PART III - EXECUTION
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
3.01
INSTALLATION
I
A.
Ductwork shall be installed in sizes and in location as indicated on plans. Where square
corners are used, they shall be provided with turning vanes. Spiral ductwork joints shall
have sheet metal screwsin connections.
I
I
15880-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.02
I
I
I
I
B.
The ductwork system throughout the building shall be rigidly supported and so constructed
as to eliminate vibration or any objectionable noise when the ventilation machinery is in
operation.
C.
Where ducts pass through walls or floor openings, they shall be kept free of direct contact
of building construction by supporting each side of opening. The space between duct and
opening shall be closed by means of felt gaskets caulked in place, to comply with local fIre
codes, ordinances, etc.
D.
Deflectors: Wherever branches are taken off, provide deflectors or splitters to regulate the
airflow. On each deflector, provide a regulator to lock the deflector in a tixed position,
where accessible through access panel. Where not accessible through panel, provide a
key-operated Young regulator with indicator and ceiling plate.
E.
Flexible Connections: Furnish and install on the suction and discharge side of all fans and
units, at least 4 inches of 10 oz. canvas or equivalent vinyl with heavy clamping bands.
Canvas connection to all roof-top units shall be as close to unit as possible, just below roof
curb.
F.
Fire Dampers: Provide fIre dampers in duct locations where required by local authority.
Ducts shall be enlarged where fIre dampers are installed to maintain the same airflow
through damper frame as unobstructed run of duct. Provide access to service fIre dampers.
G.
Belt Guards: For each belt drive, furnish a guard consisting ofan angle iron frame with
I inch mesh heavy wire guard supported and securely bolted in place, etc. to comply to
local codes.
H.
Access Panels: Provide tight sheet metal access doors (with gasket, hinges, and locks), or
where access to plenum spaces or ducts is necessary. Access doors shall be of adequate
size and installed per local codes.
I.
Volume Controls for Balancing: Ample provision shall be made for control and for
balancing the ventilation systems by installation of dampers, regulators, and controls.
J.
Dampers for exhaust and outside air shall be equipped with motorized dampers with a
maximum leakage rate 00 cfmlft at 1.0 w.g. when tested in accordance with AMCA
Standard 500. Such dampers shall be closed when fans are off.
K. Painting: Paint all ductwork visible through grilles, registers, and diffusers a flat black.
L. Duct Sealant: Use RCD #6 mastic with red glasscoat (or equivalent). Install per
manufacturers and UL181A & B recommendations for square and rectangular ductwork.
Sealant is not required for spiral gasketed ductwork.
DUCTWORK CLEANING
A.
Ductwork shall be thoroughly cleaned by this contractor.
B.
Cleaning shall be done before any painting is done or acoustic ceiling installed.
END OF SECTION
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
15880-3
I
I
SECTION 15950 - CONTROLS
I
PART 1- GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
I
I
I
I
I
1.02
I
I
I
I
I
A.
Section 15050, Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods, shall be considered a part of
these specifications.
B.
The contractor under this heading shall be the heating and air conditioning contractor who
shall furnish all control equipment, engineering services, job drawings, and field
supervision for temperature control.
C.
This specification is intended to cover equipment for the automatic temperature control of
the:
Heating,
Ventilation, and
Air Conditioning Systems.
GUARANTEE
A. The control system shall be free from defects in workmanship and material under normal
use and service. Ifwithin 12 months from date of acceptance by the engineer, any of the
equipment herein described is proved to be defective in workmanship or material, it shall
be replaced or repaired free of charge.
B. This contractor shall, after completion of the original test of the installation and acceptance
by the engineer, provide any service incidental to the proper performance of the
temperature control system under guarantees outlined above for the period of one year.
After completion of the installation, this contractor shall regulate and adjust all equipment
provided under this contract. He shall place them in complete operating condition subject
to the approval of Walgreen Co.
PART II - PRODUCTS
2.01 THERMOSTATS
I
A.
Trone packaged rooftop units to utilize Trone programmable thermostat and remote
sensor, unless noted otherwise.
2.02 FIRE PROTECTION
I
I
A.
When required by code, firestats and/or smoke detectors shall be as described in
other sections of the specifications,.
PART III - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
I
I
I
A.
Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B.
All control valves and damper motors, where required, shall be furnished and installed by
the heating and air conditioning contractor.
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
15950-1
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
3.02
I
I
C.
All dampers shall be positioned by the ventilation contractor. Ventilation contractor shall
also mark positions of dampers on "as built" layouts.
I
D.
All control motors must be spring return and must have oil immersed gear train.
E.
All electrical wiring and mounting of temperature control devices shall be provided under
the electrical contract and shall be in accordance with all existing codes. The electrical
contractor shall run all wiring and conduit. This contractor shall provide wiring drawings
to the electrical contractor for the installation.
I
I
F. All temperature control devices and sensors shall be labeled with the associated RTU or
exhaust fan number. (ie:RTU-I, EH-I, EF-I, etc.)
I
PERFORMANCE
A.
Carrier or Trane Sequence of Operations: The heating and cooling setpoints shall be
individually adjustable for both occupied and unoccupied periods. The thermostats shall
have a minimum deadband of2 degrees F and a maximum deadband of 5 degrees F (no
mechanical heating or cooling shall operate within this deadband). Space temperature
deviation above cooling setpoint or below the heating setpoint shall generate a demand
signal to control the system as follows:
I
I
1. Heating: The EMS system (temperature control device) shall control the heating
outputs based on the demand signal communicated from the temperature control
program, taking into account both space temperature deviation (proportional error)
and the duration of that temperature deviation (integral error). The outdoor air
damper shall be at a minimum position during the occupied period, and shall be
closed during the unoccupied period of the heating mode. Auxiliary heat shall be
controlled at 2 degrees F below heating setpoint on heat pump systems.
I
I
I
2. Cooling: The EMS system (temperature control device) shall control the cooling
outputs based on the demand signal communicated from the thermostat program,
taking into account both space temperature deviation (proportional error) and the
duration of that temperature deviation (integral error).
I
I
C.
Heating Setback and Cooling Setup: Initiation of heating setback or cooling setup for each
of 7 days shall be provided by a programmed time schedule manually entered into the
thermostat. When all or a portion of a manually programmed schedule is unavailable, the
thermostat shall control the unavailable program functions to occupied mode and default
setpoint ranges as follows:
I
TABLE OF DEFAULT SETPOlNT RANGES
Occu ied Unoccu ied
OF oc OF oc
68 20 55 13
78 26 90 32
I
I
D
Setpoint Recovery from Unoccupied to Occupied: The thermostat shall employ Intelligent
RecoveryTM. This shall select the optimum time to begin building warm up or cool down
based on setpoints and occupied program.
I
1.
The temperature shall ramp 5 degrees per hour for both heating and cooling on a
conventional system.
I
15950-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.
The temperature shall ramp 3 degrees per hour for heating and 5 degrees for
cooling on a heat pump system.
E.
A single dry bulb temperature changeover control shall determine the capability of the
outdoor air to provide free cooling. The system shall operate as follows:
1.
Free Cooling Available from Outdoor Air: On a call for cooling, the system shall
enable the economizer to provide free cooling. If this does not meet the space
demand, the system shall call for mechanical cooling to satisfy the programmed
setpoint.
2.
Cooling Not Available from Outdoor Air: On a call for cooling, the system shall
hold the economizer to minimum position and cooling shall be energized to satisfy
the programmed setpoint.
F.
Fan Operation:
1.
HV AC unit fun operation shall be constant during the occupied period.
2.
Fan operation shall be intermittent during the unoccupied period.
G.
Heating and Cooling Operation Minimum On/OffTimes: The temperature control system
shall incorporate a program to maintain minimum-stage operation times of2 minutes "on"
and 4 minutes "off' for compressor stages, and 2 minutes "on" and 2 minutes "off' for
heat (gas or electric resistive).
H.
Economizer Interface:
1.
The economizer's minimum position shall be controlled such that when the
occupied period is in effect, the economizer will operate as described in section E.
During unoccupied periods, the control system shall defeat the economizer
minimum position. However, the economizer will be available for free cooling
during the unoccupied period, if the outdoor air conditions permit.
END OF SECTION
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
15950-3
I
I
SECTION 15990 - TESTING. ADJUSTING. BALANCING. AND COMMISSIONING
I
PART I - GENERAL
I
1.01
DESCRIPTION
I
A. The Mechanical Contractor shall furnish the testing, adjusting, balancing, and
commissioning of the HV AC system as a part of the HV AC rooftop purchase from the
rooftop manufacturer. The rooftop manufacturer shall incorporate the services of a certified
national TAB firm for all of the stores in their assigned territories.
I
B. The TAB firm shall be responsible for scheduling the testing, adjusting, and balancing
directly with the Walgreens project superintendent at least 2 weeks in advance. The TAB
firm will e-mail a completion checklist (see item 0 below, add any other items as deemed
necessary) to Walgreen's superintendent, to be filled-out by GC to assure that HV AC system
shall be fully ready before TAB firm arrives at site. Walgreens will provide an updated
project list and superintendent contact list with e-mail addresses and cell phone numbers to
the HV AC manufacturer and TAB firm on a regular basis via e-mail. The TAB firm will
request project design mechanical drawings (MI.I, M2.I, M2.2: CAD files via e-mail) and
specifications from GC two weeks prior to site visit.
I
I
I
C. The Walgreens superintendent shall notify the GC of the scheduled balancing date. The GC
shall coordinate with the mechanical and electrical sub-contractors in order to have the
appropriate tradesmen on site to correct any deficiencies in wiring, ductwork, or equipment
start-up. See the standard format in the appendix of this section.
I
D. This work shall be scheduled to be performed after the HV AC system has been started by the
mechanical contractor and prior to fixture date. The following must be complete prior to the
TAB firm's visit:
I
I
I. All field mounted accessories must be assembled and economizer/OA dampers installed
and wired. Units must be properly tagged per design drawings.
2. Gas piping completed and gas turned on.
3. All power wiring completed, disconnects mounted, and power turned on, fan rotation
checked.
4. All control wiring completed including thermostats and smoke detectors.
5. All doors and windows installed and ceiling tiles in place.
6. All duct work with balancing dampers and diffusers fully installed.
7. Clean filters installed.
I
I
E. It: for any reason, the HV AC system is not operational in time for the TAB firm to schedule
the work prior to fixture date, the GC shall be responsible for any and all additional costs
incurred by rescheduling the TAB fIrm.
I
1.02
TESTING, ADJUSTING, BALANCING, AND COMMISSIONING
I
A. The purpose oftesting, adjusting, and balancing the HV AC system is to ensure optimal
performance, comfort, and energy efficiency for the Owner's benefit. This service covers all
heating and air-conditioning and exhaust ventilation systems.
I
B. A certified report shall be submitted to the Walgreens superintendent (2 copies), the General
Contractor, and the Mechanical Contractor within 2 weeks of completion.
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
15990-1
FISCAL 2006
I
C. The TAB work shall be completed in accordance with the following checklist:
I
GENERAL
I. Inquire about any design, equipment, and installation problems.
2. Compare installed system to design mechanical plans for the specific store.
3. Compare design system with prototype for variations, additions, deletions.
4. Document design specifications for report.
5. Ensure all fans are running for balance.
6. Measure initial building pressure.
I
I
INSPECT THE HV AC SYSTEM
7. Inspect rooftop units and document any deficiencies.
8. Record unit nameplate data.
9. Check thermostats for proper wiring and settings.
10. Check for correct fan rotation (include condenser fans).
11. Check conditions of filters and coils.
12. Check position of outside air dampers.
13. Check gas lines and condensate lines.
14. Check belt tension and pulley alignment.
15. Check disconnects switches and covers.
16. Check any fan noise and vibration.
17. Check heating/cooling, and economizer modes ofRTU's.
18. Check condensate trap (Costguard) installation
19. Check exhaust fans and distance between OA intake and exhaust
20. Check entrance heater and door air curtain (at receiving door) for proper installation
21. Check exhaust diffuser and register at the one hour photo machine for proper location.
22. Check supply diffuser locations at entrance, at windows and in-front of cooler/freezer
23. Check electric wall heaters for quantity, locations and proper operation.
24. Check ERV (in applicable areas per Walgreens criteria) installation with its ductwork
and controls.
25. Check proper installation of all volume dampers
26. Check for proper installation of flexible ducts for bends, lengths and clamps.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TEST. ADJUST AND BALANCE THE HV AC SYSTEM
27. Measure and adjust diffuser supply and return airflows within 10% of the design, using
balancing dampers and locking them in that position. Mark damper balance positions.
28. Adjust flows to provide design OA flow for proper pressurization.
29. Adjust RPM as necessary to achieve design.
. Check actual amps versus motor FLA for evaporator fan, compressors and condenser
fans.
. Note adjustments made on pulleys.
· Measure final RPMs.
. Measure space temperatures (Checkout, Ihr photo, pharmacy, office, three spot
temperatures in sales area, and SAIRAIOA temperatures. Temperature readings shall be
recorded after the system has been running over 8 hours and thermostats have been
properly set in.
30. Adjust damper airflows at branch take-ofl's first and at diffusers second.
31. Check for drafts and hot/cold spots.
32. Ensure slightly positive building pressure.
. Fine tune position of OA dampers.
. Measure final building pressure.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
15990-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
FINAL REVIEW
33. Prepare the final test report per forms included in the Walgreens web site.
34. Provide HV AC punch-list to Walgreen's superintendent before leaving the site; also
e-mail it to Walgreen's construction manager.
35. Review report and data for completeness.
36. Discuss findings and results with Walgreen's superintendent.
I
I
D. Air quantities shall be balanced to within +/-10% of design as a general rule. However, in
some cases, the air quantities may need to be adjusted differently in order to ensure
acceptable comfort levels, positive building pressure, noise consideration etc. Any excessive
variation at certain diffusers (over 20%) must be reported with explanations if it cannot be
balanced as required. However the total RTU supply CFM must be within +/- 10%.
I
I
E. The TAB technician shall notifY the GC and the Walgreen's project superintendents of any
deficiencies needing immediate attention. The G.C. shall have the mechanical and electrical
contractors available to promptly correct any such problems (i.e. replace burned out motors,
failed thermostats, incorrect wiring, bad circuit breakers and starters, dirty filters, missing
dampers, undersized RTU outside air intakes).
II
I
I
F. In the event that the TAB firm is unable to perform a complete TAB and commissioning of
the entire system due to deficiencies in the completion of items outlined above, the
Walgreens superintendent may request that the TAB firm schedule a follow up visit to test,
balance, and commission any equipment that could not be completed on the initial visit. The
G.C. shall be responsible to issue a purchase order and reimburse the HV AC manufacturer
for the additional cost incurred, including travel and applicable expenses.
I
1.03
REPORTS TO BE SUBMITTED
(Obtain the copies of the report forms from Walgreens web site)
http://facilities.walgreens.com (AlE Tools, under "Engineering")
I
A. TAB SCHEDULING
E-mail the TAB scheduling form to Walgreen superintendent with a copy to construction
manager at Deerfield, to obtain project completion status and to schedule site visit for air
balancing. The response must be requested via email with copy to project manager at
Deerfield in a "YES or NO" format with explanation as necessary.
I
I
B. HV AC PUNCH LIST
E-mail a rough draft HV AC punch-list of the following items to Walgreen's field
superintendent and Walgreen's construction project manager at Deerfield for this project.
I
I. Any HV AC items not completed as of air balance date.
(RTUs, ERV, Exhaust Fans, Ductwork, Dampers, Diffusers, Insulation, Heaters)
2. Any incorrect installations that need to be addressed.
3. Any items omitted or revised from the design drawings.
4. If TAB firm needs to be re-scheduled due to incompleteness of the systems.
5. Include copy of the checklist of system completion received by TAB firm
6. A field summary report outlining all appropriate observations
I
I
I
C. SYSTEM STARTUP REPORT
RTU Startup report: Provide full report for each rooftop unit along with any deficiencies
that need to be corrected.
I
D. CHECK LIST REPORT
HV AC Check-list report: Provide full report for all items listed in three pages of the
check-list included in the output forms on Walgreen's web site.
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
15990-3
FISCAL 2006
E. AIR BALANCE REPORT
1. Provide air balance report for each diffuser and RTUlExh fan to include design/actual
CFM, along with store plan with diffuser and RTU locations and tag matching with
CFM summary.
2. Use forms in the attached report forms for air balance report.
3. Provide exhaust CFM report along with exhaust fan locations on above plan.
4. Provide balance & pressurization schedule for the store.
5. Space temperatures, SAlRA/OA temperatures.
I
I
I
I
F. EQUIPMENT DATA
l. Provide RTU nameplate data listing make, model #, serial #, nominal tons, number of
compressors, HP and model # of each compressor along with make, evaporator fan
motor data, condenser fan motor data, final RPM of evaporative fan, pulley and belt
sizes, filter sizes etc.
2. Exhaust fan make, model # , motor data, CFM.
I
I
H. PHOTOGRAPHS
Include digital pictures ofRTUs, ERV, and any other items that would help in
understanding the items reported as deficient in the inspection report as per item # D.
I
I
G. HV AC PLAN SHOWING DIFFUSER/RTUIEXH FANS
CAD plan received from design engineer showing RTU, diffusers and exhaust fans
along with tags as described above in item #F.
I. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (if any)
Include any additional information not listed above that might be useful for the specific
store in understanding above report.
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
15990-4
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
SECTION 16050 -BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
I PART I -GENERAL
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.01
A.
B.
C.
ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
This section applies to all electrical work. The contractors involved shall check all sections of the
specifications in addition to the particular section covering their specific trade. Each distinct section of
the specifications aimed for one trade may have detailed information with regards to other trades,
therefore, it is imperative that all sections be reviewed to get a complete picture of all other trades'
functions and work required.
The Walgreen Co. drawings, which constitute an integral part of this contract, shall serve as the working
plans. They indicate the general layout of the complete electrical system.
I.
"Field verification, of scaled dimensions on plans, is directed since actual locations, distances and
levels will be governed by actual field conditions." All measurements shall be verified at the site.
The mechanical and electrical contractors shall check architectural, structural, plumbing, heating,
ventilation, and air conditioning plans to avert possible installation conflicts. Should drastic
changes from original plans be necessary to resolve such conflict, the contractor shall notifY the
architect and Walgreen Co. Facilities Planning and Design Department, and secure written
approval and agreement on necessary adjustment before the installation is started.
Discrepancies shown between plans, or between plans and actual field conditions, or between
plans and specifications shall promptly be brought to the attention of Walgreen Co. for a decision.
Drawings and specifications are intended to cover the completed installation of systems to
function as described. The omission of the expressed reference to any item of labor and material
necessary to comply to practice codes, ordinances, etc. shall not relieve the contractor from
providing such additional labor and material.
The contract drawings serve as working drawings for the general layout of the various services.
However, layout of equipment accessories, specialties, piping systems, and conduit runs are
diagrammatic unless specifically dimensioned and do not necessarily indicate every required
valve, fitting, transition, turning vane, junction box, pull box, conduit size, etc. It will be the
contractor's responsibility to provide all systems complete and operable. The contractor is to make
field verification of all services, systems, etc. as part of the total work required and the cost to be
included in his base bid.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Accessibility: Do not locate traps, controls, unions, pull boxes, etc. in any system at a location that will be
inaccessible after construction is completed. Maintain accessibility for all components in mechanical,
electrical, and plumbing systems.
Cutting and Patching: All cutting required shall be done by the contractor whose work is involved, without
extra cost to Walgreen Co. All patching and restoration including the furnishing and installation of access
panels in ceiling, walls, etc. within the building lines shall be done by the respective, responsible
contractor. No cutting of structural steel, concrete, or wood shall be done without prior approval and
explicit directions of the architect and Walgreen Co. All duct openings in walls, floors, ceiling, and roof
shall be cut and patched by the respective, responsible contractor.
Relocation of Existing Duct, Conduits, Pipes and Utilities: The contractor, under whose jurisdiction the
work may fall, shall provide labor, material, and tools required to cut, repair, protect, cap, or relocate
existing pipes, conduits, or utilities interfering with or uncovered during work, per regulations of the
authorities having jurisdiction.
Excavation and Backfill: Excavation and removal of material, shoring, and backfilling required for the
proper laying of all pipes and conduits inside the building and premises, and outside as may be necessary,
shall be done by the contractor whose work is involved, without extra cost to Walgreen Co.
Vibration Eliminators: Rotating or reciprocating equipment, ducts, piping, etc. shall be isolated from the
structure by means of approved vibration absorbing units as provided or recommended by the equipment
manufacturer or architect.
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
D.
E.
F.
G.
16050-1
H. Sleeves: Each contractor shall furnish required sleeves. Sleeves shall be extended 2" above the floor, wall,
etc. unless noted otherwise and shall be galvanized steel pipe and of the required size. The contractor
responsible for running pipes in the sleeve shall caulk the space between pipe and sleeve with oakum and
seal with mastic cement or other approved material.
I
I
I. Electric Motors: Each contractor shall provide all electric motors for their respective work. VerifY building
voltage prior to ordering motors. Motors shall be N.E.M.A. standard design for quiet operation and of ample
size to operate at their proper load and full speed continuously without causing undue noise or vibration. All
motors to be drip-proof construction and have ball bearings. Provide all belted motors with guide rails,
adjusting screws, anchor bolts, and cast iron bed plates. Furnish standard size V belts and pulleys. Provide
full voltage magnetic starters for all three-phase motor-driven equipment. (General Electric CR7006 or
Allen-Bradley Bul. 709.)
I
I
J. Electrical Wiring: The electrical contractor shall furnish all wiring required for the operation of
motors and controls.
I
K. Damage to Other Work: Each contractor will be held rigidly responsible for all damages to their own or
any other trades' work resulting from the execution of the involved contractor's work.
I
L. Large Equipment: All large equipment which is to be installed in the building that may be too large to enter
through stairways, doorways, or shaft shall be brought on the job and placed in the proper space before the
enclosing structure is completed, unless arrangements are made with other contractors to permit access at a
later date, without additional cost to Walgreen Co.
I
M. Rough-in for Connection to Equipment: It shall be the responsibility of each contractor to study the
architectural, structural, electrical, and mechanical drawings, conferring with the various trades involved and
checking with the supplier of equipment in order to properly rough-in for all equipment.
I
I
N. Material and Equipment: All material and equipment shall be new and of the best quality used for the
purpose in good commercial practice, and shall be the standard product of reputable manufacturers. The
material and equipment must meet approval of state and local codes in the area it is being used.
I
O. Construction Superintendent: The term "construction superintendent" shall herein be referred to
synonymously as Walgreen Co.'s construction superintendent.
I
P. Performance of Work: All work outlined in the various mechanical and electrical sections shall be done by
the contractor under whose jurisdiction the work may fall. See drawings and specifications.
1.02 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
I
I
Q. Roofdecks shall not be used to support piping, conduit, equipment (except roof mounted) devices, etc.
A. Refer to other requirements of mechanical and electrical work in Division I without exception.
I
B. Visit to Site: Each contractor is directed to visit the site to verifY dimensions and existing conditions of
mechanical, electrical, and plumbing systems, and will thoroughly acquire information regarding grades,
space conditions, limitations, and peculiarities of construction required for the building and site and will
give due consideration to same in preparation of proposal. No exceptions will be considered after award of
a contract, nor will the contractor be entitled to any extra compensation for their failure to verify conditions
at the site.
I
I
C. Permits, Inspections, and Tests: All work is to be executed in compliance with, and each contractor is to
observe and abide by, all applicable laws, regulations, ordinances, and rules of the national, state, county,
and local governing agencies, or any other duly constituted public authority. Each contractor will, at all
times, maintain proper facilities and provide safe access for inspection to all parts of the work and to the
shops wherein the work is in preparation. No work will be enclosed or covered until approved by the
architect, and should any work be enclosed or covered before all necessary inspections are completed, same
will be opened for examination at the contractor's expense. All fees, licenses, tests, costs, etc. are
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS 16050-2 FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
contractor's responsibility.
D.
Rules, Regulations, and Codes:
1. All material and equipment shall conform to the standards, where available, or the National
Electrical Manufacturers Association (N.E.M.A.), National Fire Protection Association
(N.F.P.A.), National Electrical Code (N.E.C.), and Underwriters Laboratories (V.L.).
2. All work shall conform to all applicable federal, state, and local codes and utility companies'
regulations.
E.
Workmanship and Installation: Walgreen Co. shall decide whether or not the finished work is satisfactory in
their judgment. If any material and/or equipment has not been properly installed or fmished, this contractor
is obligated to replace the material or equipment wherever required and to reinstall the material or equipment
in a manner entirely satisfactory at this contractor's expense (without additional cost to Walgreen Co.).
F.
Guarantee: Each contractor shall guarantee each complete system for a period of one (l) year from the date
of acceptance of the work by Walgreen Co. to be free of defects of material and workmanship and that any
faulty material or workmanship will be repaired or replaced without additional cost to Walgreen Co.
G.
Cooperation: There shall be complete cooperation with all trades in the matter of planning and execution of
the work. Every reasonable effort shall be made to prevent conflict as to space requirements, dimensions,
locations, leaving of opening, or other matters to obstruct or delay the work.
1.03
SUBSTITUTIONS
A.
Material Substitution: The name of an article or its make, as given in the specifications and drawings, is
used to establish a standard for the guidance of the contractor. He may propose substitution of other
material or equipment (unless specifically stated no substitution accepted).
B.
Should the contractor propose to furnish materials and equipment other than those specified, as permitted
by the "acceptable alternate" clause, he shall submit a written request for any or all substitutions to
Walgreen Co. Such a request shall be accompanied with complete descriptive and technical data for all
items (manufacturer, brand name, catalog number, descriptive literature, and capacity tables), stating in
each case what addition to or deduction from the main bid is to be made if such alternates are accepted.
C.
Where such substitutions alter the design or space requirements indicated on the plans, the contractor shall
include all items of cost for the revised design and construction including cost of all allied trades involved.
Mail to:
Walgreen Co.
Facilities Planning, Design & Engineering
MS 2206
200 Wilmot Road
Deerfield, IL 60015
D.
Acceptance or rejection of the proposed substitutions shall be subject to the approval of Walgreen Co., and if
specific approval in writing is not received, it is understood that the requirements as outlined in the
Walgreen Co. plans are to be met.
END OF SECTION
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
16050-3
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 16400 -SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION
PART I -GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A.
Division I, General Requirements and Section 16050, Basic Electrical Materials and Methods,
shall be considered a part of these specifications.
Codes, Ordinances, and Permits: All permits, licenses, stamping, approvals, and other arrangements
for work shall be obtained by the electrical contractor. All expenses shall be included in the base bid.
All electrical work shall be executed in strict accordance to the National Electrical Manufacturers
Association (N.E.M.A.), National Board of Fire Underwriters (N.B.F.U.), National Electrical Code
(N.E.C.), Underwriters Laboratories (V.L.), all electrical ordinances of the city, county, and state,
and all others applicable to all codes and are of the minimum requirements. Any conflict between
drawings, local power company, codes, etc., shall be brought to the attention of Walgreen Co. by this
contractor at the time the bids are submitted.
Scope of Work: The work covered by this specification shall include furnishing all labor, tools,
material, equipment and services to construct and install the complete electrical system as shown on
the accompanying plans and as specified herein. This work includes, but is not limited to, the
following:
1. Service entrance equipment bus to be standard aluminum alloy, including main distribution
equipment, metering, secondary distribution equipment. Transformers with aluminum
windings are acceptable. All wiring to be copper. Aluminum wiring. etc. is not approved.
unless noted otherwise. The electrical utility company metering shall include a demand
meter available for billing purPoses.
2. Complete distribution system bus of standard aluminum alloy for lighting and power,
including the necessary transformers, distribution panel boards, disconnect switches, control
switches, and receptacles. All wiring to be copper (feeders, branch circuits, etc.)
3. Empty raceways as required.
4. Receiving, handling, setting, and connecting motors and controls.
5. Furnish and install a complete emergency lighting and/or exit lighting system if required by
local codes.
B.
C.
6.
Furnish and install all conduit and wiring for temperature control system. Wiring to be
copper.
1.02
SUBMIrr ALS
A. This contractor shall submit to Walgreen Co. product data for Power distribution
equipment before starting work.
PART II -PRODUCTS
2.01
MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS
A.
B.
Panelboards shall be manufactured by Siemens.
Panelboards shall be molded case main circuit breaker type with factory installed service entrance
type UL label. Bus in all panelboards shall be standard aluminum allov. Panelboards and device
contained therein shall have fully rated interrupting rating as shown on the drawings but in no case
less than 65,000 amperes rms. Panelboard shall be labeled with UL short circuit withstand rating.
Panelboards shall be assembled complete with bolt-on circuit breakers and spares. Circuit breakers
shall be with thermal and magnetic trip elements and shall be quick-make, quick-break and trip
indicating. Circuit breaker type, ampere rating and interrupting rating at common application
voltages shall be marked on the circuit breaker in a manner that will be durable and visible after
installation.
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
16400-1
FISCAL 2006
2.02
C.
I
Equipment shall be enclosed in cabinets with proper gutter supports and hinged doors. Provide a
laminated bake lite nameplate on the front of each panel and one at each branch circuit device.
Panelboard enclosures shall be marked per NEe 2005, Art. I I 0-22 to indicate the downstream
lighting panelboards fed from MDP have been applied with a series combination interrupting
rating. The following typically readily visible label shall be permanently installed by the
manufacturer on panel MDP enclosure:
D.
I
I
"CAUTION"
SERIES RATED SYSTEM
To Maintain UL Series Combination Interrupting Rating of Downstream Panelboards Replace Only with
GE 200 A Type SFHA Circuit Breakers.
I
I
E. The following safety sign shall be provided on Panel MDP enclosure:
"CAUTION"
Only Qualified Technician Shall Re-c1ose Circuit Breaker
I
F.
Panelboard shall be equipped with an integral transient voltage surge suppressor (TVSS). The
TVSS shall be factory installed as close as possible to the neutral bus. The TVSS shall satisfY the
following minimum requirements:
I. Surge current per mode: 60 KA
2. Seven modes of protection
3. Status LED's
4. Audible alarm
5. Dry contact for remote monitoring
6. 5 year warranty
I
I
I
I
The following TVSS shall be utilized by the current vendors:
Siemens: XFI20 (120/208 V, 3 ph, 4 W)
I
PANELBOARDS
A. Panelboards shall be manufactured by Siemens.
B. Panelboards shall be main lug only, assembled complete with circuit breakers and spares. Bus in all
panelboards shall be standard aluminum allov. Circuit breakers shall be rated at 10,000 amperes
rms for 120/240 volt system. Panelboards shall also have additional series combination interrupting
rating equal to the rating of the main distribution panel MDP by utilizing UL tested and certified
circuit breaker combinations. Each lighting panelboard shall be marked per NEC 2005, Art. 110-22
and 240-86 to indicate that the series combination interrupting rating is applied. It shall also
indicate additional UL series combination interrupting rating of the panelboard and type and
size of replacement upstream and branch devices. The following typical readily visible label shall
be permanently installed by the manufacturer on panel dead front:
"CAUTION"
SERIES RATED SYSTEM
To Maintain UL Series Combination Interrupting Rating of
Downstream Panelboards Replace Only with
GE Type THQB Circuit Breakers.
I
I
I
I
I
I
Short Circuit Rating: 65,000 Amperes RMS Symmetrical
Feeder Breaker in MDP: GE 200 A Type SFHA
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
16400-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.03
2.04
2.05
2.06
C.
Circuit breakers shall be with thermaVmagnetic trip, quick-make/quick-break and trip-free handles.
For circuits that are not to be turned off, use handle lock-on. Breakers for either 120/240 or 120/208
volt shall be similar to General Electric Co. bolted in type THQB as furnished in "AQ" lighting
panels. Panels shall have a minimum of20% spare circuit breakers. Circuit breaker type, ampere
rating and interrupting rating at common application voltages shall be marked on the circuit breaker
in a manner that will be durable and visible after installation.
Provide a laminate bake lite nameplate on the front of each panel.
D.
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
A. Disconnect switches shall be of positive action, quick-make/quick-break type with interlocking
cover that prevents opening door when the external operating handle is in the "on" position.
Switches outside the building shall be NEMA type 3R raintight enclosures. 240 volt switches shall
be general duty, for voltages above 240 V switches shall be heavy duty.
OUTLET BOXES
A. All pull boxes and junction boxes shall be standard galvanized steel type.
RACEWAYS
A. Conduit, unless otherwise noted, shall be either rigid electrical metallic tubing (EMT) or rigid
steel. All appropriate requirements for raceways of the authority having jurisdiction must be met.
B. EMT to be used above grade, where permitted by code, except for service and in moist areas.
EMT shall be thoroughly protected from corrosion by electro-galvanizing, hot-dipped
galvanizing, or an appropriate plating.
C. Rigid steel conduit shall be used at bottom of subbase material (and above vapor barrier when
required) of ground bearing floor slabs, where subject to damage, in moist or outdoor areas, and for
underground installations--except where another type of raceway is specified. Rigid steel conduit,
conduit bends, elbows, couplings, and nipples shall be hot-dipped galvanized. All conduit joints
shall be cut square, threaded, reamed smooth, and drawn up tight. Bends or offsets shall be made
with standard conduit els, field bends made with an approved bender or hickey, or hub-type conduit
fittings. Number of bends per run shall conform to National Electrical Code limitations.
D. Plastic conduit (PVC) and fittings are acceptable below sub-base material of ground bearing floor
slabs and direct earth burial. Type ofPVC conduit must be UL listed for application and acceptable
to the authority having jurisdiction. Minimum cover shall be as required by the NEC.
E. Hot-dipped flexible steel conduit shall be used for connections to vibrating or motorized
equipment. In areas where such connections will be exposed to oil, grease, water, or weather,
flexible liquid-tight conduit shall be used.
F. Conduit shall be sized as indicated on drawings, or required by the National Electrical Code for
number and size of conductors installed. Minimum conduit size shall be ~ inch.
G.
BX, nonmetallic cable (NMC/ROMEX) or pre-wired flexible conduit systems are not
acceptable.
1. Steel MC cable allowed above slab, color coded type W, when acceptable to the local code
authority. Contact AFC @ (630) 968-8914 for more information.
2. MC cable shall be properly secured and supported at intervals not exceeding 6 feet, per NEC
article 330.
CONDUCTORS
A. All wire and cable for feeder and branch circuits shall conform to the requirements of the current
edition of the National Electrical Code.
B.
All conductors shall be soft drawn copper and unless otherwise noted on the drawings, branch
circuit conductors shall be type "THHN" and/or "THWN" insulated.
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
16400-3
FISCAL 2006
I
2.07 WIRING DEVICES
A. Wiring devices shall include all receptacles and wall switches with high impact nylon cover
plates, ivory in color.
B. Light switches shall be ivory in color. Hubbell (A.C. rated) 1200 or 1220 series. Acceptable
Alternate Manufacturers: Pass and Seymour (P&S), General Electric Co.
(G.E. Co.) or Leviton.
C. General purpose receptacles shall be ivory in color. Acceptable Manufacturers: Hubbell, Pass and
Seymour (P&S), General Electric Co. (G.E. Co.) or Leviton.
D. Transient voltage surge suppressor receptacles, ivory in color, shall be as manufactured by Pass and
Seymour (P&S). (No substitutions.)
I
I
I
PART III -EXECUTION
I
3.01
INSTALLATION
A. Temporary Light and Power: Electrical contractor shall furnish all labor and material required
to provide temporary light and power. The general contractor shall pay all charges for electric
current used for temporary lighting and power.
B. Electrical Service: Electrical service and meters shall be installed and shall conform to the
requirements of serving utility and codes. The type and voltage must be checked with serving utility
and any conflict between drawings and utility shall be immediately brought to the attention of
Walgreen Co.
I
C. Main Distribution Panelboards, Panelboards, and Cabinets: Electrical contractor shall furnish
and install the main distribution boards, power and lighting panelboards, and cabinets.
D. Disconnect and Safety Switches: Electrical contractor shall furnish and install fusible and/or
non-fusible safety switches.
E. Electric Heaters: Electrical contractor shall furnish and install all electric-type heaters.
F. The electrical contractor shall install all starters, switches, and electrical equipment furnished
under other contracts and shall furnish and install all disconnect switches and electrical that is
required for the completion of the job.
G. Conduit shall be installed concealed and tight to bar joist wherever possible, except where indicated
otherwise. Install the conduit exposed in stock areas, baler rooms, or similar spaces. Conduit shall
be separated by at least 12 inches from parallel runs of steam or hot water piping.
H. Conduits shall be continuous from outlet to outlet, from outlets to cabinets, pull, or junction boxes,
and shall be secured to all boxes with locknuts and bushings (insulating type) in such a manner
that each system shall be electrically continuous throughout. Conduit ends shall be capped to
prevent entrance of foreign materials during construction. Conduits shall be securely and rigidly
supported.
1. Furnish and install pull boxes and junction boxes where necessary in the raceway system to
facilitate conductor installation (allow for pulling tension and other National Electrical Code
criteria).
J. Receptacle Circuits:
1. No wire smaller than #12 shall be used for any branch circuit supplying convenience outlets.
Branch circuit wiring shall be sized to limit the voltage drop to National Electrical Code
requirements. All wire to be copper.
2. Receptacle circuits shall be circuit breaker controlled.
3. Receptacle for specific areas shall be of the size and type required.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
K.
Lighting Circuits:
1. No wire smaller than #12 shall be used for any lighting branch circuit.
I
CRITERIA SPECIFIC A TIONS
16400-4
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.02
A.
B.
2.
Branch circuit wiring shall be sized to limit the voltage drop to National Electrical Code
requirements.
No 120 volt lighting shall exceed 1600 watts. No 277 volt lighting circuit shall exceed 3600
watts.
3.
Panel 'LP-CR' Feeder and branch circuit conductors must be run separate from other panel
conductors. DO NOT run through a common raceway or trough.
Lighting Controls: Certain circuits in lighting panels LP-l, LP-SP and LP-2 shall be remotely
controlled to control individual lighting circuits. Power wiring between relays and circuit breakers
shall be furnished by the manufacturer. Refer to lighting control system drawings E2.1A, E2.lB
and E2.1 C.
N. Critical Loads: Provide lock-on hardware for all Critical loads (such as: cooler/freezer
equipment, computers, cash registers, etc.).
O. Temperature Control Wiring: All conduit and control wiring for mechanical equipment, unit
heaters, circulating pumps, air conditioning equipment, and ventilation fans shall be installed by the
electrical contractor, as directed and supervised by the temperature control contractor.
P. Equipment Connections: All equipment provided under this section of the specifications or other
sections of these specifications requiring electrical service, including all equipment furnished and
installed by Walgreen Co. shall be completely wired and connected under this section.
Q. Labeling: All circuits shall be labeled. Panel schedules shall be typed and securely mounted
on the inside of the electrical panel box doors.
L.
M.
TESTING
After wires are in place and connected to devices and equipment, the system shall be tested for shorts and
grounds. All hot wires, if shorted or grounded, shall be removed and replaced if trouble is within circuit.
Any wiring device or apparatus furnished under this contract, if grounded or shorted, shall be removed and
the trouble rectified by replacing all defective parts of materials as directed.
END OF SECTION
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
16400-5
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 16500 -LIGHTING
PART I -GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A.
Section 01010 Summary of work and Section 16050, Basic Electrical Materials and
Methods, shall be considered part of these specifications.
B.
The electrical contractor shall furnish and install a complete lighting system consisting of, but not
limited to, fixtures complete with ballasts, lamps, sockets, auxiliaries, and electrical wiring.
C.
The electrical contractor shall furnish all labor and materials required to install all lighting fixtures
including those furnished by others.
D.
Fixture Labels: U.L. listed and labels I.B.E.W.-A.F. ofL.
E.
No substitution of light fixtures will be accepted.
F.
Outdoor Lighting -Building and Parking Areas: Provide 5.0 maintained average foot candle
level with an average to minimum uniformity ratio of 3: 1. Submit computer calculations
showing conformance (point-by-point, 10 feet on center) for both new and existing buildings.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A.
This contractor shall submit to Walgreen Co. product data for all light fixtures before starting
work.
1.03
GUARANTEE
A. Provide a one (1) year guarantee against mechanical defects in manufacture.
PART II -PRODUCTS
2.01 LUMINAIRES
A. Light fixtures shall be as listed on the lighting fixture schedule.
B. Lamps shall be listed on the lighting fixture schedule.
PART III -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A.
Install lighting fixtures and accessories in accordance with the manufacturers' instructions. See
section 09510, Part III, paragraph 3.02.B.
B.
Exit Lights and Emergency Lighting System: Furnish and install a complete emergency lighting
and/or exit lighting system. System and provisions shall comply with local requirements and codes.
C.
Exterior Signs:
1. Exterior signs shall be furnished and installed by Walgreen Co. sign contractor, who shall
make final connections to same.
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
16500-1
FISCAL 2006
2. The electrical contractor shall provide outlets from Walgreen Co. sign panel, "LP-SP," to
the exterior face of the building or canopy for exterior signage.
I
I
I
I
D. Pylon Sign: The electrical contractor shall furnish and install electrical requirements to the base
of pylon sign from Walgreen Co. sign panel, "LP-SP," for lighting required.
3.02
TESTING
A. Any lighting fixture furnished under this contract, if grounded or shorted, shall be removed and the
trouble rectified by replacing all defective parts of materials as directed.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
16500-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 16600 -SPECIAL SYSTEMS
PART I -GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Division I, General Requirements, and Section 16050, Basic Electrical Materials and
Methods, shall be considered a part ofthese specifications.
B.
Furnish and install, complete with all related items, the preparation rough-in wiring and partial
installation for the following special systems:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Ethernet
Satellite
Burglar alarm
Closed circuit television (CCTV)
Telephone
Sound
c.
All work shall be done under the supervision of an accredited installation company in the low
voltage systems specified.
D.
This contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, and the necessary appurtenances to install
the special system.
E.
For plenum ceiling installations, all appropriate requirements for raceways and cable of the
authority having jurisdiction shall be met.
F.
Install the aforementioned special systems consisting of conduits, boxes, wiring, and
equipment.
G.
Except where a conduit only system is specified, the system shall be completely wired (in conduit
except where otherwise shown or specified) and operating, any items required to achieve this shall
be provided whether or not they are specifically mentioned herein. Wiring shall be in accordance
with the manufacturer's recommendations and/or wiring diagrams approved by Walgreen Co.
H.
Wherever conduit is required or used, it shall be concealed and outlets shall be flush except as
otherwise directed. "Conduit only" system(s) shall have nylon fish wire for future installation
of wiring.
I.
Tests where required shall be made in cooperation with the representatives of Walgreen Co. as
directed. The contractor shall provide all labor and materials required for such tests.
J.
All wiring within pieces of equipment shall be point-to-point with appropriate terminal
connections for every wire and component termination.
PART II-PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART III-EXECUTION
3.01 ETHERNET SYSTEM INSTALLATION
A.
Ethernet cables are furnished and installed by Walgreen Co. Contractor. For precautions, wiring
methods, procedures, and pertinent information refer to the drawings. "The comlink" is a specialty
cable referenced within the Ethernet system plans and details.
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
16600-1
FISCAL 2006
A. Furnish and install cables to the Walgreen-furnished burglar alarm system.
I
I
I
I
I
3.02
SATELLITE ANTENNA SYSTEMS INST ALLA TION
A. The satellite antenna system, including all cables, interfacilities link (lFL), and other related
cables to be furnished by Walgreen Co. and installed by the electrical contractor.
B. Final connections to all equipment shall be the responsibility of Walgreen Co.
C. A.C. power and cable rough-in provisions shall be the responsibility of this contractor.
3.03
BURGLAR ALARM SYSTEM INSTALLATION
B. Final connections of the equipment and devices shall be the responsibility of Walgreen Co.
A. Walgreens Contractor to furnish and install cable and connectors. For specification of cable,
refer to the criteria drawings.
I
I
I
C. For specifications of cable, refer to the criteria drawings. Cables shall be furnished as a landlord
responsibility .
3.04
COVERT CLOSED CIRCmT TV (CCTV) SYSTEM INSTALLATION
B. Walgreens Contractor shall provide all final connections under the direction of
Walgreen Co.
B. All public phones shall be provided with conduit and wiring from telephone equipment location
to the telephone outlet.
I
I
I
3.05
TELEPHONE SYSTEM INSTALLATION
A. The furnishing and installing of telephone equipment and instruments shall be the
responsibility of Walgreen Co.
C.
Provide 200 watt outlet (fed from panel LP-CR) located at the telephone equipment.
F.
Walgreens Contractor shall furnish and install all telephone wiring. Provide a three (3) pair
telephone cable from the telephone equipment location to each telephone outlet. For specification
of telephone cable, refer to the criteria drawings.
I
I
I
D.
Coordinate with the local telephone company on installation, details, schedule, etc.
E.
Provide the conduit from the telephone equipment location to the property line for the utility
company's incoming service lines.
3.06
SOillID SYSTEM INSTALLATION
I
A.
Sound system (music and paging) equipment shall be furnished and installed by Walgreen
Co.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
B.
Contractor shall furnish and install all sound system wiring. For specification of sound system
wiring, refer to the criteria drawings.
c.
For designs involving plenum ceilings, conduit and back boxes are required.
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
16600-2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
SECTION 16720 -FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
I PART I -GENERAL
1.0 I STANDARDS
I
I
I
I
I
A.
Furnish and install complete, electrically supervised, closed circuit fIre alarm system when required
by the local authority having jurisdiction.
B.
The fIre alarm system shall conform to the requirements in this specifIcation, Section 16A,
Electrical General Conditions, and comply with the latest adopted edition of the following:
1. NFPA 72 (Chapters 1-7 as applicable)
2. NFP A 90A
3. The International Building Code
4. Local building & fIre codes (as applicable)
C.
All equipment comprising the fIre alarm system shall be listed, labeled, or approved by
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. for use as fife alarm equipment.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
Provide a complete, supervised fIre alarm system including conduit (by the electrical contractor),
wire, boxes, control panel, smoke detectors, pull stations, audio/visual signal devices, and
sprinkler waterflow and supervisory switches. The sprinkler switches shall be provided under
Section 15, Work (See letter H - under 2.0 I Fire Alarm Devices), and connected to the fIre alarm
system by the fIre alarm supplier.
B.
Walgreens' preferred fife alarm vendors are ADT Security Services, Inc. at (800) 6409390 and
F.E.Moran at (586) 228-5788 (See drawing EI.6 for fife alarm vendor territories). It is mandatory
that they monitor the fIre alarm system when required by the local code authority. They will
provide a full turnkey price on the fIre alarm system. They will require the 8 Y2 X II layout shown
on the E1.6 be faxed to them (ADT at (630) 4550139 and F.E. Moran at (586) 228-5758), please
include your company letterhead, contact person, store number, city and state for each new
location. The fIre alarm vendor needs at least fIve days to provide fIre alarm price. Their Fire
Supervisors will contact the local authority having jurisdiction to determine the exact minimum
requirements. All materials and labor required to meet local fife safety regulations, codes, adopted
ordinances, and local requirements of the local authority having jurisdiction. Whether enumerated
herein, shown on plans, or not, shall be furnished.
C. The complete fIre alarm system, including installation, is the responsibility of the landlord.
D.
Duct smoke detectors (SD) are furnished and factory installed with some HV AC units. Refer to
section 15500 of the specifIcations and drawings for details.
E.
The Fire Alarm Contractor shall provide power wiring (24 volt) to all smoke detectors. The Fire
Alarm Contractor shall also provide an operational remote test/reset station for all duct smoke
detectors. Where an approved fIre alarm system is installed in the building, all duct smoke
detectors shall be connected to the fIre alarm system as requried by NFP A. The Fire Alarm
Contractor shall wire and arrange the HV AC units to shutdown on an alarm output from the fIre
alarm panel, when required by code.
F.
The Fire Alarm Contractor may use the SDs that were factory installed on the HV AC units. The
Fire Alarm Contractor shall supplement those factory installed smoke detectors as necessary to
provide a complete operating fife alarm system that fully complies with applicable codes,
ordinances, the local fife department, local inspectors and other authorities having jurisdiction.
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
FISCAL 2006
16720 -I
G.
If approved by the local authority having jurisdiction, the fire alarm system supplier may eliminate
conduit and run approved type open wiring above suspended ceilings and within exposed bar joists.
Where wiring is required down exposed walls in warehouse or stock areas, wiring is to be installed
in EMT to the height of 15 feet above floor level. All wiring supports and installation shall conform
to the National Electrical Code.
I
I
I
I
H
IfWalgreens' preferred vendors (ADT Services, Inc. or F.E. Moran) do not install the fire alarm
system, They must be contacted at least eight (8) weeks prior to final inspection to contract for
commencement of the fire alarm monitoring. There is a proS!ram and testinS! fee associated
with this service., to AnT Security and F.E. Moran based upon the amount of lead time
given. If ADT or F.E. Moran do not perform the installation of the Fire Alarm system, the
following items are required by the Fire Alarm supplier:
I.
Reprogram contract must be signed and returned a minimum of 60 days before scheduling
on site.
I
2.
The entire fIre alarm installed completely, includes wiring to fIre panel, wiring the phone
jacks to panel and a full acceptance test by the fIre contractor.
I
I
3.
Phone lines must be active to the site before scheduling ADT to commence fire alarm
monitoring.
4. Fire Alarm supplier is required to meet fIre alarm vendor (ADT or F.E .Moran) on site with
copies of permit, approved drawings with riser diagram, battery calculations, voltage drops,
wire legend and any other requirements the the Authority having Jurisdiction requires. A
CertifIcate of Completion (use NFPA 72 form) form fIlled out before ADT or F.E. Moran
reprograms the fire control for monitoring.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
5. Fire Alarm supplier is responsible for Final Fire Inspection, after ADT or F.E. Moran is
monitoring the location. There is no re-program and test fee for the fire alarm system if
AnT or RE. Moran does the turnkey system.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide products which have been tested, listed, and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.,
which comply with NEMA standards, and are approved by Factory Mutual Research.
PART II -PRODUCTS
2.01 FIRE ALARM DEVICES
CRITERIA SPECIFICA nONS
A. A fIre alarm control panel shall be Silent Knight, 5208, Fire Lite MS-9200, Fire Lite MS5024, Fire
Lite MS-52 I 0, including dual battery harness, dual phone line switches, and two 8-foot telephone
cords Telephone jacks (ifrequired) shall be RJ31X, ground GND. Telephone lines (2) are supplied
by Walgreens. The fire alarm control shall include battery backup, BP-BPI7-12-TI, BP-BP7-12-
TI, BP-BP26-12-TI; Fire Lite BB-17, Fire Lite BB55 (if required); Silent Knight model 5217, zone
expander module, Silent Knight model 5495, Fire Lite FCPS24F (if required), and direct connect
module, Silent Knight model 5220 (if required).
B.
Fire alarm annunciator shall be Remote keypad/Annunciator, Silent Knight model 5235, Fire
Lite LCD40, or Fire Lite models RAZ-5F, or LED-to (if required).
I
I
I
C.
Manual pull station shall be Fire Lite, model BG 12LX, BG 12 (if required).
D.
Fire alarm indicating devices shall be horn/strobe, Wheelock AS Series, MT Series, and RSS
Series (if required).
16720 -2
FISCAL 2006
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
E.
Smoke detectors shall be Sentrol SE-429CT, Sentrol SE-449CT, Fire Lite SD350T.
Included shall be one (I) End of Line power supervision relay, Silent Knight model 160150
for each zone of smoke detectors (if required).
F.
Heat detectors shall be Edwards ED-282B (if required).
G.
Duct smoke detector, shall be System Sensor model DHIOOACDLP. Included with each detector
shall be one (I) Remote Indicatorrrest Switch, System Sensor model R TS451, one (I) set of
sampling tubes, System Sensor models ST5 or STlO. Included shall be one
(1) End of Line power supervision relay, Silent Knight model 160150, for each zone of
detectors.
PART III -EXECUTION
H.
The fire-suppression system contractor shall provide waterflow and valve tamper switches.
3.01
INSTALLATION
A.
The fire alarm control panel shall be mounted where shown on drawings provided by the Fire alarm
contractor. A dedicated 120 V AC, 20 ampere circuit, termination to the Fire alarm control panel
shall be provided by the electrical contractor. Coordinate connection to the telephone lines (2)
provided by Walgreens. The remote keypad/annunciator shall be mounted where required by local
code and/or authority having jurisdiction.
B.
The fire alarm system shall be installed under the supervision of a factory trained supervisor. Prior
to fmal inspection, the supervisor shall test all operating features and consequently make all
necessary adjustments and corrections to the equipment comprising the fire alarm system provided
as work under this section.
C.
Install complete wiring system as required for the fire alarm system. Conceal wiring except
in stockrooms and areas where other conduit and piping are exposed.
D.
Code all conductors appropriately and permanently, by number and/or color, for the purpose of
identification and servicing of the fire alarm system within the control panel, and at each point of
termination outside the control panel.
END OF SECTION
CRITERIA SPECIFICATIONS
16720 -3
FISCAL 2006
WALGREENS #11215
PORT ANGELES, W A
NYSTROM OLSON COLLINS, INC.
APPENDIX
Page 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
APPENDIX
A. Asbestos- Containing Materials Survey, Proposed Retail Structure located at 934 East Front
Street, Port Angeles, W A dated October 6, 2006. Prepared by The Riley Group, Inc.
B. Geotechnical Engineering Report, Proposed Retail Development located at SWC Front Street &
Washington Street, Port Angeles, W A 98362 dated September 22, 2006. Prepared by The Riley
Group, Inc.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
The Riley Group Inc.
ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS
SURVEY
PROPOSED RETAIL STRUCTURE
934 EAST FRONT STREET
PORT ANGELES, WASHINGTON
October 6, 2006
PREPARED BY:
The Riley Group, Inc.
17522 Bothell Way NE, Suite A
Bothell, WA 98011
PREPARED FOR:
Mr. David Thompson
Columbia Retail Group, LLC
845 106th Avenue Northeast, Suite 100
Bellevue, Washington 98004
Project No. 2006-178
SERVING THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST
17522 Bothell Way NE. Bothell. W A 98011
Tel (425) 415-0551 . Fax (425) 415-0311
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I
I
I
I
I
1.0 SURVEY SUMMARY & RESULTS.......................................................1
1.1 SURVEY SUMMARY SHEET ...................................................................................................................1
1.2 RESULTS SUMMARy.................... ............ ..... ............................. ............... ......................................... ...2
A CAt SUR VEY RESULTS....................................................................... ....................................................... .....2
A SSUMED A CA1............... ............... ....... ..................... ....................................................... ............................. 2
2.0 INTR 0 D U CTI 0 N .... ........... ............................... ................ ............ ...........2
2. I PURPOSE ................ ...... ...... ............... .......... .................. ............ ........... ......... ................. ........... ...........2
2.2 SITE ACCESS ......... ........... ............ ................... ................... ....... ......... .............. ................. ........... ........2
2.3 AUTHORIZATION ..................................................................................................................................2
2.4 BUILDING OBSERVATIONS ...................................................................................................................3
I
I
I
I
3.0 ME TH 0 DS .................... ............................................. ........................ .......3
3.1 GENERAL ORGANIZA TJON ... ....... ..... ........... ...... ........... ...... ..... ............. ............ ............... ...... ............ ....3
3.2 VISUAL INSPECTION OF SUSPECT ACMS..............................................................................................3
3.3 SAMPLING PROCEDURES (ASBESTOS) ..................................................................................................4
4.0 FIND IN GS & CON CL USI 0 NS ..............................................................5
5.0 UNIQUE REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS .....................................5
5.1 LOCAL AIR QUALITY BOARD (PUGH SOUND CLEAN AIR AGENCY) ...................................................5
5.2 WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRms (L&I) .........................................................5
5.3 PERMITS ............ ... ............. ........... .......... ......... ........ ........... ...... ..... ................. ... ......... .... ........ ....... ..... ..6
5.4 LICENSES ... ... ..... ............... ........ ........ ...... ......... .......... ....... ... .............. .... ....... ....... ............. .............. .....6
6. 0 WARRANTy.... ........ ............................ ...................................... ... ....... .........6
I
I
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure I ............................................................... ......................................................... Site Vicinity Map
Figure 2... ........... ............ .................... ..... .......... .......... ..... ...........,.......... ................ Sanlple Location Map
LIST OF ApPENDICES
Appendix A.......... ................... .... .......... ............... ... .......... ....... .... ......... ..... ............ Copy oj Certifications
Appendix B. ......................................................................... LaboratOlJl Reports and Chains ojCustody
Appendix C .................................................................................................. ........ Methods & Procedures
Appendix D.......................................................................................................... Codes and Regulations
I
I
I
.
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
1.0 Survey Summary & Results
1.1 SURVEY SUMMARY SHEET
BUILDING INFORMATION:
Date of Constmction: 1972
Address: .
934 East Front Street
I
Building Size:
3,450 sq. feet
City/State/Zip: Port Angeles, W A
I
I
Asbestos-Containing Materials
Survey Date: 09/26/06
By Whom: The Rilev Group. Inc. Firm
Robin Hamlet Inspector
#1023519 Certification #
Results: (Additional detail provided In Table 1)
Number of material types sampled: 8
Number of samples collected: 12
Number of materials testing positive: 2
Number of materials assumed positive: 0
Were roofing materials sampled? Yes.
Are there unique state or local requirements? Yes
(If Yes, See Section 5.0)
Laboratory utilized:
Name: Seattle Asbestos Test. LLC
Address: 19711 Scriber Lake Road. Suite D. Lvnnwood WA 98036
Buildina Access Limitations (If any):
None
Comments:
See report.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2
1.2 RESULTS SUMMARY
ACM SURVEY RESULTS
The following homogeneous building material types were sampled as part of this survey
and their results are summarized in the table below:
I
SAMPLE MATERIAL DESCRIPTION LOCATION F/NF' COND.~ % ACM" ESTIMATED
10 QUANTITY
PA-01 Plasterlleveling Room #2-vacant F Good White leveling N/A
compound on wood office/storage compound NO
oanellina
PA-02 Popcorn ceiling malerial Entire struclure F Fair Popcorn ceiling -3,400 sJ.
PA-Q4 material:
PA-05 5% Chrysotile
3% Amosite
PA-D3 Altic Insulation Attic NF Good Pink insulation NO N/A
PA-06 White sheet vinyl & gray Bathroom- Room # 5 F Good Vinyl: NO 30 sJ.
mastic Mastic:
50% Chrysotile
PA-07 Gypsum Wallboard Entire slructure F Good Wallboard: NO N/A
PA-08
PA-09
PA-10 Black asphalt shingles Roof F Good Asphall shingles NO N/A
PA-11 Black tar paper Roof F Good Tar Paper NO N/A
PA-12 Black tar patch Roof F Good Tar Patch NO N/A
- - ..
I
i
I
I
I
i
!
I
I
I
I
F - Fnable, NF - Non-fnable, Fnablhly IS further defined In Appendix C.
2 Cond. = Condition of materials either Good, Fair or Poor.
3 All identified ACMs are chrysolile asbestos except where noted.
NO = None Detected; N/A = Not AppHcable
i
I
I
I
!
ASSUMED ACM
There were no materials assumed to be asbestos containing.
2.0 Introduction
I
2.1 PURPOSE
The Riley Group, Inc. (Riley) conducted a asbestos-containing material (ACM) building
survey at the property located at 934 East Front Street in Port Angeles, Washington (see
Figure I). The purpose of this study was to identify those building materials. that contain
asbestos. Riley understands that the Client intends to remove the structure for future
construction. Therefore, this survey addressed all building materials that were ac::cessible
during the Site visit.
2.2 SITE ACCESS
Riley had unlimited access to all spaces of the subject building.
2.3 AUTHORIZATION
Authorization to perform this study was given by Mr. David Thompson of the Columbia
Retail Group (Client) on September 9, 2006.
This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of the Columbia Retail Group, LLC
and affiliates thereof.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3
I
I
2.4 BUILDING OBSERVATIONS
The building is an approximately 3,450 square foot, one story, wood-framed structure.
Interior finishes included painted sheetrock (gypsum), wood-paneled walls and ceilings,
and wood flooring. The wood floors are finished with carpet, linoleum and ceramic tiles.
Except for the batlu'ooms, the ceilings throughout are covered with painted "popcorn"
material. Materials observed for the ACM survey included attic insulation, linoleum,
roofing materials, surfacing materials and sheetrock (gypsum) walls and ceilings.
I
I
3.0 Methods
I
Inspection and sampling procedures were performed in accordance with the guidelines
published by the Environmental Protection Agency (EP A) in 40 CFR Part 763 Subpart E,
October 30, 1987. Sampling procedures include collection of one or more samples of
suspect friable and non-friable materials. The ACM survey consisted of: visual
inspection, sampling, and quantification of building materials. Riley's survey protocols
are detailed in Appendix C.
3.1 GENERAL ORGANIZATION
The survey consisted of t1uee major actIvItlCS: visual inspection, sampling, and
quantification of building materials. Although these activities are listed separately, they
are integrated tasks.
3.2 VISUAL INSPECTION OF SUSPECT ACMs
An initial building walkthrough was conducted to detennine the presence and condition
of suspect materials which were accessible and/or exposed. Materials which were similar
in general appearance or in date of construction were grouped into homogeneous
sampling areas.
. Homogeneous Material Classifications
A preliminary walkthrough of the building was conducted to determine areas of
materials which were visually similar in color, texture, general appearance, and which
appeared to have been installed at the same time. Such materials are tenned
"homogeneous materials" by the EP A. During this walkthrough, the approximate
locations of these homogeneous materials were also noted.
Following the EP A inspection protocol, each identified suspect homogeneous
material was placed in one of the following EP A classifications:
1. SUI'facing Materials (spray or trowel applied to building members)
2. Thermal System Insulation (materials generally applied to various
mechanical systems)
3. Miscellaneous Materials (any materials which do not fit either of the
above categories)
. Friability Classifications
A regulated asbestos-containing material (RACM) as defined by National Emissions
Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP) is any (a) Friable asbestos
material, (b) Category I non-friable ACM that has become friable, (c) Category I non-
friable ACM that will be or has been subjected to sanding, grinding, cutting, or
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
4
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
.
!
I
abrading, or (d) Category II non-friable ACM that has a high probability of becoming
or has become crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder by the forces expected to
act on the material in the course of demolition or renovation operations.
Following the EP A inspection protocol, each identified suspect homogeneous
material was placed in one of the following EPA classifications:
. Friable Materials NESHAP defines a friable ACM as any material containing
more than one percent asbestos, which, when dry, can be crumbled, pulverized, or
reduced to powder by hand pressure.
. Category I Non-friable NESHAP defines a Category 1 non-friable ACM as
packing, gaskets, resilient floor covering (except vinyl sheet flooring products
which are considered friable), and asphalt roofing products which contain more
than one percent asbestos.
. Category II Non-friable NESHAP defines a Category II non-friable ACM as any
material, except for a Category I non-friable ACM, which contains more than one
percent asbestos and cannot be reduced to a powder by hand pressure when dry.
3.3 SAMPLING PROCEDURES (ASBESTOS)
Following the walkthrough, the inspector collected selected samples of accessible
materials identified as suspect asbestos-containing building materials (ACM). Samples
were collected by Riley's asbestos building inspector, certified under the EPA AHERA
regulation 40 CFR 763, Subpart E (AHERA certification attached in Appendix B).
Sampling was consistent with the requirements of NESHAPs and AHERA as well as
meeting the requirements set forth by State and local regulatory agencies.
A total of 8 suspect ACMs (homogeneous materials) were observed within the inspected
areas of the site. Riley collected a total of 12 samples of suspect ACM from
homogeneous materials identified in the site building. The laboratory reported analytical
results for layered materials present in one sample as separate results (such as floor tile
and mastic). Suspect ACM samples were submitted to Seattle Asbestos Test, LLC of
Lynnwood, Washington for analysis. Samples were analyzed by PLMJDS. Seattle
Asbestos Test, LLC is AIHA and NVLAP accredited.
The following suspect materials were sampled during this survey (please refer to Figures
2 and 3 for bulk sample locations):
~ Plaster leveling compound;
>>- Popcorn ceiling material (surfacing material);
~ Vinyl sheet flooring (linoleum);
~ Mastics;
~ Gypsum wallboard;
~ Roofing materials (Asphalt shingles, tar paper & tar patch); and
~ Attic insulation (vernliculite).
I
IaI
!
,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
5
4.0 Findings & Conclusions
Based upon Riley's asbestos building survey and bulk sample analysis, the following
ACMs have been identified for the Site:
~ Popcorn ceiling material
~ Gray mastic under the vinyl sheet flooring (linoleum)
Any untested suspect materials encountered during site renovation work should be
analyzed before proceeding with such work. If additional ACM is confirmed during site
renovation activities, work should be performed by a qualified contractor according to the
recommendations in Section 5.0.
I
5.0 Unique Regulatory Requirements
If the hazardous building materials identified in this report will be disturbed through
future maintenance, renovation or demolition activities, they will be subject to the
requirements set forth in all applicable local, state, and federal regulations.
Materials that were not sampled are presumed to contain asbestos and will be subject to
these same requirements until tests are perfornled to confirnl the absence of asbestos.
The following notices, permits and licenses are necessary for renovation and/or
demolition work as of the date of this report. The contractor is cautioned to verify these
requirements as applicable to the final project scope imd confirm that no new
requirements exist.
5.1 LOCAL AIR QUALITY BOARD (PUGET SOUND CLEAN AIR AGENCY)
Written notification is required to the local Air Quality Management District at least 10
days prior to beginning any work on friable asbestos-containing materials. This
requirement is also enforced by the EP A. In addition, notification is required for all
demolitions involving structures with a projected roof area greater than 120 square feet,
even if no asbestos-containing material is present. Asbestos removal and disposal
requirements are outlined in PSCAA's Asbestos Control Standards (Regulation III,
Article 4).
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
5.2 WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES (L&I)
For any activity involving greater than 48 square feet or 10 linear feet ofACM that may
release asbestos fibers into the air (i.e. demolition, renovation), written notification must
be given to the L&I regional office by the qualified contractor no later than 10 days prior
to thc start of the project (WAC 296-65-020).
For activities impacting composite wallboard systems with less than 1% asbestos content,
the renovation contractor will need to follow work practice requirements as given in
WAC 296-62-17712(2), particularly use of wet, non-aggressive methods and prompt
clean-up. Vacuums used must be HEPA filtered. Worker training must include 2-hour
asbestos awareness training. Respiratory protection must be based on overall dust levels.
A competent person on the job site must be assigned and trained under the requirements
of WAC 296-62-07728.
I
I
I
I
I
6
I
I
5.3 PERMITS
Contractor must obtain all building and special permits required for the asbestos
abatement work. Of note, prior to abatement activities within the building(s), a permit is
required by the Uniform Fire Code (UFC). (e.g., work plans and drawings of
containment's with entrances and exits clearly marked).
5.4 LICENSES
Contractor must maintain current licenses as required by applicable state or local
jurisdictions for the removal, transportation, disposal, or other regulated activity.
I
6.0 Warranty
I
I
I
Riley warrants that the findings contained herein have been prepared with the level of
care and skill exercised by experienced and knowledgeable environmental consultants
who are appropriately licensed or otherwise trained to perform asbestos and lead in paint
assessments pursuant to federal, state and local requirements as applicable. This
inspection is not intended to address the potential for exposure to any other hazards or
hazardous materials during renovation or demolition.
The survey included inspection of accessible materials such as above or behind
suspended ceilings or other non-permanent structures. Riley did not inspect or sample
inaccessible areas such as behind walls or within ductwork and did not dismantle any part
of the structure to survey inaccessible areas. Inaccessible is defined as areas of the
building that could not be tested (sampled) without destruction of the structure or a
portion of the structure. In the event that access to a portion of the building was not
obtained (which otherwise would have been tested), such limitations are specifically
identified in the Survey Summary Sheet of this report.
No sampling protocol is 100% "fail-safe," according to the U.S. EPA. Samples collected
are indicative of the material sampled. Riley has indicated which samples are considered
representative of adjacent or similar-appearing materials. These conclusions are not
meant to be, and may not be, relied on by clIent as representations or warranties by Riley.
Any given material, other than the exact sample, is or is not, asbestos containing.
This report is not intended to identify all hazards or unsafe conditions, nor imply that
others do not exist. This report does not provide an evaluation, assessment or analysis of
health risks, environmental impact, usage limitations or mitigation options.
This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of the Columbia Retail Group, LLC
and affiliates thereof. Results are based solely on the methodology stated in this report
and the report should be relied upon in its entirety. Any reliance a third party makes of
this report is the responsibility of such third party.
I
I
I
I
;
I
I
i
I
I
i
I
~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
7
I
Should you have any questions regarding this report or if we may be of additional
service, please do not hesitate to contact us at (425) 415-0551 at your convenience.
Sincerely,
THE RILEY GROUP, INC.
I
I
~/~
Robin Hamlet, L.G., L.H.G.
Senior Project Manager
AHERA Building Inspector #1023519
I
~~
~ie SmIth, cHUNr
Project Manager
I
I
Attachments
Report Distribution
copies)
Mr. David Thompson, Columbia Retail Group, LLC (J electronic draft. 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
o 300' 600' 1,200'
.
Approximate Seale In Feet
USGS, 1985, Port Angeles, Washington
7.S-Minute Quadrangle
N
+
.
Proposed Retail Structure Figure 1
The Riley Group, Inc.
17522 BOTHELL WAY NE
BOTHELL, WASHINGTON 98011
Project # 2006-) 78 Site Vicinity Map
Site Address: 934 E. Front Street, Port Angeles. Washington
I
,
I
I
I
I
I
,
I
I
I
I
I
I
~
!
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~
~
~
(-
en
(-
is
~
t1.
(-
en
<
~
\L
rl!1
VI
VI
C!)
o
o
<
o
-<
VI
4)
o
IE
o
c
.2
Q.
C!)
o
C!)
~
~E
.~ o.A
C!) 0\:::::/
C!)~
~
rJ
o
IE
o
4)
o
IE
o
o
@
4)
o
IE
o
E '8el 4)
0 ~@
0
~ o:l 0 0
~ E 0
0 ~~ ~,
U t1. <:
"-<J
4)
o
lE
o
~
o:l
..
o
.....
en
.... 4)
c 0 t::::\
~ lEe
~o
00 '8 e
.,. o:l 0
~~E 0
~~
t1.
4)
~€)
o
'C '8
~1E8
~o
4)
Ee
o
4) .
CIl <J~
@ f
B "-
'" en
<:
4) "-
E@ )
0 4)
EG
0 <:
"-<J
'0'
0'
{},
B
~
.0
VI
<
~
o
c
C!)
Q
~
..
4)
.0
e
.. ~
~ ;z
e Q
~
;z
E
o
o
~
c
.2
iil
o
o
...J
~. 4)
0.0.
E E
o:l o:l
en en
~
<u
:...
.~
k.
i.::
@~
Cl~
~::::
~ 1:::.
Cl <;)
~
~
f} ~
~ .,;
<\l
~ l
..... I:::
~ ""
g 'g
~ ~
.~ ~
- ~
.~ ~
r)5 It
.~
~
"1-
""
C\
~
~
~
l:J
~
t3
""-
.~
<u
~
~
to")
C>
~
0::
~
.......
~
<::::l
<::::l
~
=It:
t,;
.,
~
:g
""
~
Ci3
~
l:J
<u
.(s>
0::
~
~ ~
... 0-
&cui 5
"'ol ;z (-
~>-o
r.... <;z
"" ::: :2
!::>.j~
~~ :::
......::t .
...... (- ...J
Q::: ~ ul
~~~
-- ""0
E:;~m
.,
c
o
.~
o
...J
4)
0.
~
en
......
o
o
~
@~<l<l Z+
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,
~
I
i
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
==
Q
.......
....
.(W
~ t
~.
=
Q
~
-, t
Q
~
~
~
t..I
.......
._, t
.......
....
;...
(W
.~
=
~
&I~
~~
~ ... .t1 CA
.~ 1~ )o-t =
='s :5
b O~
..... ..... ~
t,'=.. ~t
.;; . ~ ~ E ~
..... .~ ,.. ..... ~
..~ S'. S J:
.~~
lA . · ...... ~
......c ..... ~
~'e.: a'
t;:) = ~-e
~=
~a
~
~
~
e
t
GJ
t
=
~
I
,.
==
fIj
e
t
Q.).
i
~
,.-...
~~.
Q~
E~
5~
=€lt
ew~
$.t
-- ('l?
=~
~t--
~~
-S '?t
oS ~
ttto
b~
~.........
,.:::::..
.....~.
e~
--
J3'~
..... .
:.., --
~16
=€lt
S\:S)
'Q'.~
.....16
0)
~
It)
(f)
N
o
~
..
I.
CI)
J:2
E
:J
Z
!
as
(J'
. .';:
,.t:
(17.
(.)
.....
0
"0
C\I "r--
ct) (\/
en
,... C')
C) a. .0
(0 .5: <( Q) co
o c z en (\/
--
0'- <0
C\I~ Qi 0
l- S (\/
... ......
(1')0 8 ~ x
0 III
or- _ -
CI) en c .
- E 0 ~
<D Q) :;::
0016 ~ ~ C')
d1 C')
c 0.. .0
co
d1 (\/
co
0
~
PACIFIC
I~
~
J:
-'
<
ii2
In
'lS
l~
C1
z
Z
~
t-
.
0)
...
~
.
c:
g
CD
c:
:c
lI)
III
3:
ai
ii
Q)
(JJ
.
~
lL
~
10
...
C')
.m
'S
(JJ
c"
o
f!!
.~
.Q
Z
~
o
o
en .
...
10
co
o
...
d
1:
o
=
"6
III
a.
lI)
::I
El
<:
I I
SEATTLE ASBESTOS TEST, LLC Page 1 of 3
19711 SenDer Lake Road, Suite D, Lynnwood, W A 98036, 425.673.9850 NVLAP ACCREDITATION I
LAB CODE: 200768-0 I
ANALYTICAL LABORATORY REPORT I
PLM by Method EPN600/R-93/116
Client The Riley Group, Inc. Client Job #: N/A
Address: 17522 Bothell Way NE Laboratory Batch #: 200620802 I
Bethell. WA 98011 Date Received: 9/2712006
Samples Received: 12
Date Analyzed: 9/28/2006 I
Samples Analyzed: 12
.Client Project#: N/A
Lab ID Description Non-Fibrous % NOIHISbest08
Com nents Fibers I
2006203606 PA-01 1 hite powdery Binderlfiller, Paint 5 lulose
aterial with paint I
2006203607 PA-02
1 4 I
I
2006203808 PA-03 1 Pink fibrous material Binder/filler 95 lass fibers
hile powdery I
2006203609 PA-04 aterlal with paint
nd white lumpy Blnderlfiller, Synthetic I
1 eam material eam, Paint 4 lIulose
I
2006203610 PA-05 ite powdery
tarial with paint
nd white lumpy Binder/filler. Synthetic I
1 eam material cam, Paint 4 lIulose
I
2 hile chalky
material with paper I
2006203611 PA-06 1 hite sheet vinyl None detected
I
Analyzed by: Weilong Tai ~/~'<--. I
ReViewed by: Steve (Fanyao) Zhang, President
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SEAlTLE ASBESTOS TEST, LLC
19711 Scriber Lake Road, Suite D, Lynnwood, W A 98036, 425.673.9850
ANALYTICAL LABORATORY REPORT
PLM by Method EPA/600/R-93/116
Client The Riley Group, Inc.
Address: 17522 Bothell Way NE
Bothell, WA 98011
LablD
2006203612
PA-07
2006203613
PA-Q8
Analyzed by: Weilong Tai
Page 2 of 3
NVLAP ACCREDITATION
LAB CODE: 200768-0
Client Job #: N/A
Laboratory Batch If:. 200620802
Date Received: 9/2712006
Samples Received: 12
Date Analyzed: 9/2812006
Samples Analyzed: 12
.Client Project#: N/A
N~n~lbrou8 % Non-asbestos
Com nents Fibers
Description
2
Binder/filler,
Mastic/binder
Ilulose
lIulose
lIulose
~ .t-<-
Reviewed by: Steve (Fanyao) Zhang, President
1
Binderlfiller, Paint
2
hite powdery
2006203614 PA-09 1 material with. paint
nd paper
2
2006203615 PA-10 1
2006203616 PA-11 1 lIulose
2006203617 PA-12 1
2
1
09-28-200b 18:07 SEATTLE ASBESTOS TEST 14256739810
~ 2.</SO~
S~TTLE ASBESTOS TEST, LLC
CHAIN OF CUSTODY
PAGE2
WE TREAT ctlBlTS BEITERI
I
I
i
I
,
I
lYPE 01= AlW.YSI8; BU1J( AS8&8T08 TESTj(. POINT COUl<< ('OOL.... POI6T COUNT (al-.... POINT COUNT (t_1--
The RiIcy Group, IDe.
17512 Bothel. Way NE. Bothell, WA 98011
Phone: (206) 417-0551 Fax:~425)41S-0311 Exnail::?~"l.e7~~UY~A~,.l"'~
Project Location: -;:?.szc A\..M;et _ projectManager:~Ii._ .~~~
. '~.d6(f . 'iJroJ Ji....-&.sr
Turn Around TlID~ ----r- Number of Samples ....!!L.- Chent Job #
Sample Condition: Good ..... Damaged . Severe Damage(Spillage)
SROa CLlE~-'" . u_ " 1# SAMPLE DESCRIPTION LABID AIR
1 '?A -e;. I '?l.. M'T4II"l%. \....\I!r\.J~. u I J ;1L/1Th24);'td
2 ?rt- --<p2 <<=;>6~ " d/
~_.. -.---'.
3 'rA- - &>>-, . I "PI'
~'lU ~.....c-
4 ?"A" b~1 ~.a/..n,. L~I" .,',,_ pC;
7f\ -b~ <;>D~ / .0... ,
5 L..e-. I .. \u<2 L 'f}
r.+- e>~. -L'. \ ___ ,'\. I ( I
6 ,
'Y~- D" I .... r.L... .. <':t .. \'2..
7 --
8 ?~-/'J~ .- '\ -"LI -.. -- . (7
9 ?Pr-t9~ . ,'\JLI t '":\ A""_ li./
10 .'7.....,../Q '~ . f.6u _. ;\ '. 000 ~. .. t"S.'. o.
11 91'-11 'J ,1.. \~ l-r~ 'dc, .:L....' \ .b
12 ?J4.- ~ :J.. ') .11. f "T~ ';)-4-*7/ d ) ,-I
13 l
14 .t. ___044'
IS
16
17
18 o'
n
"19 I
20
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
iI
The Riley Group Inc.
ASBESTOS-CONT AINING
MATERIALS SURVEY
METHODS & PROCEDURES
SERVIN(i Till'. PACIFIC NORTlIWES r
Main Office: 17522 Bothcll Way NE. Suite A, BothelL \VA 980 II
Tel (425) 415-0551 . Fax (425) 415-0311 . Scali Ie Tel: (206) 4] 7-055 \
Inspection and sampling procedures were performed in accordance with the guidelines published
by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) in 40 CFR Part 763 Subpart E,. October 30,
1987. Sampling procedures include collection of one or more samples of all suspect friable and
non-friable materials.
GENERAL ORGANIZATION
The survey consisted of three major activities: visual inspection, sampling, and quantification of
building materials. Although these activities are listed separately, they are integrated tasks.
VISUAL INSPECTION OF SUSPECT ACMs
An initial building walkthrough was conducted to determine the presence and condition of
suspect materials that were accessible and/or exposed. Materials that were similar in general
appearance or in date of construction were grouped into homogeneous sampling areas.
. Homogeneous Material Classifications
A preliminary walkthrough of the building was conducted to determine areas of materials
which were visually similar in color, texture, general appearance, and which appeared to
have been installed at the . same time. Such materials are termed "hoinogeneous materials" by
the EP A. During this walkthrough, the approximate locations of these homogeneous
materials were also noted. .
Following the EPA inspection protocol, each identified suspect homogeneous material was
placed in one of the following.EPA classifications:
1. Surfacing Materlais. (spray or trowel applied to building members)
2. Thennal System Insulation (materials generally applied to various mechanical systems)
3. Miscellaneous Materials (any materials which do not fit either of the above categories)
. Friability Classifications
A regulated asbestos-containing material (RACM) as defined by National Emissions
Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP) is any (a) Friable asbestos material, (b)
Category I non-friable ACM that has become friable, (c) Category I non-friable ACM that"
will be or has been subjected to sanding, grinding, cutting, or abrading, or (d) Category II
non-friable ACM that has a high probability of becoming or has become crumbled,
pulverized, or reduced to powder by the forces expected to act on the material in the course
of demolition or renovation operations._
Following the EPA inspection protocol, each identified suspect homogeneous material was
placed in one of the following EP A classifications:
. Friable Materials NESHAP defines a friable ACM as any material containing more than
one percent asbestOs, that, when dry, can be crumbled, pulverized. or reduced to powder
by hand pressure.
. Category I Non-friable NESHAP defmes a Category I non-friable ACM as packing,
gaskets. resilient floor covermg (except vinyl sheet flooring products which are
considered friable). and asphalt roofing products which contain more than one percent
asbestos.
. Category II Non-friable NESHAP defines a Category II non-friable ACM as any
mat~rial. exceptfor a Category I non-friable ACM, which contains more than one percent
asbestos and cannot be reduced to a powder by hand pressure when dry.
THE RILEY GROUP, INC.
~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SAMPLING PROCEDURES
Following the walkthrough, the inspector collected selected samples of accessible materials
identified as suspect asbestos-containing building materials (ACM). Samples were collected by
Riley's asbestos building inspector, certified under the EP A AHERA regulation 40 CFR 763,
Subpart E (AHERA certification attached in Appendix ~). Sampling was consistent with the
requirements of NESHAPs and AHERA as well as meeting the requirements set forth by State
and local regulatory agencies.
QUANTIFICATION
Quantities of accessible and/or exposed building materials which were found to contain asbestos
were estimated. This estimation was performed by taking approximate measurements in the field.
Drywall, joint compound, plasters, and ceiling and floor tiles, were -measured in square feet of
surface area. Piping insulation (if any) was measured in linear feet.
LABORATORY PROCEDURES
Method of Analysis
Samples were analyzed by an accredited laboratory, specified in Section 3.0 of this report. A
chain-of-custody, documenting the possession of the samples from the time they were collected
until they have been analyzed and stored, accompanied the materials at all times.
All bulk samples were analyzed by Polarized Light Microscopy (pLM) with dispersion staining
as described by the method for determination of asbestos in bulk insulation, EPA/6001R-931116,
July 1993. Thisis a standard method of analysis in optical mineralogy and the currently accepted
method for the determination of asbestos in bulk samples.
It should be noted that some ACM may not be accurately identified and/or quantified by PLM.
As an example, the original fabrication of vinyl floor tiles routinely involved milling of asbestos
fibers to extremely small sizes. As a result, these fibers may go undetected under the standard
polarized light microscopy method. Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) is required for a
more definitive analysis of these materials.
For bulk samples which are found to contain <1% asbestos, Point Count Analysis as described
by the method for the determination of asbestos in accordance with Environmental Protection
Agency's (BPA) "Interim Method for Identification of Asbestos in Bulk Insulation Samples" (40
CFR 763, Appendix A, Subpart F), is often utilized. Follow-up Point Count Analysis was not
conducted for this project unless specified in Section 3.0 of this report.
THE RILEY GROUP, INC.
CODES AND REGULATIONS - ASBESTOS
FEDERAL
---~
I
I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!
I
I
I
I
*
,
I
I
I
,
,
,
I
I
I
Federal regulations which govern asbestos abatement work or hauling and disposal of
asbestos waste materials include butare not limited to the following:
U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration:
Asbestos Regulations
Title 29, Part 1910, Section 1001 of the Code of Federal Regulations
Final Rule
Title 29, Part 1926, Section 110 I of the Code of Federal Regulations
,
,.
Resoiratorv Protection
Title 29, Part 1910, Section 134 of the Code of Federal Regulations
Construction Industry
Title 29, Part 1926, of the Code of Federal Regulations
Access to Emoloyee EXDOsure & Medical Records
Title 29, Part J910, Section 20 of the Code of Federal Regulations
Hazard Communication
Title 29, Part 1910, Section 1200 of the Code of Federal Regulations
S~ifications for Accident Prevention Signs and Tags
Tltle 29, Part 1910, Section 145 of the Code of Federal Regulations
~
I....,..
.,
Environmental Protection Agen,cy (EPA) including but not limited to:
Worker Protection Ru1e
40 CFR Part 763, Subpart G
CPTS 62044, FLR 2843-9
Federal Register, Vol. 50, No. 134, 7/12/85
P28530-28540
Regulation for Asbestos
Title 40, Part 61, Subpart A of the
Code of Federal RCIDllations
National Emission . Standard for Asbestos
Title 40, Part 61, Subpart M of the Co~e of FederalRegu1ations
including NESHAP Revision; Final Rule, Federal Register;
Tuesday, November 20, 1990.
Asbestos Hazard Emer~ency Response Act (AHERA)
Regulations 40 CFR 763 Subpart E
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
U.S. Depamnent of Transportation (DOT) including but not limited to:
Hazardous Substances: Final Rule
Regulation 49 CFR, Parts 171 and 172
Unifonn Fire Code:
Asbestos Removal
UFC Section 87.1 06, 87.102
Standards which govern asbestos abatement work or hauling and disposal of asbestos
waste materials include but are not limited to the following:
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
Fundamentals Governing the Design and
Operation of Local Exhaust Systems
Publication Z9.2-79
Practices for Respiratory Protection
Publication Z88.2-80
STATE
Washington State Department of Ecology
Dangerous Waste Regulations
WAC 173-303
Washington Labor & Industries (WISHA, L&I)
Asbestos. Tremolite. Anthophvllite.and Actinolite
WAC 296-62-077 through 07761
Safety Standards for Asbestos Removal and Encapsulation
WAC296-65-001 through 050
Respiratory Protection
WAC 296-62-071 through 07121
WISHA Regional Directive - Occupational Exposure to Asbestos
WRD23.10 . April 30, 1997
WISHA Regional Directive - Asbestos-Containing Joint Compound
in Wallboard Systems
WRD 23.30 December 28, 2000
Local Air Pollution Control Authorities (e.g. Puget Sound Clean Air Agency)
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
The Riley Group Inc.
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT
Proposed Retail Development
SWC Front Street & Washington Street
Port Angeles, W A 98362
Project No. 2006-180
Prepared By:
The Riley Group, Inc.
17522 Bothell Way NE
Bothell, WA 98011
Prepared for:
Mr. David Thompson
Columbia Realty Group, LLC
845 - 106tb Avenue NE, Suite 100
Bellevue, W A 98004
September 22,2006
Servine the Pacific Northwest
Main Office: 17522 Bothell Way NE, Bothell, W A 98011
Tel (425) 415-0551. Fax (425) 415-0311
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
The Riley Group Inc.
September 22, 2006
Mr. David Thompson
Columbia Realty Group, LLC
845 - 106th Avenue NE, Suite 100
Bellevue, W A 98004
Subject:
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Proposed Retail Development
SWC Front Street & Washington Street
Port Angeles, W A 98362
Project No. 2006-180
Dear Mr. Thompson:
As requested, The Riley Group, Inc. (Riley) has performed a geotechnical engineering
study for the above referenced site. The attached report presents our findings and
recommendations for the geotechnical anticipated aspects of the project design and
construction.
Our field exploration indicates that the site is generally underlain by up to 3 feet of fill
over 6 to 10 feet of medium stiff CLAY to clayey SILT or loose clayey/silty SAND
overlying medium dense silty SAND with trace gravel. The fill consists of loose silty
SAND with gravel. Groundwater seepage was encountered during our field exploration
at depths of5.8 to 11.5 feet below ground surface.
Based on the subsurface soil condition, the medium stiff clay / loose sand is not suitable
for directly supporting the proposed building foundations. Riley recommends that the
proposed retail building be supported on conventional spread footing foundations
bearing on 18 inches of structural fill. The floor slab and pavement should be supported
on 12 inches of structural fill.
Since the native soil is moisture sensitive, Riley recommends that all site grading and
earthwork activities be performed in dry weather conditions. The owner/contractor
should be prepared to deal with soft ground problems if the earthwork occurs during
periods of precipitation, particularly if construction occurs during the wet winter season.
Servine: tbe Pacific Nortbwest
Main Office: 17522 Botbell Way NE, Botb~ll, W A 98011
Tel (425) 415-0551 . Fax (425) 415-0311
~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
GeotecIrnJcal Engineering Report
Proposed RetDil DePelopment
PortAnrFeJes. WA
;;
September 22. 2006
Project ##2006-180
This report provides our geotechnical findings and recommendations for. the' project.
These recommendations should. be . incorporated into the project design and
construction.
We trust the information presented is sufficient for your current needs. If you have any
questions or require additional information, please call.
Sincerely yourS,
THE RILEY GROUP, INC.
Chien-Lin (Johnny) Chen, P .E.
Project Engineer
Ricky R. Wang, Ph.D., P.E.
Principal Engineer
JClRW
The Riley Group, Inc.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ..................................................................................... 1
2.0 SCO PE OF W 0 RK................................................................................................... 1
3.0 S ITE CONDITIONS ...... ........ ......... ..... .............. ....................... .... ... ......... ........... ..... 2
3 .1 SURFACE ....... ............... .... .......... ............. .................. ............................ ...................... 2
3.2 SOILS .................... ........... .......... ........................... .......... .... ...... .......... ................ ........ 2
3 .3 GROUNDWATER................... ......... ............ ............. ............. ............ ............................ 2
3.4 SEISMIC CONSIDERATIONS .......................................................................................... 2
4.0 DISCUSSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS....................................................... 3
4.1 GENERAL ............... ................... ....................................................... ..................... ...... 3
4.2 SITE PREPARATION AND GRADING .............................................................................. 3
4 .3 FOUNDATIONS............ .............. ..................................... ............... ............................... 4
4.4 SLAB-ON-GRADE CONSTRUCTION ........................ ......................................... .......... .... 5
4.5 DRAINAGE................................................................................................................... 5
4.6 UTILITIES.................................................................................................................... 6
4. 7 PAVEMENTS ......... ....... ...................................................... .............................. ....... ..... 6
5.0 ADDITIONAL SERVICES ......................................................... .................. ........... 7
6.0 LIMITATIONS ......................................................................................................... 7
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1 .............. ...... ........... ........... ........ .............. .............. ......... ....... .......... ........... Site Vicinity MapaFigure 2 ....... ........... ......... ...... ............. ....... .................. ....... ............... Geotechnical Exploration Plan
Figure 3 ................................................................................................ Typical Footing Drain Detail
LIST OF APPENDICES
Appendix A........................................................................Field Exploration and Laboratory Testing
The Riley Group, Inc.
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Proposed Retail Development
Port Anfleles. WA
I
September 22, 2006
Project #2006-180
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
II
I
I'
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
The project site is located at the southwest comer of Front Street and Washington Street in
Port Angeles, Washington. The approximate location of the site is shown on the Site
Vicinity Map, Figure 1. The subject site is currently occupied by a one-story office
building with parking in the east portion ofthe site. The west portion of the site is a vacant
lot covered by grass.
Riley understands that the existing building will be demolished and a retail building,
approximately 13,569 square feet, will be constructed in the east portion of the site. Our
understanding of the project is based on a preliminary site plan provided by Donahou
Design Group on July 28, 2006. At the time of preparing this report, site grading and
building plans were not available for our review. Based on our experience with similar
construction, we anticipate that the proposed retail building will be a single-story structure
supported on perimeter walls with a bearing load of I to 2 kips per linear foot, a series of
columns with a maximum load up to 75 kips.
The recommendations in the following sections of this report are based upon our
understanding of the above design features. If actual features vary or changes are made,
we should review them in order to modify our recommendations as required. In addition,
Riley requests to review final design drawings and specifications to verify that our project
understanding is correct and that our recommendations have been properly interpreted and
incorporated into project design and construction.
2.0 SCOPE OF WORK
On September 15, 2006, Riley drilled a total of six test borings to a maximum depth of
21.5 feet below ground surface (bgs). Test borings were drilled with a truck-mounted,
hollow-stem auger drill rig. Test borings B-1 through B-4 were drilled within the proposed
retail store footprint area. Test borings 8-5 and 8-6 were drilled in the proposed parking
area. The approximate test boring locations are shown on Figure 2.
Using the information obtained from our subsurface exploration, we performed analyses to
develop geotechnical recommendations for project design and construction on the
following:
>> Soil and groundwater conditions
>> Seismic considerations
>> Site preparation and grading
>> Structural fill recommendations
>> Foundation support
>> Slab-on-grade support
>> Drainage
>> Utilities
>> Pavements
The Riley Group, Inc.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Proposed Retail Development
Port Anf!e/es. WA
2
September 22, 2006
Project #2006-180
3.0 SITE CONDITIONS
3.1 Surface
The site is a rectangular-shaped parcel of land approximately 0.78 acres in size. The site is
bounded to the north by Front Street, to the east by Washington Street, to the south by an
alley, and to the west by Jack In The Box restaurant and parking.
The eastern portion of the site is currently occupied by a one-story office building with
asphalts parking. The west portion of the site is a vacant lot covered by grass. The site is
relatively flat with an elevation difference of approximately 6 feet.
3.2 Soils
The site is generally underlain by up to 3 feet of fill over 6 to 10 feet of medium stiff
CLA Y to clayey SILT or loose clayey/silty SAND overlying medium dense silty SAND
with trace gravel. The fill consists of loose silty SAND with gravel.
Review of the Soil Survey of Clallam County Area, Washington by US Department of
Agriculture Soil Conservation Service (1987) indicates that the native soils were mapped
as Clallam-Hoypus gravelly sandy loam (Map unit 14), which mainly consists of gravelly
sandy loam to gravelly sand. These descriptions are different from the findings in our field
exploration.
More detailed descriptions of the subsurface conditions encountered are presented on the
Test Boring Logs included as Figures A-2 through A-7 in Appendix A.
3.3 Groundwater
Groundwater seepage was encountered at depths from 5.8 to 11.5 feet bgs during our
subsurface investigation, which reached a maximum depth of21.5 feet bgs.
Fluctuations in groundwater level should be expected on a seasonal and annual basis. The
level will be highest during the extended periods of heavy seepage in the wet winter
months. Given the time that the field exploration was performed, Riley believes that the
groundwater should be close to the season-high level.
3.4 Seismic Considerations
Based on the 2003 International Building Code (IBC), the site soil is Class E (Table
1615.1.1). The earthquake spectral response acceleration at short periods (S8) is 124% g
and at I-second period (S,) is 51 % g.
Liquefaction
Liquefaction is a phenomenon where there is a reduction or complete loss of soil strength
due to an increase in water pressure induced by vibrations from a seismic event.
Liquefaction mainly affects geologically recent deposits of fine-grained sands that are
below the groundwater table. Soils of this nature derive their strength from intergranular
The Riley Group, Inc.
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Proposed Retail Development
Port Anf!eles. WA
3
September 22, 2006
Project#2006-J80
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
friction. The generated water pressure or pore pressure essentially separates the soil grains
and eliminates this intergranular friction, thus reducing or eliminating the soil's strength.
We reviewed the soil conditions encountered during field exploration and assessed the
potential for liquefaction of the site's soil during an earthquake. Since the site soil below
the groundwater level is relatively dense, Riley believes that the potential of soil
liquefaction during an earthquake event is low.
4.0 DISCUSSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS
4.1 General
Based on our study, the site is suitable for the proposed construction from a geotechnical
standpoint. However, the medium stiff clay / loose sand is not suitable for directly
supporting the foundation and floor slab. If the building is directly supported on the
unsuitable soils, it will experience a certain amount of differential settlements. In order to
avoid the potential of building damage, we recommends that the proposed retail building
be supported on conventional spread footing foundations bearing on 18 inches of structural
fill. Slab-on-grade and pavement should be supported on 12 inches of structural fill over
native soil subgrade.
Detailed recommendations regarding the above issues and other geotechnical design
considerations are provided in the following sections. These recommendations should be
incorporated into the final design drawings and construction specifications.
4.2 Site Preparation and Gradin2.
To prepare the site for construction, the existing buildings and pavements should be
demolished and stripped. All remnants related to previous construction which occupied the
site should also be cleared and removed from the site. Surface stripping depths up to 6
inches should be expected to remove topsoil and asphalt surfacing.
Once stripping, clearing and other preparing operations are complete, cuts and fills can be
made to establish desired building grades. Prior to placing fill, we recommend proofrolling
all exposed surface to determine if any isolated soft and yielding areas are present.
Proofrolling should also be performed in cut areas that will provide direct support for new
construction.
The native soil has a high percentage of fines and is characteristically moisture sensitive.
Riley recommends that all site grading and earthwork activities be performed in dry
weather conditions. The owner/contractor should be prepared to deal with soft ground
problems if the earthwork occurs during periods of precipitation, particularly if
construction occurs during the wet winter season.
Based on our experience in the Pacific Northwest, a combination of 18 inches of crushed
rock over a geotextile fabric such as Mirafi 500X on native soil sub grade should be
The Riley Group, Inc.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Proposed Retail Development
Port Angeles. WA
4
September 22, 2006
Project #2006-180
sufficient to establish a stable grade for construction equipment if the construction occurs
during periods of precipitation or in the wet season.
The native soil has a high percentage of fines and will not be suitable for being used as
structural fill. We recommend importing a material that meets the grading requirements
listed in Table I.
Table 1. Structural Fill
U.S. Sieve Size Percent Passing
3 inches 100 percent
No.4 sieve o to 75 percent
No. 200 sieve o to 5 percent *
*Based on minus 3/4 inch fraction.
Prior to use, Riley should examine and test all materials imported to the site for use as
structural fill. Structural fill materials should be placed in uniform loose layers not
exceeding 12 inches and compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of the soil's maximum
density, as determined by ASTM Test Designation 0-1557 (Modified Proctor) until the
desired fmished grade is met. The moisture content of the soil at the time of compaction
should be within about two percent of its optimum, as determined by this ASTM method.
4.3 Foundations
Spread Footing
Following the preparation and grading, Riley recommends that the proposed building
foundations can be supported on conventional spread footings bearing on 18 inches of
structural fill after over-excavation. Perimeter foundations exposed to the weather should
be at a minimum depth of 18 inches below final exterior grades. Interior foundations can
be constructed at any convenient depth below the floor slab.
We recommend designing foundations for a net allowable bearing capacity of 2,000
pounds per square foot (pst) for footing bearing on structural fill as described above. For
short-term loads, such as wind and seismic, a 1/3 increase in this allowable capacity can be
used.
For designing foundations to resist lateral loads, a base friction coefficient of 0.35 can be
used. Passive earth pressures acting on the side of the footing and buried portion of the
foundation stem wall can also be considered for resisting lateral loads. We recommend
calculating this lateral resistance using an equivalent fluid weight of 250 pcf. At perimeter
locations, we recommend not including the upper 12 inches of soil in this computation
because they can be affected by weather or disturbed by future grading activity. This value
The Riley Group, Inc.
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Proposed Retail Development
Port Anf!eles. WA
5
September 22, 2006
Project #2006- I 80
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
assumes the foundation will be constructed neat against competent fill soil or backfilled
with structural fill as described in the Site Preparation and Grading section. The
recommended passive resistance value includes a safety factor of 1.5.
With spread footing foundations as recommended, you should expect maximum total and
differential post-construction settlements of I inch and Y2 inch, respectively.
4.4 Slab-on-Grade Construction
With site preparation completed as described in the Site Preparation and Grading section,
suitable support for slab-on-grade construction should be provided. Riley recommends that
slab-on-grade construction be supported on 12 inches of structural fill after over-
excavation. Immediately below the floor slab, we recommend placing a four-inch thick.
capillary break layer of clean, free-draining sand or gravel that has less than five percent
passing the No. 200 sieve. This material will reduce the potential for upward capillary
movement of water through the underlying soil and subsequent wetting of the floor slab.
Where moisture by vapor transmission is undesirable, an 8 to 10-mil thick plastic
membrane should be placed on a 4-inch thick layer of clean gravel. The membrane should
be covered with I to 2 inches of clean, moist sand to guard against damage during
construction and to aid in curing of the concrete.
For the anticipated floor slab loading, we estimate post-construction floor settlements of
Y4- to ~-inch. For thickness design of the slab subjected to point loading from storage
racks and fork lift vehicle traffic, we recommend using a subgrade modulus (Ks) of 100
pounds per square inch per inch of deflection (pci).
4.5 Drainaee
Surface
Final exterior grades should promote free and positive drainage away from the building
area. Water must not be allowed to pond or collect adjacent to foundations or within the
immediate building area. For non-pavement locations, we recommend providing a
minimum drainage gradient of three percent for a minimum distance of ten feet from the
building perimeter. In paved locations, a minimum gradient of one percent should be
provided unless provisions are included for collection and disposal of surface water
adjacent to the structure.
Subsurface
We recommend installing perimeter foundation drains. A typical recommended drain detail
is shown on Figure 3. The foundation drains and roof downspouts should be tightlined
separately to an approved discharge facility. Subsurface drains must be laid with a gradient
sufficient to promote positive flow to a controlled point of approved discharge.
The Riley Group, Inc.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Proposed Retail Development
Port Anfle/es. WA
6
September 22, 2006
Project #2006-180
4.6 Utilities
Utility pipes should be bedded and backfilled in accordance with American Public Works
Association (APW A) specifications. For site utilities located within the City of Port
Angeles or Clallam County right-of-ways, bedding and backfill should be completed in
accordance with City of Port Angeles or Clallam County specifications. The trench backfill
should be placed and compacted as structural fill, as described in the Site Preparation and
Grading section.
Where utilities occur below unimproved areas, the degree of compaction can be reduced to
a minimum of 90 percent of the soil's maximum density as determined by the referenced
ASTM standard. As noted, excavated soils are not suitable to be used as backfill. The
backfill material should satisfy the structural fill requirements listed in the Site Preparation
and Grading section.
4.7 Pavements
Pavement subgrades should be prepared as described in the Site Preparation and Grading
section of this report and as discussed below. The subgrade should consist of 12 inches of
structural fill over native soil. Typically, a geotextile fabric such as Amoco 2002 or
equivalent can be placed on the subgrade. Regardless of the relative compaction achieved,
the subgrade must be firm and relatively unyielding before paving. The subgrade should be
proofrolled with heavy construction equipment to verify this condition before paving.
With the pavement subgrade prepared as described above, we recommend that the general
parking area be paved with flexible pavement. The following pavement sections are
recommended:
>> For heavy truck traffic areas: 3.5 inches of asphalt concrete (AC) over 8 inches
of crushed rock base (CRB) over 12 inches of structural fill; and
>> For general parking areas: 2.5 inches of AC over 6 inches ofCRB over 12 inches
of structural fill.
The asphalt paving materials used should conform to the Washington State Department of
Transportation (WSDOn specifications for Class B asphalt concrete and CRB surfacing.
Long-term pavement performance will depend on surface drainage. A poorly-drained
pavement section will be subject to premature failure as a result of surface water
infiltrating into the subgrade soils and reducing their supporting capability.
For optimum pavement performance, surface drainage gradients of no less than two
percent are recommended. Also, some degree of longitudinal and transverse cracking of
the pavement surface should be expected over time. Regular maintenance should be
planned to seal cracks when they occur.
The Riley Group, Inc.
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Proposed Retail Development
Port Anf!eles. WA
7
September 22, 2006
Project #2006-180
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
5.0 ADDITIONAL SERVICES
Riley is available to provide further geotechnical consultation as the project design
develops. We should review the fmal design and specifications in order to verify that
earthwork and foundation recommendations have been properly interpreted and
incorporated into project design and construction.
Riley is also available to provide geotechnical engineering and monitoring services during
construction. The integrity of the earthwork and construction depends on proper site
preparation and procedures. In addition, engineering decisions may have to be made in the
field in the event that variations in subsurface conditions become apparent. Construction
monitoring services are not part of this scope of work. If these services are desired, please
let us know and we will prepare a cost proposal.
6.0 LIMITATIONS
This report is the property of The Riley Group, Inc., Columbia Realty Group, LLC, and
their designated agents and was prepared in accordance with generally accepted
geotechnical engineering practices. This report is intended for specific application to the
Proposed Retail Development in Port Angeles, Washington, and for the exclusive use of
Columbia Realty Group, LLC and its authorized representatives. No other warranty,
expressed or implied, is made.
The analyses and recommendations presented in this report are based upon data obtained
from the test borings drilled on-site. Variations in soil conditions can occur, the nature and
extent of which may not become evident until construction. If variations appear evident,
The Riley Group, Inc. should be requested to reevaluate the recommendations in this report
prior to proceeding with construction.
The Riley Group, Inc.
"
~.
-.,t;fDELORME
...
,...... ,...... -,... ~ I
no
T ION
v.jll".re
<JD 2002 CeLorm.. Topa USA 41). O.ta copyright of oontent owner
'NWW.delorme.oom .
\' ...
-.
, ""
,,.,
.
The Riley Group, Inc.
17522 BOTHELL WAY NE
BOTHELL, W ASHlNGTON 98011
Proposed Retail Development
Site Vicinity Map Figure I
Site Address: SWC Front Street & Washington Street, Port Angeles, WA
I
I I I
J~!J ,~
I I I
II ------
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
AI~I
:~~
1::i.1
I>.I~
l;t"t
l...l~
1~1>j
l;;l!t
ICi~
1\:iI,1
1..1;:1
I~!tl
I;:I~
I I I
I I I
I I I
I I I
I I I
I I I
I I I
'1'1'1 t
I I I
III
I I I
I I I
I
~ !~
I I
-----1
L________~~~~~____________
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I'l'l
I II
I II
II I
I II
'"'II;:;I Ie,
iii .e'
IElI '
1,1.1
~~I
~Pl
....lfl
~~I
.~~
!:ilol e
ill:
....Ilill
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
, fl!..
"
CD
~
W[]
or
D'
. "
-------------------------
-a;,^iiio-'6M.ii~SllImNdir.m;u....D;~---- ·
-------------------------.
II
" I
I! i ~ !
" , ~I I
d'lq&
~!! .J
1'1'1 fi~
tilt HilI,
fill' i
~tl" ~
II I
I I I
I I I
I
Z+ ~ ~ I
~ ..r
.!!
"~ f I
tt.; a
w .....
~ l1.
~ J I
<: E !
(.) ~ en
en - !
0 .~
I- ~ 5 .S I
I- ~ a: -=
0 - ~
"- ~
z S C <Ill
~ "- ...
(!) Q:; ..... u I
z 1 ~ g
~ ..9 en
~ ~
~ kl ~ I
u
c tt - ~
8 fII
"- ..
~ ...
ii .5 I
~ ~ I
~ B
iii
~ q;j I
N
aj 8
N N ~
>- iii
"3 ... ~ - I
.., .. -
j ID 0
.Q 00
E ... 0\
CD ~~~
"0 f
Q.
;:, e >ob
e en I
(!) c ~~~
c 0
a>> 0 ~i~A
" .5
ID
0 c: I
;:, ;:,
~ e Q::l. 0 ::J
CD C) ~~~
c ~
8 12 ~~o
>- I
.Q ID _ell
i f:. .
CD ~
l j I
c 'C
CD "0
Ci 5
.S J
"is
~ I
CD a>>
c c
]; "C
.8
I j
E I
,g B
"i c
II: ii
~l ~ I
l!! e (!)
.l!!;:, +d;
IDa>>
a::u::
I
I
BUILDING SLAB
. ..
. ..
~.
. . . 4 ~~ '. "'::~:.": ,.... '. ...',. <,(('\( A'\( A'\(/
'... ."..., '-/
,/ . '. ;":'.'<, ,<.:,: .'.:" :",".,' . ~
'" ' · A '. ....:.C()w> ACTED" :'::", ~
~ .. . ,'. " :STRUCTURAL .....::., /,
. . ..' ,'.. v,
" ...'''''. .BACKFILL '. " . ~
" , . . ,'" ...' ." /
~ . . 4' ',. . \ .' ;'. . /.
" . .' "~ - ..: /. FILTER
.... . ~ .
" "
~ ' . ... ..,: .... FABRIC
.. ~ ", . .
.. 4 .-'
'4
. ',. .,' ,
..
-,
4" PERFORATED PIPE
3/4" WASHED ROCK OR PEA GRAVEL
NOT TO SCALE
.1 The Riley Group, Inc.
17522 BOTHELL WAY NE
BOTHELL, WASHINGTON 98011
Proposed Retail Development
Typical Footing Drain Detail
Figure 3
Site Address: SWC Front Street & Washington Street, Port Angeles, W A
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Proposed Retail Development
Port Angeles. WA
September 22, 2006
Project #2006-180
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
APPENDIX A
FIELD EXPLORATION AND LABORATORY TESTING
Proposed Retail Development
SWC Front Street & Washington
Port Angeles, W A 98362
On September 15, 2006, we performed our field exploration using a truck-mounted drill
rig. We explored subsurface soil conditions at the site by advancing six test borings to a
maximum depth of 21.5 feet below existing grade. The test boring locations are shown on
Figure 2. The test boring locations were approximately determined by measurements from
existing property lines and streets. The Test Boring Logs are presented on Figures A-2
through A-7.
A geologist/engineer from our office conducted the field exploration and classified the soil
conditions encountered, maintained a log of each test boring, obtained representative soil
samples, and observed pertinent site features. All soil samples were visually classified in
accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System (USCS) described on Figure A-I.
Representative soil samples obtained from the test borings were placed in closed
containers and taken to our laboratory for further examination and testing. The moisture
content of a typical sample was measured and is reported on the Test Boring Logs.
The Riley Group, Inc.
MAJOR DIVISIONS LETTER TYPICAL DESCRIPTION
SYMBOL
c CLEAN GW Well-graded gravels, gravel-sand mixtures, little
co GRAVELS or no fines.
.s::. GRAVELS
0 - Poorly-graded gravels, gravel-sand mixtures,
"- More than 50% <5% fines GP
w Q) little or no fines.
2> of coarse
Z co GM Silty gravels, gravel-sand-silt mixtures,
~(I) - Q) fraction is larger GRAVELS non-clastic fines.
co > Clayey gravels, gravel-sand-c1ay mixtures,
.;:: Q) than No.4 sieve with fines GC
Q) .-
(9.....1 _ (/) clastic fines.
COo
wO Eo SANDS CLEAN SW Well-graded sands, gravelly sands, little or no
o N
(1)(1) ~ . fines.
o 0 More than 50% SANDS Poorly-graded sands or gravelly sands, little or
0:: LOZ SP
<( c of coarse <5% fines no fines.
0 co
.s::. fraction is SM Silty sands, sand-silt mixtures, non-plastic fines.
t) - SANDS
~ smaller than No. with fines
0 SC Clayey sands, sand-clay mixtures, plastic fines.
~ 4 sieve
Q) ML Inorganic silts, rock flour, clayey SlitS Wltn sllgm
- > plasticity .
0 .~ Q) SIL TS AND CLAYS
"- .-
w Q) (/) CL Inorganrc clays or lOW to medium plastiCity, (lean
-0 Liquid limits
Z COo clay).
-(I) EN less than 50%
<(.....I "#. ci OL Organic silts and organic clays of low plasticity.
0::- Oz
(90 LO
C c: MH Inorganic silts, elastic.
W(l) co co SIL TS AND CLAYS
.s::.~
Z - "- Liquid limits greater CH Inorganic clays of high plasticity, (fat clays).
Q) Q)
"- -
u. 0- than 50%
~ E OH Organic clays of high plasticity.
(/)
HIGHLY ORGANIC SOILS PT Peat.
DEFINITION OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS
L.......I Density SPT (Blows/Foot) 2" Outside diameter split spoon
Ow Very loose 0-4 I sampler
0> Loose 4-10
Z~ Medium dense 1 D-30 I 2.4" Inside diameter ring sampler or
~(9 Dense 3D-50 Shelby tube
Very dense >50 y Water level (date)
Consistency SPT (Blows/Foot) Tr Torvane reading, tsf
L.. Very soft 0-2 Pp Penetrometer reading, tsf
0>- Soft 2-4 DO Dry density, pet
~::s Medium stiff 4-8 LL Liquid limit, percent
-t) Stiff 8-15 PI Plasticity index
(I) Very stiff 15-30
Hard >30 N Standard penetration, blows per foot
. The Riley Group, Ine. Proposed Retail Development
17522 BOTHELL WAYNE Unified Soil Classification System I Figure A-l
BOTHELL, WASHINGTON 98011
Site Address: SWC Front Street & Washington Street, Port Angeles, W A
~
-
I
Logged by : PL
Date: 9/15/06
Soil Description
Surface: Asphalt 2",4"-6" CRB.
Light brown to brown silty SAND
with trace to little gravel, (Fill).
Mottled orang ish brown to
gray CLAY, trace sand,
medium plasticity, damp,
medium stiff, (CL).
Brown to gray silty SAND with
trace gravel, slight heave (at
-15'), moist to wet, medium
dense to dense, (SM).
Terminated at 21.5'.
Groundwater seepage
encountered at 10.5'.
. The Riley Group, Inc.
17522 BOTHELL WAY NE
I BOTHELL, WASHlNGTON9801l
Boring No. B-1
Consistencyl Q)
0-
Relative Depth E
Density (feet) JJ
.y.. (9/15/06)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
(N) Moisture
Blows Content
1ft (% )
Loose
- 5
Medium Stiff --
I
- 10
I
Medium - 15 I
Dense - -
Dense
- 20
I
Approximate Elev.: N/A
5
55.4
Proposed Retail Development
Test Boring Log B-1
12
20.5
Site Address: SWC Front Street & Washington Street, Port Angeles, WA
Figure A-2
28
21.1
38
20.2
I
I
I Boring No. B-2
I Logged by : PL
Date: 9/15/06 Approximate Elev.: N/A
I Consistencyl (]) (N) Moisture
a.
Soil Description Relative Depth E Blows Content
Density (feet) co 1ft (%)
I en
Surface: Asphalt 1", 3"-5" eRB.
Brown silty SAND with trace to Loose - -
little gravel, (Fill). - -
Mottled orang ish brown clayey - -
SIL T, trace sand, medium -
plasticity, damp, medium stiff, Medium Stiff -
(ML). -- 5 I
- - 5 24.2
- -
- -
--
Brown to gray silty SAND with -- 10 I
trace gravel, damp to wet, Medium ~ (9/15/06)
medium dense, (8M). Dense - - 18 22.0
--
- I-
--
-I- 15 I
-- 29 21.2
Terminated at 16.5' (refusal). -I-
Groundwater seepage --
encountered at 10.5'.
Heave - 2'. -I-
,
. The Riley Group, Inc. Proposed Retail Development
17522 BOTHELL WAY NE Test Boring Log B-2 I Figure A-3
BOTHELL, WASHINGTON 98011
Site Address: SWC Front Street & Washington Street, Port Angeles, W A
Boring No. B-3
Logged by : PL
Date: 9/15/06 Approximate Elev.: N/A
Consistencyl Q) (N) Moisture
a.
Soil Description Relative Depth E . Blows Content
Density (feet) co 1ft (%)
(f)
Surface: Asphalt 2",4"-6" eRB. -l-
-l-
-l-
Mottled orang ish brown silty Loose -l-
SAND to brown 'SAND, damp,
loose, (SM). -l- 5 I
-l- 7 11.4
--
--
-- 10 I
Brown silty SAND, damp to Medium 13 18.9
wet, medium dense, (SM). Dense --
. (9/15/06)
--
--
--
-l- 15 I
-l- 14 25.6
Terminated at 16.5' (refusal). -l-
Groundwater seepage -l-
encountered at 11.5'.
Heave - 2'. -l-
. The Riley Group, Inc.
17522 BOTHELL WAY NE
I BOTHELL, WASHlNGTON98011
Proposed Retail Development
I
Figure A-4
Test Boring Log B-3
Site Address: SWC Front Street & Washington Street, Port Angeles, W A
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Logged by : PL
Date: 9/15/06
Soil Description
Surface: Grass.
Brown clayey SAND with trace
gravel, moist to wet, loose,
(SC) transitioning to silty fine
SAND at 11.0', damp to moist,
medium dense, (SM).
Terminated at 11.5'.
Groundwater seepage
encountered at 5.8'.
. The Riley Group, Inc.
17522 BOTHELL WAY NE
I BOTHELL, WASHlNGTON.SOll
Boring No. B-4
Approximate Elev.: N/A
Consistencyl Q) (N) Moisture
c.
Relative Depth E Blows Content
Density (feet) co 1ft (%)
en
--
--
--
--
-- 5 I
Loose 7 24.5 ~ (9/15/06)
--
--
--
-f-
Medium -f- 10 I
Dense -f- 12 27.8
-f-
-f-
-f-
-f-
--
-'-
-r-
_L-
Proposed Retail Development
Test Boring Log B-4
I
FigureA-5
Site Address: SWC Front Street & Washington Street, Port Angeles, WA
Logged by : PL
Date: 9/15/06
Soil Description
Surface: Grass.
Brown clayey SILT with trace to
little sand, medium plasticity,
dry to damp, medium stiff, (ML),
transitioning to fine to medium
silty SAND at 10.4', moist to
wet, medium dense, (SM).
Terminated at 11.5'.
Groundwater seepage
encountered at 11.2'.
. The Riley Group, Inc.
17522 BOTHELL WAY NE
I BOTHELL. WASHINGTON.SOII
Boring No. 8-5
Consistency/ (])
a.
Relative Depth E
Density (feet) JJ
--
--
--
-f-
-I- 5
I
Medium Stiff
--
-I-
--
(N)
Blows
1ft
6
Approximate Elev.: N/ A
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Moisture
Content
(0/0 )
30.0
-I-
Medium -I- 10 I
Dense -I- 13 24.8 Y (9/15/06)
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
Proposed Retail Development
Test Boring Log B-5
I
Figure A-6
Site Address: SWC Front Street & Washington Street, Port Angeles, W A
Logged by : PL
Date: 9/15/06
Soil Description
Surface: Grass.
Brown clayey SILT with trace
to little sand, medium
plasticity, dry to damp, stiff,
(ML), transitioning to fine to
medium silty SAND at 10.2',
damp to moist, medium dense,
(SM).
Terminated at 11.5'.
Groundwater seepage
encountered at 10.2'.
. The Riley Group, Inc.
17522 BOTHELL WAY NE
I BOTIIELL, W ASHlNGTON 98011
~
Boring No. B-6
Approximate Elev.: NIA
Consistencyl Q) (N) Moisture
Relative Depth a.
E Blows Content
Density (feet) co 1ft (%)
C/)
-I--
-I--
-f-
--
-- 5 I
Stiff -- 10 23.2
-I--
--
-f-
Medium -- 10 I ~ (9/15/06)
Dense -- 18 23.8
--
--
-I--
--
--
--
--
--
Proposed Retail Development
Test Boring Log B-6 I Figure A-7
Site Address: SWC Front Street & Washington Street, Port Angeles, W A
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I